P.-,
367
C-38
Southern Branch
of the
University of California
Los Anf eles
Form L-l
"TA
a
COG. E.
I
.
LOS ANGEi_Eii. CAD/-
SYNTAX
OF
CLASSICAL GREEK
FROM HOMER TO DEMOSTHENES
FIRST PART
THE SYNTAX OF THE SIMPLE SENTENCE
EMBRACING THE DOCTRINE OF
THE MOODS AND TENSES
BASIL LANNEAU GILDERSLEEVE
WITH THK CO-OPERATION OK
CHARLES WILLIAM EMIL MILLER
OF THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY
61904
NEW YORK : CINCINNATI : CHICAGO
A M E R I C A N BOOK COMPANY
3735^
Copyright, i ooo, by
B. L. (JII.DKKSLEKVE.
Entered at Stationers' Hall, London.
Greek Syntax.
\\. V- 3
1-ivliFAC
Ix compliance with the wishes of many of my former pupils,
I have determined to publish my Greek Syntax in parts. The
framework was planned many years ago, and corresponds in its
structure to the scheme of my Latin Grammar, the first edition
of which was published in 1867. In fact, the Latin Syntax was
based on the MS of the Greek. Doubtless the syntactician of
(4 to-day will find ample opportunity to criticise the arrangement,
f} but to refashion the book would require more time than the
t speeding years will allow me to presume on. Nor will I under-
^ take in this place a vindication of the principles that have
. guided me in my syntactical studies. A word, however, as to the
order of the examples may be deemed appropriate. A catena
^ of syntactical usage would be a memorable achievement, and
^; I do not deny that at one time I thought it possible to organize
t 4 such a work, for which a large staff of helpers would have been
^ needed; but I have learned to renounce this ambitious scheme,
and even the present far more modest undertaking would have
been impossible unless I had associated with myself a scholar who
is acquainted with every detail of my syntactical work, publish-
ed and unpublished, and who has brought to the task not only
a hearty sympathy with my views and methods, but a clearness
of judgment and an accuracy in details that have been of great
service to me in my own researches. In completing the list of
examples, and in filling up the gaps in the presentation, I have
availed myself freely of his help, and we have worked side by
side in the collection and the scrutiny of the passages cited; and
to this pupil, colleague, friend, Professor C. W. K. Ml 1. 1. MR, the
iv P KEF ACE
completion of the work has been committed, in case the privilege
should be denied me of putting the last hand to the labor of
many years.
Like myself, Professor MILLER is thoroughly imbued with the
conviction that the study of syntax is of the utmost importance
for the appreciation of literary form, and we both believe that
the presentation of the phenomena under the rubrics of the
different departments of literature will be found useful for in-
struction and even more so for suggestion. Taking the Attic
Orators as the standard of conventional Greek, we have worked
backward through philosophy and history to tragic, lyric, and
epic poetry, comedy being the bridge which spans the syntax of
the agora and the syntax of Parnassus. Individual syntax we
have not been able to set forth with any fulness, but the differ-
ent departments have been represented to the best of our ability
and judgment. The plan has saved us from giving the usual
medley of examples, it has forced us to rely largely on our own
collections and to examine the texts for ourselves, and it will
enable those who come after us to fill up these outlines with
greater ease.
BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE.
THE JOHNS HOI-KINS UNIVERSITY, BALTIMORE.
CONTENTS OF PART I
Simple Sentence, 1-467.
Nominative Case, 3-13. As Subject, 3-4. In Titles, Inscrip-
tions, etc., 5. In Citations, Enumerations, and Indefinite
Predications, 6-9. In Suspense, 10. In Exclamations, n.
For the Vocative, 12. In Apposition with Vocative, 13.
Vocative Case, 14-25. J> with Vocative, 15. Position of w,
16-18. Repetition of <L, 19. Omission of w, 20. Position of
Vocative, 21-23. Vocative in Exclamations, 24. Predicate
Vocative. 25.
Forms of the Subject, 26-59. Adjectives used Substantively, 28-39.
Masculine and Feminine Adjectives used Substantively, 28-30.
GLKIJP, yvvri, avOponros, expressed, 31. Ellipsis of Masculine Substan-
tives. 32. Ellipsis of Feminine Substantives, 33-35. Neuter Ad-
jectives used Substantively, 36. Neuter Plural of Adjectives and
Verbals, 37. Ellipsis of Neuter Substantives, 38. Possessive Pro-
noun or Genitive with Substantivized Adjectives and Participles, 39.
XRT)H- a and -irpd-yjAa Expressed, 40. Abstract Noun used as a Concrete,
41. Plural of Abstracts used Distributive!}', 42. The Distributive
Singular, 43. Plural of Abstract Nouns used Concretely. Plural
of Proper Nouns, 44-46. Divergent Plural Expressions, 47. Plural
of Feminine Names of Towns and of Parts of the Human Rody,
48-50 Name of Inhabitants as Name of City, 51. Pluralis Maie-
statis, 52. Plural of Courtliness and Reserve, 53. First Person
Plural for First Person Singular, 54. Gender of the same, 55.
Singular in Collective Sense, 56-58. elirs, <{>'pe, aye, etc., of more than
one, 59.
Copula, 60-67. Periphrases with yty vo ; iat - 61. Copula as the Predi-
cate, 62. Forms of elvcu at head of Sentence, 63. Copulative Verbs,
64 Passive Verbs as Copulative Verbs, 65. tlvan. combined with
Copulative Verb. 66. Previous Condition. 67.
Omission of the Subject, 68-82. Personal Pronoun Expressed, 68.
Unemphatic ly<* and rv, 69. Omission of Subject of Third
Person, 70. Even when there is a Sudden Change of Subject.
VI CONTEXTS
71. Subject contained in Verb, 72. tta p^ara, 73. Divine
Agent Expressed, 74-75. Impersonal Verbs, 76. Subject an
Infinitive or Sentence, 77. Indefinite Subject to be Supplied
from Context, 78 Ellipses of Time, Circumstances, and the like,
79. "One," how expressed, 80-81. Indefinite Subject of the
Third Person Plural Omitted, 82.
Omission of the Copula, 83-86. rri and eUri, 84. Other Forms,
85. In Dependent Clauses, 86.
Omission of the Verbal Predicate, 87.
Concord of Predicate, 88-136. Verbal Predicate, 88. Adjective Predi-
cate, 89. Concord when Subject is an Infinitive, or a Sentence, or
when the Verb is Impersonal, 90. Agreement of Predicate with
Subject of Leading Verb, 91. Predicate Vocative for Nominative,
92. Substantive Predicate, 93. Substantiva Mobilia, 96.
General Exceptions, 97-118. Neuter Plural with Singular Verb,
97-98. Adjective Predicate of Neuter Plural Subject, 99. Neuter
Dual Subject, 100. Plural Accusative Absolute with Singular
Participial Predicate, 101. Neuter Plural with Plural Verb, 102.
Neuter Plural Subject Comprising Duality with Dual Verb, 103.
"With Singular, 104. Dual Subject with Plural Predicate, 105-
109. Of First Person, 105. Of Second or Third Person, 106. With
Plural Participial Attribute, 107. Dual Genitive Absolute with
Plural Participle, 108. Dual Subject and Plural Predicate Ad-
jective, 109. Plural Subject and Dual Predicate, i lo-i 14. Plural
the Rule, in. Plural Verb with Dual Participle, 112. Dual
Verb with Complementary Plural Predicate Participle, 113.
Dual Adjective Predicate with Verb of First Person Plural, 114.
Transition from Dual Verb to Plural Verb, or vice versa, in
Same Sentence, 115. Dual Number, 116. Plural Subject and
Singular Verb, 117-118. 2ocn; JLa ITivSapiKov, 118.
Special Exceptions, 1 19-136. Nouns of Multitude, 120. Organ-
ized Number, 121. Agreement in Sense, 122. Periphrastic Sub-
ject, 123. Agreement of Copula with Predicate, 124. Agree-
ment of Verb with Appositivc, 125. Neuter Adjective as Sub-
stantive Predicate, 126. Demonstrative Attracted to Gender of
Predicate, 127-128. Demonstrative not Attracted, 129. Differ-
ence between ri and TIS in Predicate, 130-131. TI instead of riva.
132. Tiva. 133. Attraction of Superlative Predicate. 134. Super-
lative Predicate Agreeing with Genitive, 135. Masculine Re-
ferring to Indefinite Subject known to be a Woman, 136.
Forms of the Verbal Predicate, 137-467.
Voices of the Verb, 137-182.
Active Voice, 138-144. Transitive and Intransitive Verbs, 139.
CONTEXTS Vll
Transitive Verbs without Outer Object, 140. Periphrases
with YtyvoiMu, 1 4 1 ' Transitive Verbs used Intransitively, 142.
Infinitive Active apparently as Passive, 143. Causative
Active, 144.
Middle Voice, 145-156. Direct Reflexive Middle, 146. In-
direct Middle, 147. Active for the Indirect Middle, 148.
Reciprocal Middle, 149. Causative Middle, 150. Active
and Reflexive, 151. av-ros lavrov, 152. Middle with Reflex-
ive Forms, 153-154. Middle and Accusative of the Part
Affected, 155. Details of Difference between the Active
and the Middle, 156.
Passive Voice, 157-178. Instrument, Means, or Cause, 158.
Agent, 159-165. Interchange of Instrument and Agent,
166. Permissive Passive, 167. Future Middle in Passive
Sense, 168. Aorist Passive for Aorist Middle, 169. Passive
of Middle Verbs, 170. Active Serving as Passive, 171-172.
Passives of Intransitive Verbs, 173. Passive of Verbs that
take Genitive or Dative, 174-175. Impersonal Passive of
Verbs Governing an Oblique Case, 176. Deponent Verbs,
177. Passive of Deponents expressed by Periphrasis, 178.
Reciprocal Expressions, 179-182. dXXTjXuv, 179. Reciprocal
Reflexives, 180. Reciprocal and Reflexive in Contrast, 181.
Repetition of Cognates, 182.
Mood Defined, 183.
Tenses of the Verb, 184-360.
Present Tense, 189-204. Specific Present. Universal Present,
189-190. Present Participle combined with Copula, 191.
Conative Present. Present of Endeavor, 192-193. Present
Anticipating Future. Praesens Prophcticum, 194. elfii,
195-197. Present in Passionate Questions, 198. Historical
Present, 199-200. Annalistic or Note-Book Present, 201.
Present of Unity of Time, 202. Perfect of Unity of Time,
203. Present for Perfect, 204.
Imperfect Tense, 205-225. With Adverb of Rapidity, 206.
Descriptive Imperfect, 207. Imperfect with Definite Num-
bers, 208-210. Imperfect and Aorist Interwoven, 21 1. Inter-
change of Imperfect and Aorist, 212. Imperfect of Endeavor.
213. The Same combined with Aorist of Attainment, 214.
fptXXov with Infinitive, 215. Negative Imperfect, 216. Imper-
fect of Past Impressions. 217-220. In Description of Sce-
nery. 217. Of Points Assumed, 218. Of Former Views, 219.
Of Sudden Appreciation of Real State of Affairs. Imperfect
for Present, 220. Origin of Modal eSci, <xpn v - rtr --' I"M )cr '
CONTENTS
feet of Unity of Time, 222-223. Imperfect apparently used
as a Pluperfect, 224. Of TJKttv and otxr6ai used Aoristi-
cally, 225.
Perfect Tense, 226-234. Perfect of Maintenance of Result,
228. Intensive Perfect, 229-232. Perfect of an Action that
is Dated, 233. For Future Perfect, 234. Gnomic Perfect;
257. Periphrastic Perfect, 286-288.
Pluperfect Tense, 235-237. Of Rapid Relative Completion,
236. As Imperfect, 237.
Aonst Tense, 238-264. Ingressive, 239-242. Of Actions of
Long Duration, Complexive Aorist, 243-244. Of Total
Negation, 245-246. Present used in Negation, 247. Aorist
for Perfect, 248-252. Translated by Pluperfect, 253-254.
Gnomic Aorist, 255. Aorist of Comparison, 256. Gnomic
Perfect and Future, 257-258. Empirical Aorist, 259. Aorist
in General Descriptions, 260. In Passionate Questions, 261.
Where English uses Present, 262. Of the Future, 263.
Imperfect, Aorist, and Pluperfect Side by Side, 264.
Future Tense, 265-278. Modal Nature of, 267. In Delibera-
tive Questions, 268. Imperative Use of, 269. |xi] and the
Future Indicative in Prohibitions, 270. oi with Future In-
dicative in Questions as Imperative. 271. Periphrastic
Future with (j.e'X\o>, 272-276. pe'XXw with Future Infinitive,
273. With Present Infinitive, 274. With Piesent and
Future, 275. With Aorist, 276. pe'XXa), I postpone, 277-278.
With Present, 277. With Aorist, 278. Gnomic Future,
257-258.
Future Perfect Tense, 279-284. Future Perfect Active, 280.
Future Perfect Middle used Passively, 281. Future Perfect
in Imperative Sense, 282. As a Future, 283. Periphrastic
Future Perfect Middle, 284.
Periphrastic Tenses, 285-296. Periphrases with Perfect Parti-
ciple, 286-290. Perfect Participle with titjv av, 288. Perfect
Participle Parallel with an Adjective, 289. As Predicate of
Participle of dpi, 290. Periphrases with Present Participle,
291-292. Present Participle Parallel with an Adjective, 292.
Periphrases with Aorist Participle, 293-295. Aorist Parti-
ciple with forms of <j>aivo;jLai, 294. With f\o>, 295. Peri-
phrastic Perfect Participle with ?x<, 296.
Epistolary Tenses, 297- 298.
Tenses of the Moods, 299 360. Of Imperative, 303. Of Sub-
junctive, 304. Of Pure Optative. 305. Of Optative with av, 306.
Tenses of Optative as Representative of Indicative, 307-312.
CONTENTS ix
Present, 307. Aorist, 308. Perfect. 309. Future, 310. Re-
tention of Imperfect and Pluperfect Indicative in Oratio
Obliqua, 311. Present Optative representing Imperfect
Indicative, 312.
Tenses of the Infinitive, 313-328. Infinitive as a Verbal Noun,
313-326. As Subject, 314-319. As Object, 320-326. Future
Infinitive as Object of Verbs of Creation, 326. Infinitive as
Representative of Indicative, 327-328. Anarthrous, 327.
Articular, 328.
Tenses of the Participle, 329-360. Of Participle as Verbal
Adjective, 329-353. Present, 330-338. Of Contemporane-
ous Action, 330-336. Prior Action, 337. Subsequent Action,
338. Aorist, 339-347- Perfect, 348-353. Of Participle as
Representative of the Indicative, 354-360. Present, 355-357.
Aorist, 358. Perfect, 359. Future, 360.
Moods, 361-467.
Indicative Mood, 361-368. Expression of Possibility, Power,
Obligation, and Necessity, 363-364. cSct, ^xP'i*'' etc., of
Present, 364. In Generic Sentences, 365. Non-use of
Certain Tenses of Indicative with Temporal Particles, 366.
Indicative in Wishes, 367. In other than Simple Sen-
tences, 368.
Subjunctive Mood, 369-387. Name, 370. Theory, 371. Im-
perative Subjunctive, 3/2-375. Imperative of First Person,
373-374. Imperative Subjunctive of Second Person, 375.
Aorist Subjunctive in Prohibitions, 3/6-377. Present Sub-
junctive Third Person as Negative Imperative, 378. Sub-
junctive Questions, Deliberative Subjunctive, 379-384. First
Person, 380. Second Person, 381. Third Person, 382. Sub-
stitutes for the Deliberative Subjunctive, 383. Tiird0a>; 384.
Subjunctive in tIalf-Questions, 385. Homeric Subjunctive,
386. Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses, 387.
Optative Mood, 388-400. In Wishes, 388. Potential Optative.
389. Optative in Questions, 390. Tenses of Pure Optative.
391-393. Imperative Optative, 394. Optative with ei0c, <i
yap. 395. With el and ws, 396. Pure Optative in Relative
Sentences, 397. fJovA.oi[ii]v av, 398. Optative in Semi-
dependent and In Dependent Clauses, 399. Parallelism <>t
Optative and Infinitive, 400.
Imperative Mood, 401-422. Tenses of Imperative, 402-409.
Present, 403. Aorist, 404. Additional Remarks, 405. Per-
fect Active. 40(1. Perfect Mitldle. 407. Perfect Passive.
408 409. Third Person, 408. Second Person, 409. aye, !9i,
CONTENTS
c, with Imperative, 410-413. Negative Imperative, 414-
419. Difference between Present and Aorist in Prohibitions,
415. Examples of Present, 416. Aorist, 417-418. Third
Person, 417. Second Person, 418. Perfect, 419. Equiva-
lents of Imperative, 420. Representatives of Imperative in
Oratio Obliqua, 421. Imperative in Dependent and in In-
terrogative Sentences, 422.
Particle av, 423-467. Distinctions in Use of av, 424. Shifting
from Definite to Indefinite, 425. KCV KC), K<X, 426. Etymology
of av.
Indicative with av, 428-433. Unreal Indicative with av, 429.
As Potential of Past, 430. Of Intermittent Action, 431.
av with Future Indicative and its Representatives, 432. Non-
use of av with Present and Perfect Indicative, 433.
Optative with av, 434-450. Potential Optative, 434. Time and
Tenses of Potential Optative, 435-440. Present, 436-437.
Aorist, 438-439. Perfect, 440. av with Future Optative, 441.
Translation of Optative with av, 442. Imperative Use of av
with Optative, 443. Combined with Indicative, 444. In
Questions, 445. iru>s av with Optative to Express Wish, 446.
Optative with av in Dependent Discourse, 447. Adherescent
av, 448. lav, orav, etc., with Optative, 449. Omission of av
with Optative. Pure Optative as a Potential, 450.
Subjunctive with av, 451-456. As a Form of Independent
Statement, 452-455. Omission of av in Subjunctive De-
pendent Clauses, 456.
Other Uses of av, 457-458. av with other Moods, 457. av
without a Verb, 458.
Position of av and K(V), 459-467. After Verb, 460. With
Negatives, 461. With Interrogatives, 462. After Participle,
463. With any Leading Modifier, 464. With Verbs of Say-
ingor Thinking,465. Rare Position in Relative Subjunctive
Sentences, 466. Repetition of av and KC(V), 467.
GREEK SYNTAX
1. SYNTAX treats of the formation and combination of sen-
tences.
A sentence is the expression of thought in words. It is a
\6yos
The necessary parts of the sentence are the subject and the
predicate.
The predicate is that which is said of the subject.
The subject is that of which the predicate is said.
avBponros )iavOdvci, PLATO, Soph. 262 C; Man /earns. avOpwiros is the
subject; navOdvei is the predicate. See also 2, 27, and 68-82.
Sentences are divided into simple and compound.
A simple sentence is one in which the necessary parts of the
sentence occur but once, as above, av9pu>u-os pavddvcu
For the compound sentence, see Index.
SYNTAX OF THE SIMPLE SENTENCE
2. The most simple form of the sentence is the finite verb :
el-|, / am ; 8i8u>-s, thou givest ; <H-^ he savs.
Here the form contains in itself all the necessary elements, the subject
being indicated by the ending.
Nominative Case
3. SUBJECT. The subject of the finite verb is always in the
nominative case, or so considered.
Kovwv . . . tviKT)o-e, DIN. i, 75 ; Konon gained the victory.
4. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative case, or so con-
sidered. See Infinitive.
2 GREEK SYNTAX
dSvvarov . . . avOpwirov iravra icaXws iroiciv, XEX. Cyr. 8, 2, 5 ; For- a man
to do all tilings well is impossible.
For the nominative with the infinitive, see Index.
5. NOMINATIVE IN TITLES, INSCRIPTIONS, ETC. -T The
nominative is used as in English, not only as the subject of the
verb, but in titles, inscriptions, and the like, which imply action
or character.
i, Clouds ; 2<j>tJKs, Wasps ; Elpijvr), Peace ; Bdrpaxoi, frog's ;
nXovros, Plutus, etc.
KaXXierroj NiiccxfuXov 'AyytXtjOev, CIA. II, 1682. npoKXeiStjs 4>iXo-
, CIA. II, 1686. CIA. II, 1689. 1690. 1691. 1692. etc.
6. NOMINATIVE IN CITATIONS, ENUMERATIONS, AND IN-
DEFINITE PREDICATIONS. Under the former head more prop-
erly belongs also the use of tlie so-called nominative absolute
in the citation of names, in. enumerations, and in indefinite
predications.
oivf)p 8 -yev6(ivos irpocriXT)<{> TTJV riv TrovTjpwv KOIVTJV eircovvfuav <rv KO<J>O.VTT]S,
AKSCHIX. 2, 99; When /ie became a man, he received the common surname
of scoundrels, i. e. sycophant (informer).
7. Norn, in Citations of Names :
AKSCHIX. 2, 99 (see above).
PLATO, Legg. 956 C : StaiT^rai ftiKaa-Tcav rnvvnpa fj.a\\ov TrptTrov f-^nvrfy.
Soph. 2l8 E : oiov a(T7ra\ifVTT] s. Theag. 124 D : riva yap iiXXriv (sc. fVwi'u-
fj.iav), . . ., ir\r']v ye %p rj a /JL 10 So t ; Ibid, 124 E.
XEX. Cyr. 3, 3, 58: TTdpr/y-yvn 6 Kvpos crvv8rnj.a Zfvs (r v p. p. a x n s K(il r/yf-
/xco /. Oec. 6, 14 TOVS f^ovras TO rrfp.vov ovofia TOVTO ro KaXos re Kay ad us.
AR. Vesp. 1185 : p.vs urn yX^ /xAXfty \eyav (so R).
EUR. Tr. 1233 (but Kirchhoff puts a comma after t'arpos).
Soi'H. Ant. 567 : <]XX' fj8f ^ivrtn p.rj Xe'y(e).
8. Norn, in Enumerations :
DEM. 23, 207 : ra fie rf/s 7T<)Xfa)9 otKoSo/iijjuara . . . rniai/Trt (sc. npa\ . . ., irpo-
rrvXaid T uvTd, vfuxrotKoi, IT r o a /, tit tpaif v s.
PLATO, Soph. 266 D : r/^/it 8vo &LXU i"""?T"c^j fi'ftf; Seta fjifv KOI (ivdpo)-
TT IVT) KT.
AESCHYL, Pers. 33 sqq. : JXXouy 8' 6 . . , NftXoj eVf/i\^f v 'Sovtria-Ka.vrjs,
Ilr]y(tcrT<iy<jL)v A I y u ITT oy e vr\ f, o Tf TTJS itpas Mf'^i0tSos ilp^utf Acre., And
others Nile sent, Susiskanes, etc,
KOM1\AT1\'JK CASE 3
This use of the nominative abounds in inscriptions:
CIA. I, 37 (= Hicks, No. 47). Ibid. 170-3 (= Hicks. No. 50): T<iflr irapf-
$OCT(lt> . . . (TTf(paiH)S . . ., (ptliXllL . . ., KUptJ . . ., K O I T '/ . . . ACT*'., KT. Ibid.
259 (= Hicks, No. 48), etc., etc. See Msth., Or. d. Alt. Inschr.-' 82, 3 dj.
g. Nom. in Indefinite Predications :
HOM. Od. I, 51 v]<Tos 8fvf>pt)f<T(ra, dfii 8' (v ft(i>fjuiTa vaid, A wooded isl-
and, and in it a goddess Jiath her abode. II. 6, 395~6 : p.fya\ffropos 'llfriwos,
'HtTicov 6f fftitfv. Ibid. 10,437. 547-
For the free and frequent use of this nom. in inscriptions, see Msth.' J
82, 3 a-c.
CIA. II, 809 C, I54~55 (3 2 5/j24 B.C.): lino rf/s TfTfit'ipovs '.\i>v<T(a>s, '\vri?iu>-
pov ffjyov, 1'roin the quadrireine Anysis, the work of Antidonts. So often
in the same inscription. Ibid. I, 179, 7 sqq. (433 B.C.) : irap(8o<Tai> . . . rpfls KU\
10. NOMINATIVK IX SusPKNSE. The nominative is some-
times left in suspense (ttominativiis pcndcns, anacolntlion, want
of sequence), an equivalent construction being substituted.
SiaXc-yopevo? avru ISo^c fioi, PLATO, Apol. 21 C; Talking with him
it seemed to me.
ISOC. 4, IO7-8: )(OVT(S . . . K(KTTJp.(VOl . . . KpdTOVVTfS . . . I > 6 T ( S
. . . OflOlS OV&(V TOVTOiV T)p.US (TT']p(. 12, I I 8.
AN DOC. I, 1 6. Ibid. 29-30: Km yap ol Xoyoi TUIV KOTtjyoptov . . . rovrtav ovv
ffjioi ran/ \(iyu>i> . . . TI Trpt)(rr']Kfi ; Ibid. 95.
PLATO, Apol. 21 C (see above). Crat. 403 A (bis). Ibid. 404 C : ** ppt-
<paTTa 8c, TroXXoi p.(v Kilt TOVTO <po(3ovVTai To oj/o/ia. Ibid. 4' 2 B-C. 4'9 IS-
XKX. An. 2, 5. 4' : Ilpo^fvos 8t KH\ Ntvtav . . . Trt'/i^are UVTOVS Stvpo.
Cf. 3. 3, 1 6. 7.6,37. Hiero, 4, 6. Cf. 6, 15.
HDT. i, 134.
EUK. H. F. 185. Phoen. 283-5.
AESCHYL. Cho. 520-1.
HOM. II. 2, 350-3.
11. NOMINATIVK IN EXCLAMATIONS. In exclamations, the
nominative characterises, the vocative addresses, the accusative
implies an object of emotion, and the genitive the source or sphere
of emotion.
PLATO, Phaedr. 227 C : & ytwatot, tWf ypcfytuv u>s xrt.
Au. Kan. 652 : livdptawot itpiit. PI. 23 : Xrjpoy, Stuff and nonsense!
Euk. Med. 61 : o> /xo>/>ov, O foolish woman that she is!
GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. El. 1354. Ph. 254: o> TroXX' ryco p.o^0rjpos, co iriKpos Seals. Tr,
1046 sq.
HOM. Od. 2O, 194: dva-fjLopos.
II. I, 231 : dr)p.ol36pos i3a<ri\evs, tirtl ovri8avoi(Tiv avdaaeis, Folk-devour-
ing king that thou art, etc. 2, 38 : i^n-tor. 5, 403 : o-^f'rXtor. Ibid. 406 :
VTJTTIOS. Ibid. 787 : m'Scor. 9,630: o-^eVXtor. Ibid. 632: vrjXfjs. 13,95: atdcos.
16,422: id. 17,236: VIJTTI.OI. 22,86: o-^e'rXtoj.
For the Vocative, see 24.
For the Accusative in Exclamations, see Index.
For the Genitive in Exclamations, see Index.
12. NOMINATIVE FOR THE VOCATIVE. In the absence of a
vocative form, the nominative is used as a vocative. When the
vocative exists, the use of the nominative as a vocative has
often a perceptible difference of tone. It is graver and more
respectful, because it appeals to character, though sometimes
metrical considerations come into play. In Homer, the nom-
inative of proper nouns is frequently substituted for the voca-
tive because of certain irregularities of metre.
e-yoj . . ., w YH K( " *i^ l *"< ' O'vveo-is . . . (3|3oT]0T]Ka, AESCHIN. 3, 260.
AESCHIX. 3, 260 (see above).
PLATO, Hipp. Mai. 281 A : 'Imrius o KH\OS re xal cro<pos, cos 5m ^pcii/ou i]p.~iv
Karffpds els TUS '.\dt]vas.
AR. Nub. 264-5 : <o ^'O-TTOT' ava ... | \a/j.7rpt')s T alff fip. 1 1168.
EUR. Hel. 1399 : 2) K\eivos i]p.1v no a is. Suppl. 277 : o> <pi\os, o> 8 OKI p. co-
raro r 'EXXafli.
SOPH. Ai. 525 : Ainr, and so regularly in Sophocles. (See Ellendt, Lex.
Soph.).
AESCHVL. P. V. 88-90: co Stor aldrjp K(ii ra^vTrrtpoi TTI/OO/, | iroTap.cav re
Tfriya\ irovriwv Tt Kvp.nru>v | <ivt)piupoi> ye XcHTfJia, irofifiTiTop Te yrj. Ibui. 545 w
(p[\os, ft77f. Fr. 207 N J : rf>dyns, ytvfiov apa TrevOiicreis a"v ye.
H()M. Od. I, 301 : <m (TV, (j>i\os, fj.d\a ydp (r(e) Kre. IJ, 415 : 8t>s, (pi\s.
19, 406 : yap.j3pos efj.i>s Bvyartp re, riflfcrff wop. UTTI Ktv ftTrco.
II. 3, 276 sq. : Zev TTurtp "lF>jj6ei> p-eSf'tov KvSicrTf peyicrrt \ 'He'Xios 1 $' or
TTUVT' e'fpopas.
For the occasional use of the Nom. Adj. with a Voc. Subst. or of a
Voc. Adj. with a Nom. Subst., see Index.
1 This is a curious coincidence with the Yedic rule (Delbruck, Synt. Forsch. V.
66| which prohibits copulation of two vocatives by ca (r<), but requires the word
connected by ca to be put in the nominative instead of in the vocative.
VOCATIVE CASE 5
13. NOMINATIVE IN APPOSITION WITH THE VOCATIVE.
The nominative with the article is sometimes in apposition
with an expressed or unexpressed vocative which is identical
with the subject of the verb. Similarly the pronoun OVTOS is
often used in calling to a person.
& irats, atcoXouOci Stvpo, AK. Ran. 521 ; You boy, follow this way I OVTOS,
TI iroifis ; Ibid. Nub. 723 : You there, w/iat are you doing ?
PLATO, Conv. 172 A : *Q <I> X ;; p t v s, ((prj, o VTOS 'ArroXX o5o>p or, ov irepi-
ft( vt i s ; (C(iyo) enicrTiis ir(piip.iva- KU\ oy, 'ATruXXcJSwpf , (prj KT(. (note difference
between nom. and voc.). Ibid. 218 H : ol be oiKfrai KH\ d rty uXXo? tort &i t 1r)-
\os . . ., Tri'Xas . . . rots UHFIV (ntdfcrde. Protag. 337 C : o> tlvftpfs, (<}]> oi irapi>i>T( v.
XEN. An. I, 5. l6: n/xifi/f KU\ oi XXoi ol TrapovTt s"E\\rjvfs, OVK lcr-e
on iroif'tTf, Proxenus and the rest of you Greeks that are present, you do not
know wltat you are doing. Cyr. 4, 5. '7 : '$' M (l/ <) ^" (Tl '' *'0'/> irpftrtivTaTas,
icdi lu>t> Ttiirra Xt'yf. Ibid. 4, 5> 22 "^ ^ *0'?' " r ^ t/ 'Ypxavitav npx&v, virofjitivov.
Ibid. 5. 3- 43 ' fiftfif\(tr&f . . . oi rt up^ovrfs Km irt'ivrts (5 oi cr u> <f) p o v o v v-
rfs. Ibid. 6, 3, 33 : crv 8e 6 (7/j^oai' . . . (KTUTTOV. Ibid. 8, 7, 28 : icl niivrt s
8 ot irapovTfS Ka\ ol airovTts <^)i'Xoi j^aipfTt, Mem. 3- '4. 4-' jropan^pfiT*j
(^)r;, roGroj/, f > i Tr\rj (r iov.
Al<. Ach. 242 : irpuiff e? ro TTpoadtv uXtyov, T) Kavrffpopof. Nub. 723 (see
above). Vesp. I : ovror, ri -rrda-^fis ; Ibid. 1364: o> oilror, ovror. Av. 665-
6: f) HpoKvr), \ fxpaivf. Lys. 437 : (odo-as, OVTOS ; Ran. 521 (see above).
EUR. Ale. 773 OVTOS, ri (Tf^ivov . . . ft\(ir(is ; Med. 922 : UVTT), TI x\(apms
KaKpvois rtyytis Kopas ; Or. 1567: OVTOS a~v, . . . p.r] \^av(rr}S (<ru expressed
with the OUTOJ).
SoPH. Ai. 71-2 : OVTOS, <re . . . | ... K<I\O>. Ibid. 89: u> OVTOS, \ias, 8tvT(-
pov o~f Trpoo'KdXia.
AKSCHYL. Pers. 155-6: oj 8advu>vu>i> avao-a-a . . . \ H?IT(p t] A('pov yt-
patd, X ll ' l P f -
HOM. Od. 3, 427 : ol aXXot. Cf. 9, 172 : XXot p.tv vvv fj.ip.vfT 1 e^uil fpiijpfs
fTaipoi.
II. 3, 94 : oi aXXot. 19, 83 : id. Cf. ibid. 190 : aXXot.
Vocative Case
14. The Vocative (the case of direct address) is not affected
by the structure of the sentence, and does not enter as an ele-
ment into syntax, except in the matter of concord.
15. i WITH THE VOCATIVE. S> is commonly prefixed to the
vocative.
6 GREEK' SYNTAX
<3 avSpes 'AOrivatoi, DEM. I, I ; Gentlemen of Athens, at! opoios , w'
AoSupe, PLATO, Conv. 1730; You are always alike, Apollodorus.
DK.M. i, i : &> uvftpt $ 'A$^<uoi, and so hundreds of times in the same au-
thor. 19.4: o> <iv8p(s SiKaarai, and the same phrase hundreds of times in
the same author.
AKSCHIX. i, 122.
PLATO, Conv. 173 D (see above). In the Conv. there are about 70 ex-
amples of the use of Z> with the vocative of proper names, and only 8 in-
stances of the vocative of proper names without i. (See Hug on Plat.
Conv. /////.). Protag. : All of about a hundred vocatives of proper names
seem to have the w. (See Hug /. c.).
XKN". Anab. : w with the vocative occurs about 40 times; 1 e.g. i, 7, 3.
THUC. : About 40 times;* e.g. i, 32, i.
HDT. 7, 1 60. 161.
AK. Eq. 1194. Nub. 793. 794. Vesp. 136.
EUR. Hel. 744.
SOPH. Ant. 49. 572.
AESCHYL. Sept. 203. 255.
HOM. Od. i, 45 et saepe.
II. i, 74 et saepe.
16. POSITION OF <5. 5 regularly precedes the vocative or
the vocative and its attribute. In poetry it is sometimes in-
terjected between the vocative and its attribute.
17. Normal Position:
DEM. i, r (see 15). 19, 4 (see 15).
PLATO, Phaedr. 227 A: & (pi\t #ai8pe. Ibid. D: 2) pAriore Zw/cparf?.
Soph. 230 C : 2) mil (/>iAe.
AR. Eq. 108.
SOPH. El. 86. Ph. 1128.
1 8. Exceptional Position:
EUR. Cf. El. 167. Hel. 1451. Or. 1246: MvKrjviSa & <pt\itu,
SOPH. Ai. 395.
PlN I). P. 2, I : /if-yaAoTToXifr &> SupaKocrai.
HOM. Od. 8, 408 : x f "/ ;f > TiiTtp <L flvf.
II. 4, 189: r/WAoy 2) Mfyf'Aae. 17, 716.
19. RKPKTITION OF i. ** is occasionally used with both sub-
stantive and attribute.
SoPH. Ph. 799- ** TtK-vw 2> ytvvaiov.
HOM. II. 6, 55 k" 7rf7r " i/ k> MfWA</f.
1 Cf. K<x:kel, Ue Allocutionis Usu, Konigsberg, 1884, p. 8. 1. c. p. 5 sq.
I'OCATIVE CASE 7
20. OMISSION OF *. The omission of * in prose is passion-
ate or late.
XTHHIT', 'AOri vaioi, DEM. 8, 31 ; You are talking nonsense, Athenians.
DEM. 8, 31 (see above), tivdpts 'A&ji/mot, as for example in 8, 35, is
rare by the side of 2i "wbpts 'AGtjvaioi. i*t>8pfs SiKaarui, as for example in
18, 196, is rare by the side of <I> "ivSpts fiiKumai. 18, 243: </i^P" l/T '? T> > f ^ Ta
vvv \tyfis; Ibid. 290 : dteotitis, Alcr^ivr);
PLATO, Conv. 172 A. 173 E. 175 A. (bts}. Gorg. 518 C: nvBpwnt,
(iraifit ov8fi> irfp\ yvfJLvaa-TiKtjs. Lach. 197 E. Phileb. II A. Soph. 22O D.
Theaet. 143 C.
XEN. An. i, 5, 16 (see 13). Cyr. 2. 2, 7 ; avdpunf, ri noif'is ; Mem.
2, 8, i.
THUC. 2. ii, i. 4, 126, i. 5, 9, i.
HDT. i, 8 (bis). 9. 11. 7,158. 162.
AR. Ach. 1097. 1098. 1099. uoi,etc.
EUR. Hel. 858.
SOPH. Ai. 36 et saepe. Ant. u. 223.
AESCHVL. Pr. V. 3. 144. 635.
SIMON. C. 145 Bgk. 4
HOM. Od. i, i. 60. 62. 64. 158. 337. 346, etc.
II. i, i. 17. 26. 37. 59. 106. 122. 131, etc.
21. POSITION OF THE VOCATIVE. In quiet passages the
vocative does not begin the sentence. When it heads the sen-
tence, the omission of &> heightens the excitement still further.
22. Vocative Postpositive:
DEM. more than a thousand times, as in 1 8, 5. 21,1. 23, i. 30, i.
AESCHIN. I, 122 : avrrj p.(v fanv, 2> Ti/iap^f| ili>8pbs dyadov . . . ajroXoyia,
and so in the other orators.
PLATO, Conv. 173 D. 212 B. Gorg. 518 E. Phileb. n A (-?')
XEN. An. 1,6, 6 (s). 7. 8. 9.
THUC. Postposition is the rule for Thuc. as in I, 75, i. I, 76, I.
HUT. i, 9 (s). u (s).
AR. Ach. 1099(5). 1136. Nub. 794.
EUK. Hel. 744.
SOI-H. Ant. 1 1 (s). 49.
AKSCHYL. P. V. 144 (s). 307 (s). 319 (s). 635 (s).
HOM. Od. i, i (s).
II. I, 26 (s). 131 (s). 158.
1 In this section and the following, u is used in all those passages which arc not
followed by an s siitf.
8 GREEK SYNTAX
23. Vocative Prepositive:
DIN. i, 72 (once in 67 times). 1
DEM. rare, as in 8, 35 (s). 20, i (s). 32, i (5).
AESCHIN. i,\2\ (s) (only once, and that a quotation).
ISAE. 3. I (s).
PLATO, Conv. 173 E. Crito, 46 B. Euthyphr. 3 C.
XEX. An. i, 5, 16 (s). 7, 3. 3, i, 27
THUC. 2, n (s). 71 (s}. 4, 10 (s). 95. 5, 9 (*). 7, 61 (j).
HDT. i, 8 (s, to). 7, 158 (s). 160. 161. 162 (j).
AR. Ach. 432. Eq. 1194. Vesp. 136.
EUR. Hel. 858 (s).
SOPH. Ant. 223 (s). 572.
AESCHYL. P. V. 3 (s). Sept. 203. 255.
HOM Od. 1,45. 64 (s). Si. 158(5). 337 (*) 346 (j). 384(5). 389(5).
400 (s).
II. i, 17 CO. 59 CO- 74- 106(5). 122(5). 442.
24. VOCATIVE IN EXCLAMATIONS. The vocative may be
used in exclamations.
'HpaicXeis, DEM. 9, 31 ; Herakles!
DEM. 9, 31 (see above). 19, 308: 'HpuicXeiy. 21, 66: id. 22, 78; &> yij
*ai $foi. 24, 1 86 ; id. 39, 21 : id. 40, 5 : id.
PLATO, Prot. 310 D : a> ZfO ! <9eo/.
XEN. Mem. i, 3, 12: a> 'Hp<Xft$-.
AR. Nub. 153: a) ZeC fiaa-iXtv. Ibid. 184: w 'Hp/cXfty. Vesp. 143:
ai/^ Il()(Tfi8oi' Ibid. l6l : w A7roXXof anoTpHTrau. Ibid. 420: 'HpaxXeis. PI.
374 : & 'Hpd.K\fis.
EUR. Med. 764 : w Ztv AIKT) rf Zrjvbs 'HXi'ou rt (pats.
SOPH. El. 1466: 3>Zei. O. C. 221. 532. O.R.i 198.
AESCHYL. Ag. 1257 ororoi, Avxet' "ATroXXoi/, ot fyu> (yea.
ALCMAN, fr. 29, Bgk. 4 : Zev Trarep, at yiip f/j.os TTI'HTIS (1^.
HOM. Od. 4, 341 : ZeO re Trarep /cal '\6rjvair] KU'I "AnoXXov (not real prayers).
II. 2, 371 : id.
25. PREDICATE VOCATIVE. The vocative, not being a case
proper, cannot take a predicate, but the predicate (nom.) adjec-
tive is occasionally attracted into the vocative. Clear cases are
late :
di/ri yap ocX/^s- "ipfipaaf Hapdfviov, CALLIM. fr. 213, T/lOlt wast called
(hnbrasus), O Imbrasits, instead of Parthenius.
oXfiif Kovpt, yivmo, TlIEOCR. 17, 66 ; Uaf>f)y laddie, mayst thou prove (so).
1 Rockel, /. c. , pp. 49-50.
VOCATIVE CASE g
In the classical period the examples are only apparent, or, at most, the
predicate may be picked out from the attribute which precedes the verb.
AR. Av. 627 . o> (piXrar' f'p.oi no\v npt(r;JvT<i>i> f t^difTTov fifTtmiirro)!/.
EUR. Tr. 1221-3 (TV T tit nor' oScra tcaXXiviKt p-vpiutv \ p.fjT(p rpinraitav,
*ETopoy <f)i\ov <r<icor, | o~rf(pavov.
SOPH. Ai. 695-6' o> llui> II(ic X i n\ay KTJ, KuXXoviac \iovnKTvnov | nt-
rpains OTTO ftdpnSos (piii"]6\ to 0(a>i> ^opojrot <u/. Ph. 759~^ ' '<* '<** 8va"n]vf
(TV, | 8v<TTt)l>( ftr)T(l fita TTOVIUl' irdjTfl)!' (pdVflS.
AESCHYL. Pers. 674 7roXi>cXavrf dai/o>f Sufuara.
26. FORMS OF THE SUBJECT. The expressed subject of the
finite verb may be in the form of a substantive, a pronoun, or
some word or phrase used as a substantive.
K6vwv . . . ^viKTjo-e, DIN. i. 75 , Conon gained the victory. troXXiiv XPIH^-
TWV TO xP T l" r * v Ivat Xvo-iTcXeoTfpov iari, Dt.M. 36, 52. OWTOS fyrjiw, DEM.
[46], 21 , This man got married.
DIN. i, 75 (see above).
DEM. 36, 52 (see above). [46], 21 (id.).
LYS. i, 1 1 TO TraiSioj/ (,36a, The baby was bawling. 13, 85 ' ft p.ev TO
PLATO, Ale. I, Il6 C. ra dyada (rvfji<p(pti f) ov , Rpb. 372 E; o\^a arrrp
KOI ol vvv f \ovcr t.
XEN. Cf. Hell. 4, 2, 21 OVK dntdavov avTiai> irXrjv ft ris KTf. (Part. gen.
as subj.)
Til L'C. 1 , 1 26. 9 ol . . . fjifTa TOV K.v\d)vos 3, 1 08, 2 o ( Kara TO 8 e iov
Kfpas tviKtov TO and' e'auToi/r 4- 33> ' ' ^* TTfpi TOI> ' ETrtrudav.
HDT. 1,62 oi dfji(p\ lI(t<rio-TpuTov. 3. 76 9, 69.
27. Even prepositional phrases like ds uKTUKaiftfiea, etc., without the
article, may be treated as the subject.
cl Karaaxa^MiT] TUV Ttix < ** v T( * )V ' |iaKpuv ciri S c K a (rrdSia cKartpov, LYS.
13, 8. (Strictly speaking, TWJ/ Tfi\5>v is the partitive genitive dependent on
KaTa<TKn(p(ir] and ori fif'cn ordSia is an adverbial modifier.)
LYS. 13. 8 (see above).
XEN. An. 3, 4. 5 C 400 ' t\fi<f>0t)trav fls <'>KT uncai <5f <, About 1 8 tuere
taken alive. Ibiif. 6, 4. 23 tis oitr\t\iovs dvdpvmws Hell. 6, 5, 10 ((pvyov
. . 7T ( p I O KTaKOCT IOVS.
TlIUC. 3, 2O, 2 fs 8( uvopas oiuKoaiavv K a\ tiKOtrt /luXioru tvi-
fjLtivav Tr/ tuf)u> (6f\ovrai.
Hl)T. 5.64. Ktii <r<f)(u>v tiff (TOV vntp T ( IT cr t p duo VTCI ilvopds. And of
them there fell above 40 men. 6, 1 1 7 dntdavov . . KUT <i iaKi<r\i\iovs.
28. ADIIX rivi:s USED SUUSTANTIVEI.Y. Masculine and
10 GREEK SYNTAX
feminine adjectives and participles are used as personal substan-
tives freely with the article in both numbers, less freely without
the article in standard prose.
29. a. With the article. :
DEM. I, I . TO/ ftov\op.evo)v. 3- I?' TOVS aiTiovs. Ibid. 21 : TOV op.cavvfj.ov.
4, 44 : Tt^v \(yovT<av. 2O, 74 : TOVS KcoXvrrorro?. 29,44: oi 8iK<iovT(s.
ISOC. 5, 24: ro'ts tirmjo'fiois roTs tp.ols.
ANT. 5. 18: rots (fiois Trpoo~rjKov(Tiv
PLAT. Ale. I, I 13 A: 6 (pdiruiv . . . 6 dTTOKpivo/jifvos. 125 B : TOVS dyadovs.
134 B: oi KCIKOI. Conv. 178 E: TOV epapfvov. 181 B '. oi <pav\oi,. 204 D:
6 f'pfav. Lach. 1 80 D ; 01 17X1x01 eyo. Legg. 868 A : ro> KiKTrj^fvcf. Rpb. 409
C : 6 fx<av. Theaet. 147 D : TW <rc3 ofjuovvfup.
XEN. Apol. 2O: TO'IS yfivap.evois. 2J : TOIS e'/xoly tvvois. Hell. 5, 2, 33;
roif vp.tT(pots 8vcrfi(Vf(ri. Mem. I, I, I : oi ypa^d^fvoi.
THUG. 3, 4, 4 : T<av . . . 8iafia\\6vTu>v . 5> 3 2 > ' TOVS f)j3a>VTas.
HDT. I, 120: TOVS ydvafifvovs. 3,65: rutv . . . oiKrjioraTuiv.
AR. Eccl. 1126: Ttjs ffjir/s KfKTr)n(VT)s. PI. 495 : TOVS dyadavs.
EUR. Ale. 167 .' avriav rj TfKovcr(a). El. 335 o r' (Kfivov Tfxav. Hipp. 413 ;
ras crd>(t)povas. Or. 51. o Kfivov yfvofjLfvos.
SOPH. Ai. 456: ^o) KO.KOS TOV Kpfltrcrova. Ant. 5 20 : ^X Xptjo-Tos rc5
KOK(f XdXf'lV 10-OS. fr. 321 N 2 : TOV 0VTJTOV.
AESCHYL. Suppl 951 : TO'LS apo-eaiv.
THEOGN. 1026: T&V dyaGSw.
Ho.M. Od. 15,324-. TOIS dyadoivi. IJ, 218: TOV opo'iav (bis). 20, 133: TOV
. . . dpeiov(a). 224 : TOV 8vo~Tr]vov.
II. 3, 255 : TW . . . viKt']o-avTi. 6, 435 : ot apurroi, 8, 342 -=2 1 1, 178 ; TOV OTTI-
O-TCITOV. IO, 237: TOV dpfLOl. II, 658'. OI OplOTOl. I 3, 2791 TOV . . . KOKOV
TpfTTfTdl \pUlS. I 6, 53 ' fOV OfJ.olov. 21, 2OJ '. TOV lipKTTOV. 2$, 663 1 6 ViKTjdfiS.
30. /;. Without the article:
DEM. I 8, JO', Z> XeycOJ/ fV^tp&S o TI av j3ov\rj6r}S.
Ax'i'iPH. 3 ft 12 : n^XtwTfiTO) Si/o (ace.).
PLAT. Ale. I, 119 C; o> <"/KO-rf. Conv. 194 B. voi)v e^oi/ri oXt'yoi e^i-
(f)p<iv(S TToXXuv d(pi>('>v<av (poftpo>Tpoi. Legg. 795 ^- 8ia(f)fpti . . . p.a6u>v
p.f] p.a0i'>vTos. Phaedr. 239 A : (pa>p.(vu>. Tim. 29 E: dyada>.
XEN. Hell. 5. '. '9 '""' ^roXXar vavs KfKTr)p.evovs.
AR. Nub. 518; a) dtojfjifvoi. Pax, 384 : o> nnvtjpoi.
EtJR. Hipp. 682: w 7rayK(iKi<TTT]. I. A. 1244: fV VTJTTIOIS.
SOPH. O. R. 334 o> KUKO>V KIIKKTT(. Ibid. 1397: K<JK KIIKIOV. O. C. 1384:
KOKIOV K(IKIO~T(. PH. 384 <"< KUKWV. Ibid. 9^4 ^> <UKO}V KUKIO~T( Kill ToX/ir}-
O"TT. Ibid. 1371 : KCIKOVS.
AE.SCIIYI.. Ag. 861, 1231 : apo-ci/oi-. Suppl. 393, 644 dpvivtav.
I'OCATIl'E CASE n
THEOGN. 1025. duXm'.
HOM. Od. 3.74. d\\oftanol<rt. 4, 822 Sw^tix'ty . . . TroXXoi. 6, 184-
&V(TfJi(V(t(T<riV. 17,217 KdKOf KlIKtlf.
II. 3, 48 <iXXo5(i7Toi<rt. 3, 51 tovtrpevitriv. 10. 238 : ^tipov(a).
31. Of course i>ijp, ywr), and tiv^purros are often expressed, dvi]p is at
once more poetic and more homely than the article.
DEM. 15, 23 . jjuppupov "ivdpwirov (fem.). 19, 196 . '0\vv6iav yvvaiKn.
ANT. 1,14. dvfjp KII\US T( Kill ayados. 2, 8, 5 : Ofpft-bv KHI dvSpdov avftpumnv.
J, 72 oil yiip (<mv o TI iiv opytfofuvos tivdpuiiros tv yvotiy.
PLATO, Ale. I, 125 B: TOVS dyadovs avftpas. Gorg. 470 C: (piXov "ii/ftpa.
Legg. 846 D. dvftpos eirt^taplov. Menex. 247 D OVTJTO) dv8pi. 335 K: TOU
fiiKaiov f!>Spos. Prot. 316 C ivov avbpa. 316 D: TOJJ/ TraXatwv dvSpStv. K[jb.
33' C . <f>i\ov dvdpos.
PlNO. P. 4, I . irap' dvSpt (pi\a>.
THEOG. 3'~2 ' KaKolffi 5 ^tr) TTpocrop.i\fi I dv8pd(Tiv a\\ aid ru>v dyn0a>v
(\fo. 43 ft siif/n:
Ho.M. II. 3- 108 oirXoTfpoav dvftpu>v. <), 3- f' dfpyos (it]p. 13. 278: 6
. . . 8fiXof avi'tp. 23, 704 dvftpl 8( viKt]0ivTi.
32. ELLIPSIS OF AlAscri.iNK SUHSTANTIVKS. When per-
sons are not meant a substantive is understood. Ellipses of
masculine substantives are rare but clear.
6 KviKi]vos (sr. o-To.Tt]pi, T/ic Cvziccnc (a coin).
Lvs. i 2, I I TtTpciKocriovs KV^IKTJVOVS (sc. trrarrfpay), but 32, 6. Tptaxovra
THUC. i . 47, 2, and elsewhere . 6 rrffrs (sc. a-rptiTt'i s) (but o TTC fos crrpT<ir,
4, 8, 2). 3. IO7, I . TOI/ > A^.7T/KJ*Cl*COl' (SC. KoXTTOv). 6, j. ' : T<>V luVlOV ( SC.
coXTToi/). 34, 4 : (/</.).
Hl)T. 3, 25. TOI/ Trt^oi/. 4, 128' o TTffiis and TOI/ n(w (/v'.v) (but 1.80.
TOJ/ TTf^OC ITTpllTltli).
Ak. Acb. 1229: uKpiiTw (sc. olvov}. Eq. 105: uieparov . . . rm\vv. Ibiti.
I 1 87 ' t"^* fii Trifir KtKptifj.fvov rpta KUI f>vi>.
COM. Fk. Mc-in. 3,462, 13-4. <V mrrt)pi<p y\vKvi> (sc. o('i/oi>). 4, 563:
npu TOV nitiv ritv ttKptiTov i^^v. 4-35-- 4- o: " ifu\vs ilxpaTos <Xiy uvuy-
K.U&I (\)j>wt\v. Much iiiiikt-s vonr senses crooked, if you /<//v // stttiight.
KL'k. Cycl. 5^ J 9 : wrris < TTI;/ TroXui' (sc. oicof), //"</. 573-
Ho.M. II. 9, 2(J3 : wpuTf puv (sc. otvir?) fit jct'/jiuf, Don't i/f,iu> it too
mild.
33. Mucli more common are ellipses of feminine substantives, such as
12 GREEK SYNTAX
DEM. 18, 281 : OVK e'rri TTJS avrr]S (sc. dyKvpas) 6pfj.fl. rols TroXXoty, He does
not ride at, depend on, the same anchor as the people. 21, 84 : fj Kvpia (sc.
Tj/j.('pa) . . . fls TTJV voTepaiav (sc. fjfj.fpav^). 24, 7- 2><pXe ^tXtas (SC. 5pa-
Xpds). 27,34- Tpia raXavra *at ^iX/as (sc. 8p a ^ /i a $) etX^epcira, Three talents
and a thousand drachmae.
ISOC. [l], 43 : {] 7TfTTp<ji>fJ.evr) (SC. p.olpa).
PLATO, Apol. l8 C: fp^^v (SC. 5 IK 77 1/) /car^yopoCi'Ter. Gorg. 465 B: TJ7
larplKr) (SC. Tf)(VT]), TJ O^OTTOUKT], Trj yvp.vacmKfi, i] KOfip-tariKr']. Ibid. 465 C : <ro-
(picrTiKt], vofjiodfTiKi), prjTopiKij. Ibid. $12 E '. Ti]v flfiapfifvr)v (sc. p.olpai>). Lach.
184 D : r/}i/ evavrtav (sc. -^/-rj^ov) . . . tdfro. Legg. 862 A: ei 17 -y' e/^f) (sc.
yvajprj) viKq. Phileb. 13 D: iiviuvT(s fls ras opaias (SC. Xa/3ay). Ibid. 41 B:
Kara yf TJ^V C'/XT})/ (sc. yvu>^rjv). Soph. 231 C ." o/>$;) yup ry Traooiut'a, TO ray
aTratrns (sc. Xa/3(if) /ijj pa8iov tivai 8ia(p(vyfiv.
XEN. An. 3, 4, 37 : TI/ ixrTtpaia (SC. f]fj.fpq) . . . ry rpirj) . . . TIJ re ruprrj.
Ibid. 3,4,46: Tjjf \omrjv (sc. Trope i av ?) Tropfvcropeda. Ibid. 4, 6, 1 2 : ?} rpa^tla
(SC. yr) or ^copa) rots' Trotrli/ a^a^fl iov(riv vp.(Vf(TT(pa f] rj 6/zaXi) (sc. y /} Of
^copa) T9 KftpaXas jSaXXo/ieVotP. Ibid. 5. 8, 12 : TOVTOV . . . dvixpayov a>s oXt'yas
(sc. 7rX>;ys) iraitrfifv. Ibid. 7, 8, 20: T^ vcrTtpaiq. Hell. 4, 4, 13 : iyyt r)i/ Vi
Me'yapa (SC. oSoi/ ) and T^V fVl .\aK($aip.ova untxuipfi. Ibid."], 2, 13: r/)i/
(rvvrofjiov (sc. ofiov). . . d(f)iK.ecrdai and tcvro r/yy TT a p a TO Te t^os. Hiero,
2, 8: 8ta TroXe/iias (SC. y^s Of ^copas).
THUC. 5, 26, 5 : (pfvyeiv rljv fpavrov (sc. y^v). Ibid. 6, 54, 5 : fiKo<rrf)v (sc.
fjifpida) . . . Trpao'a'ofJ.fvoi TU>V yiyvofJ,evaiV.
HDT. 3, 64: Kaipirj (sc. TrXiyyj) f'8o^t Ttrvfydai. Ibid. 5, 17 : (rvi>Tnp.os (SC.
6Sos). 7^/Vf. 8, 27 : t) SfKurrj (sc. /iolpa).
Ak. Ran. 685: K*W/ to-ai (SC. -^^(poi) yivtavrai. Ibid. 1096: TUTrro/iei/o?
Tulai TrXaTfiais (sc. j^tpcriv).
EUR. Ale. 784: T^J/ avpiov p.fX\ovcrav (sc. f)p.fpav),
SOPH. Ant. 1308-9: dvrai'av (sc. TrXayav) eiraurfv. O. T. 810: oi /^}
lo-r;^ (sc. 8(Ki;v?) y' frurtv. Phil. 139^ : 8f^*as (sc. ^eipo?) f/i^S fftydiv.
AKSCHYL. Cho. 639-40: i<pos \ buivraiav (SC. TrXayav) . . . oira.
TV'RT. 15 I^g^- 4 : Xaia (sc. ^etpi) /j.tV truv irpofidXfardt.
MOM. Od. 4, 588 : efSf/cTr; Tf (sc. ^e'pjj) SuwSfKarq T. 9, 42 (= 549= II.
ii, [75]) : uTtufiufjifvos . . . i'o-;;? ( sc. p.oipr)s?). ii, 594 : <*[i<poTpflO'iv (sc.
Xepo-tv).
II. 10, 542: Se^i/; (SC. xfipi).
34. There is often no conscious, or at all events no definite, ellipsis
(cf. Lobeck, Paralipp. pp. 329-388). So in the examples of the preceding
.sections the exact ellipsis is often doubtful.
DEM. 14. 6 : an IOTJS.
XEN. Hicro, 6, 8 : oi yap ( tvavrias fju'ivov uXXa *cai Triivrodtv.
TllUC. i, i 5. 2 : ow8' . . . diri> TTJS i<rr)s KOIVUS (rrpaTtiat iiroiovvro. i, 27, I I
NEUTER ADJECTIVES 13
irl T7) i<TT) Kai ofioiq. 4- 33- ' an ^ 35- 3 ' tvavrlas. 4, IOJ, 2 : rrjt iirrjs tat
6/iOiOS fjLfTi'xoira p.(vnv.
HOT. I, lOQt TO TTOio'lOl/ KtKO<T[JiT)fJL(VOl> T 1} V ( 7T I $ttMITa>. 3- ''9- * > ^7 - f T f) l
TTi pavuTb). 5-7-- KUTtSrjcrav TT)V tw\ 6 nviiTU). 7-62: rrjvnvr^vTavTr^v
rcrraXfjLfi'oi. J, 84- TJ)V avrijv rcTJCCvaoyM'pot. 8, 6 : tic . . . TTJS dvriTjs irpos-
TT\ffll> OV K<i) <T<J)l fboK(.
PlND. O.7.82: uXXav (vtKav?) fir' "i\\a.
HoM. II. 2, 379 : (S ye fj-iav (,lov\ i] v .') ftnv\( v<jofj.fv.
35. So the feminine adjective is often used adverbially for locality,
distance, direction. Regularly in the case of fy/xoeria, I8ia, KOIVI/, irf&i, for
examples of which see the dictionaries.
KM. 4- -3" ^.'/""'"f^f"' dvuyKt) . . . Ti)i> irpuiTTjv. 1 8, 36 '. ri ovv <rvvtf$ij
pera ravr tvdvs, OVK fls p. a K p a v ;
PLAT. Legg. 683 C: naicpav (sc. 6fioi>?) i/ f\0otfjn fyvyt. Theaet. 200
A: fiaicpav 7T(pi(\6ovTts.
XEN T . An. 3,4, I7 : Itvrfs paitpdv. Ibid.'j, 8, 20: OTTU>S ort p.aKpordrT]v
t\dot. Hell. 4, 5-^ : iJKfw rf/v Tuxicrrijv. Mem. 3, 6, 10: TTJV Trpu>rr]i>.
THUG. 6, 98, 3 : diroo'itiBvao'dai paKportpa v.
AK. R. 434 fjStv paKpair dniXdris.
EUR. Phoen.9o6: ov p.aKpuv airtam.
36. Neuter Adjectives and Participles are freely employed
as substantives in almost any relations, but Homer's range is
limited, and the boldness of Thucydides is to be noticed, nor is
poetry ever very free.
TO Trap\Tj\v86s ... TO p.c'XXov ... TO irapov, Ol'.M. 1 8, 192 ; The /><is/ . . . the
future . . . the present, av tv f\ 8u' OO-TCI' tiirwo-iv, Ibid. 23, 206; If they say
one or two dewier things.
DEM. 18, 192 (see above). 19, 151 : 8vmi> xpn (Tl ^ niv - 20 - -&' *' v & v -
23. 51 : &vo ftr)\ol Sinaia (sc. 6 vftos). The law sets forth two lines of legal
procedure. 23, 120: -nuvr ffv 'A\(at>8pos. 23, 206 (see above). [6iJ, 6:
b~VOlV TOtll (CaXX / (TTOIV.
AF.SCHIN. 3, 165 : TO 8' (cr6p.f vov. 3,218: dpKt I yap ^101 \j. i K p a Kaifjifi-
6v<i)v aiffxpws OVK (iridv^w.
ISAE. I, 22 : bvo'iv TO'IV (vavriuiTaToiv.
ISOC. [i], 29: TO fJL(\\OV. 31 : TO ... ilKdlpOV. 34: 10 . . . <J0Uf fS fK TOU
diavtpoi. 40: ^tytiTTov tv t'Xa^io'Ta). 3> '9 : tv T< f toiovri. 4- 4- (v
p.(<T(i> Ti)t 'KXXaSor. 4> 54- ^roXii . . . TT/KJ riav TpuiKtav . . . Kai /jUKpuv npo
. 4, 189: ^iryuXa . . . piKpd. 11,43- ^ l " Jlt> TOIV n i IT % i ifToi v.
ANTIPHON, 6, 3' ^^ rt ' ) ptyitrTw KUI i(r\vf>oTdri^.
PLATO, Charm. 158 A: TU bpwptva TIJS ioY<u-. Conv. 186 I); tim 5<
14 GREEK SYNTAX
f^dia-Ta TCI tvavTitoTciTa, fyvxpov 6epp.oi, TriKpbv y\vKf~i, r)pbv vypco.
Ibid. 195 B: opoiov 6/iO('o) dtl irf\dei. Ibid. 22O C: e' eaidivov. Euthyd.
282 C: OTTO TavTOfjuirov. Ibtd. 34 B ro (TTTJ.VLOV. Euthyph. 5 D : TO Ofriov
. . . Kcil TO avocriov . . . TOV p.fv 6o~iov TTIIVTOS . . . TO ucriov KOI TO dvoaiov . . .
TO iJCTlOV. Ibid. 6 D : TO ScTiOV . . . (V Tl fj 8llO . . . TU>V 7TO\Xo)l/ 6 (T I O> V
. . . TTlivTa Til OCTta . . . Til Tf dl>l)O~la . . . KCU Til OCTICI. Ibid. 6 E : TO /JLeV TO(?
dfois TTpocrcpiXes . . . TO 8e p.f] npocrcpiXe s. Gorg. 449 C: ev fipaxvTfpois.
Ibid. 473 1^ : To oihjjQfS- Ibid. 488 D : TO KpeiTTov KCU TO j3(\Tiov Km TO Icr^vpi'i-
Ttpov. Ibid. 488 E: TO 'ivov f'xfLv. Legg. 642 A: Trepl <rp.iK.pnv TroXXa.
Ibid. 731 E: Tv(p\ovTai Trtpl TO (p i X o v fj. f v o v 6 (f)i\iav. Ibid. 791 E: irav . . .
TO yfvv<ap.evov. Ibid. 796 E: eis KOIVOV. Ibid. 816 D E : avfv yap ytXoiuv
TI'I o-TrouSaia KOI iravratv TU>I> evavritav TII fvavria padflv . . . ov SVVCITOV.
Ibid. 829 C: i>iKr]Ti']pia. Ibid. 875 A: TO /xej/ /> oivbv . . . TO 8e i8iov. Ibid.
885 A: els KOIVUV. Ibid. 932 A: i^fxp- f&v eV; (iTtui/ TOO /3tou. Lys. 214 B:
TO 0/j.oiov Tea ofjtoiof dvdynr) del 0tXov etVat. Ib.'d. : irtpl . . . TOV oXou. Meno,
89 A: TO di(pi\ifj.ov. Parm. 145 Bl TO ye ^iaov 'i(rov TU>V ecr^arcai' aTTf^et.
7^/</. 1 66 B: TroXXa. Phaedo, 90 C: irdvTa TCI OVTCI. Ibid. 92 D: Sta TQJV
etAciiTwi'. Ibid. loo D: TO> KaXw vrai/Ta TO. caXc yiyvfTai KaXa. Ibid. 112 B:
TO vypbv TOVTO. Phaedr. 230 C: TO tvuvovv TOV TOTTOV. Phileb. 56 A: TO
p.'} cra(pis ... TO /3e/3atoj/. Rpb. 338 D : TO lipxov. Ibid. 410 E : TO fjfifpov.
Ibid. 433 A: 8ui TravTos. Ibid. C: TO vTro\fi(pd(v eKfivcav, fl T rpia tvpoi-
p.ev . . . TTtpl Seii/cof Tf KOI pi]. Theaet. 184 B : TCI \fVKii Kill /j.i\ava . . . TU o^ea
Kin ftapea. Ibid. 187 E : (rp-iKpbi> ev . . . TTO\V fit) iKavms Trtpdvai.
XEN. Ag. I, 15. ITTTTIKOV OVK ft^fv. An. 2, 5. 3$' *ty fTrfjKoov. Ibid. 3,
i, 21 : tv /is'o-<u. Ibid. 3, 3, 9: <K TToXXoO. Ibid. 3. 3, 17: Vi (Spa^u. 7^/V/. 4,
7, 3 : ei? KuXt>i>. Ibid. 7, 6, 8 : eV eVj/Kow. Conv. 3. 3 : ets p.(a-ov. Cyr. 1,3, 18 :
J/Tl ToO illKT iXlKOV TO TV paw If. O V. Ibid. 1,6, 14: T<1 TKTK. /(^/C/. 1,6,
35 : fV fpvfj.vq>. Il>id. I, 6, 38 : eV TOIS p-ovcriKols (neut.). Ibid. 2, 3, 8 : ev KOIVO>.
Ibid. 3, 3, 28: ev TTf p IT( Tafpptv p.i v GI p.tv, KiiTiifpd ve i fie ... fv d(pavf-
o-TaT<u. Cyr. 4, 3, 2 : T TrXeiWou Ai-ta (including males and females) . . . T<Z
(f)i\THTn (including males and females). Ibid. 5, 3, 37 : ToC ftapvTi'iTov . . . TU
BiiTTOv IUVTU. Ibid. 6, I, 29: T<I TrXaTf'a. Ibid. 6, 3, IO : TTOO-OI/ . . . "nrecrTiv.
Ibid. 7, I, 4 : tv trrw entcrOai.. Ibid. 8, I, 31 : TII fi> TW (f>ai>(pa> al(T\pd . . . TII ev
TU dcf)(ivf't. Ibid. 8, I, 34: TToXf/xiKaii'. Ibid. 8, 2, 12: /ieyiiXa . . . turn p.iKpa>v.
Hell. 2, 1,2: eK ToG eptpavovs. Ibid. 2, I, 25 : o^/c tV KaXtji ^r; IIVTOVS oppdv.
lin'd. 2,2, 1 6 : Tpflj fj.r)vus Kal n-Xf i w. /$/</. 2, 3, 29 : TO dcpuvts and TOU (pavtpov.
Ibid. 4, 5, 15: 6t\- Ta yvp.vd. Ibid. 5, 4, 54: Ttpbs iii'tivTfs. Ibid. 6, I, 15: TU
fj.u\uKii. /bid. 6, 2. 29 : eVi TrXtdv . . . eK TOV 6fjM\ov, d~j)' v^rj\OTfpov. Ibid. 6, 4.
21 : TII btovra. Ibid. 6, 5, 24: em Tins eiffpooroficorarotf. //'/(/. 7- ' -9 <7rt
rrTtviiv Ttjs otiov. Iliero, 8, 5: TOIS K TOU to-ou fjp.lv iwcri. Mem. I, I, 10: ev
To> (pt;v(pa>. Ibid. 2, i,6: tv vTraiQpta. Ibid. 2, 6, 16 : e^ eToi/jiov. Ibid. 2, 6, 23 _
fix TO peTii p.e\i]<r u p.e voi>. Ibid. 3, 5. I^ : <V Tots i/v 'tKoiy. Ibid. 3. 1. 5 rt>
/xe y uX onpe ne x Tt KUI f\tv6fpiov Kill TO Tairfivui> Tf Kill ai/eXt vQt pui> KUI
A'EL'TEA' ADJECTIl'KS 15
TO (T(i)(f)pOl>T)TlKnv Tt KOt (^pOVlfiOV Kill TO V f$ p I (T T I K It V T( KOI H IT f t p It K a X O V.
Ibid. 3, 10,9: rh btoptva (TKf'irijs. Ibid. 4, 5. 6 : TO \t\pov uvr\ TOV fttXrio-
vos. Ibid. 4, 5. 7 : "* rri Ttov cot^f \ovt>To>v TH /3 X (I jj-Toy TII. Ibid. 4. 6, 15 ; 8 MI
TO) /tciXtora 6/ioXoyov/i* vitiv iiroptvtro. /foV/. 4, 7, 5: 7rr>XXo>/ K<JC w^>fXi'^a>i/.
Oec. 7. 8: TO>V ^ifino-Ko/xfVcof. //'/</. 14, 2: TO>V o'ffTTroo-uftoi'. Hipparch. 4, 17:
a* i pivroi Tto l(T\vpoTt pu> TO dcrdt vt (TTf pov (sc. Xf>'}) drjpuv. R. Kq. 7, 3:
'c TOW 8(i<0)v . . . dvairqdnv . . . nut ft(iots TOV trwparos . . . rots dpitrTfpo'it
. . . rots dpKTTfpols rols 8fioij.
THUC. 1,3, 3: TToXXoi . . . v<TT(pnv . . . TU>I> 'Ypu>iKu>v. 1,4: vavriKuv
tKTT](TaTO. 1,6,6: TO TToXfllOJ' *E X X tj V I K <i V . . . TO) VVV ft H/J/3 dp I K U>. 1, 13, 5:
TO \flO~riKov. I, 1 8, I : Vt TroXi'. I, 1 8, I : f< rraXatororou. I, 36, 3: T^i'a . . .
pavriKH. i.77> 5- To 7rf"'' / ' 1,80, 4 : f Koii/ai. i , 9. - : TO fjov\6[i.(vov KU\
VITOTTTOV ri]s yvutfjLrjs. I, 142, 9 : TO vavriKov. 2, I 5. 4 : Tti ap^au'tTfpa bioviXTia.
2, 21, 2: fv TW (p.<pav(l. 2, 59- 3- To opyi^ofitvov Ttjs yv<aprjs nptis TO r}wta>-
Ttpov KOI abf(<TT(pov. 2, 62, 5- <V TO) aTTiipa). 2, 63. 3: TO jiirpaypov . . .
fJL(T(l TOV SplKTTrjplOV. 2, 64, 5 *'' Tf f TfapOVTl . . . fTTl TToXt'. 3- ' ' 3 T ' %l K P t ' t ~
TKTTa. 3- l8, 4 *7T' TUV KdpTf p)V. 3' - ' 4 ^ l> oXl'yOW. 3- 4' ' : T " IIKOIXTIHV.
3, 43, 3: <Vc TOV irpofpavovs. 3- 7 2 ' 3 T '* p-(Tfo)pa. 3, 82, 6: TO vyytvis TOV
(TaipiKov a\\orpi(>)T(pov f'yevfTo. 3- 82, 7 awo ToO npcxpavovs. 3, 83, I : TO
tvrjdfs ... TO yfvi/aZoi/. 4, 32, 4: (*c TroXXoO. 4, 36, 2 : TW O^OK^TO). 4, 6l, 5 :
TO dvdptoiTdov, 8ia irnvTus, TOU (iKninos, TO fVtcii'. 4- 63. I TO f\\irrts y f's diftiov.
4, 63, 2 : f icrov. 5> '6, I : TO ditlvSvvov- 5- ^ 3 T0 St'ov. 5- ^9- - f K ^roXXor,
8t" oXt'yoi;. 6, 2, 5 : TU pi era. 6, 34, 4 : ^"' T " vvT)0(S tjcrvxof f/Kicrr' tiv <|<a)f
irfiOoicrdf. 6, 89, 4: Tray TO tvnvTinv JJL( vov. 6, 92, 4 : TO (^jiXoTroXt. " 3^- ^
is o\iyov, 7 75< 7 O7rXtricc5 irpo<T(\ovras /uaXXov f/ I/OVTIKO). 8,95, 2: Ei/-
i'i(Hii aiToiE . . . 7rdi/Ta J/v.
HDT. 1,8: T /caXii. I, 1 1 : T Xeyo/ifi/n. I, 13 : *f Taii'Td. I, 18: TO !jp.oiov.
I, 2O: TT^JOf TO TTflpfOf. I, 22: (S TO ffr^dTOV KUKOV. I, jO 1 TTCJPTd, T('l TTlJCTtt.
1,30: TO Xf^&V. l,3~: TO dflov. 2,2: <7XX /Z<IT<KM 7roXX(i. 3.2: rii H( pvimv
rti pit p.ii. 4, 5: f/xoi ot 7rto"Ta XfyovTfs. 5-^ : T(>> ^* utTTiKTov aytvvis itctKpi-
T(ii). 6, I : (BatVjjM^f ... TO ytyoi/di-. " 5- 7roXX KUKU. 8, 3: TO vavriKov.
9, 2 : TCI <r.
AK. Eq. 187: offov TTfTTnvdas dyadov. Nub. 26: TOVT TO KdAcdi'. X'csp.
3: tca/coi/ . . . piy'i- Pax, 272: V ftf'ovTi. Thesm. 23: trpus TOIS dyudolc TOI/-
TOKTIV. Av. 382 : fjuidoi yiif> tit' Tit KNTTO TCOC t%6pu>v (rof/xir. Ran. I : Ta)t<
((b)d<)T(i)l/. ////V/. 421: K(JO-T<1/ ( SC. 'ApXtSlflOs) Til TTptoTtl Tt]* t K(\ ^<>\0t)pi(lt.
Plut. 2 : TII tfi\Ti(TTa.
COM. 2. 3 (M): OIK fCTTlf OIKf'lV ItlxillV *IVfV K(IKI>1'. ?, 9: TO)!' K (I K O) < TT(IJ>-
o^i'^fj. 4, 13: TH 7T/jti Toif tTAXourtf . . . KaKii. 4, 2J: Xeycn'rrt trtivra fna\\H>i f)
ri TuyiiBt'iv. 4, 39: nui>Tu>v dcfropfjif) TU>V KuXau- tvpicrKtrm, 4> 4 I: T " 7r'"'/>u>-
IJifVOV . . . ti(f>(VKTl'll> (ITTIV. 4, 44: TO \VTTQVV TT\<ll>V f) TO O'wfoi'.
EUk. Ale. 199: f) irnv <rrtvdti. Toifrifi' *i\$(Jit)Tos KHKU'IV. Aiulr. 184: KUKUV
yt 6i/tjTnlt TO vtuv. liucch. 216: i/fo^^(i . . . KIIKU. LI. 431 : To-ov t/>^i.
1 6 GREEK SYNTAX
Hec. I2O: TO ... crbv . . . ayaOov. Hel. 271 : /zelfoi/ rfjs dXrjddas KOKOV.
Heracl. 57 " 1 : r ') s Tf v*}* ev^v^j'as | <a\ rov SIKOLOV (eVcrm). Here. F. 509:
ovo/tacrra Trpucrcreoi'. Hipp. 379: ra XP'? " 1 "' tifurrdfuarBa, I. A. 408: e'y KOI-
vov dXyeii' TOIJ f/uXotfri xpi] 0iXouf. I. F. 559 : KUKOV diKaiov fiVfTTpd^aro.
Ion, 969: TII dvrjTa. TOLUVT(II). Med. 33 fpwre? . . . KCIKOV /xf'ya. Or. 397:
(ro(f)6i> TO: TO (ra<p(S, ov TO p.fj (ra(pis. Phoen. 597 : 0tXo^u^oj/ AcaKov.
Suppl. 435 : vifca 5' 6 fj.eiu>v TOV peyav bLuai t\<av. Tro. 489: dpiyicos dd\iu>v
KdKutv. fr. 21, 3 ^' : "^ "V ytvoiro ^co/jis faOXa Kal KciKii. So : ^)fi) 0eti, TU
^leyaXa /ityaXa KI 7rao~^et /ca/cd. 236: trw nvpioicri ru Ka\a yiyvtTtu TTOVOIS.
275,4: K*/ o-/iiKp' 6^17 Tts, ^eydX' f^etf ^o/itfe'Ta).
SOPH. Ai. 1003 : W, fKKi'i\v\l/ov, tos ISa TO -rrav KCIKOV. Antig. 77 : T<J TCOV
6eS>v ei>Tip.((i}. El. 333- Xyd> TTI TOIS Trapovcriv. Ibid. 384: eV KaXw (frpavf'tv.
O.C.77I: TO o-uyyeref TOUT(O). O. T. IIO-I: TO 8t ^r/rov p,fvov iiXcoTov,
epfvyei 5 Ta/n.fXou/xei/or'. Ibid. 800: TaX^^es- e'^epw. Ph. 446: ovSev TTCO
xaKov y' aTrooXfTo. Ibid. 674~5 TO ... i/oo~oi}v. Ibid. 9'9 : o"*^""" 1 /caAcov.
Tr. 196: TO iroQovv. Trach. 474: TTUV croi (p<icra> TaX^^f's. fr. 100 N 3 : TO
(caXcos TTtfpvKos. fr. 321 N'"' : (frpovflv . . . i<ra. fr. 326 N 2 : Ta ^fv^rj \iyeiv.
AESCHYL. Ag. 79: TO 0" vnepyrjpo)v. Cho. 212: ti'^ov TII Xonrd. Eum.
276: SiSa^^ftS 1 fv KiiKols. Pers. 228 : eKTfXotTO S/) TU ^prjcrrd. P. V. 26 : TOV
irapovros d^dr]8u>v KCIKOV. S. C. Til. I : xpfj Xtytw TO. Kaipia. Suppl, 77 TO
8iKaiov idovTfs. fr. 39 -^ 2; o XP'l* 71 ^ eiSeos, oi^ 6 TroXX' eiSwy o~o0or. 39^
N 2 : fj.avda.veiv (ro(f)ti.
TRAD. fr. adesp. 31 N 2 : ou/c a^tco /j.iKpu>v o~e, /xeydXa 8' OVK fX w - Ibid.
513, 2 N 2 I Tfi/ia yp KaXaJy e^ft.
PlN'I). (not overcommon). O. I, 31 : arravra . . . TO. /x? iXt^a. //;/>/. 2, 36:
tzTeipel o-wi/ dya^w. Ibid. 2, 62: otSfj/ TO /zeXXoi/. /(^/c/. 9, 28: uiiracrav TCI
Tfprrv(d). Ibid. 9, 94: K<iXXto-Ta . . . petals. Ibid. If), 55 : T0 fa(f>aves.
Ibid. 12, 9: To/ 8e p.f\\(')VTu>v Tfruf/>Xcoi/Tat 0pa8ai. 7<5/V/. 13, 103: TU T'
((rcrdufva TOT' av (j)air]v crafyis. Ibid. 14, 5-6 : (riiv yap vfj.fj.iv ... TO y\vne
avfrai TrdvTci fipoTms. P. I, 86: /JLTJ 7rapl.fi Ka\d. N. II, 4 2 *v a]Atf$OVTl.
BACCHVL. fr. I, I : ^riipnv . . . KCI\>V.
SIMON ID. C. fr. 37, 13 : TO ye Stivdv.
SAPPH. fr. 51 : dpdcravro be trd^Tvnv eaXa | TW ydfj.j3p(a.
Soi.OX, fr. 4, 32 : KdKii TrXfio-Ta Trd\d 8v<Ti>ofj.ia napf^fi.
ALCAK. fr. 35, i : <w xpn ^dKoiai Gv^ov firiTpfinjv.
AKCM. fr. 20: (cXmco ra Quaicav, ov TU Mayi'ijTcoi/ KUKI'I.
HYMN. HOM. 4, 44 : Kt'ov' flftviav.
Hr.S. O. et D. 40: oo-a> Tr\iov rjfjucrv Travros. Ibid. 91 : aTfp rr KaKuiv
Kru ttTtp ^aXfTroio TTOVOIO. Ibid. 116-7: f'o-$Xa f)e TTUVTCI | TO'KTIV trfv. Theog.
28: d.\rjd(n yrjpvcracroai.
HoM. Od. I, f 1 40] =4, 56 = 7, 1 76 =10, [372] =15. [139] =17.95 : irapfdvrtav.
1,274: (m o-(j)(Tfpn triciSvaa-Oat. 1,428: xtovii lov'ia. 2, 231 : atcrtfia fifiwr.
2, 369: Vi crolcrt tcadrip-fvos. 3, I 15 : Trei/Taerff yf *cm e'ufTff. 3, I l8 : eivdfTfS.
NEUTER ADJECTIVES 17
3t 247 : aXrjdf's. 3, 277 : 0'Xa *t5oT*r. 4,460: oXo0<uia fiflwr. 4,695 = 22,
319: (vtpyiuv. 4, 696 and 7'' : irtirvvptva tl8<i>t. 4, 837: dvf /loiXid #u-
ftv. 5- '82: OVK dno<p<ii\ia t(Sa>f. 5-476: *V irtpi<paivop.fi><a. 7 ', 166: tvftov
fovrtav. 7>3 IO: a i trip, a 7rui/T<j. 8,66 = 473: /xt'crcra). 8, 262: t'r picrov. 8,
405: TroXfos 1 . 8, 584 : Kf^apitrfitva tifttas. 9- '89: ddtp-iarrta jydct. 9.474:
Kfpropioicriv. II, 43- XuypH tdvia. 13. 45 f} nia o&tv. 14, 12: TO /if'\<ii/
fipuor. I4-9 1 VfttrBai tn\ <r<p(T( p(a). 14. '25: dX ;&'. 14, 288: eiTrarryXui
ftSa>f. 14, 433: ai<rip.a jySfi. 15. 77 : *i>8ov tovrtav, 15, 88: vfl<r6in ('(pi"
TjfjitTe p(a). 17, 45- : aXXoTpj'wv. 17,456: aXXoTpt'oif. 18,404: Tri xtfiftttva.
18,414: (irl pr/dfVTt 8iKaia>. 19,248: ilpTta jjfttt. 19,329: oy . . . (i7Ti;i/a fi<\iy.
2O, 177- KfpTop.iouriv. 21, 85: ttprfftipia (ppoviovrtf.
Ho.M. II. I, JO'. TU T* e'dvra TU T* f(rcri>p.va irpi'i T' e'ciira. I, 106: TO (c/iij-
yvnv. I, 107: TH K<WC". I, 539- Kfprop.ioi<Ti. I, 54 2 tpuTrrdfiia fypovinvra.
I, 576: TH \(ptlOVd. 2, 213: KO(T/i T6 TToXXa Tf /5ft. 3- 69: fV /Zt'tTfTOJ. 4,
l6l : <ri'ip Tf ^i<y<iXa) aTrtTto'tii'. 4- '85 : fV Kaipiut. 4- 256 : fj.ft\i^iot<riv. 4, 541 :
ACOTH picr(rov. 6, 162: dyuda (ppoveovra. 6, 37^: vrmtpria p.v6ij(ra(rdf. 6,
382 : aXfj^f'a. 7, 238 : fVi Se^ia . . . eV d/H(TTfpd. 7, 277 : /zefro-w. 8, 491 = IO,
199: (v Kadapcp. 9. 579 : r " '/M tcri '- Ic)> 357 : SovprivtKts. I I, 336: aiT<i
icra. 12,436: fin. ra. 13,824: Troloj/ e dirts. 17.431 : ftfiXt^iotert. 21, 214:
TTffH S' atervXa p((is. 22,497: ovfifif loicriv. 23. 275 il' 1( J 53^ T< ' "fft^fa, first
prize. 23, 538: 5fvTfp(), second prize. 23, 562: TroXf'or. 23, 57 : nu'tov
fp(as. 23, 751 : Aor$)i(a), Az5/ prize. 24, 53' T *' )l/ Xwypwy. I'ur ^ei'iaoy,
dvia, (ivi)iov, fivtjia t vid. Honi. Diet.
37. NKUTF.R PLURAL OF ADJF.CTIVF.S AND VF.RBAI.S IN -TO? AND
-r^os. Especially to be noticed in this connection is the use of the neuter
plural ot adjectives and of verbals for the singular. This use is not a
standard prose use. See Bishop, A. J. P. xx (1899), 1-21 and 121-138.
irXoifiuTcpa iytvtro, THUC. I, 8, 2; Greater facilities of navigation ensued.
ORATORF.S ATTICI : No occurrence according to E. R. Schulzc. Ouae-
stiunculae gram mat icae ad oratores Atticos spectantes, liaut/.cii. 1889.
PLATO: In Rpb. 416 E, Kriiger suggests oa-la for OCTKJ, and Ibid. 562 A,
cited by Mattli. 443. is not an example.
XEN. An. 3, 4, 49: eo>r p.ti> (jutripd r/v, firl rov "ITTTOV rjytv, iitf\ f>( itfjara
^i/, KrmiXiTrwi' TOV tmrov tcrirfvSf irt^ji- Ibid. 4, 6, I/: tdinrtp <inu X<i,io>/iV TI
rov opovt, ft ar a KOI Tolr virofvyiois ftrrai.
THUC. I, 8, 2: KaT<i(TT(iitTos tit Tofi M/j/to vmrriKnv 7rXr,V^a)Tf pa tyf'vtro nap
aX\f)\ovs. I, 72, I : irdpir^Tia. I, 79, 2: xoXffirjTfa. I, 86. 3: irapaftnrta, 5ia-
Kpirta, Tip.bipT)T(a. I, 88: iro\tp.r)Tfti. I, 93- 4: dvdtKTta. 2, 3. 3: tc'idKft oiV
7r^*ipr;T<(j fTi/ni. 2. io, 2, and 56, i: trmp-ti. 3. 16. 2: (in-opii. 4. I. 3 and
5, 14, 4: (IbvwiTu. 6, 25, 2: 7rXfuo-T*'. 6. 50. 5: rroXf^t/Tj'd.
IlUT. I, 4: 6f;Xu . . . art. I, 91 : TT}/ irtirpufnivrjv poipuv aovvard KTTI ajr>-
1 8 GREEK SYNTAX
(frvydv KOI 6a. I, 112: {SffiovXfVfifva ecrrt. I, 194: old re , et saepe. I, 207:
8/7X0, et saepe. 3, 6l : a<ova-Tea. 3, 109: /3ta><rt^a. 5- I -4 and 6, 13: d^vvara.
6, 106 : id. 7- 185: 77poo-XoyicrTf'<i. 9, 2: ^(iXeTrd.
Ak. Ach. 77 ^ Sftva; Ibid, 1079 : u 8ctla /x/} '^flvai fie p.r/& inprdcrai;
Eq. 30 : KpaTto-To. fbtit. 609 : Sfivd. Av. 1033: oiiSftyd; Lys. 626 : 8fii>d.
COM. 4, 66l : dvoTjrd y' d TOUT' r/\6ts fVtra^wi' ffj.oi.
EUR. Ale. 218: 8rj\a (bis). Bacch. 1039: a-vyyvuia-Tu. Hec. 1107: id.
H. F. 583 : 8i'(Cflua roi/f TeKciiray (subj.) a)(peXfZi/ TtKva (obj.). Hipp. 269:
<i<TT]fj.a. Med. 703 fuyy^coo-ra. Or. 413: oi 8fivd. Phoen. 994 : a-vyyvuxmi.
SOPH. Ai. 887: 0-xeVAta. Ibid. 1126: KiKcna. Ant. 576: 8ff5oyp'j/(a).
Ibid. 677 : dpvvTe(a). Ibid. 678 : ^o-rr^re'ti. Ph. 524: alcr^pa. Tr. 495, IIl6:
dtxaca.
AESCHYL. Pr. V. 216: Kpano-m.
PlXI). O. I, 53 ''Wo/J' 1 - P- I. 34 : foiKora, 2, 8l : dfiwara. 4, 247 : paKpd.
N. 8, 4 : dyaTrard.
HOM. Od. 8, 299: OVK(Tl (f)VKT(l TTf\OVTO, but Od. 5, 359! 0$l /iOt ^)drO
(pv^L/j.ov dvai. I I, [456] : fVct ovKfTi Trtcrrd yvvaiiv, 14, 489 : ovKtri (ftvKrd
jrfXovTdt. 2O, 223 oLi/ce'r' uvfKrd Tre'Xoirat.
II. 14. 97~8 : o(f)p(a) . . . Tpoxrl ptv (VKTO. yfvrjrat. 16, 128 : /i?j 7} i/r^ns-
eXcocri /cat oi/Ken (pvKrd TTe'Xwi'Tai.
38. ELLIPSIS OF NEUTER SUBSTANTIVES. Definite ellipses
of neuter substantives are rare.
0ep)j,c ((SSaTi) . . . Xov<r6ai, Ak. Nub. 1044 ; To bathe in Jiot water.
HDT. 2, 37 : Xoifrai 8e 8ls TTJS r]fj.e'pr}s fKaa-rrjs \^v^pu> (SO. v8ari.).
AR. Nub. 1044 (see above). Eccl.2i6: /Sdm-ouo-t ^ep/xw.
COM. 3, 445 : TO deploy.
THEOGX. 263: ^u^pov poi Trapu Tjj$( (f)i\oi irivovcrt TOKrjfs.
39. POSSESSIVE PRONOUN OR POSSESSIVE GENITIVE WITH
ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES USED SUP>STANTIVELV. Un-
less an adjective or participle is fully substantivized it does not
take a possessive pronoun, and seldom the possessive genitive
in attributive position.
TO. TOV 8rjp.ov o-up.(j>epovTa, DlN'. I, 107 ; T/it' roinitiotts' interests.
TOV 6fxb>vvp.ov TOV ejiavTov, DEM. 3, 21 ; Tluit namesake of mine.
TW erw 6p.<ovv(i(i>, Pi,,\ TO, Theuct. 147 D ; Your namesake.
DIN. i, 107 (sec above).
DEM. 3, 21 (see above). 18, 47: TO C irpo8i8avros trvfjupiftnv. 18, 138:
TO TT)S TTdXfCOf (TVfl(j>( f)l>lf. I 8, 139" T<>) T ^ V f> X^' f ' )l ' fVp.(f>f'p(>l>, l)Ut ll)ld.: TTfpl
TO)!' (TV^.ff)(fX)VTU>V Tl/ TTliXfl. 37> ' To ^ StKOiOU TOI^TOU. [j^j' ~& ' pCTU TOV (TVfJi-
(iiovTos TOV TU>V tiavtiCTTiav.
Xl'H.MA A.\'D III'AI'MA 19
IN. 3. 8O: TOV VflfTf'pOV fTVfltytpOVTOS.
ISOC. 3. 24 ' Tots firtTTj8fiots Tuis fp.o'is.
LVS. [ 2 J. 7 1 : TOVS irpofTiiKovrtis fivTtav (Xff'tv, but [2], j6: TOVS TOVTOIS
irpotTi)Kovras, and 12. 7- : T " r ,V nuXd trvfKpjpovTti. 12, 79: irapa . . . TU>V roirrovt
<rvvap\t>iTfav. 12,87: TOVS tri'vap^ovTas UVTUV.
AND. 2, 9 : Ttf ffitp uifTXptp.
ANT. 5. 7: TO) i>fji(Ttpu> oiKtiitf. 5, iS: Toly tfio'is irpofrr'iKovfTiv, but 5, 59:
PLATO, Apol. 34 B : ol TOVTU>V irpoo-i'iKovTfs. Cf. Legg. 868 B : TO>V irpotrrim'iv-
TU>V TU> T(X(VTl)O~tlVTl, but JUSt bcl()W '. TOVS ITplXTIlKUVTtlS TOll TfXfVTIIfTUVTtlS. Cf.
ibid. 868 C : TO- irpo<rr')K(wo-t TOV TfXfvTiiO-airos, and ibid. 947 C : oi irpoa-ifKovrts
TOV T(X(vri)o-avTos. Pliaedr. 240 A : TO avrov yXvKv. Kpb. 33^ C : TO TOV
Kpfirrovos . . . vp.(p(pov, and similarly often. Theaet. 147 D (see above).
XKN. Apol. 27 : Tols tp.o~ts tvvois. Hell. 5- - 33 TO ' IS vftFrtpois 8vcr[i.f-
v(<rt.
THUG. 2, 6l, 2: (v TO) vp.fTtpu> uo~0fi>t TIJS yvwfjitjs. 5-4^' ' * v /**" Tt "*
<r<pT('p(o KaXfp, (v 8f Ttf (Kfivtav dirpfrrt'i. 6, II, 6: TO trtpfTtpov air pt iris.
Hl>T. 3, 6) : V7TO TfjiV ftl)VTOV OIKT/IOTUTCOJ/.
AR. Eq. 845: aTtac-uiravras TOVS f'p.ovs f%0povs (iri<TTop.i(iv. PI. 631 :
2) fti\Ti(TTf Ttav travTov (piXtav.
EUR. AlC. 167: UXTTTfp (IVTU>1> f) TtKOVO- (llTl'lX\Vp.lU. LI. 335: O T' (KflVOV
TtKO)l>. Hipp. 1OO7: TO fT(Ji)(ppOV TOVfJUIV. I. A. I2/O: Ol/S 1 7T TO Kfll/OV ft O V-
On the use of a Neuter Adjective as the Predicate of a Masculine or
Feminine Subject, see under Concord, 126.
40. XP^K* anf l ifpaYjia. XP'HH- 01 md TrpaY^a are often used to make a
substantive of an adjective. The use of xp'HH 101 aiu ' Trpayfta resembles that
of dvrfp.
Kov4>ov yap xPTl 101 n i oiT ni js t<rri-> PLATO, Ion, 534 B; A post is a light
and airy thing.
ORATORKS ATTICI: xPVM" not in DEM., LYS.. and ANTIPMON.
DEM. [35!- '5~^ : AaicptTOS p-f'yn irpiiy(j.a, 'itroKpt'trovs p.ndrjTijs.
PLATO, Gorg. 485 B: irtxpov T'I p.oi SoKt't \pr]p.a tlvai. Ion. 534 B (see
above).
XKN. Cyr. I, 4, 8: KnTdftdXXd T>}II (Xufyov, Kii\t>v Tt xpf)p,a Km ptya.
lll>T. 3> 53' Tvpnvvis xprmu <r (fxtX f pt> v. 5- 9^' ^ av XP J W l ' <| *' f *< and
XWP" elsewhere in Hdt.
Ak.-Nub.8i6: TI xpi^n iri\<T\* is ; and similarly elsewhere in comedy
and tragedy. Lys. 511: /'y" irpdyfi.fi. Ibid. 677: (TrrrtKairarov . . . xp'ifM-
PI 8"C ' 'X 7T (JVUHT(J
COM. 4, 4 : 8rjp.nTiicfii> . . . irpCiyfi.fi tetit (TuTi'ipitw.
EUR. Or. 70: tlirnpov xpfifiu ftv<m')(<av tit'ipos.
GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. Ai. 288: TJ
AESCHVL. Cho. 10: ri
PlND. O. 9, 104:
4i. ABSTRACT NOUN USED AS A CONCRETE. Akin to the use of
an adjective as a substantive is the employment of an abstract as a con-
crete. So
aKoXovdta, train, Ka.Ti}tpf.n] , woQoi;,
O.TT], *
/3fof, livelihood, KioKiifia,
ytXwc, laughing-stock,
yii'td, kindred {QI kinsman.
yfi'SfTif, fiiivifjia, Tip.cu,
yoi'og, fit/Tic, Tpotpi'i,
SovXiia, p-iaapa, r[3pt(?p.a,
tXty\(a, si'yys I'tia, vTrt]pttjia,
iratpla, v<jao<:, plague, $>iX<ir/;c,
i>\t9po<;,
KuOao/ia, offscouring, out- TTHI
Many of the above examples are exclusively poetical, others are col-
loquial or vulgar, and some belong to neither sphere. For references see
the dictionaries. A few illustrative passages are cited below. Compare
Massingcr, " Careless harlotry" ; S/iaks., "What trade art thoti ?"
<roi 8" apt-rfis, <2 K a a p p. !a> . . . Tts p.TOV<j-ia ; DEM. I 8, 128, You and 1>ir-
t lie, you offscouring of t/ie earth, lu/iat have you in common ivith her ?
DEM. 18, 127: ir pirpip.^ dyopas, oXedpos ypapparfvs. Ibid. 128 (see
above).
PLATO, Phaedr. 228 D : S> ^iX^rrjs. Ibid. 252 A: Kot^'io-dm . . . tyyv-
TUTto) TOV TT00OV. TllCaCt. lj(> Dl OlOVTdl OtKOVflV OTl OV \ljpol. (1(71, yijf XXo)f
XEN. Cyr. 5. 2, 7 : TTJV 8vynT('pa, bfivov TI Kti\\os Kiii p-eytdos, An awful
beauty and divinely tall.
THUC. 2,4'. ' vvf\<j)i> rt Xf'yw Tr]i> T( TTdfrav TT<J\IV rr;? 'EXXados iraidtv-
triv (school) fivui.
PLURAL OF ABSTRACTS 2\
HOT. I, 31 : TOVTOHTI ... /3 tor rf apnia>v \nrr}v, They had substance enough.
AR. Nub. 447 : irtpiTpiftita 8iKo>v.
EUR. Phoen. 3"' : 9 8 TOV '/ioi> <Lftti>ai> iruvov \ patrrols vfalro. [Rhes.]
498-9: terrt 8 atfj.v\u>TaTOf \ Kpdrtjp.' 'O8v(rcrtvs. fr. 530: KvirptSos 8( p.i(rrj-
/i(a), Cf. " She is my pet aversion."
SOPH. Ant. 650: ^vxpov nap<iyitd\i<rp.a, Hugging-piece (wife). O. C.
902-3 ' a>f JJ.T) . . . y t'Xtoj . . . tyit | iv<p yivvpuu raiSf. fr. 827 ' Kporrjfta.
VL. Cho. 1027-8 : Kravtiv Tt <prjp.i prjrtp' OVK avfv 8tKr)s, \ narpotcravov
Kill 6t<MiV (TTVyOS.
PlND. P. 4. I35~6- TU>V 8' aKovcrais avrbs vnavrla<T(v \ Tvpovs (pa<Tin\OKd(jiov
ytvtd. Ibid. 250: (pwov, murderess.
HOM. II. 2, 235: KUK f\(yx((a). Ibid. 9, 538: 8'tov ytvos.
The Greeks had no terms for our abstract and concrete, which are im-
perfectly represented, the one by irpayfia, the other by rrd>^u. What we
call abstract formations are largely feminine and neuter, feminine collec-
tives, neuter collectives: the feminine goes back to personification (the
mother gender), the neuter to result (fruit), mass.
42. PLURAL OF ABSTRACT SUBSTANTIVES USED DISTRIBU-
TIVELY. Iii Greek, the plural of abstract substantives is used
distributively with far more freedom than in modern English.
In Old English compare " Lete us two preue oure strengtkes"
Morte d'Arthur, 193, 22, and similarly elsewhere.
oviS' airc'j3Xc\j/cv (sc. 6 Sfjfios) U ras cvaias ras TOUTUV, DKM. 21,2; The com-
mons had no regard to their substance {property). iro\Awv -y*P ra (i^pii rov
aSc\<j>ov airoo-rtpci, 36, 36 ; He deprives his brother of Jus s/tart\s) in many
things.
DEM. 21, 2 (see above). 30, 21 : <i8(\(pu>v KOI 6vyarfpu>v ftlovs iyx<upio-
fjitv, vvip &>/ TUS d{r<pa\fias /uu\rra (rco7rov/iei/. 36, 36 (see above).
ISOC, 2, 46: Tar dXrjfffias TWI/ Trpny/j.dTa>v. 3- ' 5 T( ' J lororijraf rots
fJ.(T(-)(0\J(Tl TUIV TToXtTfltOI/ r)TOV<Tl. 3- 2O T ' If fVVOiaS f^OWlV. 4' ' 5 ' T( * '
traifjiara 8ia rovs IT\OVTOVS T/nx/xwi/Tf j. (In Isocratcs the plural is so marked
a mannerism, and is so often suggested by the avoidance of hiatus, that it
is not necessary to insist on sharp distinctions in that author.)
ANT. I, 28: oi> . . . [uipTvpw y' (vavriov ol firi$uv\tvovT(\; TOVS oavarovs
rois irtXas fU)\av&VTtn.
Pl,ATO, Legg. 625 B-C : Kvirapirruv Tt tv TOJS u\<r((rii> v^l Ktii KaXAr;,
The height and beauty of the cypresses in the grm't-s. Kpl). 425 A : a-iyar
rt ru>v vfotTt'fxav trapa irptafivTipois, Silence of the juniurs in the presence of
seniors.
XEN. Cyr. 3, 3, 19: /ja>/zatj. Hell. 6, 1,5: TUIV r/Xixuitr.
22 GREEK SYNTAX
THUG. 7. 55- 2 """Afcrt * a ' pav? Kni tTTTrou? Kal fjLfyfdri e^ovcrair.
HDT. I, 2O2; 2, lo: p.fyudfa. 3, 102: fj.vp/j.r)Kfs p.fydd(a f^ovrts KVVU>V
pfv (Xdcrtrova, dX&>7rfKa>i> 5e pe'^wa. 3> 107 : peyu$fa. 6, 58: TGOI/ -yap MI/ /3ap/3a-
pa>i > ot TrAftWy TO> aura) yo/xw ^ptwvrai KOTO. TOIIS davdrovs TUIV fta<Ti\fa>v, At
the death of their kings. 7, 103 : p-tyddta.
AR. PI. 53^* ' ipaTi-utv ficnrrtav Bairdvais.
EUR. Phoen. 870: at ff a(^ara)7roi Sfpy/zarcoi/ 8ia<pdopai.
SOPH. O. C. 552: ras aip.aTr)pus o/^iaraji/ 8ta(f)6opds. Ph. 304: OVK tvddti
ol TrXot TO((ri (T<i)(j)poa'iv /Spora)!/.
AESCHYL. Ag. 44~5 XtTroOera 8' ao-roicrti' . . . vavftdras 6n\i<r pavs.
PlN'D. O. 4, 12 : Tpo(pals fro'ifjiov iTTTrcof (^ (TTTrorpocpiatf). Ibid. 9, 19: arf-
(paj'coi' tldiTot. Ibid. 12, 9' TWV . . . /leAAoirtoi/ . . . (ppoSat. P. I, 4- irpooiuiav
d/I/3oXf. Ibid. IO, 72: TToXtO)!/ Kvftf pvdfTlf S. I. 3 [4], 48: TCOV aTTflpaT-UJ'
yap tiyvaxTTOi criunrai.
43. THE DISTRIBUTIVE SINGULAR. The distributive sin-
gular of abstract nouns is less common in Greek than the plural,
and the distributive singular of concrete nouns is rare.
KaKol TTJV tyv\r\v t AESCHIN. 3, 47 ; Base of soul.
A ESC H IN. 3, 47 (see above).
PLATO, Rpb. 452 B: ^ r)8tls rf)v 6-^tv.
XEN. An. 2, 3. '5 Oavncuriai roil Ka\\ovs KCI\ p.(ytdovs.
THUC. 2, 7. 3 : <fX$eii' avTaiis . .. vv iv\ iparia), yvyaiKas 8 vv Svolv.
3, 22. 2: TOV dptOTfpov 7T()8a fj.6i>ov inro8(8fp.evoL. 3, 22, 3: -^iXoi 8o>8f/ca ;i>v
^KptSi'a) Acai du>pa.Ki dvej3aivov, but ibid, just below: \^iAoi XXot . . . vv
Sopariotj f^copow. 4-4- 2: TOI/ 7rr/\oi> . . . ewe roO j/coroi; ((fofpov, TJiey car-
ried the clay upon their backs. 6, 44, 2 : dyopa ovSe iioret, i;8art 8e >cal oppw.
8, 96, 5 : St(i<pOpOt . . . Toy TpOTTOV.
HDT. I, 3' TOVTOKTl . . . VTTrjf . . . pOJ^T/ CTCOpaTOS.
AR. PaX, 607: TU? <pv(T(lS ipCOJ' SfSotKOJS KU1 TOV UVTo8d TpOTTOV. AV.
643 : fOt TOV V O/J.' lyp-tC <ppO"f7TOJ/.
EUR. Cycl. 225 : <rojp.a crvpTTfTrXfypeVouf. H. F. 73 Koa-p.fl.cr6f (rtopa.
SOPH. O. T. 1375 "^^' V TfKVMV 8r)r' o^fsis rjv (f)ifj,(pos.
AESCHYL. Pers. 4412: d/cp.a7ot <pvo - ii < | ^v^i]v T' apurroi Ktvyivfiav
fKirpfTTf'lS.
44. PLURAL ABSTRACT NOUNS USED CONCRETELY. PLU-
RAL OF PROPER NOUNS. Plurali/ing abstract nouns makes
them concrete ; pluralizing proper nouns makes them common.
So jiaviai, <j//tic/cs of madness ; Oava-roi, executions, cases of death.
ras 'AXK^vas, AR. Av. 558; Your Alonenas (women like Alcmena).
DH'ERGEXT PLURAL EXPRESSIONS 23
45. Plural of Abstract Nouns :
DEM. [26], 19: 8111 TIIS rovroif iiirovoias. 38. 21 : (f>ovm Ka\ v t -ipnt, .}fur-
ders and outrages. [4-]- 8: irtpl T<UI/ it\\u>v aKov<Tt<r6t nda-us Tits aXtjdfiat.
ISOC. 7- 4 T< " TrXoiToif, rait ftwatrrdait, Tins tvfttiais, T<V nnrt ivtirrjat.
7.44- *'5<>rff TIIS airopias p.tv 5i rat dpyias yiyvnp.ivtiy, TIIS fit Kaitovpyias
8ia riis diroptnf. 8, 9' ** trtToftfims KU\ iroXiopKiais. (See note on
Isocrates above, 42.)
PLATO, Phaed. 84 C : iro\\ns yiip &>i tn f%ti (sc. T \f\6ivTu) viro^flus
Kal dvriXafius.
XKN. Hell. 6, 3. 8: fotKart rvpnvvitri p.u\\ov // TroXtrrtat; j/^il/iffoi.
THUC. 6, 77- ' Afo/'rii/a)!/ T ^vyytvUiv KiiToiKitrf i y K<U 'EyfOTaia)!* ^f/^-
f TTlKOVf) ia S.
Hi) I'. 3, 4 : *V* Se at <r /ieyilXat tvrv\iai OVK dpiO'Kov<ri,
AR. Nub. 1071-3: <TKt\lrai . . . >i ft o t> a> v . . . MTiav p.t\\(if diroaTtpflirffai, |
yvviuKu>v, KT. IO/5 : Tas TTJS (f)v(Tt(as aviiyKds.
ElIK. H. l r . 835 : fjniifitis.
SOPH. El. 873: <f)i pu> yap j;8oKJf.
PlND. O. I, 14: ,)fTfii/. So forms of p f rn<', ibid. 92 ; 2, I 2 ; 4. 9 ; 5, i ;
1 5, etc. Iln't/.f), 39: piiviaiaiv. Ibid. 9,99 and X. 9, 31 : <ryXm'<iri>. N. 11,
48 : ftavlat.
H()M. Od. I, 297 : vrj-rridiis. 12, 341 : Tnivrfs fj.tv trrvyipoi Qavarot SfiXourt
/SpoTourt. 17, 244: (iyXdtdf.
11-4, 107: fv irpoSoKrjtri. 9, II5 : 'V" 9 " T( 'S' Kare'Xe^as (metre would
admit of sing.). 10, 391 : TroXX^o-tv . . . <"r/yo-i.
Not so clearlv concrete is the Homeric use of many other abstract
plurals, chiefly datives in -i/o-i, and forms of nouns in -o-vvr). Metre may
have had its influence. See also Stein on HUT. 3, 52.
46. /'////-<// of Proper Nouns :
PLATO, Conv. 218 A and B: f>pu>v av 'baiftpovs, '.\yt'i0<i)vaf, 'K^i'^i/iii^ovp,
Tlawavias, "AptoToS^our re Km A.pi<rro(f)dvaf. C rat. 432 C: ^i'o KpnruXoi.
Menex. 245 D : riAoTrfr . . . KdS/ioi . . . \iyvirroi . . . Aai/aoi. Theact. 169 B:
*HpacXefs Tt Kin Or)<T('(S.
XKN. An. 3, 2, 31 : pvpiovs o^ovrai dv0' tvi>s K\fdpxovs.
Tm'C. 6, 27, i : ofj-oi 'Kpp.ui jjo-dv \idtvoi fv rfi ini\fi, Stiititt's of llt-rmes.
Hl)T. 3, 160: Ba/3vXa>ca; . . . (IKOITI TT/JOT T// (overt).
AK. Av. 55^~9- T( ' u ' AXx/i^var . . . r<iv AXoTrar KH\ T<K 2f/i'Xr.
AESCHYL. Aj^. 1439! \im(Tr)i?>(i)i> p.ti\iyp.a rtLf I'TT 'iXiw.
TRAG. fr. adesp. 289 N" J : f'^XdWErropf'r r ! I'd/)7rr;fi(i/f9.
Ho.M. II. 18, 157: fit)' Atdj^-ff. Cf. ibid. 163: c^o) AuifTf.
47. Di\ KRCKNT I'l.i'RAi. Rxi'RKSSioNS. Plural expres-
sions that diverge from English proceed from different concep-
24 GREEK SYNTAX
tions. irvpol, ivJicat (grains), icpi9ai, barley (corns), Kpe'a (pieces of)
meat, SXs (grains of) salt.
ijuXa, irvpovs, DEM. 19, 145; }Vood, wheat.
DEM. 19. 145 (see above). 19, 189: TTOV 8' oXfj; 19, 191 : TOVS iiXas.
PLATO, Conv. 217 D : SieXeyo/^j/ irappat riav vvxTtov, Till late in the
night (watches). Prot. 318 E: XoytT^oi/s (computations) re KCU aa-rpwo-
Huiv . . . 8i8ii(rKoi>Tfs. Rpb. 37-C: a\as. Ibtd.()2.l B- fj.((ras VVKT as y(ve(r6ai
(SO regularly piaai VVKTCS).
X.KN. An. 6, 4> 6: Kpidas Kal Trvpovs . . . KOI fj.{\ivas Kal (Trj(rap.a KTC.
Cyr. 2, 2, 2 : Kpea . . . Tpia. Hell. 3, 3, 7 : v\a.
THUG. 4. 1 6, I : 8vo xoiviKas . . . dX^/rwj/. 6, 22: Trvpovs KCU nf<ppvyfjt.f-
vas KpiOds. 7> 87, I : ot . . . 17X101 (ffcat of the sun on successive days).
HlJT. 4, 8: UTTO f]Xiov di/aToXewv, and SO dvaroXai elsewhere. 7, 30:
\ifj.vrji' (K Ttjs (IX es yivovrat.
AR. Pax, 192: ro Kpfa TCIVT'I, and Kpe'a very often in Aristophanes.
Av. 622 : Kpidds, Trvpovs. Ibid. 626 : Trvpovs oXiyovs.
EUR. Cycl. 122 : yaXa/cri Kal Tvpolfri (sc. ^coo-i). El. 652: rj\iovs,days.
SOPH. Tr. 1053-4: ('K fj.fv e'tr^aras | /3f/3/ja)ce criipKas.
AESCHYI,. Eum. 254: oa-fif] jSporfimv al^aruiv.
PlND.fr. 168 Bgk. 4 : aapKaiv . . . Ivoirav.
HOM. Od. 4, 604: TTupo/, and forms of TTU/JOI elsewhere. 9, 219 and 225 :
Tvpaiv. II, 123 and 23, 270: dXecrtri, but 17, 455 "^ "/ * lv ^' ( '^ a 8oirjs.
18, 77: (T<ipKfs, and forms of o-apKf? elsewhere. 22, 21 : K^e'a, and so forms
of xpea often in Iliad and Odyssey.
II. 5, 588: K<>vijj(ri(v), and so regularly, but 23, 732 and elsewhere:
Koviij. 23, 15: 8(voi>To \ls('tp.adoi, and forms oi ^rdp.aOoi often in Iliad and
Odyssey.
48. PLURAL OF FEMININE NAMES OF TOWNS AND OF
PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY. Feminine names of towns
in the plural are dualistic. So also symmetrical parts of the
human body, not a common prose usage.
'A0T)vai, . -ItJu'ns (upper and lower towns 1 ) ; 0TJ(3ai, Thebes ; vwra, back;
are'pva, o~n)3ij, breast; irpooranra, countenance; v-f.Twa.,fo>'eJicad.
49. Names of Towns :
DEM. 9, 27 : ir\r}(riov Orfftutv KH\ 'A.0T)v&v> 16, 25 : Wir . . . QOTTTUIS . . . KOI
TUJ nXfiTHtcis. 18,48: aTTtiXfO-f O;;/^ay. 19, 158: fis <l>(piis. [56], 5: fis 'A^ij-
vay, etc.
PLATO, Legg. 753 -^ M^y 7 fypovovaiv al 'Adijvai.
XEX. Vect. 1,6: rj \\dt]vas.
1 Sometimes explained as a locative mistaken for a plural (Johannson).
PLURAL FOR SINGULAR 25
THUG. I, 31, 3: (t TUS '\6ijvas. 2,8, I : tv rals '.\0i')vais.
Hl)T. 1 ,60: '\0f)vat.
AK. Nub. 207 : atfo p.tt> '\6qvai.
EUR. I. T. 1087 : fit rat \\di t vns.
SOPH. O. C. 107-8: i . . . 'A0>ai.
AESCHYL. Pers. 231 : ras '\d!]vas.
PlNO. P. 7, I : ni ^fy<iAo7T<)Xif ? \\ddvai.
H ES. f r. 1 29 : < A#>;i;cici>i' itpdatv.
Ho.M. Od. II, 323: \\6r)vdvv i(pda>i>.
II. 2, 546 : "Atfr/i/flj tt^ov.
50. Parts of the Human Body :
PLATO, Prot. 352 A: Wi 81] pm (iTroKaXv^ns Kal ra ari^r; <ai TO (JLtrtiffrpf-
vov fTTtdnfov, and forms of <rr'r\Qr\ of a single individual elsewhere.
XEN. An. 2, 6, 11: avrov V rolr irpocruiTrois, if the reading is correct.
Cyr. 4, 6, 4 : wauras ft? T o-rf pi/a r<W . . . Trcicdu, and so forms of crripva else-
where, but An. 1,8, 26 : Trat'ct Kru rt crre pvov.
THUG. 2, 49, 3: t\ T<I (TTt')dr).
AR. Lys. 810 : TU Trpi'xraimi, if the reading is correct. Thesm. 1067 : atrrf-
pofiftea vuira.
EUR. El. I3- I: irt pi p-oi (TTtpvois (TTfpva irpova^fov, and so forms of
OTf'pi/a elsewhere. Hel. 1568: /ne'rwTra (sc. ruvpov). Tr. 763: c'/jotr VU>TOKTI,
and so forms of i/wra elsewhere.
SOPH. El. 1277 : TW i/ criav Trpocrianow, and so forms of 7rpdrr&>7r<i elsewhere.
Tr. 1090 : w i/oira Kl (TTfpv(), and so forms of j/o>r and o-Ttpva elsewhere.
AESCHYL. P. V. 65: (rripvtav ftuifjLTru. and so forms of (TTtpva else-
where; sing, not in Aeschyl. Ibid. 430: i/eoroic (of Atlas).
Pl\U. P. I, 19: (TTI pv a \a\vdtvTa. N. 9. 26: yiuT-n.
HOM. Od. 6, 107: fi(Tu>irn (the only instance of the plural of this word
in Iliad and Odysst-y). 6, 225: VU>TH. and so forms of i>d>ra often. 8. 85:
TrpiirrcdTra, and so elsewhere. 18, 69: crri'idta, and so forms of <rr//rff(j often.
(TTfpvit not found in sing, sense in Od.
11.8,94: ixara. 13.290: a-rtpvuv. 18,414: Trpt'xTdtnn, and so forms of
irp(J<T<i>ira elsewhere. 18, 415: (TTt'jdfa, and so forms of (Tri/dfa elsewhere.
51. NAME OK THE INHABITANTS AS THE NAME <>K THE C'ITV. -The
name of the inhabitants is sometimes used instead of the city : (<') AtAf/xn',
Delphi, (HI) \fotniixii.
Kal Kpario-avTcs TOV Iv Ac\4>ot; Upov irapc'Soo-av At\4>ois, Time. I, 112. 5;
And having niiidc themselves masters of the sane/nary at /V///// {amiig the
Delphian*}, they handed it wer /<> t/ie Delphian*.
DEM. 19, 65: fiv AfX(^)ouv. 21. 51 : f ' K A\(^>WI/ <c<ii 'K Ab>^a)fr;y, 25, 34:
<V AXf/>o(y, and similarly often in Dem.
26 GREEK SYNTAX
IsOC. 9, 2/ : <ru>6f\s fls SdXov? rfjs
PLATO, Legg. 738 C: e' AeXcp&Jj/ ^ AcoScoi'T;?, and similarly forms of
AeXcpot often.
XEX. An. I, 2, 24: eV SoXoiy /cm eV 'lacrols. I, 2, 26: TV/I/ re TrdXtv roi>?
Taptroiiy 8ir]piracra.v. 3, I, 5 : eX&Jwa ft? AeXcpovy, and similarly forms of
AeX</>w elsewhere.
THUC. i, 112, 5 (see above). 6, 3, 3 : Aeoi/riVovs.
HDT. i, 14: eV AeX(pouj, and similarly often.
52. PLURALIS MAIESTATIS. The use of the plural often gives the
idea of fulness (oy/cos); cf. AK. Rhet. 3, 6, Ps. - Longin. 23; hence it is
often used in poetry, e. g. 86p.oi, apartments ; peyapa, halls ; yd/j-oi, nuptial
rites ; Ta<pui, sepulchre (burial-grounds}. Compare also the poetical use
of Ttxvfip-ara, Tf^vaa-fiara, handiwork, Tvai8fvfj.ara, nursling, etc., and the prose
expression tia&i.K.a, favorite, which is used only in the plural form.
IsOC. 9, l6: fiovov TOVTOV (sc. n^Xe'co?) (pacrl TU>I> Trpoyeyevrj^eixaif viro 6(wv (v
rols yiifj.ois vfJLevaiov arrdr/viit.
PLATO, Protag. 315 E: TraiStKa Tlavcraviov rvyxavfi u>v, and so TratSiKa
elsewhere. Rpb. 383 B: eV rols avrfjs (SC. GertSoy) yupois.
XEN T . Ven. I, 7- T U>V . fjLcyt&Twv yu/jLwv p.6vos erv^ev (sc. Me\avi<av)
THUC. I, 132, 5: nvrfp 'ApytXtos, TraiStKii Trore a>v avrov.
HDT. 3, IO ; f Tc'ifprj (v Tr/tri Ta(pi] (Ti . . . TUS avTos oiKoSo/j.rja'aTO. 5' 63 ' Ta(j)aL.
AK. Ach. 450: dir<ad(wfiai d6pa>v (parod.). 456: Sd/xcoj/ (parod.). Vesp.
IO26: TraiSi'x' (avrov. Pax, I2o6: crm . . . fls TOVS ydpovs. Av. 132: eVnai/
ydfiovs. Ran. 423: ev ra'is Ta(pui(ri (parod.).
EUR. Hipp. II : 'iTrTrdXuros', ayvov Ylirdiws TrniS t iip.ara. Ion, 192: XP V ~
crocus apTTtus. Or. 1053: fj.i>rjfj,a . . . K(8pov T( -^VIKT para.
SOPH. Ai. 231 : Kf^atixns i(pf(rii>. Ibid. 1090 and 1109: fls rcKpi'is, tomb.
O. R. 825: ydpois, and sim. elsewhere. Ibid. 861 : uo/ifi/ t\ ftunovs. Ibid.
1006: o-oi; TT/JOS- fid/ious f\6t>vTos. So Sd/xoi and forms very often. Ph. 35-6:
AESCHYL. Ag. 1265 : o-K^Trrpn. P. V. 909-10: f< rvpavvibos \ dptivtov T{().
PlNI). O. 3, 28: dyyfXiais Evpv<r0fos. Ibid. J, 29: fV 0a\dfj.uv Mifttas.
P. 3, 26 : XtKTpOLcrii'. Ibid. 4, 242: <l>piov fid^aipai. Ibid. 9, 29 : e< p.ydp(i>v.
N. 3, 43: <t>i\vpus (v Sii/iioiy.
HOM. Od. 3,476: upp.aT((i). 5, 6: fV ^w/inrri vvpfpris. 8, 268: ei> 'H(^)ai-
CTTOIO fti>p.oi<Tiv. 21, 4 2 4~5 >I/ ' fifyd.pni<rii> . . I ij/uevor.
II. 3, 17: Kap.nv'ha T<ICI, bou< ; r. also ^7(7 </ arrows. 5, 745: ox fa
(always in plural in Homer). 14, 238: ficopa fie TOI Stotrco KdXoi/ Bpovov, and
so 5copa elsewhere. 18, 141 : 8<ap.arn Trarpds. 22, 503 : fvbTK' fi> \(Krpoi-
(Tiv. 24, 455: *cXr;Ifia 6vpdtav. but v. 453: 6vprjv. However, ^t'pt is usually
to be translated as folding-doors. nv\u.i,gate, is always plural in Homer.
PLURAL FOR SINGULAR 27
53. PLURAL OF COURTLINESS AND RESERVE. The plural is some-
times used for the singular as a more courtly or reserved mode of ex-
pression.
EUR. Andr. 403 : (f>ovf vcriv "Kicropos wpfavofjuti. Hec. 4 02 ~3 : *' tri>
Trai \afpTiov, | ^(iXa TOKtixrtv (SC. *Eai,3//) fucurco? dufJuivfjLtvtuy. I. A. 1015:
iKfTtv fKftvov Trp<i>Ta fj.1) KTfivtiv T ( K v d (so. l(piyt'vfiav).
SOPH. O. T. I 184-5 Tifanrp-at . . vv ols (SC. TJJ fj.rjrpi) r | ov xpijv o/iiXcov
OVS (SC. TOV naT(pa) T( fJ.' OVK (8(1 KT(ltHj)l>.
PlND. P. 3i 66: (o~Xolo~i. irapao'xdv dvftpdcriv (SC. 'if'pcavi).
54. FIRST PERSON PLURAL FOR THE FIRST PERSON SINGULAR.
The use of the first person plural for the first person singular is due to
modesty, which readily becomes affectation. The particular is sunk in the
generic, the individual in the class, the woman in her male kindred. It
occurs less frequently in Greek than in the more rhetorical Latin.
ISOC. [l], II : (TTtXtTToi 8 av fjfMas o iras xpovos, (i ira<ras ras (Kflvov Tfpii^ds
fj.( da . . 8rj\o)(rnfjL(v . . . e evi]v6 ^afjifv. 5- '5 ( />"/^oi'/*'
(TriTifjiij(T<t>(riv tjfji.lv d . . . ro\/ji(arji/ <rol Trapuivdv, and so often to avoid
hiatus. 12, 42 : TOVS p.tv olv iraXatovs dywvas vcrrepov (povpfv (no hia-
tus), vvv 8( iroit'j(rofjiai . . . TOVS \oyovs.
XEN. Cyr. i, i : (wou'i nod' iin'iv (yiv(ro, etc. (15 times without change
to singular). Mem. i, 2, 46.
EUR. Ale. 383 (see 55). Andr. 355-61 (see 55). H. F. 858: ,f\iov pap-
Tvp6fjL((rda 8po)(r a 8pav ov ftovXofjiai. Ion, 391 f w\ vop.( o~da p.i) p.ad(iv a
/3ov\op.ai. Ibid. 1250-1: 8iu>K<.'>fj.((rdii | Tlvdiq \^f)(^)to KpHTr/ddtr', tuSoTOS 8(
yiyvofuu. I. A. 823-4 (see 55)- Ibid. 1025-6: f]i> 8' av TI p.f) irpua-(T<ap.(v Z>v
yd> 6i\o> (Klytaemestra), | nov o-' avdis o\/fd/if a-da ; (to Achilles). Med. 314
-3i 5 (see ss).
SOPH. Ant. 926 (see 55). El. 399 (//;/>/.). Tr. 491-2 (ibid.}.
PIND. See com m. on P. 4. 27.
HOM. Od. 1 6, 44~5 ' *l~i liv ' fjl*fis 8( Ka\ oAXo^t 8ijop.(v (ftprjv | <rra6p.(a iv
f)[JL(T(pU>.
II. 3. 44O- Ibid. 13. 257~8: rd vv ytip KaTiap.(i>, <> np\v (^((TKOV, |
dcnri8a ^rjicfxt^oio fi<i\<av (Meriones speaks). Ibid. 21, 60-1.
55. GENDER OF THE FIRST PERSON PLURAL FOR THE SINT.ULAR.
The gender of the plural attribute in examples of the foregoing sec-
tion is the masculine. The masculine is the generic.
EUR. Ale. 383: apxov/ifv ij/ifts (Alkestis) oi irpnQi>i/<TKnvr( v oV&i/.
Andr. 355~36l : rjfjids (Andromache) -yap d <ri]v nal8a (pappaK(vofjitv | iea\
vr)ovv (afj.$\ovp.n>, (as (ivrtf Xryfi, | (K<'>VT(S HVK nicoi>T(s av8( ftdipmi | nt-
TvnvT(S avrol TJ]V ntKrjv u(p(op.(l> | V <rtn(Ti yafiftpols, OKTIV OVK fXmrrroyij | tf\tiri<)v
6<f>fi\u npoiTTtdda-' tirruidiav. | fjp.(is p.(v uvv ruiot8( (Notice change
28 GREEK SYNTAX
to sing, and fem. sing, attribute.) Cf. I. A. 823-4: ov Bav^a tr' 17 pas (Kly-
taemestra) dyvotlv, ois p.rj Trdpos \ TrpocriJKfs. Med. 3 I 4~5 Ka ' y"P ^StK^/ae-
v 01 (SC. Medea) | criyrjcr6p.fcr6a, KpfLcrcrdvcov viKutfitvoi.
SoPH. Ant. 926 : TradovTf s tiv vyyi>olp,fv (SC. Antigone) ^apr^KoTes,
(Only) wJicn I have met my doom, shall I awake to consciousness of sin. El.
399: Trecrovfjif 0' (SC. Electra), ei XP'h 7m r p' rt^iiopoy/xe i>ot, I'll fall, if fall
I must, avenger to my father. Tr. 491-2: KOVTOI vdaov y eVaKToj/ t^apov-
| dtolcri dvcrpaxovv res (SC. Delaneira).
56. SINGULAR IN A COLLECTIVE SENSE. The singular is
sometimes used in a collective sense.
s, vinc(yard) ; ap-yvpos, silver-plate") ; TJ iirirosi cavalry ; ^ Kap.t]\os
(HDT.), camelry, etc.
LVCURG. 79- Tp' a yap fcmv e^ (W r/ TroXtreia a-vvfarrjKf v, 6 ap\a>v, 6 81-
K(l<TTT)S, 6 ISlUITrjS.
XEN. An. I, 7. l- dpidfios eytvera TUJV fiev 'EXAr}i'&jt' 0*771 y p.vpia (cat Ttrpa-
Kocria. Oec. 21, 8: fj,yd\rj xeipt.
THUG. 2, 4, 2 : Xidois re KCU Kfpdp.u>. 3, 89, 4: KVJJ.O.TOS eVaj/a^copT/o-ir.
3, 96, 3: TroXA^ %ipi, 4' IO > 3- T '-" / iroXep-iov dfivortpov eo(j.fv. 4, 90, 2:
a/iTreXoi/ KOTTToi/rey . . . (cat A/$ot>? fi'/Lta (cat Tv\ivdov . . . KadaipovvTfs. 5, IO, 9:
)J XaA(Ctt(o) tTTTTOS. 6, 24. 3 " ^* TTO\VS OfjLl\OS (Cat (TTpllTlddTT] S.
HDT. i, 80: rrj 8f Kap,i]\a> twea-dtu. i, 174 : 7roXX 4 ^ ^ftpi (sim. elsewhere).
5, 30: o(cra*ct(r^tXi';7i> auTTt'Sa. 7> '93 r " Kvp.a. 8, 113: T/)I/ tmrov rip ^tXt'r;i'
. . . TJJl/ (lX\T]l> ITT7TOV.
AR. Ran. 1466: 6 diKna-Trjs.
EUR. Heracl. 275-6 : 7roXX;)i/ . . . alxf-^v. Ibid. 337 : TroXX?/ . . . x f 'P'- /^V/.
1035: x f P'' Med. 86: TTUS TIS avruv TOV it(\as (/i is neighbor} /xaXXoi/ 0tXei
(as in English). Plioen. 78: TroXX^j/ . . . o-7ri'8(). //;/V/. 441-2 : pvpiav liyutv
I Xoy^^i>. fr. 243 N 2 : oXtyov akxifjiov 86pv.
SOPH. O. C. 1251 : Si'tKpvov.
AKSCHVL. fr. 304, 7 N 2 : o-ra^vy (sim. elsewhere in tragedy).
PlN'D. O. 7. '9 : 'Apye/a o-uj/ al\fia..
IIoM. ()d. i, 162 : (cC'/ia.
II. 4, 422 : (cCyxa, and sim. elsewhere. In 5, 490: VVKTHS rt Km ^ap, and
elsewhere, vP'P ' s an adverbial expression. 16, n : fi(i(c/)i;oi/ (more than
one tear is shed, as is shown by 8uKpva Otpfia \iu>v u>s re Kpi]v>] fj.t\dw8pos,
v. 3), and sim. SaKpvov elsewhere in II. and ()d.
57. Those Nations whose names are thus used are chiefly
barbaric despotisms ("as one man"): 6 Ilc'pcrr)?, tJic Persian; 6 AvSos,
the Lyitian("\\\v Ilivite and the Hittite"); 6 MaKcSiiv (DEM. in con-
SJ.\'CL'LA/l J-'OK PLURAL 29
tempt). Thucydides, however, 6 'Aerjvaios, the Athenian; 6 ZvpaKo-
o-tos, the Syracnsan.
DEM. I, 23* T(II ye llaiova Km TUV 'l\\vputv.
THUG. 1,69, 5: Tii> Tf yiip MiyAoi/, and elsewhere. 6.78, i : TJI /i(V 1'iy.wi-
Kocrioc . . . rta 'A0ifvai<a, f>, 84. 3 " XuAo'fvr.
HOT. I, 69: TOI< "KAArji/H. 8,2: o AUKOII/ (?) 8, 136: TUV \\6rjvalov, 9, 12:
TOI/ Siraprit'frrjv.
AK. PaX, 214' lO* <5>TTHC(BI <^&><Tfl 6<(Cai/.
58. But the National Appellative \vith the article is often
used of the king, the ruler, the general, and in some instances
it is doubtful whether the nation en masse or its representatives
are meant.
IN. 2, 74 : T ']* * v 2a\afuvi npos rov Hfp&rjv (Stp^rjv) vavfj.a\iay, to
be compared with /5 T ') v fv nXaTotatr TT/JOS TO IT lit perns -rrf^o^a^inv.
DKM. [7], 6. trapu ToO MaxeSuvor, J'hilip. [i/J. 10 sqq. : 6 Mocfia)i/,
Alexander.
XKN. An. i, 2, 12 sqq.: /} Ki"Ato-o-n, 7V/^ Ciliciiin queen. Cyr. 1,1,4: a
SicvOrjs ... 6 6pa^ . . . 6 'lAAvpior. Ibid. 2, i, 5: < 'Aorflrvpiop, and elsewhere.
Ibid. 3. 3, 2 : 1} yuvr} ToO '.\p/if i/t'ou, and so o '\pp.ii>ios and forms often in Xen.
Cyr.
HOT. i, 141 and elsewhere: 6 Au8or=: Croesus. 7, 173: o M<icfn'b>i/. 8,
108: o Ilf'^o-^f and TUV U(po-T)i>, and so elsewhere.
On the distributive use of the singular, see 43.
59- flirt, 4> P , a-ye, KTC., t'SKD IX ADI >RKSS I \() MORK THAN
ONE. elire, say, is often used in fervid or familiar address when
several are spoken to ; the eye of the speaker shifts. Compare
also the interjectional use of !>>, aye, with a plural verb.
lire' fioi, irepnovTCS avruiv Trw6dv(T0ai, \tytrai TI Kaivov ; DKM.
4, 10 (and sim. elsewhere ;.
DKM. 4, 10 (see above). 20. 21 : fipn <V otVojrri (addressed ti the judges).
-$ 73' < / > '/" ^') Tr/'f flfwi* Kaxttvp crKt\l/-(KTdf, and sim. f/n'/Jf elsewhere in DKM.
ami other orators.
Pl.A'lo, Thcaet. 151 K : (iXA.'i ((x'pf b>} <IITO fcou'// ircf\^d)/ifdi, et .sim. alib.
PrOt. 3' ' D : flTTf fi.Hl, U> (jlKfXITf'i T( Kill 'iTTTTOKpllTfi, Ct SIIJ1. alit).
XKN. Apol. 14 : ,"iyf hi] uKintcriiTf KIU (TAX<i. et sim. alit).
HOT. 1,97- '/"'f frrj/rr&)/ifi, but 4. 127: (fttprrt . . . Trupinrflt.
AK. Aoh. 319: fiVf' pui, ri' r/jfi<V>/if<rfl<i ro">i/ AiV'oii', cT> fir/^.irm : et sim. alii).
Pax, 1115- 7yf iV/, flmrnt, R(i' t m <TvtTit\uy^vfv(Tf , et sim. alib. Kan. 1417;
<f)('p(, iTv0t(rfl< finv Tufti, et sim. alib.
30 GREEK SYXTAX
EUR. Cycl. 59 " 1 ' **y f ^"7> Aiovticrou TralSey | tv8ov p.ev dvfjp.
SOPH. Tr. 1255 : tiy e'yKOi/eir', aiprdf.
AESCHYL. Pers. 140 sqq. : dXX' aye, Ilepo-cu . . . 0&>/ue#a, et sim. alib.;
but Cho. 803-4: "iy(T( . . | \ixraa-d(().
PlND. P. I, 60: ay . . . fgfVpafJLfV.
HOM. Od. 2, 2124, 669: dXX' aye jioi Sore, et sim. alib.; but 22, 252:
ay fd' . . . aKOvria-ar ', et sim. alib.
II. 2, 331 : dXX' ye /xt'/zvere, et sim. alib.
COPULA
60. When the predicate is not in the form of a verb, but in
the form of an adjective or substantive or equivalent, the so-
called copula is generally employed to couple the adjective or
substantive with the subject. The most common forms of the
copula are the verbs elju, / am, and yiyvo\ia.i, I become, turn out,
prove, be hare.
fifii'
flavaros T| r)(jiia tort, LYS. 13, 69; The penalty is deatJi. cnS-rot avSpeuu
elo-iv, PLATO, Lach. 195 C ; These are brave. So everywhere.
ytyvofiai'.
r6 r acre'pTj(xa T|p.Tpov yiyveTa.i, A NT. 203; The impiety becomes ours.
LYS. 1,7- TtavTutv TQ)v KaKcoj/ aTTodnvovcra alrla p.oi ytyfvrjTai.
ANT. I, 4: OVTOI TOV p.ev Ttdvecaros (povfjs yfyevr/irai, fp.o\ S' dvTi8iKOl KCI-
6TTH(Ti. 2 a 3 (see above).
PLATO, Lys. 223 B: KarayAaoroi yfywapfv eyco re ... Kal vfj.fls.
XKN. Ag. IO, 4: ftcuriXfvs eyeVero (sc. \\yrja-i\aos). (See 64.)
THUG. 3, 2, 3 : Tei'e'Stot . . . fjLTjvvT-ai yiyvavrciL, The Tenedians turn in-
formers.
HOT. 8, 86: rfcrav ye Kal fytvovro ravrrjv Trjv ij^fprfv [j.aKp(j> dfJ.flvovfS avTol
f<avT(i>v, They lucre really and showed themselves that day to be far better
than their uwnt.
AK. Vcsp. 207: crrpnvdos avrip yiyvfrai, The man turns to a sparrow.
SOPH. O. C. 272 : ovS' at> a>S' f'yiyv<j[j.r]v KaKus. 615 : ra Ttpm/a TriKpu yiyvf-
Tai Kavdis (pi\a.
PlN I). P. 10, 22: v8aifj.a)i> . . . otVoy avfjp yivtTcn (approves himself)
(TO(p()'lS.
MlMN. fr. 5. 4~5 f *^X' o\iyo)(pQviov yiyvtrai (ttmrfp ovap \ fjfirj n/xTjetrcra.
H()M. Od. 4. 36l-2: m (SC. OVpOl TTVfiOVT(s) ptl T( W]U>V I TTO^TTIJfS yiyvOVTM.
708-9 ' (ti 6' (iXos ijnroi I di>8pd(Ti yiyvovrat.
61. PERIPHRASES WITH yiyvo^ai. Periphrases with yiyvopai are espe-
COPULA 31
cially common in elevated style. In addition to the pomp (oyicas) gained
by the fuller expression, the moral character of the agent or action is
brought more distinctly to the consciousness. <rurf)p ytvov pot, AF.SCH.
Cho. 2, is much more than o-eJo-oi/ pt, pixriiroXis ytvov, Sept. 130, than pvtrm
TIJV TroAip, and pf) . . . irfpiaTi)? yfvji, SOPH. Ai. 1091-2, than pi) iiftpitrjis. See
further the comm. on ANT. i. 2: nuto/W-i- ytvivOat, and THUC. 3. 2, 3, and
compare Periphrastic Tenses, especially 293.
62. COPULA AS Tin-: PREDICATE. Strictly speaking, the cop-
ula is itself a predicate, as is not unfrequently shown by the
translation when it stands alone or with an adverb.
cl Tav6' ouT6>s J<rriv, Dem. [58]. 16 ; //" matters stand thus. T| 8' crc'pa t<rriv
fri, AM). I, 120; The other (daughter) is still living.
K.M. 2O, 64 ' rov~(t>v 5 KTU>S tvini TU>V (ivftpwv oixct'r' dcriv. dXXu r<i fpyn Ta
(trrtv, fVfiSf/TTfp <~nra (trpa^Bij, [38], 16 (see above).
Lvs. I, 4- Ibid. 1 1 : 6 yap (ii^/jtoTroy (vdt>i> rjv. 13. 44 uvuyicj ^' f&riv. Ibid.
83 : nfp\ ojj/ ((TTII> 17 alria. 19, 1 1 : j) (sc. (mavis dpyvplov) vvv tcrnv (prevails)
(V TTJ TTliXft.
AND. i, 1 20 (see above).
PLATO, Charm. 153 B: p.ux*l tyfyovuv (had taken place} tv rfj Tlorti&uiq.
Protag. 325 B : (TKe\l/m u>t davpairivs ylyvovrai (iicf, /'<'//</<v) 01 dyadoi (see the
commentators, and com p. THUC. 3, 10, i, below). Ibid. 335 I): <'K yap
crv f^f^drjs, ov\ opoiots fljiiv ffroirrai t>i SniXoyot, If YOU go out, our discussions
will not go on as ?iv//.
X KN. An. 7. I) 28: tori TIS OVTUIS u(}>p(i)i> VCTTIS utfTdt ', lireatlics ' there the
man who is so foolis/i as to think?
THUC. 3 1. ' : <* P'J f* (r ' (if>(T')y 8oKov<TTfs ts XX/Xoi'f yiyvoivTO. 4- I IO.
2: ovarjs rf)s TroXfwf jrpbs \t>(f>oi>. The city lying uphill. 4, 118. 10: ul 8(
<TTroi>8iu tviavTov tarovrai (ttrt' to last}.
AR. Ecj. 1027 ' ffj.<>i yop far' f]f>d(i)s TTfp'i TOVTOV roO KVVUS.
EUU. Ale. 1076: oiiK (trn TOVS dainivray tis <p.'ws pa\(~ii>. BaCCh. 773~4 :
oivov fit prjKtr' oj/ros OVK ftrriv Kvirpts | 0^8 <7XXo rtpnvov oi/8tv av 6 parrots tri.
fr. 236 N 3 : crvv pvpioiffi Tit Kci\a yiyvtrai irt'ivois.
Soi'H. Ph. 1241 : (crnv rit, tcrnv ov <T Ku>\vcrfi rt> ftptiv.
Soi.ON, 13. if) Bgk*: <n> yup ^)i< dvtjrnis vjptos (py<i TTtXft.
Ho.M. Od. 19, 312 : on- UtTfTal nfp, //<>:>.' things will turn out. 21, 212.
HOM. II. I, 211 : a)V t(T(Tal iTfp. 1, 5^4 : "' ^' "!'"'>) T'.HT' '<rn'i/. 4- 3'9 : wr
tpfv. (>, 130-1 : ov^f ... | <5'}' i]v. <), 5-8 : (!> rfi>. //<'."<' // :i> t ts. 9, 531 Ti'i<f>pa
fit KovptjT((TiTt K(iKd)s i]v, fared ill. 1 1, ~/^ } ~ ' **>s tv. 23. f>43 **** nur' (<>i>.
1 Cf. I'lM) N. (>, 2-3: tic piai. ct irviofttv (u>< hart i>ur brtathwe htii-e our
bdng) | fiiiTftin: a/iQi'iTtfiut.
32 GREEK SYA T TAX
63. etvai at the head of a sentence or clause is regularly emphatic, and
com is equivalent to the later OVTUS OTI, ?s really, zs in fact.
DF.M. 2O, 1 8 : eon Se rovff ourcotri ^iei/ aKo{;(rat Xoyoi/ -iv' f'xov.
LvS. I, 1 6 : eori S', f</>9, 'E.p:iTO(rOvrjs Qirjdev 6 ravra TvpaTTOiv.
PLATO, Gorg. 449 B : fieri p.ev, d> 2., eviai Tcoi> diroKpicrfatv dvayKaiai 8id p.a-
Kpcav TOVS Xoyour TroifHrdai.
XEN. Cyr. 1 , 4. 3 Kai ')" M*'' io"a)s TToXuXoycorepo?.
THUG. 7, I, 4 : a>i/ OUK ddvvaros.
HDT. 5, 124: TJV yap . . . '\pi<TTay6prjs 6 MtA(;crios -fyw)(i]v ov< uxpos. 8, 86:
TJaiiv ye Kal eyevovro . . . d/j.fii>ovfs avrol eaivTwv (see 60).
AR. Lys. 1037 : u>S eore GanriKcii (pvcrfi.
SOPH. O. C. IOOO : ei yap ov SiKaios. O. T. 255 ft yap TJV TO Trpaypa p.f)
YL. Ag. 958 : ear> ^dXacrcra, rls 8f viv KaTaa-/3((rei;
PlN'D. O. I, 36 : fcrri 8' dvftpi (pdp,fi> e'oi/co? dp.<pl bcu^ovum KaXd.
SAPPHO, fr. 85 : eort fioi xuXa TTUIS.
HOM. Od. 2, 292-3 : da-l 8e vfjes rroXXat eV . . . 'idaKjj.
II. IO, 3/8-9 e/crrt y'P fv8ov ^aXKtiy.
64. COPULATIVE VERBS. Other Copulative Verbs are:
atcoveiv, Kvpeiv, chance, ruYX* veiv > happen,
SiartXeiv, XaYX^veiv, inra.p\fiv, be (a basis),
SvvacrOai, jxe'veiv, remain, <f>aivo)xai, appear,
Ka0ierracr3ai = yiyt'f(T0at ireXttv, ireXecrflai, 4>vvai, comp. fuisse,
(often in orators), TtXe'Oeiv, etc.
In the better days of the language such verbs as Kadia-rao-dm, rvyxdvfiv,
, and (pvvai are not mere fluxes for the predicate. The frequent
use of (pvvai. and rvyxavtw arises from the Greek division of all manifesta-
tion into the two spheres of <i/o-ij and rv^'i- I n imdp^fiv, which ultimately
became colorless, the idea of a basis, of something to fall back upon, of
resource or residue, was not wholly effaced in the good period.
DEM. 18,46: dvT\ yup (piXaiv Kin ^(vuiv a TOT' tavofjid^ovTO, vvv KoXaicff Kal
0(ois t\dpol Kal rrdvd a Trpo(rnK(v dKovovcriv, hecit'^arc called. 57- 47- 6 '
/tiff f'Xa^or' lepevs.
L^'S. [6], 4: (iv vvvl 's\v8oKi8ris dOtoos (iTraXXayr; . . . Kal X<i^>; ftacriXf vs.
ANT. I, 4 (60) : fp.nl 8' dvri&utoi Ka6rra(ri.
PLATO, Charm. 154 B '. cr^f^ov yap ri fj.oi TTavrts in fv rrj f)\iKia KdXoi (f>ai-
vovrai. Ibid. 154 C: Kal r<irf fitelvos tp.ol ' davp-aarfts t(pdi>r]. Hipp. Mai. 300
A: fivftf y' av t) 81' aKOTJs rjftovt], . . . bid ravra rvy\dvfi KdX/;. Prot. 313 I'-
Tvy yiff i S' imrrrliudJi'. 'I heac't. 146 A: o fie ap,apr<av . . . Kadfftdrai . .
wus, T/ic fcl/nn' t/i<it tn/xst's will sit i/oicn an tixx.
XEN. Ages. 10, 4: (pi\orip.oTaros 8f Tre^u/ctos, dfirrrjros ftifrfXf (re v, iTTfl
COPULATIVE f7:A'/;.S- 33
/SaeriXrvr fy<i>( ro, />'<// ambitious, tie continued iinconquered after lie became
king.
THUG. 4> 69, 2: Kai HI otxtai . . . dtrdl virijp^ov tpvfiii, J'/ie houses them-
selves sewed as a fortress.
HDT, 4- Iio: fivi/arai 5e ro ouvofjui roOro guru 'KXXiidd yXaxrerav ui>&^-
AR. Pax, 1045 : ris npa iror' ttrriv, o>$- dXd^uw (paivtrai.
EUR. Hoc. 1229: vnt)px((). Ion,4l2: p. (T atr fir oi ( sc. ni <rvp.,1<>Xain)
fjf\Tiova, Mod. 229: Kuicurrof dpSpaii' (K/Sc'/SiJx' "^M" 4 ' TT"""'*'- //'/</. 285: TT*'-
(pvitas. Ibid. 728: ^*/tij acri^Xos. fr. 360, 8 N-': ((pvptv. fr. 382 N': TT<-
SOPM. El. 45~^ "X^P I ptyi&Tof avrois rvy^i'ivfi Sopv^fvtav.
AESCHYL. Pers. 59^ : KOK&V fun Sorts fftirtipos icvptl.
FIND. (). i, 47 : a>j 8' ("(pavTos fTTfXfs.
HOM. Od. 7, 51-2 : dapa-aXfos yap uvljp tv Trturtv dp.dv<ai> \ tpyinaiv TiXtdtt.
65. PASSIVE VERBS AS COPULATIVE VERBS. Passive verbs
of making, taking, choosing, calling, and the like are used as
copulative verbs, and like the others take the same case in the
subject and predicate. Such verbs are :
aipLcrucLi, cvpicTKCcrvCLi, Xcyc<r6ai y
cupecrSai, Icrracrdai, vo}uc<rtiai,
a\i<TKCcr0ai, Ka0icrTacr0ai (cf. 64), 6vop.at(T0ai,
airoSeiKvuadai, KaXcicrBai, iroicl<r6ai,
av|dvc<r6ai, KaraXeiTrcadai, Tfrvx^ ai > Tvx^vat,
8r)Xov(r9ai, Xa{i^dvccr6ai, x fl P OTOV< '"^ <u :ln 'l others.
DEM. 2, 5 : ptyas ^v^i]0tj. 2, 8 : 'Ijt&rj p,(yas. 4, 18: r^d) . . . <Jf/)i'X(i(cror
\i]<p0j). 9, 21 : p.fyas (K fMLKpov . . . ^iXiTTTToy rjv^rjTiii. [l2l. 14: fitv piv f'p.f)
yvua-tffi (sc. 17 vt)m>s) .... (ttv ft' vptTtpa Kptflf/. 18, 282: ni< roivvv o'ror
ijvpiflrjs. 27,63: ft KdTf X f i(/j^r; v p.tt> (iHiivcrios. Ibid.(i\\ tiiKin raXdvrtaloi
*di (5tr<jX(ivroi KdTdXt i(p6tvT( s,
fJifVOS OIHV KT( .
LYS. 13,66: Kdi fXjjtpdrj p.i>i\i'n\ i(>, 8: rroXXoi/r <V dt'reJi/ orpuTTjyovs KH\
. AN I. 6, i i : (nubi'i ^"/"?yin - drf (TTt\ftr>v.
Pi. A I'o, I-<'f^'. 689 I); t'j . . . fifyiiTTT) r<o' vp.<fr<i)vitov piyuTTt) fitKauirar' (Iv
Xf'yotr (rofpui. 1'hacdr. 2^6 B : <T(pvpi'iX(iTos iv 'OXv/iiriu (rrddijrt. Kpb.
566 I): rvpiivvos iivri irpixTTiirov dirortTtXf (rfj.ivns.
XKN. All. 7, I, 26: iroXtfuot p.ii> t<rup,t6a uTroftf&fiyntvoi .\aKfoiupMvtois-
3
34 GREEK SYNTAX
THUG. 3> 82, 4 : To\p.a p.fv yap dXoyiaros dvftpia <t>i\fTaipos fVOflicrdrj,
Daring wit/tout reflection was considered bravery of good comradeship.
5' 95- r " ^ e fJiitros 8vvdp.f(i>s irapu8eiyiJ.a TOIS dp%Ofj.fi>ots ftrjXov fjievov. 6, 33, 3:
HDT. 2, 141 : KOI vvv OVTOS 6 ftacriKevs tcrTijKf . . . \idivos. 3, 88 : Aapflor
. . . /Sao-tXfuy dTT(8i8(KTo, et siin. alibi.
AR. Nub. 1079: poL^os yap f/v TV^TIS u\ovs. Av. 79&~9 : Aurpe^Mys . . .
lipiBr) (f)v\ap^os, fid' 'iirirap^os.
EUR. H. F. 150: (TV 8' ob? dpicrTov (f)a>ros (K\i]dr)S 8dp.ap.
SOPH. El. 95 fJ-ovn \f\fipfj.fdov. O. T. 57^' ^ y a p ^"7 ^ovevs Xco-
<rofiai. Ph. 908: SfVTfpov \r)<j>()<a icaKos ;
AESCHYL. Eurn. 353 wnXXevKaw Se ireTT\Mi> afMoipos fiovva erv^drjv. Pens.
135-9: llfpcriftes S' . . . fKiicrTa . . . XetTrerai /AOJ>OU. Sept. 698-9: KCIKOS ov
KK\r)- I a-?;, Ai^e' j/^a// 1 thou not be called.
PlND. O. 9' 46 : Aaot 8' ovvp,a(rdfv. I. 3> 25-6 : n^taei/rey . . . Xe'-yovrai
| TTpo^tvoi ~(f).
HOM. Od. 9, 335- avrap (yu> TTf/ATTTOs p,fTa TQL<TLV (\ey[j.r)v. 2O, 67-8: a"
8e \iirovro | opfpaval eV p.fyiipoicri.
II. 1,293: V y ( 'P Kei/ SeiXds rf (cat ovrtSai'oy *caXf otfj.r]v. 4> 84 Zf us, os r*
dvdpa>7ru>i> Tapirs Tro\tp.oio rirvKTai.
66. elvai COMBINED WITH A COPULATIVE VKRB. Even after these
fij/at is sometimes found as to be is in English ; e. g. " Paul called to be an
apostle."
ISAE. Cf. 2, 41 : ov fivai u>vop.dcr8rjv.
Pl.ATO. Cf. Apol. 23 A : oVo/^ta 5 TOVTO Xf'yea^ai arxpos tivai. Rpb.
428 E : ofToi T7L<r~r']fjLas t%ovres ovofj.dovTai rivts dvai.
HDT. 5. 25 (/ft'). 7> '54 : o.7re8f^6t] Tracr^s- r^f "LTTTTOV tivai "Tnrap^os.
PlND. O. 10, 634: ficerptoos 8' eKa\(cr<rt viv | Icriuvvfiov ffj.p.i>.
HOM. Cf. II. 17, 150-1 : 2a/)7rr;Soi/(a) . . . | Ku\\iires ' Apyetoiartv eXcop Kal
Kvppa yevetrdai.
67. PREVIOUS CONDITION. Previous condition is represented by
ai/rt or fg with the gen.
DlN. I, ill: (vpr'](T(T( y<ip TOVTOV . . . dvri p.ev \oyoypd<pov . . . TrXouma)-
raroi/ wra TU>V fv rf/ 7T<!Xft, ai/rl fi' (lyvutros . . . ev8oov yfyfvrjfj,evov.
DEM. (j, 21 : p.iyus eV fiiKpov (see 651. 18, 46 (see 64). Ihid. 131 : TrXoi;-
<rtoj tK Trrco^oG . . . yfyovais, A ricJi man (plutocrat) from a pauper.
LYS. 32, 17 : di>~\ ir\ov<riu>v irroa^ovs.
PLATO, Rpb. 566 I) (see 65).
XF.N. Cyr. 8, 3, 39: (K rrtvrjTos TrXovfrtor yfyfvrjcrm.
HDT. 1 , 87 : iro\tfj,iov dvrl (/jiXon f/j.o\ KiiTii(TTr]va(..
Ak. Cf. Av. 627 (see 25). Ran. IOI I : fV ^pr;(rra)i/ KH\ yfvvaiwv //o
OM/SSIOX OF THE SUBJECT 35
SOPH. Tr. 148-9- *wv TIS dvTt irapQivov yvvi) K\tjdfj.
I I NO. O. 13. 66-7 : ( UVflpOV 8' ItlTiKlt ' T)V I'rttlf).
On the Double Ace. after Active Verbs see Index.
OMISSION OF THE SUBJECT
68. PERSONAL PRONOTN EXPRESSED. The personal pro-
noun of the first and second person is not expressed unless it is
emphatic, as, for example, in contrasts.
TI pdXXov ijiov o-xi icariYopis fj 'yu (rov ; Dl.M. I 8, I (/> ; ]\'hy do VOH accuse
nit: rather than 1 you .' OVTOS fiev yap v8up, ^yu 8" otvov irivto, Di;.\I. 19, 46;
This fellow {drinks) water, I drink luinc.
DKM. uS, 196 (see above). 19, 46 (/</.). 21, 28 : t'yi . . . i^; s (see 88)
L^'s. 1 , 26 : OUAC yoj r* uTToKT(i>d) tiXX' 6 r?;j TniXfcos vtipas, (it is) <;/ / that
am about to kill tlice, but the law of the state. (Cf. Ak. Eccl. 1055-6,
cited below.)
PLATO, Conv. 172 B: a-v ovi> p.oi Kn'jyrjtrm. Protasj;. 335 D (see 62).
XKN. An. I, 3> ^ ' "^" (nd vp.fit fpol OVK (6(\(T( TTf iOtvdni, oiifit (ir((T0ai,
tyU> (TVV VfJ.IV f^fOfUll,
THUG. 6, 14: Km (TV, 0> TTfil/TUVl, TClVTll . . . tmtyi]<$>lf.
HDT. 6, I : TOVTD TU vjro&rifia tppn^my p.(v <ri, VTTffti'icraTo fit 'ApurTayopTjs.
7, 1 1 (I rjfJ-fis f)(Tv^ii)i' ti^itfjifv, aXX OVK (Kflvoi.
AR. Vesp. 1426: a-v Xf'yf. Eccl. 1055-6: uXX' OVK e'yw, | aXX' 6 vt'ipos
(\Kd cr(f).
EUR. Hec. 609-10: (TV 8' av Xa/3ov<ra reC^or, ap^aia \urpi, | . . . tvfyKt
Sfvpo.
SOPH. Antii(. 5^ &v TOVTO povvrf T(I>V$( K.a$pd(av ('tpus.
PlND. eyd> 2j times, (TV and TV together 10 times.
SoLON, fr. 2 : dr/it 81} TUT' e'yo> <t>o\(y(iv?ipti>s f) StKivijnjr.
HoM. Od. I, 33"5 "vrap tyiav nil l>r)ti 0ot)i> K(i~<\(V(Tnp.(ii tjSrj . . . trail
i' avTu /ifXt'rw.
II. I, 76 : Totytip f'yajf epf'co, <rv t)( (Tvv6(t>. 2, 485-6 : vpt'is . . , irdpttrrt
T(, icTTf Tt 7rui/ra, t)p.f~is ft( K\ios oiov uKovi>p.fp, ov8c TI ifip.fv.
69. UNKMPHATK lyw AND rv. The (Miiphasis of the first and second
persons is not to be insisted on too much in poetry or in familiar prose.
Notice the frequency of f'yaJSu, ty<Zp.m. Noteworthy also is the return of
t'yu> in AF.SCHIN. 3.
70. OMISSION OF THK SCHJECT OF THE TlIlRD PERSON.
The personal pronoun of the third person has no nominative.
Hence, the unemphatic subject of the third person is omitted
when it can be readily supplied from the context.
36 GREEK SYNTAX
71. SUBJECT OMITTED EVEN WHEN THERE is A SUDDEN
CHANGE OF SUBJECTS. So free is the Greek in its omission of
the subject that there is often a sudden change of subject with-
out further warnin.
r\ yuvr) airtjet, ... us TO iraiSiov, iva TOV TiT0ov axmu 6iSu> (sc. f) yvvr'j) Kai (XTJ
(SC. TO TTtltStOl/), LYS. I, 10.
LYS. i, 10 (see above).
ANTIPHON, I, 26: THUS ovv Tavrr]v f\(flv ( SC. Ttva) at-iov fcrriv fj alftovs
Tvy^uvfiv (SC. ravTijv) Trap' v^<av i) a\\ov TOV;
XEN. An. I, 2,26 : i; yvvfj avrbv (TTfKTf Kai TTicrreif eXa/3e (SC. SveVcetrtr).
THUG. 2, 3. 4 e'xwpoui/ ( sc - * nXaraiijr) . . . eV avTnvs (sc. rovy OijftaLovs),
OTTCO? ^.17 Kara (^co? 6apo-(i\fu>Te'pois ova~i irpoo-(p( pwvTai (SC. ot OXarat^s) Kai a<pi-
criv f< TOV 'icrov yiyvwrai (sc. ol Qrjflaloi). 3, 62, 5 : fVetSi) yoi'i/ o re M^Sor
aTT^X^e Kai TOVS vofiovs e'Xa/3e (SC. 17 TrdXty). 8, IO2, I : u>s avrois 01 re (f)pvKT<i)pot
f(TT)fj.aivov Kai rj(rddvovTO (SC. oi A$r;i/aioi) ra rrvpa (ai(f)vT)s TroXXa . . . (pavivTa.
SOPH. Ai. 549. Tr. 362-3 (where see Jebb).
Pi XI). O. 3. 2O 2 : 0(f>da\flOV dvTt(f)\f^f Mijya, | Kai peyiiXuiv dedXcov ayvi.iv
Kpia-iv ... | ^^Ke (sc. 'HpaKX^y). 9,45-6. P. 4, 23-5. So elsewhere.
HES. fr. 5 R Z - ' ov8f ol VTTVOS \ TrlnTtv eVl ft\f(j)dpois, (fivXciKrjv 8' e^ev (sc.
*Apyos) ffjarfbov met.
HOM. II. 23, 704-6 : aj/Spl fie viKrjdfVTi yvvalx' es pecro-ov (drjKfv (SC. n^Xet-
brjs), | TroXXa 8" firiaraTO (sc. rj yvvi]) Zpya, TLOV (sc. 'A^atoi') 8e' e Ttcrcrapd^oLov. \
a-TT) 8' opGos Kin p.vOov fv 'Apyeiourw eetTrei/ (SC. n^
72. SUBJECT CONTAINED IN THE VERB. The subject is
sometimes omitted in the third person, when it may be involved
in the verb as the definite function of a definite character.
tioipv^ev, Jic proclaimed (6 tcijpuj;), etc. In a suit at law, the clerk
is often addressed without any further note. In dramatic pas-
sages, a servant is often supposed to be at hand.
dvayvoiTO) (sc. o ypa/^iarein-), Dl-'.M. [44], 45 ', I. ft (the clerk) read, ^im
^ardX.Tri-y|< (SC. o <ra\iriyKTf]s), irpopa\\6)jivoi ra oirXa TTT]o-av, XlCN. An. I, 2,
17 ; H 7 licit t/ic trumpet sounded, etc.
DKM. [44], 45 (see above).
LYS. 19, 27 (i fit KaT(\nrev (sc. o A.piffTO<pavT)s), avayvaHTfTai (sc. 6 yfxifj.-
p.aT(vs) iifjuv. Ibid. 57-
XEX. An. 1,2, 17 (see above). 2, 2. 4 : V8/ . . . o-^/zr}^. 3,4,4: eVr;-
Ibid. 36 : (Ki')pv^. 5- - '- owoTaf (Truiijvri (Ins}. 6, 5. 25 f'wj (T^/iuii/m.
1 Note also N. T. Marc. 1, 31 : <cai u<f>iJKt>> avTi]v o Trv
(sc. tKtivr]) aiiTOtQ.
HK1A I' MM ATA 37
Conv. 5- - ' puvov, t<f>1, TOV Xa/iTTrr^M t'yyvs irpofft vt y KHTU>. Cyr. 2.2,2'.
i)paTO (SC. O "tpTdpOs). 4, 5, 42 : KT)pvuTH).
THUC. 3- -' 3 wore irtipoSov p.ij tivat, ciXXii <5i' avrtiw piaaiv titt/truf (sc. ot
6ttotT*s) =//i(>st' ti'/u> /iiit/ to go through =oi <pv\uiefs.
HOT. 2, 47 : (Trtav dvtrij. 2, 70 : t-ntw . . . f>(\(ticri).
COM. 3. 502 : rfjv Tf}<'nr(ai> 77 K' (xu>v (SC. 6 doOXor).
PlNI). P. I, 48: <i*'''x' fvpivKovro 6fu>v iraXafiats ripi'iv, Iffero cum fra-
trtbus.
THEOGN. 473 olvoj^odrta.
HOM. Od. 4. 214: %f VUI>TU>I> ( SC. Ofpinrnvrt s ). 21, 142: otvo^otvti (SC. 6
olvo^oos).
II. 1 8, 49-~3 vvft^MS | qyivtvv (sc. myi^wyeoyor).
73. 6tia ^rj(jiaTa. Not essentially different from this use is the
use of the so-called Oeia p^ara., in which the name of the divine
agent is omitted, such as Si (sc. o vu> = Zfvs), lie mitts (the miner
= Zcus). So ppovri}, he thunders ; vi<j>t, he snoics ; a-dti, lie sliakes
(Poseidon).
LVS. fr. 75- 4 (Sch.)l rjftrj (rv(TKnrti^oi>Tos.
THUC. I, 5'. - ' wt <r/coraf yap >}5;. 4- S-< l ' Kn ' T0 ^ nvrov prjitos
Jcrra/xeVou (trficrt.
HDT. 2, 22 : V<T(II . . . e)(i6tnt (bis). 4- -^ T ')'' M' 1 " wp 01 ' 1 ?" l> * ^ f ' Xdyou
ti^iov ov8(V, TO 8< 0ipi>s va>v OVK dvitt (note the ITKISC. ptC. (jwr).
AR. Adi. 1141: vifyd. fr. 2, 963, 13: K<H {-VllllVO<j)t Kill XflpfpUl
ftpovTa p.u\ fv.
COM. 2, 851, 2: vi(f)eT<i) fj.tv aX(pirois, | >^(i KuVra> 5' nprourtv, I'trto fi'
tTJ/ft.
HOM. N'o example. See 74.
74. DIVINI-: ACF.NT I-IXI-RKSSKD. In Homer the divine
agent is always expressed, as it often is in poetry, and even in
prose that aims at reproducing the language of the people.
That the notion of god is never abandoned is shown by the
use of the genitive absolute, and not the accusative absolute.
s, ic lien it is raining. See Participial Acensatire.
XKN. Dec. 8, 1 6: </r<ii/ xcifj.('i;) <'> flfos tv TI/ fl<i\uTr>j. //'/./. 20, 1 1 : i"fio>/j
/**!/ o uvu) 0fos TTdpf'xft. Veil. 8, I : Sruv vnp;/ o Otos.
Hlt'l'. 3, 117: riif pm yiip \ttpii>vii v ( i <r<pi < OKI*. So elsewhere.
AK. Arh. 510-1 I : KdiVoiv H llorrtibtav . , . \ trt icras . . . *p..1u\t TUS olieiat.
Nub. 368 : ris v 1 1 ; Av. 57 : (ipovTaru vvv 6 fityas Zdv. L\'s. 114-- \<1> flti>s
(Ttitiiv ii[j.ti. So elsewhere.
38 GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. O. C. 1606: KTinrrjcre fj.fi> Zfiis X&QVIOS.
PlND. O. 7, 49-50: 6 pen (SC. Ztvs) . . . | no\vv vo-t xP v <rov. I. 6 (7), 5.
ALCAE. fr. 34: Cd ^tv o Zevs.
HOM. Od. 14, 305 : Zevs 8' afj.v8is [3 poi>TT)(T (.
II. 9, 236-7- Zfvs 8e arfpi Kpovt8r)S fv8eia (Ti]fj.aTa (^aiVwi* | a (TTpinrr ft,
12,25* ^ 8' apa Zeds. 12, 279~$o - ore T' &peTO fUfTteTa Ztits \ vKpffj-fv. }
75. Gen. Abs. :
LYS. fr. 75. 4 (Sell.) : rj8rj truer KOT(ioi>TOS.
XI-:N*. Hell, i, i, 16: vovros TroXXw.
AK. V r esp. 773~4 e(ll/ ^^ I/t( / ) ,'7 TT/JOJ TO 7ri)p Ka6>'//j.fvos (sc. ^Xuifrei), | u
76. IMPERSONAL VERBS. The same principle lies at the
basis of all so-called impersonal verbs. Sometimes the subject
is contained in the predicate, as when the passive is used imper-
sonally, or when the infinitive is used without a subject.
(ioi . . . 8e8niYir]Tai, ANTIPHON, i, 31 ; My tale has been told.
AXTIPHON, 1,31 f/ioi p.fv ovv $f fi t Jjy^rai /cat /3e/3o?} diyrat rw <re>re-
6vf curt Km TCO vop.a>. 5- 75 ofiots 8' ovv KfKiv8vvf{i(rfTai.
PLATO, Rpb. 457 E. tv fj.d\' uv d[j.(j)t(rf3r)Tr;deir] (cf. ibid. D: a/i(/)r/3^-
PZN. Hell. I, 3, 2O: eVei <^f (IVTO'LS TrnpfcrKfi/acrro. Mem. I, 7, 2 : up ov
Ta fu> Tf]f Tfxyis fJLLnrjTfOv TOVS dyadovs avXrjTtis ; . . . KHI TOVTW ravra Trotr/Ttov
. . . KIU rovTd) TToXXovs (jraiveras TT a pa erne vacrrtov,
THUG. I, 46, I ot 8e KopivGioi, eVetSiy aiiTois TrapfcrKfv tier TO, tnXfov firl
TT)V ]\('pKVpaV. I, 9 1 ' I Tf ' X ' f Tl1 ' Tf K(l ^ 'J^l UY S X(lfJ.l3ui>fl (SC. TO Tf(^Os).
7, 25, 9 : ws . . . 8unrfT7oXffjiri(rofj.fvov. Cf. 7- 77> 3 : '*" yV ''"f'S' Tf iro\tpiois
t)VTV %1]T dl.
Au. Thesm. 1227 I aXXa ni-n aiurni /LifT/jiwy ij/^ii". Rail. 376: TJ p i CTTIJTOI
6' (llpKOVVT(i)S.
HOM. O(l. 9, 143' ovSe TT po vffxiive T' Iftiadui. 19, 3 1 - oXXa /lot a>S' aj/a
6vp.uv oierat, a>? ffftrai Trtp.
II. 22, 3'9- ^^ '",YM'? f a7J " f ^" M 71 " tvrjKfos.
For additional examples of the impersonal passive, see 176.
For the impersonal neuter plural in -T(', see exx. under 37.
77. Often the subject is practically an infinitive or a sentence.
So in the case of such verbs as Bet, So/cet, eiaepxe-rai (eia-f/ei,
1 Note also POI.YB. 31, 21, 9' (TVITKOTI'I <> ITO^- d^rt TOD 9eov.
Coni|).ire also Poi.YB. 31, 21, <j (see above).
INDEFINITE SUBJECT OMITTED 39
\6yov, OVK
, TTpeTret, irpo<T>]icei, crvp^tpei, fyaiverai, %p>), etc.
airavra Y*P 8i TaXTjWj Xryciv, Lvs. 3. 10; // is necessary /<> /<// <2// ///<r
/////, 7'//< - whole truth must be tolii.
DEM. IQ. 204: ovT( yap tas (rvp.<piptl 4>a)Kf'a( diro\u/\tvat . . . (VKTTIV
\tyttv aiTW.
LVS. 3. lo: (8of pot KptiTKTTov tivni diro8r)fjiri<Tat tc rt)s TTiiXfcoy.
THUG. I, 1 2O, I : xpi] yap rovs f)ytp.6vcis ... TO xoica irpovicoirdv. I, 1 2O,
3: v 8( irupa(T \ov, fK iro\('p.ov iruXiv ^vp.fifjvai (sc. dv8pu>v dyad&v tarty).
HDT. 3- 7' ' *VmYe S j Aapdov dirtKtro yi>u>^rji' diro(paivterdat, 3. 142:
xai /lot irapf %f i vvi> vfiinv <ip\(iv. 6, 2J '. (ptXeti 8i K<I>S TT pocrr) p.u i vt iv, fur' av
/if'XXi; p.(yd\a KUKU *; TfdXi ; e^j/ei' ?cr*cr^ai, but just below : Tnura /ztV tr(^>t
a~rjfjif)i.a 6 Otos npoiftf^e. 9-^8: SrjXoi T p.m OTI irdvra ra irpr/y^urra TO' ftapjjd-
pO>V fjpTTjTO (K YlfpO'fav.
EUR. H. F. 302-3: rjSr; S' (tr^\df p (I irapaiTt](T(ti/j.(dii | (pvyas T(KVU>V
ra>v8((}.
HOM. Od. I, 296-7 : oi>5' en ore ^pi) I vqiriids o\ifiv. Cf. 3, 14 : T^Xf'pa^',
ov /*!/ <T( XP'l * 7 "' a*Soof. 8, 146: 01 Kf 8( tr' I8p.(v didXovs.
II. 2, 24: oil \prj TTavvv^iov fv8(tv f3ov\r)<p6pr>v ttv8pa. 9, 337~8 : ri 8e
fifi 1 irn\(fjit^fft.ev(ii Tp(j}((ra~iv \ \pyttovs;
For other examples, see 37, and on the infinitive, see Index.
78. Sometimes an indefinite subject is to be supplied from the context.
This is very easy in the dependencies of the infinitive, as that form always
involves an indefinite accusative subject.
I.SAE. 2, 13'. [o vop.os] KfXtvfi TII favrov f(lvat dtadtO'dai OTTO)? av i6i\r).
So elsewhere.
ANTIPHON, 5- 9'- tv F* v y a P <lKfa " TC *> irpdypart KIII opytj xpija'ap.fvovs KOI
dta/3oX^ irtdofitvovs fXafftrov tcrnv f'itfjui[>T( ~iv fttrayvovf ytip tri av (i^dii)? fittv-
\tv<ratTo (sc. 6 . . . xpTjmifjifvits KT().
PLATO, Men. 97 A : <>VK (trrtv opdtas ffyfltrdai, ft H> pfj <ppt>itip.os /}. So else-
where. Cf. Rpb. 347 C I TT]t 8( rjp.iiis fKyiarr] r<> I'JTTO TrovrjpoTtpov tip^ftrdui,
(av p.?i avros fd(Xr) tip^fiv.
Hl)T. I, 195 t (crOtjTt 8t Totf)8( xptuivTai, Kidwvi no8r}VfKfi Xiviai, KII\ ttr\ TOITOI/
oXXov flpivtnv Kidiava tirtv&vvfi (sc. a ^ptu/Mfvoy). I. 216: ov,tns ^< f]\iKtijt p-t^j
ITpOKftTOi XXof p,(V Ov8flS ' tTTfllV 8( yiplM y(Vt)TUl Kl'lflTll KT(. 2. 38: fioKI^IJ-
fovrt . . . i]v . . . l ft rjTii t (SC. o 8(>Kip.ii(<i>v). 2, 6$ : (I'^i'ifjLd'iii . . . i(TTiun . . . biftol
(SC. o ti/xdfuvos).
EUR. Or. 428: f4t.irovp.fd' OVT<l)f ttXTTf pi] 7T pOO't VVtlTf tt> (SC. Tiva).
1 Tlic only instance of Sti in Homer.
40 CREEK SYNTAX
HOM. Od. 5, 400 : ocro-ov (o<rov) re ytywf ftor](Tas (?). 6, 294 : id. 9, 473 :
id. 12, 181 : id.
II. 13, 287 : ouSe KV evdci Tfov yf p.fvos Ka\ \ipas OVOITO, a fault-finder.
22, 199. ws (as) 8' (v oVeipo) ov 8vvarai <p(vyovra 8i(j>K(ii>, a dreamer.
79. Other ellipses of Time, Circumstances, and the like co-
incide with the English.
TTJS 8' upas iyiyvt-r' tyt, DEM. 21, 84; // was getting late. TJV irpo; T)fU-
pav, Lvs. I, 14; // was drawing on towards day.
DEM. 21, 84 (see above).
LYS. i, 14 (see above).
PLATO, Conv. 217 D: a-Krjirrdpfvos on o\^e fir].
XEN. An. I, 8, i: fj8rj re rjv a/j.(p\ ayopav Tr\r)Qov(Tnv. Ap. 23: tvOu ov
TT poff fiarov Oavdrto. Hell. 1,6, 2O : eVet (TKOTOS f'irj, e'^e/it/ja^ei' . . . eVetSr) //ftr)
p.(crov J7/ie'pay TJV.
THUG. I, 109, 3: a>? 8e avT<p ov Trpov^copei, matters. 2, 56, i: eVeiS?)
Tolp.a TJV, things. 2, 56, 4 : e's e'XTr/Sa /iei/ fj\dov roC eXeir, ou fiivroi Trpot^ui-
prjcre yf. 4- 93- ' : V^ 1 ? 7 f V Ka ' T ^ f ^/*'pflS o\^e 17 i'. 7> 84. 4 : f>J r " e>7r ' dartpd
Tf roO iroTap.ov Trapaerrai/res 01 2upaK(!(rtot (^i/ Se Kprj^Lva>8fs [sc. ro ^topt'oi']).
HDT. 3. 82 : e' Se roG (povov a7re'/y^ eV fiowap^ir/v.
HOM. II. 22, 410: ra> 6e /idXtcrr' a/j' e^i/ (the situation) tvaXiyKiov, o>9 ei
Kre'.
See also exx. under 37.
80. OXE. One may be expressed by rt?, or, chiefly in
phrases, by the Ideal second person, an imaginary you.
r i c :
DEM. i, 21 : (prja-ed ns tiv. 3, io : eiTrot rty a/, and so elsewhere. 4, 25 :
ei yup epoird rts vp.(is. l8, 252: Travra^o^ei/ p.ei' roivvv uv ns 1801,
PLATO, Legg. 905 C. Soph. 220 D : fj T'L TIS i/, Seat'rr/re, etjrot KaXXiov ;
and so elsewhere.
XEN. An. i, 9, 3 : Kamp-ddoi <iv nr, and elsewhere.
THUC. 1,6, 6: TroXXa 8' *iv KIU u\\a TK 7ToSet|ete *cre'., and elsewhere.
HDT. I, 3- ( ' v y*P ra> /*<"fpo %p6voi 7roXX /i(V e'rrri tSelv ru ^17 rtr
e'^'Xei.
AR. Pax, 833 : dtTTtpcs yiyvoptd , urav rtr diroddvj).
SOPH. O. C. 1536-7 Qf'ti yap ti> p-tv, ov/'e fi' fl<ropS><r', orav \ TO. 6('C afais
TIS fls ro paii>crOai rpmrr). Ph. 55 : X Tllv rlr f " C'/> :ltl( ^ so often.
HoM. Od. 4, 535 =11,411: u>t ri'r re KiirtxTnvt 0<>vv eVi (fxirvjj.
^- 3- 33 ^ s ^' ^"f r ' J Tf 8puKoi>ru I8<i)v TraXtfopcroi' uirfiTTrj, and so else-
where.
IXDEh'IXITE SUBJECT OMITTED 41
81. Ideal Second Person :
PLATO, Protag. 347 D : orrou Rf icaXol Kayaffdi (TVfiirurat KOI ncrrai8(v^(vot
fl<riv, OVK av t8ois OUT' avXrjrpi&as ovTt icrt. (?).
X.EN. C\T. 8, I, 33 (irtyvuts & av txti ov8(va ovrt upyifripfvov Kpnvyi/ <ii-Tt
%aipovTa v,3pi(mK<i)S yfXwrt, dXXu iftum av avrovs rjyi]<r<a rco OVTI (is c<iXXor >]v.
Ibid. 8, 3, 42 : fyd (?). Ibid. 8, 3, 43 : ,w8tva fw ISois (?). Hell. 6, 4. 16 : Lv
8f 0>vTts rj-yytXpi'voi rjffav (SC. ot ir[M>(Tt')K<>vT(s) oAryoi/f (iv tifttf.
HOT. 2, 29: fT^Otl/Ot S 8ua)^fK<I (l(Tt UVTOt TOVS 8(1 TOVTO> TO) T/X)7ra) 5(C7rXa)-
trai (which one must . . . ) *< (irttTu uiri^fai ts (and tlicn^fw will reach)
iTfBiov \dov . . . ij(is . . . iroi>j(T((ii . . . n\(V(Tu . . . r}(if. 2, 30: tv "cru>
ovtp <TXXo) rjfts . . . ( v otrw . . . rjXdfs. 4> -8 '. v8<i>p (K^t'as TT^Xo^ ou iruifj-
p 5 ovaKatcov Troit)<T(is Tn/Xoi/.
EUR. H. F. 1 196 : OK tiv (iftdrjf (?).
SOPH. O. C. 431 : ("mots (Iv (?).
PlND. P. IO, 29 : vavcrl 8' oi/rt TT(OS lo>v ftv tvpotff.
HOM. Od. 3, 124: ov8e K (pnirjs.
II. 4- --3- * 1 '^' ^" c * lv ftpi&VTQ tSots ' 'Aya/i fj.vnvn ffiov. 4,429: o^5f cr
(frairjs. 5- ^5 OVK liv yvoirjs. 15.697: (pairjs *(().
82. INDEFINITE SUBJECT OF THE THIRD PERSON PLURAL
OMITTED. In the third person plural, the indefinite subject
may be omitted, chiefly in verbs of saying and thinking.
ws <J>ao-i, DEM. 4, 9; As they say, and so elsewhere.
DEM. 4, 9 (see above). 19, 193 : (Indv 8i'j (fiao-i TOV 2tirvpoi/, on ACT/. 19,
PLATO, Legg. 803 D : o'iovrai . . . ^yoCwcu(?) Rpb. 428 B : oy yap TTUV
iq yr dXX' tTUfTTrniT] tv [3ov\{ vuvTat.
XEX. An. 1,9, 5 (Kpivov 5" UVTOV.
1HUC. 7. ^9> - ' ontp irao" %ov(rtv tv TOIS ptyaXoit iiyaxn.
Hl)T. 2, 106: TJJ re * rrjs 'Efptcrirjs ts <&a>Kaiav (p^ovTiit KIU r;} <'AC Zapdicjy
pvpvrjv.
AR. Pax, 832 : Xf-youo-i.
S<JPH. Ph. 335 : <W Xt'yovo-ii/.
PIND. O. 2, 31 : Xf'yoiri. P. i, 52 and P. 2, 21 : (puvrl.
HoM. Od. I, 220: TOU ^t' (K (pa<n ytviaBai.
II. 4, 375- f'Y' 4 ^' (TXXa)/ tptitri ytvttrQat, 18,487. teaXtovcrw.
83. OMISSION OF COPULA. Tlie forms tWt' and f/V/ of the
copula are omitted in saws and proverbs, in short statrnn-nts
and questions, rapid transitions, abstract expressions. So iv^-
ularly with -reov, aixiyKr), wpa, and the like. Other forms than
eon' or eia-i more rarely. Cf. also 9.
4 2 GREEK SYNTAX
vs 6 \YX (sc. f'o-nV), LYCURG. 33 ; Brief is the proof .
84. e (T T i and e I cr t :
LVCURG. 33 uirXovv TO 8iKaiov, pqSiov TO u\r)d(S, /3pa^uy 6 f\ey^os.
DEM. l8, 242: Trovrjpov . . . Trnvrjpov 6 (rvKO(piivTT]s.
ANTIPHON, 5, 7- V t l * v n ^ v a1rr)<ris u> uvSpes Kal i/op/pco? KU\ oa-[(as f^oucra
(SC. f'o-TiV).
PLATO, Euthyd. 34 Bl TO yap o~7ruVioi>, a> Eu$., rifuov TO fie uScop fvawi-
rarop. Euthyphr. I 5 E : /cat pot a>pa airUvai. Gorg. 507 A : ai/ay/cr; TOUT' eu/ai
OVTOK. Phaedr. 245 C i /'X') ^^ diro8fifu>s ijftf. V^ U X') 7raa ' a uduvaros. TO yap
dfiKivrjTov (iOavciTov. Theaet. 144 D (^/.f). 145 A : o-KfTTTfov.
XEX. Ven. I, I : TO p.ev vprjp.a 6fu>v . . . aypai Kai Kvvfs.
THUG. I, 32, 5 : avi'iyK.ri (SC. fo-riv) . . . vyyva>fj.rj (sc. eWiV). 3, 82, 2. 7, 77,
7 : (ivftpfS yap TroXis, Km ov rei';^ ov8( vrjes avbpa>v Ktvai.
H DT. 6, 129; ov (ppovT\s 'lTnroK\ft.8r).
AR. Ach. 8 : u^iov yap 'EXXaSt. /c/. 40 : aXX' ot TTpvravf ty yap ovrott
p.fO"r]fJL^pii'OL (sc. eio"('j/). A/. 41 TOUT' fKflv' oi>yoo 'Xeyoi/. Nub. 2-3. /</. 207 :
atSf pei/ ' \6r]vai (SC. fl<rlv). Ran. 658 : ftafticTTiov.
EUR. Hel. 276: TCI flapfldpaiv yap 8ov\a Trdvra 77X7)1; (vos. Hipp. 436: at
SfiiTtpcii TTCOS <j>povri8es (To(pa)T(pai, Sober second thought somcliow is best, I. A.
334. fr. 234 N 2 , etc.
SOPH. O. T. 84. iio-ii (36), etc., etc.
AESCHYL. Suppl. 998 : rtpav' onuipa S' ev(pv\aKTos ovSaputs.
PlN'D. O. I, 34-5 apf'pai 8' eVtXowroi j p-dprvpes o-o<pa>TaToi (sc. eicriV). Ibid.
6, 9-11. N. 6, 1-2: tv dv8p)i>, | (v 0((ai> ye'j/oy. Pindar seldom uses the
copula.
H ES. O. et D. 3'' fpyov ' ov&fv ovetSor, depylr) fit T oj/etSos. Ibid. 346;
Trrjp.n KaKos yftVcof. (Common).
HOM. Od. II, 379 : wpi; peV TroXe'cui' p.vdu>v, u>prj Se Kai UTTJ/OU. /(JiV/. [456],
and elsewhere.
II. i, So. 177, etc., etc.
85. Other forms of the copula :
DEM. 4, l8: ei'SoK evrpfTm? vpdy (SC. oi/Tnj). 4, 29: f'ycb TrXeb)!/ fflfXoi/Tr;y
TTiifr^fiv OTiovv eroipos (sc. ftp/), eai> pc) Tav8 ovrcay (X.1- '"> -77 Kat'rot tyvy
<>pa> TIJS Tcof XfydvTcoi' Svfapfcor Touy axovoi/ras TO 7rXfto"Toi/ Kvpiovs (sc. oi>rar).
19, 250: etT* 011 tri (To(pi(TTr)s (sc. et)i K "' TTovi^pdr ye (SC. i). 01; o"w Xoyoypa0or
(SC. 6 T) ; KI ^f oTj f%dpos yf (sc. e t).
ANTIPHON, I, 4: i'pflf yap poi f5i/ay*caioi (SC. (crrf).
PLATO, Rph. 499 D : TTfpi TOVTOV froipoi (SC. f(TfJLtv) TCO Xoyo) Stapa^ffr^at,
a>f Tf. Theaet. 143 D: o-oi 817 OUK oXiyioroi TrX^o-id^ovKrt, KO! SiKatois" it^ios
yap (sc. e?) T<i Tf aXXa Kal yeufifTplas tv(K<i. Ibid. 146 I?: f'yw ptv ya/> dijdijs
TTjr TotauTT)? ouiXfKTov (sc. ftp')- ^ >w unfamiliar with t/iis style of talk.
OMISSIOX OF VERB 43
THUG. I, 23, 2 : ovTt (frvym To<rai8t (ii>0p<an<i>v Km (frovos (SC. iyivovroi).
SOPH. O. T. 91-2 : d ru>v8( XP!lC fl - s irXrja-ia(ui/r<t>v K\vtiv, \ tToip.os (sc. f 1/11')
v, (iT( Km <rrfi\*iv tcrut.
HOM. Od. 4, 206 = 1 8, 126: TOI'OU yap Km irarpos (SC. itrtri).
II. 9. 225 X"'^'' 'Ax'XfG ' 8uiTUS p* v fifflS OVK (TTl8fV(lS (SC. (lp.fV~). 2O,
434* '3a 8" art crv p.tv ((T0\us (SC. t'crcrt), 'ya> fit criQtv TroXu ^dputv (SC. tipi).
21, 482 : xaXfTn; TOI eya) (sc. dpi) fM(vos avrifyipfffQai, and so elsewhere.
86. /// Dependent Clauses :
OKOVCT* u a. 'A. -njs fTrio-roX-fj?, us KaXr) Kal cfjiXdvGpunros (SC. tarriv). DKM.
19- 39-
DEM. 4. -9- i' ( '^f / oui/ 6 nopos riav \prjjj.uTCt)v (SC. t<TTai\ . . ., TOVT' fjftrf
Xf^a). 8, 6 (rel. sent.). 9> '6 : ft /iei/ yap p.iKpa ravra . . . uXXor an drj Xoyor.
20, 55: (0-fi.fv in rel. cl.
Lvs. 1 8, 1 1 : XX' OLS [iaXia~ra Trpn<ri]Kov (sc. TJV).
AN i . 5, 32 : f(J)' ols tiv . . . (sc. /).
PLATO, Kpb. 371 A : a>/ K airotp xP fl/a ( sc - .'/)
XKN. Apol. 23 : tvOa ov TTpocrfiaTov (sc. fir;) davdrta.
THUG, I, 32, 5 fntiSf] 8e . . . p.tyas 6 Kii>8vvos (sc. f err !v). 2, 53, 3 : o ri fit
t)8r) re t')bv (SC. T)i>). 2, 62, 5 ' T/f (V T(3 aTTopat (SC. t crrii/) r; ifr\vf.
AR. Ach. 19-20: is fCf, oTrdr' ... I ... (pr/nos (sc. ttT~iv) i) 7rvi' <tvrr]i.
EUR. Hipp. 659-60 : far' civ eAc^^/^of x$oj/or | H^<rfi;s- (sc. r/).
PlN I). O. I, 84; Qavflv 8' oicriv dvayKii (SC. fffTiv). Ibid. 3, 42: ft S' dpt-
oTfiifi y.tv vftutp, KTfavdiv Sf xpvcros aiBoifOTarov (sc. ttrrlv).
H ES. O. et O. 4 ovfi KTIKTIV, <Jau> trXtov ly/xicru 7r(jvr<!f (sc. frrriv).
HoM. Od. I 5, 393~4 <^ f T ' O"* XP'/' I 7r P'* / ^/"7 ( sc - *//)> xaraXf^dai,
II. i, 116: et T(! y' <"p.fivov (sc. (crTttf). Ibid. 156-7: fVfl r/ /^dXa TroXXa
/JLfTCl^V I OVpfd Tt CTKUifVTn (SC. f(TTlv). Ibid. 547 ' XX* OI/ ^tl/ <c' (TTKlKiS (SC. ?!/)
aKovifjifv. 5, 480 : oy c' (TriSfvtjs (sc. //), and so elsewhere. 20, 434 (85).
87. OMISSION OK TIIK VF.RHAI. I'KKDICATI-:. As in other
languages, so in Greek the verbal predicate may be omitted
when it is more or less distinctly suggested by other words in
the sentence. This happens most frequently in the case of
verbs of Goin<^, Coming, Uoin;^, Happening, Saying. There
seems to be no ellipsis of a definite word in examples of this
kind.
LVCURG. 119: ri SoKovtrtv iip.iV) <L tivdpfs (SC. rr<>i('ii>?) ', < T i/xi y( o/ioiaxr ip.iv
Trtp't ruv (lftiKt>vi>Tti)i> yiyvuxTKf iv ;
DKM. 24. 187 : *cit irfpi p.iv TUVTUV Kara a^aXi'iv (SC. f\itl) .'). [S^Ji 5 ( ^ (1 > J<)
(SC. Wi?>, ^r)fi,',(T0(V(f.
IbOC. 8, 37- ov&iv (sc. TTominriv?) uXX' r) avpf^ov\(vui'(7iv >,p.tt> rruXiv mpt
44 GREEK SYNTAX
dvSpcnroo'io-p.ov KlvBvvfVdv (cf. DEM. 8, IO: crKOTTfW art ov8ev oXXo TTOIOVCTIV
r) Ka0i<TTdcri rrjv TTO\LV ds TOV UIITOV rpoirov).
ANDOC. I, 150: 8(vpo (SC. ?re?) "AvvTf, Ke'<paXe, en e Kai ol (f)v\frat ol
ypr]fj.evoi fioi (rvvSixdv, GpatruXXoy Kai ol aXXoi.
PLATO, Theaet. 142 A : lipri, 2> Tep^t'coi/, f) Trd\ai e' dypov (SC. ^K(is) ;
XEN. An. 7, 7, 57 : (pai/ep6? %i> oinafte (SC. (VVai?) Trapaa-Ke^a^o/ifi/os-. Hell.
2, 3, 2OI KeXeiicrai'rfs eVi ra OTrXa (SC. teVat?)
AR. Nub. 690: Stvpo Se{)p', 'A.p.vvia. Vesp. 142 : <rv Se r^ 6vpa Trpoa-Ketcro.
ravr', 2) fieVTrora (cf. PLATO, Cratyl. 440 E : ravr farai, a> 2<i)KpaTes). Vesp.
982: es Kopaxas. cos OVK dyadov fern TO po(peiv (cf. Ach. 864: TTCIV' es Kopa-
Kas. Nub. 133 : /3uXX' fs KupaKas. Plut. 604: tpp' ('s Kopaxas). Thesm. 241 :
v8u>p v8u>p (sc. (pepfTf?), 5) ye troves. Ran. I2/9 : f 'S T O ftaXavfloit (SC. ievcu ?)
/SouXojuxu. Plut. 526: es Kf<pa\j}i> croi (cf. Ach. 833: no\vTrpayp.o(rvvr) vvv ts
K((pa\rjv TpuTToir' e'/iot. DEM. 18, 290: a croi Kai rols crols ol deol Tpt^fiav ds
Kf(pa\Tjv).
CONCORD
TllK THREE CONCORDS. There are three great concords
in Greek :
1. The agreement of the predicate with the subject (88-136).
2. The agreement of the attributive or the appositive with the sub-
stantive (see Index).
3. The agreement of the relative with the antecedent (see Index).
Agreement of the Predicate with the Subject
88. THE VERBAL PREDICATE. The verbal predicate agrees
with its subject in number and person.
rovro "ya.p av/Tov f-yta Trpoxipa\dp.T)v Kai irepl TOVTOV TT)V vj/fj^ov oitrtTe vvv
vfxeis, DEM. 21, 28; This is ivliy I presented him (this is the gist of my
charge against him), and tJiis is the point about which you arc non> to cast
your -votes. TI iroiotieriv ol vo^ioi; DEM. 21, 30; IV/iat do the laws do?
raj (itv otiv a 8 1 X 4> o> ax/Tui, & irep iytvtcrd-r\v, ap.<|>(i> airaiSe TXVTT]o-aTT)v,
ISAE. 6, 6; He had both Jiis brothers to die childless. IT', <L ^(yia-rr\<i ITaX-
XcLSos KaXovfxevai | iracruv 'AOTJvat TifiiioTa-nr) iroXis, S()PH. (). C. 107-8.
For the use of a verb of the First Person Plural with a subject of the
First Person Dual, see 105.
89. THE ADJECTIVE PREDICATE. The adjective predicate
agrees with its subject in number, gender, and case.
* v XP 1 lH- aTa KTt|Ta, 86a Si XP T )F L * TWV ^ K wvr]T i q, Isoo. 2, 32.
rjv PXri(rTTj (SC. T| ifirj Y"*^)' L.YS. I, J. iyia 8e . . . (xeo-TOS rjv vnro\j/ioS,
COXCORD 45
Ibid. 17. al ScvrcpaC irws ^povriScs <ro<t>wTcpai, EUR. Hipp. 436 ^ 84 ).
i, SOPH. Ph. 906 (Neoptolcmos speaks).
go. CONCORD WHEN THE SUBJECT is AN INFINITIVE OR
A SENTENCE, OR THE VERB is IMPERSONAL. When the sub-
ject is an infinitive or a sentence (77), or the verb is impersonal
(76), the predicate adjective (including verbals in -re'ov) is regu-
larly in the neuter singular.
OXOVO-QI / o|iov, AR. Eq. 624; 'Tis worth the while to lend an car.
4>avep6v rjv Sri oviScv Seivbv lyiyovti irepi TT)V iroXiv, LYCL'Rr.. 21 ; // 't'lis ti'i-
dent that no calamity had befallen the city. Sciv&v . . . cl paxovp.e6a, AR.
Vesp. 426 ; It's dreadful if we've got to fight, epdjxevos ct irov tlStuV TI x">piov
. . . evOa ov irpoo-pariv 0ava.ro>, XEN. Apol. 23 (86). |3a6 icrre'o v rap" ^<rriv
cU ayopav (J.oi, AR. Eccl. Jl I.
LVCURG. 3. Ibid. 21 (see above).
LvS. 12, 36: Sfii'Of ft rot'f . . . (rrpanjyovs . . . tfafJUOHraTt. 1 8, 15. 34
II : dfivov yap av fT^, 2> 'A., el . . . OVK ovv alcr^^nv ( I . . . ;
AND. 1,8: apa Se TTffH trt'ivTuiv flrf(\v d8vva.Tov.
ANT. I, 26: TTCO? ovv ravrrjv (\fe~tv *i%iav t unv ;
PLATO, Crito, 53 C : &pa "ti6v croi f)v forai; Theaet. 187 E: K.[>(~ITTOV
yap ITOV cr/j-iKpov tv t] rro\v pi] tKavuts TTfpavm.
XF.N. Apol. 23 (see above). Mem. i, 7, 2 (76).
AK. Lys. 292. 293. Ran. 652. 656. 658. Eccl. 71 1 (see above). 875-6:
@a8i(rT(ov | 6p.6<r' f'crri 8fmvtj(rovTa KOV pe\\rjT(ov.
EUR. Ale. 1078: jjqov napaivfiv ij Truduvra KupTtpiiv. Tr. 47-- 637 TOV
f]v df \vtrpo)S Kpei(T(ruv (<TTI KarQavtiv. 1225.
PlND. P. 4. 2 7 2 : paftiov ptv yiip iru\iv (Tt'icrai.
SOLON, 7 (pyfJ^acriv V /leydXots 1 TTIKTIV dSetj/ x<i\( TTOV.
MlMNERM. 2, IO: avriKa Ttdvupfvui ftt\riov *] floras.
HOM. Od. 5, 359: odi fioi (pdro (f>vtfj.oi> twin (37).
II. 2, 298. 5, 253: ov yap pui ytvvalov ii\v(TKi'invTi fjLt'i^fcrdai.
For the use of the neuter plural instead of the singular, see 37.
91. AGREEMENT OF THE PREDICATE WITH THE SUMECT
OF THE LEADING VERB. When the subject of the infinitive
is the same as the subject of the leading verb, the subject of
the infinitive is commonly suppressed. In that case the sub-
stantive or adjective predicate of a copulative verb, or the pred-
icate attributes of any verb, agree with the subject of the lead-
ing verb.
iroXu av OVTTJS (laXXov c-yw iroXtTTjs 8t{ai(iT)v lvai f\ irt'puv iroXtwv, A.NDOC.
46 GREEK SYNTAX
I, 5; Far rather would I be a citizen of her (my country) than of other
states. 18 wv 8e ravr" t$t\ e-rrl Aavpiov Ic'vai, Ibid. 39 ; He said that when he
had seen (all) this he went on to Laurion. aiov|xcv ^XcvOcpoi elvai, XEN.
Cyr. S, 1,4; IV e claim to be free.
For further e.xx., see Infinitive.
92. On the use of the Predicate Vocative for the Nominative, see 25.
93. AGREEMENT OF THE SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATE. The
substantive predicate agrees with its subject in case.
TWV -yap opfJpwv Kal TOJV avxH-wv ... 6 Zeus Tafias eoriv, ISOC. II, 13 ; ZcilS
is Hie dispenser of showers and droughts. eirel OVTOI -ye <{>avtpd itrn . . .
8ia<(>0opa TWV ervYyi-yvofAe'vuv, PLATO, Meno, 91 C; Since these fellows are a
manifest ruin of those who go witJi them.
Isoc. ii, 13 (see above).
PLATO, Hipp. Mai. 284 C : vapov 8e Xeytis, o> '\irnia, /SXa/S^i/ TniXfcos- flvai
?; <!>(j>t\(iav ; Meno, 91 C (see above).
Hl)T. 2. 38 : acri^avrov 8e Stxravrt Ouvarns f) r]fJ.ir) fTTlKffrat.
PlND. P. I, 88: TroXXcoi/ rapids errat.
94. On the use of the Predicate Nominative, etc., where the Latin uses
the Dative of the Object For Which, see under the Dative.
95. For the Substantive Predicate agreeing with the Subject of the
Leading Verb, see 91.
96. SUBSTANTIVA MoDiUA. Siibstantiva mobilia are treat-
ed as adjectives and follow the number and gender of the
subject.
rf,s 'A4>po8i-rr]s . . . Sepdircov ytyovtv 6 "Epo>s, PLATO, Conv. 203 C ; Rros
IS the UtCin-serVcint (valcf) of Jlpltrodite. ou ya.p eerriv ev yivti troi T) avdpuiros,
ov8e CepaTraiva, DE.M. [47], 7 i 'I' he wench is cf no kin to you, not ei'cn a
maid (-servant).
DKM. [47], 70 (see above).
PLATO, Conv. 203 C (see above). Politic. 301 B: fia<ri\fa (sc. avrnv)
Ka\oifj.(i>. I itn. 22 D I iin'iv fi o NflXoy . . . <TU>TI'II>. }
Xl-.X. Cyr. 1 , 4, 9 : cri* yup viv yt tjp.o>v tuiKas ft(i(ri\evs (ivai.
Hn I. I, 7: "\yi>u>v . . . ft a <r t\ ( V s (yfvfTo 2(i/>fit'a)i/, Agron became King
of Saratx. I, 205 : TJV fti . . . yw!) TWV Mtto'O'ayfTftav /3acri'Xeia.
Ak. Ran. 1127 : frwr//^ 1 -ytj/ou fji<n (To Hermes).
1 It must be noted, however, that the inflection is capricious anil awriip is found
for otiirti(>a.
NEUTER PLUKALS 47
General Exceptions
97. NEUTER PLURAL WITH SINV.ULAR VERB. The neuter
plural is treated as a collective, and takes a singular verb.
8iapira<r0rj<rTai. ra xpTH iaTa > HEM. 8, 54 ; Our money (treasury} will be pil-
laged. TJ<HH) TO. ficipaKia, PLATO, Kiv. 134 H; The lads were delighted. TO
KvviSia . . . Kvpiardv K<LI aXXa iroXXd fia.v6d.vci, XEN. Oec. 13. 8; J^oodlfS learn
to turn a somersault, etc.
DEM. 8, 54 (see above). [59], 58 : mCr' * o-ro) IfHv rfn^ta.
ANT. 5- - ' <rvi>(TT\fi fit ra Tf av8pdno8a.
PLATO, Crat. 402 A: iruvra x <a ^ (i Kai ov&iv p.(vn. Riv. 134 B (see
above).
XEN. Oec. 13, 8 (see above).
THUC. 6, 32, I : tlT(lfjf) . . . ((TfKflTO iravrn.
HDT. 7. 9- y) ^ K es To\.rro dpacrtos dvrjKfi TII 'EXXrii/oiv irprjypaTa. Ibid. :
aifo TTftprjs iravra ai/QpunroKTi (fotXfti yivfirdat.
AR. N. 39-40 : TO 8( XP* a I f ' s T 'l" K((f)ii\f)v uiravra rfjv atjv Tpitytrai,
\ esp. 8l8: ra 8 (7XX' aptfTKfi fj.oi.
EUK. Heracl. 838: yv 5 f>vo KfXf vor/iara. Ibid. 1004: rotavra fipwvTi
rap (yiyvfT iicr(f)a\T].
SOPH. Ph. 113' atpd T<i roa rnvra TI^V Tpoiav fuova,
AESCHVL. Pers. 418-9: innov-o fit' | (TK<i(f)Tj vtiav.
PlN I). O. I, 7J-8'. (pt\ta fjtapa HvTrpias liy' ft TI, Iloo-f ifiaoi/, t'f X"P lv I
rt XX t r a i.
THEOGN. 171-2: o? rot nrtp 6((i)v I yiverat dvQpuinois ovr' ayud ofrt
KCIKU.
HOMER. In Homer, neuter plurals are found sometimes with the
singular, sometimes with the plural. There is a long list of neuter plurals'
that are construed only with a singular verb; other words, such as mivru,
rairra, apfiara, fiou/xmi, etc., occur with both singular and plural verbs, and a
few are used exclusively with the plural.
Examples of the neuter plural with a singular verb are: Od. 4, 703:
TTJS fi" uvTiiv \vn> yovvaTa. 5- -97 : *"' rdr" 'OSvcrarr/os \vr<i y<>vvnr<i.
11. 10,252: ttarpa fit fif) TT po/lf ,!>]*( . 24.420: criv 8' (\Ktu nuvra /it-
fJLVKf V.
98. This construction is ascribed to the form, for some of the neuter
plurals seem to have been originally collective singulars.
1 Sec Yo^rin/., (ir:nn clcs hum. iJialcktcs, pp. ^nS-<j. and compare Monro,
Ilomtiic (.jramiuar-, ^ 172.
48 GREEK SYXTAX
gg. ADJECTIVE PREDICATE OF NEUTER PLURAL SUBJECT.
The adjective predicate of the neuter plural subject is, of
course, plural.
ravr' eo-rlv aXtjOrj, DEM. 2, 19 ; That is true.
100. NEUTER DUAL SUBJECT. The neuter dual is found with the
dual, the plural, and the singular.
oo-o-e \V. dual: HOM. Od. 4, [662]. II. I, 104: oo-o-e &<F oi Trvpl \ap.7ff-
rdovri (iKrrjv. 17, 679-80.
oo-cre \v. plural : HOM. II. I, 2OO: 6Vii/o> 6V oi ocro-e (pdavdtv. 19, 16-7.
oo-o-e \v. sing. : HOM. Od. 6, 131-2 : tv 6V oi 6Vo-e | Sat'erai. II. 12, 466.
23-477-
101. ACCUSATIVE ABSOLUTE IN PLURAL ACCOMPANIED BY A PARTI-
CIPIAL PREDICATE IN THE SINGULAR. In the accusative absolute, the
participial predicate sometimes follows the analogy of the verbal predi-
cate. See Participial Accusative.
102. NEUTER PLURAL WITH A PLURAL VERB. When the
neuter is merely a formal neuter, the plural verb may be used.
So also when variety is emphasized (distributive plural). In
older poetry, this occurs frequently when the plural form of the
verb would be more convenient than the singular, yet not with-
out a tinge of personification or a suspicion of dualism. In the
mechanical syntax of later Greek the neuter plural with the
verb plural becomes common.
OV (1T)V TO. fiClpOLKla . . . TT)V OLXJTTJV efiOl yVa>p.T)V <TXV, dXX" <(1 flV llTTJVC-
aav . . . etceivov 8e KO.TC <}>p6 VTJO-OV, Isoc. 12, 229; True, the lads did not take
the same view with me, but (for all that) they applauded me and despised
him.
ISOC. 12,229: ov p.tjv ra fifipaKia ra rrdo-i Trapay (y e vrj^f va roilroi? rr\v
avTrjV ffiol yvu>^j.rfv eV^ec, <]XX' e/xe fj.tv fTTyv(o~av (os di(i\eyfj.fiiov re v(apa>Tfpa>s
dXXa 8irj p.apTr] K(>T s dfj.<por( i>o)i> i')[j.(/i>v.
ANT. 5, 34: ovofTtpa w<f)(\rj(T(iv, Neither d(d any good (SC. rdXr^r} . . . ra
tyfvor)); but Blass follows Reiske and the Zurich editors in reading wfaXr)-
PLATO, Lach. 180 E : ra yap fifipaKia raftf npbs (IXXj/Xour OIKOI SiaXeyd-
fjifvot da/j-u ( TT ip.( HIT) vrui 2a>Kprour Ktil a(j)o?>pa tiraivoiiffiv, These lads,
while conversing with each other at home, often make mention of Socrates,
and praise him highly. Legg. 856 D-E : ru>v oe Xa^d^rwv ra oj/o/xara eir
DUAL A\D PLURAL 49
wfi<t>QvT<av, Let the names of those who dre^u the lot be sent to
Delphi.
XEN. Cyr. 2, 3-9' &<nftp yt xai JvTXXa fwa (nlfTTavrai Tiva p-d^rjv tK.ii-
ora . . . Kai $vXarre<r$ai y', (<f>tj, linavra raCra iirivravrai. 5, I, 14: r<i
(i.O)((h)pd aVOpUimn TfllCTUtV (Hfllll TU>1> tTTldvplQiV dlCpaTT) f (T T (, KtltTtlTll (pu>TH
aiTiiavTat, The wretched mass of humanity is powerless o~<>er all its desires,
and then they (the individuals) blame love. Hell. I, I, 23: irapu 8i 'ITTTTOK^CI-
rovs . . . fls \aK(8aip.Qva ypdp.ij.aTn Tr(p.<pdii>ra (d\tt>(rav (is '\6!]vay.
THUG. 3, 82, 8 : ra 8t p. to- a rutv TroXirwi/ . . . 8ij>dtipovro, The neutral
party of the citizens (in the state) were exposed to ruin. 5, 75. 2 : Ktipveui
. . . trvy\uvov wra, The Karneia happened to be holding, but HOT. 7, 206:
Kdpvtia ydp (r(pi rjv ('p,Tro8u>i>. 6, 13. I ' fTTtdvp-ia p.fi> tAji^toru Karopduvv-
rai, TTpovoia fie TrXt'uTTa.
Hl)T. 4. 149 ro 'O" 1 ^< <V '".V ^uX/; TavTTj dvftpdm ov yap vTTf p,f ivav TO. TfKva,
i$pv<ravro . . . Ipw K.HI p.fra TOVTO vnf p.e ivav.
AR. Ach. 805-809: fWyAcurco TIS fvSodfv TU>V lir^d^tav | rots xoiplft'iouriv.
3pa Tpa>ovrai; ftafiai, \ owv po6idovcr , a> TroXvn'/i^' '\\pdx\f (9. | 7Tt>f>>nrii
TO. xoipi' ; a)f Tpayo"auj (paivtrai. (note sing.)- | <XX" OVTI irdtray (care'rpuyoi/
riis i<T)(dbas. |
Pi XL). O. 2, 92. 8, 12. 10 (II), 85. P. I, 13. 4, 121 : fc fi' />' tjL-roO
7ro/i0(!X vav ftaKpva yr)pa\f<i)v y\((piip(i)i>. f), 88 : ra (sc. u(5<jr) i/> dp(\ffavTO
Kal 'l<f)iK\ia, Which waters reared Ju'in an<f Iphikles.
HUM. See remark on HOMKR, 97. ()<1. 4, .132: \i>vo-a> 8 % tm. ^ft'Xca
KfKpdavro. Ibid. ^.lJ-8'. o(T(T fnt ymav | fpTrfTa yiyvoirnt. 437- Tfdvrn
8' f<rav (sc. TCI 8(pp.aTa) vfdSapTii.
II. 7. IO2: VIKTJS TTfipaT' fftnvTai v ddnvuTttim fl(olcrii>. Tilt' cords (lit.
= rope-ends) of victory are in the holding of the immortal gods. (Else-
where in Homer irftpara takes a singular verb.) Ibid. 16,403-4* oc 5' "ipa
\(ipu>v | fjvia Ti'i\6ria-a.v, The reins leaped Xlike a pair of living things).
103. NKUTKR PLURAL SUBJKCT WITH A DUAL VKRU. The neuter
plural subject may take a dual verb when the subject comprises but two.
PLATO, Tim. 56 I*. ' 8vo nvpof (rw/xara ds (v ^vvivTatrdov twos dipos,
Two corpuscles of fire combine into one figure of air. Compare ibid. 56
D-E (124), where ytvoia-drjv is due to the neuter plural predicate 8vo o-oyuiru.
104. The singular, however, is the rule :
AF.SCHIN. I, Il6: fit'o 8t p.m TJjt Karrjyopids eifir; \t\tilTTat, Tu'O heads
of the accusation are left me / ha~>e two heads of the accusation left.
On the use of the Neuter Plural Adjective Predicate for the Singular,
see 37.
105. Dl'AL Sl'HJKCT WITH Pi. URAL VKKH. - -Wlim the sub-
ject is of the dual number, but of the first person, the verb is
4
50 GREEK' SYNTAX
regularly of the plural number, for in the first person the dual
and the plural forms of the verb coincide, the dual in -p,edov oc-
curring but thrice in classic Greek, and being even then ques-
tioned by some scholars.
eireSuKcuraaeSa <ip.(J>co, AND. I, I2o; IJ'e laid our claims (to the heiresses),
botJl of Its. vu KarafJavTe els TO Nvpi^wv vafia . . . T|KOijcra(Xv Xdyajv, 01 KT|.,
PLATO, Phaedr. 278 B ; \Ve both went down to the fount of the Nymphs and
heard utterances, which etc.
AN DOC. i, 1 20 (see above).
PLATO, Phaedr. 278 B (see above).
106. When the dual subject is of the second or of the third person, the
verb is occasionally in the plural.
Si(r<ru yap a<TTep' lirirncois tin. vyois | o-raOevr' cKpuvj/av app.a Xvvaiiu ve'4>ei,
EUR Heracl. 854-5; Twain stars atop the horses yokes did perch | and
hid the chariot with a murky cloud.
PLATO, Phaedr. 256 C: </Xw /j.fv ovv KM rovrw . . . XX//Aoty Sui re TOU
fpa>Tos Kai eo> yeiiofifvo) Stay overt.
AR. Ach. 1 216-7 : fp-ov 8e ye cr<pa> , . . <1p.(f)<a . . . \ 7rpoo-Xd;3f <r$', u> (/)i'Xai.
EUR. Heracl. 854-5 (sec above). Or. 1415: ,3Aoj/ e,iaXoi/ . . . <7/u</>o>.
Cf. Plioen. !4-3~4 : yciiav 8' oSu^ eXovrcs aXXi/Xcoi/ TTf'Xn? | irinTovfriv <"^i0a)
KOV Stcbptorij/ Kpdros. Ibid. I454 : /i0co 8' a^i f^fTrvevcrav ud\iov ftiov,
Both at once breathed fort /i a luretched life.
SoPH. Allt. 55~7 : TplTOV 8' ddfX(^>a> 8110 p.tav Kaff f]fj.('pav \ avTOKTovovvrf
rto Tn\anru> t >fj) popov \ KCIIVOV Kareip y acravr firaXXi/Xoiv \poiv, slnd third (l)o(Ji)
our twain brethren in one dav self-murdering the ill-fated pair wrought
out a common doom with mutual /lands.
HKS. Sc. 2j3~4 e77 ' & & V 'J (TL 8pi'iKovrf | 8oiw dirri(ii)pfvvT(p).
HOM. Od. 4- 2O-2 : TOJ 5' aur' fv Trpodi/poKTi Si!/xa>i/ . . . <TTI]<T<IV.
II. I, j2I : 7 U> 01 f(TUV Kl'jpVKf Kill orprjpiO BfjtilTVOVTf. I 6, 2l8l $u' (IVf^f
0a>pr)<r<rovTo, Tlic tioo i/it'/i 'ifan to <Ion their corselets.
107. THK DUAL Sunji-:cT wrru A PLURAL PARTICIPIAL ATTRIBUTK
(SEMI- PR HO i CATION).
Pl.ATO, Euthyd. 273 O: (yf\(icn'iTriv ovv <"p.<j)u> /3Xe'\^ai/T6f fls XX'/Xovy,
Then they laughed, both of them, looking at one another. Compare Phaedr.
259 A : fi ouv i8ottv Kill via KadaTTff) TOVS TToXXoirf tv fjifCTijfj.i'ipia fj.i] StaXfyo^tf-
i/ovs, aXXa v vrrr ti(<> vra y.
108. DUAL GKNMTIVK ABSOLUTK wirn PLURAL PARTICIIM.K.
Dl-'.M. 24, ()'. 8iKa(TTTj piolv buti'iv . . . ( \l/i](f)icr p.e V iav. [ 5). - fTrire-
Tpirj pd p%r) [j.( vo) v r/tii) p.(il ftvoiv p.rjvoiv.
Di'AL A.\D Pl.l'KAL 51
109. DUAL SUBJECT AND PLUUAI. PREDICATE ADJECTIVE.
ISOC. I 2, 1 56 : (t ytip Tit (JMiirj ro> mtXfi Toi'rci) TT\( icrruv ay<ifltav airiat
y(y(v>l<rdat, If any one should say that both these cities h,i-,-e been thf authors
of many blessings. (The dual in -<i does not occur in the orators, and is
rare elsewhere ').
no. Dr.\i. YKKI; WITH PLI/UAI. STUJKCT. The dual verb
is used with the plural subject only when the dual notion is ex-
pressed or in some way suggested. Of the Attic orators only
ANTIPIION, AXDOCTDKS, LVSIAS, ISOCKATKS, and ISAKUS use
dual forms of the finite verb."
^| fjs aviTui Iyiyvt(r9i\v -ultis 8vo, ISA].. 8. 7 ; Of wit o in there were born
Jo him by whom lie had issue two sons.
ISAF.. 8, 7 (see above).
LVS. I 3- 37 ^ l ' ^* TpdlT(ai (v TO) TTf)o(rflfi> rwv TpiiixoiTti fKficrdrjv, Tu<O
tables had been placed (stood) in front of t lie Tkirtv.
PLATO, Kpb. 478 A-B: intp . . . Swards . . . /^0(ir</)(ji fcrrov.
HOM. 11.4, 27: KafjLfTijv 8f poi I-mrui. 9. 198: 01 (Aias and Odysseus)
fioi <TKvontv(p 7t(f) 'A\aiu>v (pi\raToi fcrrov. 23, 392-3. 417-8 ^446-7.
in. Even here tlic plural is the rule.
Kai ras tl<r4>opos tl<rtvnv6\a.(ri.v dp-^ortpoi iratras, ISAF.. 6, 60. 8va
Tpoiroi T -uy^oivovcri v ovrts, Isoc. 7.46; (// so happens that) there are t'i'o
metliods. Xoiirol 8uo prives r\ <rav, ANT. 6, 42 ; Two months were left .
DEM. 23, 75" 7r "'" / *'O"t npiiyfj.(i(Ti . . ftvo irpoffdrJKat. 142 ' tv ft!) An/x-
\^UKU> rivif "iv&punroi yiyvovTiu 8vo. I So: fjSiicrjvTO . . . ol $\io riav ftaa'i\iii>v,
ISAE. 2, 19: fivo yap (icriv nvrr/. 6, 60 (See above).
Isoc. 7, 46 (see above).
ANT. 6, 42 (see above).
112. The Plural Verb is found with a Participle in the Dual
Kai 8 lair paap.c'v u> TO Xoiirov TJ8t) xp*' >v " ral I 1 ** 1 ai ' IT Tl> OTravia 8, I'l.A I'O.
Phaedr. 256 C ; .///</ ha''in^' effected their i/e^/re, t/ie\ continue /<> enjov it.
but only rarely.
PLATO, Phaedr. 256 C (see above). Riv. 132 15: KH\ ('y^Xurtiv nvas
(p.lfJ.(IVl>T(> TOll/ XfptHlf f TT IK\ iVOVTf Kill /1<J\' ( (T TT II V <*> (J K n T ( .
EUK. Mod. 969 ff. : XX' <L rimi" , dcrt\BavTt. . . 'net TI i'tr' t ^atrtltT fft.
Phoen. 1404 It.: ipvaaavrt . T/KOJ/, eru/i/yaXocr* ft . . <ip<}>t,Juvr'
1 See Keck, lUn-r ili-n Ounl l>ei den C'.rieclnsclicn Rednern. Wur/lmr^. inS2, |> 14.
'For entire subject, --cc Ihissc, I )er Dualis iin Atti-i-la-n, I.cip/i^. iS(^
52 GREEK SYNTAX
HOM. II. 5, 487-8: /it) Trcoy, OK atyicn Xi'j/ou oXoi/rf Travaypov, | dvSpdcri 8v(r-
fj,fi>ff(r(rii> fXo>p Kai Kvpp.a ytvijcr^f. 1 6, 37 " 1 foXXoi 8 eV ra0po> e'pixrap^iures
wKffs ITTTTOI I tii-avr' tv 7rpa)T&> pvp.a> \iirov app-ar' avaKTcav.
113. The Dual verb occurs with a complementary plural predicate par-
ticiple.
KvicXovs -yovv -yp<i<j>ovTs ! 4>aiv'<r0T] v, PLATO, Riv. 132 A-B ; They were
seen to be drawing circles.
114. Of course the use of a Dual Predicate with a verb in
the First Person Plural is not a violation of the rules of con-
cord. See above 105.
icr|icv 8e (Aovw ev pT||Jua, PLATO, Phaedr. 236 C; We are alone (just
you and I ) all alone.
115. Transition from a dual verb to a plural verb, or vice
versa, takes place even within the limits of the same sentence.
f.-^i\ [xav ... Svo ovre MeSovnaSa . . . Kal |VV(J)KITTJV, LYS. fr. 4 (Scheibe).
Kai ore iraiSia TJO-TTJV Kal evOtis -y ev H LVOt TJTT ierTaerOe ; PLATO, Euthyd. 294 E.
iirirovs 8" 'ArpeiSao Kix<iveT, fJ-TjSe Xi-irrjcrOov, IIOM. II. 23, 407.
n6. DUAL NUMBER. The dual number carries with it the notion of
a pair, natural or artificial, and emphasizes the notion " both " rather than
the notion "two." It goes back to the beginnings of Greek speech, but is
not found to any great extent except in the language of the epos and in
Attic. It is a stranger to Asiatic Aeolic, is absent from Herodotus, and
even in Attic dies out towards the end of the fourth century, by which
time it had become more or less literary and studied, as is shown by
Plato's usage. The dual declines from Aristotle to Diodorus, and rises
again after Christ, but it is limited to a few familiar nouns, and of dual
verbs there is but a trace. See A. J. P. xiv (1893), 521.
117. PLURAL SUUJIXT AND SINGULAR VKRB. As the sin-
gular is the generic, and the plural the specific, a plural subject
following a singular verb may be regarded as an afterthought.
In Greek the oblique cases of rrtv ot are common, but ea-nv ol
itself is very rare, clalv 01 being regularly used instead.
CIKCOV 8' tariv o&s -yu> ^iraivu KCU 4>iXu>, PLATO. Prot. 346 E ; There be those
whom there are some whom I praise and love against my will.
PLATO, Prot. 346 E : ?<TTIV ovs (see above).
XKN. An. i, 5, 7 : TJV . . . ous. Cyr. 2, 3, 18 : torn/ <>t. Hell. 3, i, 7 : yv 8f
SXHMA IllNAAPIKON 53
as. Mem. I, 4> - ' toriv ov&Tivas ; Ibid. 2, 3, 6 : f) f<mv <ils KOI iriivv dptami ;
Vect. 3, II : e<m d as ... TruXm.
THUG. 3. 9-- 5 "'Xqi' '^u>v<av na\ '\xaitov KH\ fcrnv uiv u\\<i>i> fdviav. Except
lonians and Achaeans and other tribes that be. 5, 25, 2 : f<mv tv olt.
118. Sx^F 1 * ITivSapiKov. Outside of these phrases, the construc-
tion is commonly called theo-^/y/ia lliv&apocuv, or Pindaric Figure,
though the name is hardly justified by Pindar's usage. When
the verb precedes, the genuine examples are to be explained on
the principle given above, but many of the examples cited are
to be accounted for on other grounds, and in many the reading
is doubtful. 1
TJ v 8t roO SaveicrpiaTos TCTTapaxovra (lev icai TTC'VTC [p. vat] Jjiai, TaXavrov 5'
EVK'PYOV, DKM. 37, 4; In the loan there was forty-five minae of mine and a
talent of Energies' s.
DEM. 37, 4 (see above).
AND. i, 145: ytyfvrjTai (?) (vid. Blass 7 ud loc.).
PLATO, CoilV. 188 B: ird^vai Kal x<.i\aai K.OI e'pvcrijSai . . . ytyvtrai
(all MSS.). Gorg. 500 D : d tan TOVTU dtrrta TO> ftiw. If the existence of
these two different lives is accepted ; but see B. L. G. on FIND. (). II (10),
6. Legg. 732 E, fa-TL agrees with pred. (124). Rpb. 463 A : rt ovv ; (<m
fjitv irov KOI (i> rais XX(its iro\f(riv ap^ovTes T( KU\ ^fy/zos 1 , eort 6t (ccii iv (lirrj ;
There is such a thing as, etc.? Theaet. 173 D, anacoluthon.
THUC. 2, 3, 3, apagai is not the subject of tV <iiri Tfi'^ouj i] 4. 26. 5 :
atrtov 8t Tjv ol \aKt8aifi6vioi npofinuvrts. Here the sing, is due to attrac-
tion of predicate (see 124 and 126). 8, 9, 3 (see 124 and 126).
H D T. I, 26 : (cm 8f . . . (Trra (TTtibioi. 7- 34 f"" 1 " 1 St f'rrra (TTiifttoi f
uSou V rrji> inravriov. It is SfiVft stadia from Abvdos to the opposite shore.
AR. Vesp. 58 ff. : i')iJUi> ytif) OVK tar* ovrt Kiipv' IK (feopftiSos | 8oi>\<a ftuippt-
rols 6f<op.cvws, KT(. I-'or we have no such tiling as a brace of servant 's.
etc.
EUR. Bacch. 1350: alai, fifftoKrai, irf)('(T$v, rXr/^oi/fj (ftvyni. It is decreed
decreed is bitter exile. Hel. 1358-61 : M 'y (I Tot ftvv<'T<u I'f^pwv | irannoi-
KL\<>L <TTo\i8ts | Kiffvov Tf (TT(<f>6f urn ^Xod [ viipdijKiis tit lff>i>vf, 1 here ts great
virtue in, etc.
FIND. See Gildcrslee\ r e, Pindar Ixxxviii, and note on (). 1 1 (10), 6.
HOM. II. 17. 3^5 Sf]C|. ; Kllp.llTO) fif C(U lftf>tlt V(i)\ffMff (ltd I yot''(IT(J Tf KvfjfJ.ai
Tf 7T(ISf9 6 VITtVfpdfV (KUCTTOV | ^ f I f) (' S T' O<f)da\fl,oi Tf TTU X <l (T (T ( TO ^ttlpVll-
fjifvoKTiv. (The emphatic position of yuvvura keeps it before the mind, and
rt is treated as cum would be in Latin.)
1 Compare 13. L. (i., I'imlar Ixxxviii, and K. S. Ilayilun, A. J. 1'. xi (idyo),
182-192.
54 GREEK SYNTAX
Special Exceptions
ng. The natural relation may be preferred to the artificial,
the nearer to the more remote. Hence:
120. NOUNS OF MULTITUDE. Nouns of multitude often
take the verb in the plural.
fiepos ... TI ... dvOptiiruv . < . oi>\ t^yovvra.i Ocovs, PLATO, Legg. 948 C;
A portion of mankind do not belie?>e in gods.
PLATO, Legg. 948 C (see above).
XK\. Cyr. 2, 4- 20: TO ^tv Tr\rjdos TU>V 7recoi/ ACtti ru>v iTnrttav u>yp.(vov
avTw. Hell. 3, 3. 4 : Toiavra fie dKovcracra. r; TTO\LS . . . 'Ayi/cri'AcKW eiXoi/ro
|3ao-tXe'a.
THUG. I, 89, 3. 125, I. 4- II2 ' 3 : o fie a\\os o/ziXos Kara irdvra 6/iouos
f<rKc8avvvvTo, The rest of the multitude scattered in every direction alike.
AESCHYL. Ag. 189: eur(e) . . . ftapvvovr 'A^aitKor Xecir. Ibid. S77~9'-
Tpoiav fXovTts . . . 'Apyeuoi/ crroXoy . . . \dtpvpa . . . eVacro-aXeucrai/.
PlND. P. 2, 46 7 f< fi' tyevovTO (rrparos \ davfiamos.
HOM. II. 2, 278: a>s (f)dcrav 17 TT\rjdvs. 15. 34~5 avrap onicrcra* | 17 n\r)-
dvs eVi vrjas A^auav cnrovtovTo. Cf. IJ, 75S~7- <>$ Tf ^cip&v vt<pos ep\Tai
T] KoXoiwi/, | ovXov KfK\rjyoi>T( s, ore irpoibuxTiv IOVTU \ KipKov. 23, 156-7 :
ArpfL^rj, crol yap re ^iaXi(rr<i ye Xaos 'A^atajv | Tretcroj/rai fjivdoicri.
121. ORGANIZED NUMBER. Organized number is singular.
So S/}/*o<? of the (official) people. The conception often shifts.
6 8 rip. 05 8o~7roTT]s TJV Kai Kvpios irdvTwv, Dp.M. 3, 30 ; TJie people ivas lord
and master of all. TJ 8e POV\TJ . . . 6\ryapxio.s cireOvjxei, LYS. 13, 20; T/ie
senate craved an oligarchy.
DEM. 3, 30 (see above).
Lvs. 13, 20 (see above). 35 : o fie 8rjp.ns . . . e'^c/xVnro, et saepc.
XKN. Hell. I, 4, 12: rfp-tpa // nXu^r^pia f/ytv i] TriiXif, T/ie day on which
the city was celebrating the Plynteries. Ibid. 1,7, 3: i] ftnvXi) e fiacre. //vV/.
I, 7. '- : r " fi^ TT\i]0oy fi~it'>a oetvov fivcu tl p.f] TIS e'afrei roi/ fir)^ioi/ npaTTftv
o fiv ftovXTjriu, The multitude cried out that it wits an outrage if the com-
mons lucre not to be permitted to do what they would. (Here the Tr\r]dos
claims to be the fi^os.)
TUL'C. 3, 22, 5: TO fie o"rparo7refiov <Vt TO Tfl^os a> p p. rj cr ( v. The army
rushed to tlie wall. 3> 7- 3 ' '' \^ v S^/xos e'y TTJV OKpoTToXiv KcircKpfvyft . . .
KOI TOV 'YXXfiiV (W Xi/ie'i/a e t ^ o c, 7V/t' f>eo file flee to the citadel and they held the
Hyllaean harbor. 5- 82, 2: o fi^/^ios 1 iivadap(TT](ras iiriBtvTo (= ni rroXXot)
roly oXi'yoiy, TV/t' commonalty took heart again and they attacked the oligar-
chy. 6, 30, 2: ^uyKari i^rf fie Kut 6 a'XXor o/xtXof anas a>v ftTrfiv o tV r/y TriiXei
AGREEMENT IV SE.VSE 55
Ka\ d(rrti>i> icai (va>i>. 6, 3'. ' o $i fVot Kiii o iTXXoy o^Xor KCITM Oiav f/Kiv o>s
eVl <iioxpfo>' Kai niricrrov diovotav.
SOPH. Ant. 733. O. C. 741-2: nas at Kubpfiuv X * w 4- | K,i\ f l KtKaitat.
Tr. 194-5-
AESCHYL. Pers. 127-8: \tias (rptjvos &s tK\i\aiirrv.
PlND. N. 7, 23-4 : Tv(f)\<>i> 5" t'^f i I i/Tiip o^itXok (ivfyiLy .i rrXfiurrok-. 9. 2 i :
(f>aivofj.fvav f>' up ts arav trirevfttv opiXos iKftrdai.
HOM. ii. 2, 99: (Tirov^i) (V "tf r " X(i ( ; 4 -. 17, 723-4: <vi (V r,JY< x<i,v
oTTiirde | tyoHKiis, toy ctdoi/ro (erf. 17, "55 (I20V iS, 603-4: TroAXi'.v .V i^if^.i-
*IT(I XOpi)l> TTf pit tTTU 6 OfJLlXoS \ Tt pirdftfVOl. 23,133! pfTdftt l> f (f)l> S ("l7T t TO
122. A(;REKMF.\T i\ SKXSE <>] PAR'I'ICIIM.I-: K ADJECTIVE
WITH SUBJECT. The ,-uljcctive predicate may follo\v the nat-
ural number or gender (or both) of the subject. So especially
often the participle.
6 ... ox.Xos -^9poicr3T) irpos TO.? vav; . . . I8iv ^ovXoflcvoi TOV 'AXKipiaSrjv,
XKX. Hell. 1,4, 13; /'//< rabble titliercd is meet the s/iips. they r^v'.v/////^ t<>
set.' Alcibiades.
DKM. 21, 117: Kin TOUT f\ty' >] ^.nif>(i Km livdi^ijs avrrj Kf<p<i\i], (f\t]\v-
0U>S KTf.
AESCUIN. 3. '33- Qv/^ at TT''^ 4 ? dtrrvytinov, . . . Ttffit riav <j\u>i> oi-K I't^tlmy
/3ouXf V(T II fJLf V O I, (IXXa . . . KTT) (T II [1. ( VOL.
PLATO, Lach. iSo L: TU yii t > p.(ipa.Kia roSf TT/xW oXXr/Xouf OIACOI 8ia\f-
ydfifi/ot ^j^ifj eTrififfivr/vTai %ancp:'iTovs (see 102). Cf. I'luioclr. 239 A : <>VT( ft!)
Kp('iTTu> ovrt Itrovfievov (KU>V tpacrTrfS 7rai8tKa dv(fTai, "JTTU) 8e KU\ uTroSt-
((TTfpov (id nTTfpy.i^fTdi. //'/./. 240 A: (lyanov, arratSu, aoiKov o TI
1T\(l(TTOV \pl\VOV TTdlftlKU fpdOTTIjS tvalT Ul> ytViffdlll.
XEN. Hell. 1,4, 13 (see above).
THUG. 3, 2, I : A e (7 ,3 or rr\!]i> Mr)0v[i.vr)s aTTfOTT] (ITT' \dr)vat<av, ftnvXrjfl ii>Tft
piv . . . dvayKa(T0(i>T(s fit KT(. "J . 75- 4 : wore fiuKfiucn TTIII> ro (TTpuTtvpa
Tf\t](r6(.v Ktil diropiq Toiavrr) p!) p^i'a>9 d(papp.acrdai, Ktiintp ('K Tro\p.uit re Ktn pttfa
f) KllTU SaKpVU Til fjLfV TT( TTOV 0UTO.S rjftt), Tit ftf WfjH T&V tV iK^UVfl S<8tOTaf fll)
Trudwiri.
Al<. Vcsp. 594-5 : xiiv raj bt'ifJitp yvu>fj.>]i> iwft(\s Trcorror' f'viKT)ir(i>, fiii> pi) \ *tjr//
TO 8 I K(l ITT If f> I ' llljlfiviu TTjIUITllTTll ^.illV rt I K II IT II V T II i'.
HOM. II. 17, 755-6(120). 18,603 4 (i2i).
123. PKKIIMIK ASTIC Sui'.jKrr. In tin- case of a periphrastic subject
like TO or with the genitive plural. Ik- T//Xf/z<i^oto and the like, the verbal
predicate regularly agrees in number, and the participial or adjective pred-
icate in number and gender with the real subject which is contained in
the genitive.
56 GREEK SYXTAX
PLATO, Legg. 657 D: TO Se ru>v irpfO-ftvTfpw (=01 8e TrpfO-ftvTfpni)
f]fj.u>v, fKeivovs (SC. roiis vtovs) av 6ea>povvT(S didyeiv i)yovfj.f()a TrperrovTus,
\aipovrf s KTf. Cf. Phileb. 45 E: TO fie TU>V d<ppoi>u>i> re KIU v($pi<TTu>v (op-
posed to TOVS p.ev (ru>(j)povas) p-fXP 1 pavias ^ (r(po8pa fjfiovrj KaTf^ovo-a Trt piftoTj-
TOVS iiTTfpyd^fTai. Rpb. 563 C: TO fj.(i> yap TU>V drjpioiv . . . ocro) fXevdepa)-
Ttpd fo~Tiv evravQa i] tv uXX?;, OVK av TIS 7re/$oiro uTrtipos.
SOPH. Ph. 497~9 oXX ^ TtdvrjKfV, fj TCI ratv 8ia.Koi>a>i>, | a>s fiKos, m/jLai,
Tovp.ov (v <rp.iKp(3 fiepos \ TTOIOV /ie voi TOV otca8' ijireiyov oroXoi/, " But either
he is dead, or else, me thinks, my messengers as was likely made small ac-
count of my concerns, and hastened on their homeward voyage." Jebb.
HOM. Od. II, 901 : 77X^6 &' tTTi ^U^T) Qrifialov Teipfaiao, \ xpixreov fr/c^-
Trrpov f x a/. 16,476-7 : p.fior]o-(i> 8' IfpTj t s Trj\fj.d^oio | ('s Trarip otpdaXfjiolcriv
II. 11,690: f\6o)v yap p fKUKuxTf fiiT) 'HpciK\T)fir). Cf. 17, 755~^ (120).
124. AGREEMENT OF COPULA WITH PREDICATE. The cop-
ula (copulative verb) often agrees with the predicate. Cf. " The
wages of sin is dcatJi" This is true also when the copula is in
the form of a participle.
MuKT)vai. (AiKpov rjv, THUG, i, 10, i ; Klycenae ivas a small affair, q T
irpol^ oySoriKovTa (Aval yevijtrovrai, Dr.M. 31, 7: TJie dowry will amount
to eighty minae. vnre^e'SevTo rag 6vYa.Tpas (SC. 'ATroXXo^avouy) traiSi" OVT'
els "OXvvOov, DEM. 19, 194; (For safety's sake) they removed his daughters,
who were little children, to OlyntJius.
DK.M. 19, 194 (see above). 31, 7 (see above).
ANT. 2 y 8 : at S' flcr(popal . . . ev8aifj.ovias pei' . . . 0-rjp.flov eVrt.
PLATO, Legg. 73 2 E: ecrrt 8t] (pvo~ei dv&punrdov fj.d\io-Ta 7)onval /cat
Xi^Trai KOI firidv plat. Ibid. 735 *-' Tws yap fj.f'yio~Ta (f-rjfj.a.pT'rjKOTas, avid-
TOVS Se (JVTHS, p.fyi(TTT)v 8e ovo~av /SXd/S^v TrilXfcoy. Meno, 91 C (93)- Prot.
359 ^' fTTdftl] Tt> TJTTG) lisal ((IVTOV filpfdl] (I fJL a d I a <>VO~<1. Tim. 56 D-E : Til
8e dfpos Tfj.rjp.aTa t% (vos fj.epovs 8ia\v0fi>ros 8v' iiv yevoicrdrfv (rw/xara TTU/JOS,
Tlie divisions of air from one particle when broken up may become two cor-
puscles of fire.
THUG, i, 10, i (see above). 4, 26, 5: alnnv fie r)v nl \aKt8atfjiavioi
Trpofiirovrts, 5-4>4 : KaTaXap.ftdvova'i Km TdpiKivvias, ov epvfia fVTJ) AeoiTtVi/.
8, 9. 3 olnov S fyevfTo TIJS diroorroXrjs TU>V veu>v ol fj.tv TroXXoi TU>V \io)i> OVK
(LOOTfS Til TrplllT(Tl>fJ.(Vll KTf.
HDT. I, 93- V f L ^ v ^'1 Teptofiof TOV (TrjfiaTOS fieri irTiiftioi t KIIL ftvo
7T\('fffia. I, 163: Kin yap KIU i] irtpio8os TOV Tfi)(fos OVK oXiyot tTTaStot eio~t
KTf. 2, I 5 '. TO S OIC 7T(iXai (U Bri^at \iyV7TTOS fKaXffTO, TljS Til ITfpifltTpOV
CTTaStoi d(Ti (IKOO~I KIU tKiiTov Kiii caKt0*^t'X(ot. 2, 142: yeveal yiip Tptts dv-
8p>v fKaTuv (Ttd f'o-Ti, Three human generations are one hundred years. 3,
NEUTEK ADJECTIVE PREDICATE 57
108 : 17 &( Sfj \('aiva tbv l(r\ vpornrnv *n\ dpaavrarov aira tv TOJ 3<'<u riieTfi
tv. 6, 112: ff<rnv 8( crruftioi OI'K Acirro-ocfs TO /xerat^/iioi* aCrrwi/ *; OKTCO.
EUR. Hec. 123-4 : r O^fff i'8a 8', '"C a) 'Adrjvwv, \ bia-a-uiv pvdwv ptjropes
125. AGREEMENT OF VERB WITH API-OSITIVE. The verb
sometimes agrees with the appositivc instead of with the subject.
0TJ |3a i, -rroXis aorvyciTwv, . . . dvijpirao-Tai., AESCHIN. 3, 133 I Thebes, a
city that is our neiglibor, has been Kvept away.
AESCHIN. 3, 133 (see above).
XEN T . An. I, 8, 9- ndvrts 8" OVTOI Kara f&vrf (i> TrXatrn'o) 7rXr)pft nvftpujntav
fKCKTTOV TO (0VOS fTTOpfVfTO. CoilV. 4, 44 : Kill p.1]V Kill TO (i,d/X)rrtT()' yf KTl]p.(l
Ti)v <r^oXr)/ dfl opart poi rrapovcrav. Hell. I, 7. 5 /*fTi Tairra 8e ot (TTpart]-
yoi fipaxftos fKacrrof 7reXo-y r/trnro.
H DT. 7> IO4 '^ Tovrtui/ TCOV di'S^a)f ot 'EXXr}^a)i/ fKaarros
atos tivai.
Ho.M. II. l6, 264-5 ' ^'
126. NEUTER ADJECTIVE AS THE SUBSTANTIVE PREDI-
CATE. The neuter singular adjective is often used as the sub-
stantive predicate of a masculine or feminine subject, whether
singular or plural.
SiafBoXt] yap i<ni Seivorarov, II DT. 7, io, r; ; For calumny is a dread-
ful evil. MvK-Jjvai (iiKpbvTJv, TlIUC. I, IO. I (124).
DEM. I, 5 Kn ' (J\a)s "iirKTTov oip.ni, Tcny TToXiTfiais fj Tvpavvis. 19, 33^^
^iij Xe'y' a)f KoXo v 1 1 pf) vi), fjujft' &)f (Tvp.(pf pov.
PLATO, Oor^. 5^ K: ru^d a pa TTay/jLevoi> Kiii Kf KOIT p.rjp.( vov t<rr\v TJ
tipfrfj (KIMTTHV ; LeC(!^. 663 K: K<iX<W /^eV ; (l\i')6(i>i, a> ii>f, Ktn fjn> i> i p. <> v .
Ibid. 732 K : e'o'Tt fi; <f>vrru ilvdputiTfiov fj.(i\i<TT(i rjoova\ Kai \iiiriii KIII fmftv-
p.iai. K|)b. 368 I{ : ovKoi'i> fif'i^ttv TriiXi? fvlis dvftpuf ;
XKX. Mem. 2, 3, I : XIJ<T ip.a>Tt /)oi/ vop.iuv(ri xprjuara 7 <iftfX</><n''v. < )i'C.
12, Ij- Kfp8(l\tOV TT\V t](7Tlp.(\(l(l.
Tnt;c. I, io, I (see above). I, 138, 5: f'<Wft yap (sc. r; Au/i^uxor) TTO-
Xuo(i/(irc(roi> TWI- riiTf f(V(U. 3, 37, 3- 4- -^> 5 l 5 '^^ I2 4)- 4. ^-. - ^> 9. 3
(see 124).
HUT. 3. 108 (sec 1241. 7, io, r; (see above).
AK. PI. 203: fit X (ITI/TOC f'<r^' o TrXo r/Tov.
El/'K. Kl. 1035: p.H>p<n> p.ii> uvv yvvttiKtv. H. F, I J9- : "' (itTa($o\a\
\vnrj pi'iv. Or. 232: Kv<T<ip( trruv ni v<i<rni>i>T( v tiirnpttiv rrro. //'/</ 77- :
Sdvuv oi TroXXoj, iravuvpyovs OTHV f^unri irpu<rruTas. Suppl. 508: (T^>u\fpdv
iav 6p(i<TVf.
58 GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. O. C. 59- *> P-Mpe, 6vfj.6s 8' eV Kaxols ov i>n(popov.
PlND. fr. 1 10 Bgk. 4 : yhvxv d' dirfipouri TrdXf/xos, A sweet thing is war
to those that have not tried it.
HOM. II. 2, 204: oi'K dyadov TroX v K.O ipavirj.
So a Neuter Relative or other pronoun may have for its antecedent
a Masculine or Feminine substantive. See Relative Sentences,
127. ATTRACTION OF THE DEMONSTRATIVE BY THE PRED-
ICATE. The demonstrative pronoun is commonly attracted into
the gender of the predicate.
tKivos 8' eo-riv \YX5 f"YicrTos, Lvs. 1 6, 6; That is t/ie most cogent
proof.
LVS. 16, 6 (see above). 25, 23: vopi^ovrts KU\ T?]S noXews Tavrrjv iKavco-
TiiTrjv tivai crcoTTjpiav <a\ rwv e%dpa>v fjifyicrrrjif Tipaipiav.
PLATO, Men. Jl E: avrrj etrriv dv8pos tiperi], iKavov tii/ciL TU TTJS TTiiAecor
n-piiTTfiv KTf., T/tis is a >nnn's virtue, to be able to manage affairs of state.
XEX. Cyr. 8, 7. 24 : tl Se /x^, Kin rrapa TUIV irpoyeyevi]p.(V(ii>v p.avdaveTf avrrj
yap apian) 8i8a(TKa\La.
THUC. I, I, 2: Kivrjcris yap avrr] fjLfylcrrr) . . . fyevero.
HDT. I, I : 'HpoSdrou 'AXiKapi/^crcre'off Icrropitjs anode ^ is r;Se, This is the
setting forth of t/ie research of Herodotus.
SOPH. Ph. 1-2 : aKTi) p.fi> rj8e . . . j Aypvov.
H()M. II. 17- 33^~7 o.l8u>S p-ev vvv ij8e ... | "lXioi< els a
128. In the oblique cases:
L\'S. I, 16: Tavrrjv yap re^vr/v e'%ei (sc. TO yvvmKas 8ia<f)dfipflv), This is
his trade.
Pl.ATO. Cf. Euthyphr. 2 A : OVTOL ft!] '\0rjvaloi ye, a) Ev&v(ppov, ftiKTjv
avTT)i> KtiXoiHriv, dXXa y/jf/)?/i/, The Athenians do not call it dike but graphe.
Phaeclr. 245 E: OK TUVTTJS iwcrrjs (frvcrttos ^lsvx>jsi " ^ain haec est propria
natura aniini atque vis," Cic. Tusc. i, 23, 54.
129. DEMONSTRATIVE NOT ATTRACTED. The attraction is
sometimes pretermitted, especially in definitions in which the
pronoun is the predicate.
TOVTO eo-riv T)irp6voia, Lvs. 3, 28; This is whiit is meant l>v malice
preficnsc (Answer to the question ri f] irpovoiu ;). v-ireppoX-f) yap dSiictas
TOVTO v, DKM. 18, 1 6.
DKM. 18, 16 (see above).
LYS. 3, 28 (see above).
ANT. I, 5 6avp.(i<i> 8' . . . el vo^i^fi TOVTO ( v<rift( iui> aval, TO . . . p,f]
irpooovvui.
Tl A. VI) TI
59
PLATO, Gorg. 478 C : ov yap TO Or* ^i/ cvdat/iovta, we foiKt, icaicnv drru\-
\ayrj. Cf. Phaedr. 245 C : aXX u TOIC <7XXoir Jo- Ktvrirut TOUTO (sc. TO HITO
icirofi') rriyi} KOI apx*l Kivi)<rtt. But Cicero, Tusc. I, 23, 53, translates:
Quin etiam ceteris, quae morendir, hie /<>//*, hoc principium fst nnn>endi.
XEN. Cyr. I, 3, IO: roCr' tip' q r; i<rrjyi>pia. Cf. Mem. 3, II. 6: J TI
tiv ivravda ipirtcri), rovrta rpo(pt/ xpuvrai.
130. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ri AND T IN THE PREDICATE.
In questions distinguish between ri, the essence of ;i thing,
and TK, the classification of a thing.
TI 8 % to-riv 6 XP VO $ Kai T ^5 aviTOu T| 4>ucris . . . aSr]\ov t<rri, AKISTOT.
Phys. 4, 218 a 31-2 ; What time is and what ils nature does not appear.
ri :
DF.M.Q, l6: *ci prj^ds fiTr), rl fie rnvr' (<TT!V, *; ri rovrw p.i\(i Tt/ 7rt>\( i ;
PLATO, Crat. 398 C : 6 8<r fi) r/pcot- ri av flij; \Vhat might "hero" be?
Men. 71 D : ri <p;is dp(Tt]v tivai; Prot. 312 C : o TI 5 nnrt 6 crotpta-ri'is tort,
davfjiti^oifj.' iiv ft olcrda.
XEN. Mem. I, 2, 43 : Tavra ri ecrrt ; . . . KOI ravra i/o/zoj tori ; . . . <cui
TaOra vopos AcaXftrat.
131. r C.-
PLATO, Gortj. ^8 E : XX' ovbf\s >jpu>ra TTOUI r(y fir; 7; Vopyiov Tf'xvrj, rJXAcj
Tif cal ovnva 8ioi KoXelv rov Yopyiav. Ibid. 449 -'^ f *W* r 'i" '/ T *\ vr ] *"'
Ti'i/a Topyiav KaKt'iv %pi) tjp.as. Phaedr. 2/8 1'^ : IfroKpurr) TUV K<I\UV, oj TI
dirayyeXetr, a> 2co(cpref ; rt'j/' avruv t^r/tro/irv f ii/ai ;
132. TI INSTEAD OK riva. When the subject is a neuter plural that
may be considered as a unit, ri is regularly used instead of riva, unless the
idea of selection is to be emphasixed.
T (' .'
TI ov O~ri Tavra, a VjJitis icrr Kai ox; Trap' T)p.iliv vp.as atcovaai 5<i; Dl-'.M.
19, 217; \Vhat t/ten arc these t /lings, tilings that you yourselves kiit>:<.' and
need not hear from us ?
DEM. 19, 217 (see above).
PLATO, Phaedo, 57 A : Tt nvv fi/ t<mv iirra tinfv (i iivl/p TTj>!> roi" Ainiroi' ;
Ibid. 58 C : Tt i]v TII \( \fl('i>Tii KIH irpa')(64vrn KUI nva <>l ndf><iyfi>i>p(i><n rwt>
fTTtrrjfifiwv TW di/ftpi ; ( liest MSS. ri. Schanx and Wohlrab both read TI',
Herm. riva.)
XKV. An. 2, I, 22! f)fJLiv ravra 8oKfl antf) X(ti ,i<i<TiXn. TI i i- TIII ru urnv ;
133. ri'ru :
DEM. l8, 246; (iXXci p.i]V o)l/ y' av o pr'irojp viTflidwos ft'/, irutrai' t^i
Tf <>v mipairuvpui. riv' ouv tirri ravra : Hut i<;. ^17 (1321: TI.
60 GREEK SYNTAX
PLATO, Phaedo, IO2 A : d\\a rlva ST) rjv ra yuera Tavra \f^6(vra; But
ibid. 57 A and 58 C cited in 132 : ri
For the Attraction of the Relative with the Predicate, see Relative.
134. ATTRACTION OF THE SUPERLATIVE PREDICATE. The
superlative predicate may agree in gender with the subject
rather than with the genitive.
6 8e TJXios TOV iravTa xp vov iravrtov Xa[nr-p6TaTO9 2>v 8iap.eVi, XEN.
Mem. 4, 7, 7 ; The sun abideth forever Hie )>iost brilliant of all tilings (thing
in the world).
PLATO, Gorg. 487 E: TTCIVTOV fie /caXXta-T?; (crr\v i] cr KC tyis . . . nepl
TOVTCOV usv KTf. Tim. 2C) A.'. 6 fj.ev yap (SC. 6 Kdrr/noy) K<iXXi(rro? Ttav ytyo-
voraiv, o 8 (SC. 6 dr/fjuovpy (is) iipio"ros r<av atricoi/.
XEN. Me'm. 4, 7, 7 (see above).
HDT. 4. 85 '. TreXayecoi/ yap cnravTutv irc<f)VKf 6a>vfj.acria>TaTos (SC. 6 Tlov-
TOS). Cf. 6, 37: TTITVS fiOVVrj TTUVTUIV 8fl>$p(U>V fKKOTTflcra ^XatTTOl/ OvftfVa
fj.frii, Of all trees the pine is tJie only one that after being cut lets out no
aftershoot.
COM. 4, 231 : j/oo-coj/ xaXeTrarrarof | (pdovos, Of (all) diseases hardest to bear
is emiy.
HOM. Cf. Od. 13, 86-7 : oi>8f Ktv 'ipr] | KipKos 6papTi]<rei(i>, (XaffipoTaros
TTfTfT]V(l}l>.
135. Superlative Predicate agreeing with the Genitive :
6 8e irais irdvTuv 6i)pia>v eo~ri 8 vo-(XTax ip itrroraTO v, PLATO, Legg.
808 D ; The boy (animal) is t/ie hardest to manage of all (animals).
PLATO, Legg. 808 D (see above).
Hl)T. 5,24: KTT)p.UTO>V iraVTtoV (TT\ T I fj. I COT OT OV (ivf)p (f)l\OS, Of all pOS-
sessions most valuable is a friend.
On the Attraction of the Predicate Adjective into the Vocative, see
25-
The dramatic ^im- for e'yco of a woman is masculine. See 55.
136. IXDKFINITK SUBJECT, KKKKRKIXC; TO A WOMAN", TRKATKD AS
MASCULIXK. The masculine, as the more generic, is sometimes used of
an indefinite subject, even when the indefinite subject is known to be a
woman.
EUR. Anrlr. 7II-2: /} art'ipos <>V<TH /J.I>(TX^ <>VK uvi^fTiu | ri KTOVTH s <iX-
Xoiiy, OVK (Driver aVTT) TtKVtl.
SOPH. El. 77O-I . ftflVIW TO TIKTflV f ITTIV ' lit/fit y<lf> K<IKU><> | 7T (1 IT )( <> V T I /ilfTOS
Z>v TfKji TTj><>(Tyiyi>eTai, S/fizftift' is this tiling <>/ IteiHg a mother. \ot even
when one suffers wrong can one be brought to hate the child that one has
VOICES OF THE VERB 61
borne. Tr. 151-2 : TOT' (sc. [orax] TIS avrt irapOivov yvvrj \ itki)6ij *'., w. 148-9)
av rts tla-iSoiTo, TTJV avrov <r K <> TT d> / | irpaw, Kaico'urw ols y<u pa
FORMS OF THE VERBAL PREDICATE
Voices of the Verb
137. There are three voices in Greek Active, Middle, and
Passive.
The distinction of passive from middle is a distinction of function.
not of form. The terminations of the passive are either middle or active,
and only one comparatively late form is uniformly differentiated, the
future in -dqcropm, which is constructed on the basis of -ffqv, itself only prev-
alently passive.
Active Voice
138. The Active Voice denotes that the action proceeds from
the subject.
OWTOS eriP*' DEM. [46], 21 ; This man got married (26). TO iraiSiov ^oa,
LYS. i , ii ; The baby was bawling (26).
139. TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS. Verbs that regularly
take an object are called transitive verbs, verbs that do not regularly take
an object are called intransitive verbs. So KrfiVo>, / ////, is a transitive
verb; o-io>7r&>, / am silent, is an intransitive verb. But any verb may be
transitive or intransitive, according to its use, and the traditional dis-
tinction given is a mere matter of convenience, and does not rest on a
difference of nature.
140. As all verbs involve an inner object and may take an inner ob-
ject, it is better to confine the term transitive to verbs that take an outer
object, and when such verbs are used without an outer object, they serve
to characterize the subject. So (povtvu, I commit murder, and >*<&>, I gain
a victory, become / am a murderer ((poixvs), and / am a -victor (VIKIJTTIS).
ayet (PlND. P. 2, 17), she is a leader, she is in the van.
141. PERIPHRASES WITH yi < y v P L( u- The analysis given above is some-
times expressed. So ai/arp7ro>, I overturn, may be analyzed into avarpwtvs
yi'ypo/zat, / show myself a subverter, or avaTpmrf)v iroiovp.ni, / produce subver-
sion. The former dwells on the character of the agent, the latter on the
character of the action. Hence the solemnity of both the periphrases, in-
volving as they do moral responsibility. Compare 61 and A. J. P. xx, 1 1 1.
1 Eur. Mecl. 1018, Soph. El. 145 and 1026, are sometimes unjustly cited as
instances of this usage. In eacli of these examples a woman makes but a personal
application of a rule that applies to men as well as women.
62 GREEK SYNTAX
ISOC. 2, IJ '. p-iiXicrra fj.fi> fvptTTjs yiyvov rwv /SfXrioro)!', el 8e fir], fj.ifj.ov TCI
irapa r;>is "tXXois opdSis f^ovra. IO, 42 ' ~wf 8e Scopfcoi' dyayKacr^fis 1 ytvicrdai
Kpirijs. Ibid. 43- firt0vfJ.T)<rf Ato? ytvicrOai Kr/8f(TTi]s.
ANT. I, 2 (see 6l). I, 4 (60). 2/32: e'/ioi S fwv re civdpwos dvarpo-
TTfits TOV ot/cou eytvtTO *cre. 5' 47 : Ka ' r ^ )>/ M " Xoywv . . . rovroiKTt Kpiras
il^iuxrciTf yfvecrdai, TU>V 8e tpymv avrol diKacrral fyfvecrdf, et siin. alib.
PLA'l'O, Conv. 2l8 C : <rv ffiol So/cei?, TJV 8' fyd>, f/j.ov fpaa-rrjs "iios yeyo-
v4vai IJLUVOS. Legg. 872 C: fav 8e rts 8ov\ov Kreivj) fj.r]8iv uStKoOi/ra, (footfw fit,
P.TJ fj.i]vvTr]s (n.<T%p)v f'pycL>v Km KOKCOV IIVTOV yiyvrjTai Kre.
XEX. Ag. 10, 4 (64).
THL'C. I, 4 : fol TU>V KuKXaScoi* vi]cr<av i}p^ r? <al OIKKTTTJS Trpwroj rcoi'
TrXfttrrcoy eyf'i/fro. I, I3-- 5- p-'jvvrrjs yiyferat. I, 136, 3- 'ff^s 1 yfvii/xf roj.
3, 2, 3 (60). 5' JI > ! " frtoTijpa . . . yfyevrftrQai, Cf. 8, 48, 6: Tropioraj oi/rar
*at fo-rjyrjras T>V KUKCAV rw 8i)fj.ca. 8, 86, 4 : /ca>Xur/)y yfve<rdat, et siin. alib.
Ak. Ran. 11)2: crcorTyp yfi/oO ^01. 119!- Iva \ii] KTpxtpfls y iv o i TO TOV
Trarpos <p o v f v s.
EUR. Cf. [Rhes.] 167 : crv S' dXXu y^/nas npta/xtScoi' yafjifipos ytvov.
SOPH. Ai. 1092 (6l). O. C. 582 : <Jrav . . . (TV p.ov Tu(p(vs yevij.
AESCHVL. Ag. 224-5: erXa fi' ovv \ dvrfjp yevea-dai dvyarpos. Cho.
2 (6l). Ibid. 246: dfiapos . . . yei/ou. Sept. 130 (61).
PlND. P. 4> 274' e ' M') ^ f o ? nyffJ.ovf(T(ri Kvfifpvarfjp ytv^rai.
HOM. Od. 17, 223: ft /-cot Soirjs (TTadjj.u>v pvrfjpa yevfcrdai.
II. 1 8, IOO : e'/iifi; Se SeTjaev dpijs ii\KTr/pa yev<r6ai.
142. TRANSITIVE VERBS USED INTRANSITIVELY. Among
the active transitive verbs that are freely used intransitively and
are sometimes called immediatives may be mentioned Xaw, /
drive, and its compounds; the compounds of irj}u, I send forth;
PO.X.XU), f hit, cast, and compounds of (JdLXXw.
The following is a more complete list of the verbs belonging to this
class: aytiv and cpd. 1 , m^iv and cpd., cpd. of XX<m-f>, cpd. of uvvav, ftu\-
Xfiv and cpd., cpd. of ftiftuvat, 8ivflv, fXavvttv and cpd., eirfiyeiv, f'xfiv and cpd.,
iivtiL and cpd., dvaKaXvirrfiv, Ktvdfiv, cpd. of /cXiWtj/, cpd. of Xafirftiixiv, cpd. of
Xe.Vfif, cpd. of fjiiyvvvai, mvvBeiv, i>iKai>, vu>^.av and cpd., oitttlv, 6pp.av and cpd.,
iruvfLv, Trpi'tTTdv, <TT(\\fiv, (TTpe<pfiv and cpd., Ttivfiv and Cpd., TeXfirrdj>, <paiv(it>
and cpd., (fx'pdv and cpd., (pvtiv, ^Xv.
t-yw 8t, t^* 1 !' *'"'' TovcrSc, TJV em ere KivoivTai, eXw, X.EN. Cyr. 1 , 4. 2O ; / 7i'///
;-/(/<' u^tiiti.'if (charge) ///<*> /><<>/>/<', if t/icv undertake /<> move agednst von.
4iT|cri 8i . . . 'Axpoucria Xip.vrj s OaXacnrav 8ia 8e TTJS Qe<nrpa>Ti8os > Axp a)v
pc'wv ca^aXXci s aoTtjv, Tllt'c. I, 46, 4; The Achcrnsian lake has
1 cjxl. stands for one or more compounds.
CAUSATIVE ACTIVE fij
an outlet into the sea, while the river Acker on, flowing through Thesfirotia,
empties (itself) into the lake itself.
DEM. 19. 163: dirijpav biii TOV TroXf/zi'ov (TTpnrtv fj.aros fly Ilayafrus.
PLATO, Fhacdr. 228 K: mivf. Ibid. 229 A: irpuayf 8t]. Ibid. 229 R:
irpotiyois iiv.
XEN. Cyr. 1,4,20 (sec above). Ibid.: <> ]\vatiprjf \aftvv TV i> tppafitvuv
tTTTTO)!' T( Knl dl>ftpU>l> IT p O (T ( \ (I V V f t.
THUC. 1,46,4 (see above). 6, 60, 2 : <c0' ij^pav tVf S/fioo-ni/ p.n\\w f \
HUT. 2, 8 : ovpos <7XXo irirpivov Tfivc . . T(Tap.ivnv TOV avriiv rpuirnv KT(.
AR. Eq. 243: oixc \uTf irpus TO 8( | -',v <f'^ny ; /('/// von not ride to the
right ti'ing? N. 133: /3<XX' ts KopaKas, Get t life gone to the buzzards (a
common imprecation). Ran. 580: Trade -rrtivf TOV \uyov.
EUR. El. !233~5- ^^' oi8( ^<J^u>v Lnep aKpoTUTwv | (fraivovcri Tivrs Saipo-
vts *) 6ta>i> | TU>V ovpaviwv.
SOPH. El. 1435 : ,'/ t>Ols (TTfiyf vvv. O. R. 967-8: o fie davuv | Kfvflfi
Kara) 8!) y^f.
HES. O. Ct D. 244: p-tvvdoixri tie O!KOI. 80.449: tiXX' "tyt TrnCf p-X1 f -
HOM. Od. 7> '3 o: "7 S" (SC. Kpr]vrj) (Ttpudfv UTT' aiiXijs oiiSof lija-iv. I I, 239:
6s TroXii KiiXXicrroj Trorn/icof eVi yatav Irfcriv.
II. 12, 268: VftKtOVy itv Tivn Trayxv fj.u^rjy p.fdiii>Ta iSoitv. 23, 75^~9-
2)KO fi* (TTflTCl I ({)(p' 'OlXlU&rjS.
143. INFIMTIVK AtTIYK APPAKFATI.Y AS A PASSIVK.
The infinitive being a verbal noun is not so strictly bound by
the voices as the finite form. The infinitive as a complement
to adjectives and the so-called epexegetic infinitive often coin-
cide with the English idiom in which "good to eat" is "good
for food," "fair to see" is " fair to the sight," and in (Ireek the
active form is more common and, if anything, more natural than
the passive. KaXbs iSetv, fiiir to set' ; x a ^ 1T * upttv, I'I.A T<>, Rpb. 412
B, hard to find ; but x ^" 1 v vw ^ val A.\ lll'liox, 2 a I, hard
to recognize. See Infinitive.
144. CAUSATIVE ArTIVF.. As in other languages, the sub-
ject is said to do what it causes to be done, (jni j 'acit per ahum,
f acit per sc.
T) povXt) <8T)a( (sc. fiw-owv), XK\. Hell, i , 7, 3 ; /'//< s< ;/<?/,- f>nt ///,/// in jail.
LVS. 12, 2V rnv iihf\<\>v y<i/ \itiv, a>inrff> K<U iffHiTtpni' uTrm-, V.paToardf vtjf
(iirtKTfivfv (Polernarchos ilrank the cup at the command of the Thirty,
t.c.% 1 7)-
64 GREEK SYNTAX
PLATO, Meno, 94 C: OovKvdiSrjs av vo vids tdpffyf . . . KOL TOVTOVS
fnai&vo'( rd T <7XXa tv /cm ira\(U(rav KuXXiorn A.6r)val.(av, e/ situ. alib.
XE\. An. I,4> '- Kvpos 5' airbv (SC. TOV TrapdfteKrov) t^fKo^f KCU ra
/3a<r/Xfta KareKavcrf v. Hell. I, 7, 3 (see above).
HDT. 8, Il8: uts fie (Kfiijvai ra^tora ts yi]v TOV Sfp^rjv . . . dnoTiifjielv
TTJV K((f)ti\r)v avrov (SC. roO Kvfifpvrjrov).
For Intransitive Verbs of Passive Signification, see 171,
Middle Voice
145. The Middle Voice denotes that the subject is in some
especial manner involved or interested in the action of the verb.
In some of its uses the middle corresponds to the English re-
flexive, but the signification is much wider and shades off from
what is practically a direct reflexive until it ceases to present
any translatable difference from the active.
146. DIRECT REFLEXIVE MIDDLE. The interest may be
that of the direct object. This is limited chiefly to natural or
habitual actions. The only middle for self-murder is a-n-aYScurflai,
to Jiang oneself, which seems to have been the most natural
form of suicide.
rj Sc tXovo-aro, PLATO, Phaedo, 116 B; After he had bathed
self (taken his bath).
DEM. [50], 35 " Xouo-^ai eV /3aXavet^).
PLATO, Phaedo, 116 13 (see above).
XEN. Cyr. 3. I. -5 ' p-fv pnrrovvres tavrovs, ol 8' airay\ufi(voi t ol 5'
aTTorr<f>(iTT(> p.f VOL.
lH UC. 3> o ' > 3 f K T(av O('vopu>v TiVfS tiTT i) y % nvTO.
1 1 DP. 2, 40 : rvTTTovrai TrtivTfs, All heat t/ieir breasts (natural expression
of grief). 2,131: f] TTOIS dirT)yciTO, The maid hanged herself .
AR. Ach. 17: it; (Jrov 'yco pv-rrTo^ui, I scour jnvxelf. Av. I 163: dnovi^ro-
/xru, /'// it.' a sh mvself, i. e. my hands. Tlicsni. 230: rrol o-rpicfrfi; fr. 2,
I loo, 9 : <iXX' dprt'ois K<rre\iirov HVTIJV (rfj.u>p.fvrjv \ tv T>/ Trv(\a>.
PlN'D. ( ). 7, 15- uv8pa Triip' "AXdxtco (TT(ff)iiva>irdp.fv(>v. Ibid. So I : TU>V
tivdeai Aiayi'ipds \ f <rrf (jxivuxraro Sis. 12, \~] '. crrf</>uj/a)cra/iffO$.
SAPPHO, fr. 62: KdTTVTTTf (T0f Kupal.
SlMON. AM. 16: K>)\firl><>p.r)v fj,vpoi(n KOI dvuficuriv,
II<JM. Od. 5.49' &> f O8v(Ttiis d)vXXonri KaXu\^aro.
11.10,576: Xof'aavro, They bathed themselves.
ECr MIDDLI-: 6^
147. INDIRECT MIDDLK. Much more frequent is the indi-
rect middle, in which the subject is more or less remotely in-
volved, sometimes with sharp distinction from the active, some-
times without any perceptible, or at any rate translatable, differ-
ence. See the examples of this and the following section.
(itfrrjv 8i Kai virvov o^oiws ^vt'Bptf, 4> v XO.TTO p.a i, XK.V. Iliero, 6. 3; l^nink-
enness and sleep I guard against like an ambush. (<J>vXxTTw = keep guard,
mount guard over.)
LYCURG. 85 : oi&(f) . . . ri]i> Q pcfyiipf vi]i> . . . rti'ts TToXf/i/oir ir<if)(K<>crin', Nor
did they surrender to the enemy the country that reared them for herself.
DK.M. 2O, 17: r)S uv TWOS rroXii-fujj ro Kitfjii^f crdai roiv ffvuvs rolv K<idt-
CTtao'iv \dpiv t^f'X'/f, i>v [impair ff>vXaKf)i> avrwv ravnjv ti(f>i/f)rjKii>y tern.
XEX. Hiero, 6, 3 (see above). [R. A.] i, i : tv ^KicrufoprfK T>]V TTO\I-
Tfiav, Excellently well do they preserve their form of government.
HUT. 2, 121 : p.vrjfju'xTvva iXilTfTO rti TT/JOTrvXmu. 3, 79: <r ft a tr ti p f voi Se
Ta ('y\f tpiSia. 7- ''9 : U7Tf\avvTKov, \dirovTfs oin^e'y XXa <f>( p6fj.f vnt.
Ak. Ach. 5 1 "- : f V' ^' *if*Tptilrav oi dtoi \ (nrovSas iroit'tcrdai TT/JOS \aKf~
ftaipoviovs p.6va>, The gods permitted me and me alone to make a treaty for
myself ivith the Lacedaemonians. But vv. 57-8 : TUV "ivftp atrdynvrfs, IJtms
ijpiv ijdtXf | o-rrovSas Trot^o-at (the generous creature), Taking au<ay the man
-who wished to make a treaty for us. Ibid. 130-1 : t'pn . . . | o-nuv&us noirja-ai
Ttpbs AaKfftaiftoviovs p.6t>a:>.
COM. 4, 355, 539 : x^^ v "f^vra KOfjiifci xal ndXiv Ko/x/ff rat, Earth bringeth
everything and takes it back again ; Nam terra donat ac resorbet oinnia.
AESCHYL. Sept. 718: dXX' avruftfXfaiv m^n bpf^dtrdat fa'Xeis ; II 'hat!
ivilt thou make tlice a harvest of thy brother ' s blood? fr. 44 : r} 8< (sc. yttla)
TiKTfrai /3pOTOtV | fJi>]X(ijv T /3o(T<us Kai fiiuv Ar/^ir/r^ioj/.
PlND. C). 7.4-- <T(p.vav Qvcruiv Oipfvitt. 8,68-9: 7Tf & 'I Kara . . . VMTTOV
(^OilTTOV. N. 2, 6-IO (148). I. ;, 60- I '. lifXlVTO ytlf> VlKdS (17TO ITtiyKflllTHIV \ TpflS.
Ho.M. II. 4, 529-30: fx 5' liilptfjutv (y\<>s i (crirucraro frrf'/'(o, l'~rom out
the breast In- plucked the ponderous sf>ear. and similarly 5, 621 : tinrutrano),
7, 255: f'xo'Trao'cru/i.fVo), and 13, 510: (iTirii(T(n\<>) ; but the active is used 5,
859; 6, 65, 12, 395; and 13, 178 (see 148). 11, 802-3: pt'm <V K' uK^iTff
KfK/jitjiiTiis ai/Spns uvTi/ | uxnturOf TT/JOTI uirrv v(H>v ami KU\ Xi<rt(io)i', and simi-
larly 5, 691 ; 8, 295; 15. 418; 1 6, 592; 655; hut if). 44-5: /ji.i (V K' tiK^'jTft
KfKprjnTn? (iv^fitts clvrfi i*>ir<n/if v TTpori litrrv vtuiv UTTII KU\ AcXun<iu)i', and Sc ) the
activt; 8, 336; 13, 193; 16. 569; 17. 274 (sec also 148).
Homer has a certain fondness for the middle. So. for example, Htitrffat
occurs 38 times over against the 19 instances of \V* n> or i, ; ; f tv . The middle
forms of iifitia) are not uncommon, whereas in prose \ve have onlv Tr/)i>u,in-
(rffdi. The verse has something to do with all this. So lbu>i> is the only
possible form for the aoi ist participle.
5
66 GREEK SYNTAX
148. ACTIVE FOR THE INDIRECT MIDDLE. The middle
is not compulsory. The use of the active where the middle
might have been expected inay sometimes be ascribed to the
aristocratic disdain of effect (see Pindaric examples below), just
as in late Greek the middle is sometimes used in order to pro-
duce a grander sound.
TO xP 1 1H- aTa <o;xier, LVCURG. 38 ; He got Jiis money out safe.
Lvcruo. 38 (see above).
PLATO, Protag. 324 D: ot avSpes oi dyadaii . . . TOVS avTu>i> vlfls 8i8d-
<T<OV<TI a S[Sa<r/cuAcoj> f\fTni, with which compare ibid. 325 D: oi dyadol
av8pfs . . . TU fMfv uAXa 8i8do~KovTai TOVS vlfls . . . ra JJLIV uAAa tipa TOVS vlels
8l8d(T KOVTCll.
HOT. 2, 51 TOV 8e 'E,pfj.(d) TCI dyA/iara opda (\fiv Ta atSoia TroifvvTfs OVK
an \lyvnTLU>i> fj.ffiadf)Kacri, AA' dno IlfAttcryoJi', with which compare just be-
low : opda u>v fx fiv T < 1 ni8oia rayaA/xara TOV 'Ep^f'co Adrfvaioi. Trputroi 'EAA/^i/toi/
fj.adoi>T(s Trapa Tlf\aarya>i> eVot rj(rai>TO. 2, 143 : dpX.i-(p(Vi yap fKaaros avrodi.
terra (i>. !. torarat) eVt rrjs etovroO C l >1 s elieova etovrov.
PlN'D. P. 1,49: otav (sc.Tiadv) OVTLS 'V.\\dv<ov Spend, and similarly P. 4,
130 and 6,48; with which compare N. 2, 6-10: o(pfi\fi 8" eri . . . 6ap.d p.tv
'l(r6fjitd8a>v 8perrf(rdai /caAAirrroj/ iiu>Tov . . . Tifiovoov TratS(a).
HOM. II. 5, 859 : (K 8e 8t>pv anrda-fv avris, And out again lie plucked the
shaft ; and similarly 6, 65; 12, 395; 13, 178. (For the use of the middle
in similar examples, see 147). Ibid. 8, 336 : oi 8' I6vs Tacppoio (ja0flr)s wa-av
'Ax'novs, ttut they thrust the Achaeans straight toward the deep trench ; and
similarly 13, 193 ; 16,45; 5^9; 17.274. (For the use of the middle in simi-
lar examples, see 147.)
149. RECIPROCAL MIDDLE. As the reflexive may be used
for the reciprocal, so the middle, which represents the reflexive
relation, may be used to intimate the reciprocal relation. Such
verbs are |idxco-9ai, sc bat t re, sich schlagcn, aYwvi(r6ai, 8iaA - Yo-6ai, and
many other deponent verbs.
ev \tpo\ ytvo'fitvoi i^a.\ovro, TllL'c.'. 7, 5, 2 ; Coining to close quarters
iliev foug/il, but dAAi]Aois . . . i^a\ovro, 3, 77, 2; They fought one an-
other.
THUC. 7, 5, 2 (see above).
Hi) I '. 2, 63 : Kff/).iAiu' Tf trvvapd<r(rovTai, T/iev butt one another's heads.
AK. PI. 3-9-30: Tpuaft6\ov p.ev ftvfKa a) cr T i t> a e <rd' ( KI'KTTOT' e'i> TT)KK\r)criq,
We hustl*' one another ; but Ach. 24-5 : dxrTiovvTai . . . dAA^Aonrt.
Soi'H. (). C. 424 : ijs (sc. pd)(')s) vvv ('XWTU.I KurruvaipovTai 8opv.
CATSATIVE MIDDLE 67
PlNI). C). I. 98 : Taxvras iroftcav e'pifcrat =Ta)((~it rrooVr tplfovrat.
HES. O. et D. 37 : K\rjpov t8ti<r<rapt0(a).
HOM. II. 23, 735 : wnir fpf i8( crQuv. .\'o longer press each the other.
150. CAUSATIVE MIDDI.K. As the active is often used of
what one does by an aj^ent, so the middle is used of that which
the subject has done for. itself. This is an occasional use of the
middle, but it is not a characteristic use, and must not be pressed
as differentiating it from the active.
0p.icrroKXTJs KXeocjxxvrov TOV vibv lirire'a (icv lSi8d|aro dyaBov, Pl.ATO,
Men. 93 1) ; Themistoclcs /tad iu's son 1\. taught />> />< <i good horseman, but
ibid. 94 B : TOVTOVS . . . lirire'as p*v ^SiSacv ovStvos X *P OV S "AOrjvaiwv.
PLATO, Meno, 93 D (see above). Protag. 325 H: <>i uyutim nvfifxs . . ,
ra fj.fv a\\ai$ii(TKOVTai TOVS vif'is . . . ra fj.fi> <*X\u a^a TO IT vlfls $18 timcovTai,
but 324 D: oj avftpfs ol dyadol TU p.tv <iXXa TOVS UVTWV vlfls 8i$ii(T KOVIT iv, <1
&i?iticn<u\u>v f^trat.
THUG. I, 132. ~ ' tifl TOV Tpitrobii . . . j)t(i)<Tfi> (sc. TIav<ravi(is) fmypii'^a-
trOtii avTot I8ia TO (Xtydov To.^f, but ? 3 : T(>J M W ( '^ v f'Xeyeiov m \aKf8atp.6vioi
tfKu\aifrav tvdvs Tort . . . KUI tnlypafyav ovo/jLaarl TUS ni'tXfis KTI.
HD'l'. I, 50: tnoiffTo [sc. K.poi(ros] <^e KH\ \fotnos eticoi/a xpwov (iTtffpdov,
Croesus had an image of a lion made for himself out of refined gold.
AK. Eq. 5 TrX^yas ut'i irpoaTpijUfTai TOIS oiKtrais (see \ - . 64).
151. ACTIVE AM) REFLEXIVE. Direct reflexive actions are
commonly expressed by the active and the reflexive; so, regu-
larly, unnatural actions, and actions which circumstances have
made unnatural or difficult.
^fiavriv tfuXu, DEM. [47]. 73 ; / /<>''<' invself. iiTTi avrov cU TT)V 6dXoT-
rav, I)K.M. 32, 6 ; He throws himself into the sea.
DEM. 32, 6 (see above). [47], 73 (see above).
AESCHIN. I, 53 : VK fvovdiTr/a-tv idvruv.
ISOC. [l], 15: (dlf (TtUVTUV. 2, 29: (dt( (TllVTW. 5, IIS: f6lflV
a- avTv XP'I-
I^l.A'ro, Le^. 861 A : fpurup.fi> j]p.as nvriws. Let us <i.d- ourselves. Phaedo,
96 A : TroXXfiKii' ffjL.avT()v (ivu> Kara) p.t Tf fi<i\\(>v. rheaet. 14^ ''-
XKN. An. I, 2, 7: o7T()Tf yvp.vutrai ftnvXoira tavruv it x.u\ Tuvt inntws.
Hell. 1,6, 10 : OVK tSvvdftrjv tftavrov irtitrat, I could not persuade myself.
THUG. 2, 4. 4: (ppf^uv . . . irfpits UVTUV*. 4. 38, 3: ra urrXu Triipi <5o IT a v
K(ii cr f/j (1 y avTovt.
I ll)T. 2, 116: <>i?i(ip.ti (TXXr/ uvcnubivt iotvTuv (SC. "O^/ios). 3, 36:
KU\ KUTtl\a.fiuvf IT f <t>VT<JV.
68 GREEK SYNTAX
AR. Vesp. 286-7 ' \"\8 auras (Tfavrbv eaSif, Stop gnawing at yourself
SO. Ibid. 996: (mupf o-avTov. Ibid. 1213: ^vrXaaov afavrov, Dump yourself .
Thesm. 230: e^ drpffMa (TO.VTOV.
EUR. Ale. 188: Ktippi\^(v avTr]v. Ibid. 250: firaipe aavTTjv. Ibid. 788:
fv(ppaive (ravrov.
SOPH. El. 988: TraiKTov 8f <ravTJ]v.
AESCHVL. P. V. 748 : epprf epavrvv.
152. avrbs lavrov. Extreme unnaturalness is expressed by avros avr6v
and the like.
avrbs avrbv 8u<t>0cipev, XEN. Hell. 7, 4, 19; He made away with him-
self.
AESCHIX. 3. -33- KaTaXcXvKCi/ avros TTJV avrou Svvao'Tfiav.
PLATO, Menex. 243 D: r)/xets 8e avrol f]p.as avrovs /cat fviK^cra^fv Kal
XEN. Hell. 7, 4, 19 (see above).
HDT. I, 93- **8t8oCo p t Se aural eajvTas.
153. MIDDLE WITH REFLEXIVE FORMS. The reflexive relation may
be brought out more clearly by adding the reflexive forms to the middle.
vrrb VVKTO. TT)V <T(i)TT)piav avTois efi\\ov irop i^ecrBat, LVCURG. 7; Under
cover of the night they were about to provide safety for themselves.
LYCURG. 70 (see above).
AESCHIN. I, 132: Karaa-KOTrov/jifvos eavruv.
AXTIPHON, 5, 13: avrbs a-avru> vup.ov 0(/j.evos, Having laid down a law
for yourself.
XEN*. [R. A.] 2, 10: 6 8e 8>]/j.os avros (ivra> i)l Ko8o p. LT(IL i8('a Tra\ai(TTpas
TToXXuS.
PlND. O. 13, 53: Mrjbfiav 6f/j.(vav y<ip.ov avrq (~avTa).
154. Of course when the middle has acquired a special significance
this is necessary.
eavrov . . . Xvo-ao-Oai, ANTIPHON, 5, 63 ; To ransom himself.
ANTTPHON, 5, 63 (see above).
PLATO, Protag. 346 B: dvrovs euvrovs irapa^i.v6fl<rBai.
COM. 'EavTuv Tifitopovnevos, Self -Tormentor (Title of a play by MKNAN-
DER).
IIo.M. II. 10, 378: fp.f Xva-ofjMi, I will ransom myself.
155. MIDDLE AND ACCUSATIVE OF THE PART AFFECTED. Of
course an accusative of the part affected may be used with the middle.
TO. fxtTuira KoiTTOvrai fxaxaipTjcri, HDT. 2, 6l ; They gash their fore-
hcads with knives.
ACT/I'/-: A\D MIDDLE 69
HPT. 2, 61 (pee above). 3. 14: fVX/; TI}I> Kpti\>'iv, lit- smote his head.
4. 7' : Tpc^fir 'T^fplKf^povT^l^, fipa^iovas iff pirdfivovTai, (tfTuirov KIU
piva Kora/ivtrcrovrat. 4- 75 '"' 7'V ^') Aouoi'Tui v&ari TO ntiptinav TO
trtSfia.
Al\. Eccl. 63 t u\ ( i \js <i ft i v rj TO (TaJ^i' JXov.
SOPH. Ai. 245 */' cXi'/i^(io-t Kf>\'^fiifji(i/i>v.
PlNl>. N. 10, 44 t irif (r<Tiip.f i>tu I>U>TI>I> fiaXaKai&i KpuKiitt.
H KS. Sc. 243 : Knrti 5* eSpwTTToj/To 7T(i/>fHif.
HO.M. Od. 6, 224-5 : f '* ir<>T<ip.iw XP'" 1 vitT . . . ti\fj.rji/.
II. 18,30-1 : \(pcr\ 8( nCurai \ iTrijdta Trtn\i'iyovTr>.
156. DKTAILS OF DiFFF.RKNfr. HKTWKKN TIIK ACTIVE ANO THK
Mi HOLE. The details of difference between the active and the middle
belong to the dictionary. Many of them are conventionally of j^reat im-
portance. airo5iSuj(XL is / render, restore, diroSiSop.ai, / sell ; Savci^u is / lend
(on interest], Savei^ojxai, / borrow (on interest] ; KixpT]p.i is / lend to use, Kixpa-
|iai, / borrow to use, the aorist in use beini; T)-niord(ATjv ; tx 1 " means / lio-'e,
?xo}iai, / cling to; ry^iia signifies 7 married, dit.\'i (of tlie inan\, l-<fr\^.o.^.t\v t
I got married, mtpsi (of the woman) ; (ii<r9w is / let, (iKrOovjiai, / hire. There
is a long string of differences between iroiciv and iroicl(rdai with verbal
nouns in which the active gives the literal side "to fashion," "to bring
about," whereas the middle serves to form a periphrasis with the depend-
ent substantive for the corresponding verb. So Xoyov TTOULV is to < -omfiose
(i speech, XOYOV iroteicrfloi, /<> ninke a spcci/i (\iy(ii>) ; 686v iroiciv is to construct
a road, 666v iroieurdai, to make one's way (oSevftv) ; flpijvTjv iroiTia-ai, /(' bring
about a peace (between two contending parties), clpiivT)v iroiewrflai, to make
peace (with an enemy); vd^ovs nfltvai, to l>c a j/o^o^'r;4-, to be a lawgi~'er
(for those who desire legislators), vdjiovs Ti0<r6ai, to make laws for one's
own state. Regularly t^X^o-iav TTOUIV, to coni'oke an assembly.
A few examples by way of illustration are given here.
ISOC. 6, I : TocravTrjv rre Trot 17/1 at ~>)v fjLiTaf$a\i)v.
A.ND. 3, I : oYi p.iv dpi'iVTjv iroifltrdai Siicaiav tifitivov ttrriv <) TToAf^ifTv.
3, 2: o $ijp.t>s It \6rjvaiu>v dprfVTfv eTrotJ/craTO irpiis \aKtSaiftoviovs.
1'l.Alo, Lach. 1 80 C : Vr<a~$<i (!i rcu- ftiaTpifttis iruiuvfitvov.
XK\. An. /, 6, 41 : rdirn iiiriifttifJiU'ns VT( 2ft' ^.v liiribittKfv <H"T( tjn'iv Til
^tyi'i'ifjifi'ti . . . *iv uvv (r<a(f)pov}p.(V, (i>p(0a avTtiv.
THt'C. I, 4O, 2 '. MTTlf fJil) T01V &tttp.(VIHS . . . TTiiX (pill' (ij'T* tpl')VI)f TT ill ']-
IT f I, bllt Jt '7- - : t;VV( \d)l>(lT<> UXTTf (I tKtlTffKii TTdXt'^O) tlT^HV U1TOOHVTUS rijlf
f I pi] vr) V 7T<H(l(T0(ll.
Hl>T. 7,42: (irniffTii fti T>H> I'ibuv. 8,40: ^ni'X/i' . . . triHt'ftrntrffni ( .i<n<-
\(Vir(itrfttn). 8, 74: TJ/rrt cr/nri n'< t\iri(nvTfS i\\<ip'^ftrftin (act. to
itf>on\, .\ot expecting to nnike a brilliant ;<< ord with t/tcir sliips.
70 GREEK SYNTAX
AR. Ach. 830: r xoipi'Si' aTj-e'Sov, JVw sold the pigs, but Vesp. 1128:
a7rf'Soo(c(a) . . . ra> Kva(f)(l rptwJoXw, I paid t lie fuller three obols. Lys.
1056-7: OOTIJ ac . . . $av f icrrjr a i . . . p.1] aTroS&j, hut Pax, 374' 8ai>(i(rov
rpis 8pa\nus.
AESCHYL. fr. 13 : o-ol /ier yafifla-dai fj.opcrip.ov, yapf'tv 5' c'/zoi'.
AXACR. fr. 86 : Km 0d\ap.o$, (v TU> Kfivos oiiK tyrjp.fi> oXX' fyijp.aro.
'1 HKOGN. 3- <'XX' otfl TO>V ayudwv e'^fo.
Ilo.M. Od. 14, 393: dXX' <"ye i/tf p! t rp^v TTOIJ] cru pf 6(a). Ibid. 21,70-1 :
ovdf nv ii\\j)v | ^jivdov Troiij a~d <rda i ( ' TT i (?x ( " ' ^ ** e Svvacr0e.
II. 7> 2 : Zeuj Se 6tu>v dyopfjv Troiijtraro repTTiKepavvos.
Passive Voice
157. The Passive Voice denotes that the subject receives
the action of the verb.
TpaTos <rvv\T]4)Ori, AXDOC. I, 13; Polystratos was arrested.
o TTJS iroXetos . . . KOO-JJ.OS . . . avvTopaTTtTai, l)KM. 25, 19; The constitution
of the state is disturbed. ereBuTo TO. Upd, AxTIPHOX, I, 17. aTre^epero K
TOV 8cr,ia)TT)piov TtCveois, LYS. 12, 1 8. Xe-yeTai, DKM. 24.. 212; // is said.
8i8ao-KTai. avOpiuiros, PLATO, Meno, 87 C, which is actively expressed by
avOp-jTros |iav0dvei, PLATO, Soph. 262 C.
158. INSTRUMENT, MEANS, OR CAUSE. With the passive,
the instrument, means, or cause is expressed by the dative or by
a prepositional phrase, for which see Prepositions.
Datirc :
Xi9o) TreirX-nYfxe'vos, AR. Ach. 1218; Struck with a stone.
<r6-f)v<u, THLX. 2, 21, I. Xi[Ato 8ia4>9apT)vai, TllUC. 3, 57, 3 ; To perish of (by,
'with) hunger.
DEM. 23, 156: \r}<\>6ii<jrrai ... rw ... Xi^w. 55, 30: p.tyu\ms \i0ois
a.TT()LKO?><>fJLT)dtl>TOS.
PLATO, Rpb. 469 E : ols w (sc. \i0ms) ^rjdwai. Tim. 38 K : fifa-^ols T
XEN. An. 2. 3, I : (3ao-i\fvs f^cTr\ayrj rfj e(j^o8(a.
FHUC. I, 126, 8: rpv\6fjtfvoi TIJ trpoatbpfia. 2, 21, i (see above). 3, 57,
3 (see above). 7,47, 2 : i/oo-w . . . tViefoKTo, They were pinched with sickness.
Hl)T. I, 34: atxp-'l (TibypfT) ff\T)6evTa. 1,41 : (rv/j.(f)t>p>/ TTfTrX^y^n/oi/.
AK. Ach. 1218 (see above). Nub. 24: t'iff (giKonrjv npoTfpw rw o(f)t)d\nbv
\idu>. Vesp. 1296: eyo) 5 fiTrdXcoXa arijjo/ifi'of (3aKTT)pia.
AF.SCHVL. P. V. 237 : KI^OV/IUTI Kap.Trrop.ai, I am bowed with t/irills of
anguish. Sept. 607 : TrX^yeir ^foG ^drrrtyt, Smitten with god's scourge.
PlN'D, Pi j> 4^ i TToXlft) ^(iX/CO) /^ f Xr/ T(Tp(iip.(VOl,
AGE.\'r OF THE PASSIVE 71
HOM. Od. 10, 53- : t(T<t>ayfiiva v^Xt'i xXca>.
11.8,455- TrX^yt'iTf Ktpavvt*.
159. Ar.KNT. The agent of the passive is put in the geni-
tive with VTTO.
oi . . . Tvpawot . . . VTTO AaKcSaifioviuv KQT\vCTj<rav, Tni'C. I, I 8. I ; I vrants
were abolished l>v the Lacedaemonians.
DEM. 21, 36: t'TTo IIoXvijJ"T/Xou TT\tjy^>ni. 2 1 , 74 : iyu (V iV' (\flfiov . . . i'.tyi-
('>fjLrjv. [47l- '5- tir\riYt s I ' l7r tpov- 54- 33 : l ' l( />' "^ 7 f irp<artw T (~\i,yr]v <aii
ia-tf u^pi'o-^^f.
PLATO, Conv. 217 E : Yt 8e TO roC ^^Bivrns im> TOV fxi>s Trudus KUJJ. (x^ 1 -
XKN. An. 1.3- Io: vofiifct VTT' f/uof' fi^iKrj<rd(ii.
THl'C. I, 1 8, I (see above). 4, 12, I : uixKt'inrfvTro TOJJ/ '\0ijvaiw.
HUT. I. 35 tf\T)\a[l.fVOS . . . V7TO TOV UtlTfJl'lS.
AK. Av. 285 : t'Tro Ttaf crvKtifyavTtov riXXtTdt.
SoPH. Ai. 164 vno TotnvTutv tii>8f)u>i> flopvfifj.
PlND. N. 2, 2O-2 : XX Kopivdiwv VTTU (puiTtov . . . uterta <TT)uvai
HOM. Od. 9, 66 : KIKUI/COI/ vno 8r)u>6cvTts.
II. 13. 6j5~6 : 8r)iuoi>Tu Xcioi ITT' Apytuov.
For the so-called Dative of tlic Agent with the Passive and with
Verbals, see Dative.
160. Other prepositions than I'TTO are sometimes used with special
verbs and in special authors.
IK, out of, often in poetry and in Herodotus; in Attic prose with the
notion of emanation from a source.
i: TG>J/ * f^io n^a-^vr^v.
PLATO, Theaet. 171 B: f' anavTuv . . . d^Ltr^TinrfTai.
XEN. An. I, I, 6 : TniXm- . . . V ftacn\i<i)s 8f8ofiivai, Cities a gift of the
king's.
THUC. I, 20, 2 : (< TUIV wft(>ro>i' (T<\>(<TI.V 'imria p.(p,r)vv<rd(n, " That infor-
mation had been conveyed to Hippias from the body of their fcllaw-conspira-
tors." Sliilleto.
HUT. 3,62: TII fWeraX/icVa '*c rov Ndyov, The orders ^iven of, by the
Magus.
Ho.M. II. 2, 668-9: i(\>(\T]Qtv | ('K Aidf, They were lin>ed of Zeus.
161. itpfaybefore (comp. Hn^l. " from before ").
DEM. 29. 2O: ft ... ^ir) TTi>iiwfi.o\i>yT)Ti> npos Tovft' t\(v0(fios (it>at.*
I Vi(J. I. ut/, l'ra|>. I), d. att. Kciln., \>. 155.
72 GREEK SYNTAX
XEN. An. 1,9, 2O : <f)t\ovs yt p.r)v . . . o/jLoXoydrai Tvpbs TrdvTan> KpaTtcrros &T)
y(V(a-0ai Oepantiitu', He is acknowledged on all hands, etc.
HDT. 8, 1 1 1 : "Avdpioi . . . aiTrjdfVTfs Ttpbs Qffi.icrTOK\eos xp^H JLaTa VK f8o<rav.
AR. Nub. 1 1 22 : Trpbs IHLUIV oia TrdcrfTiu KCIKU.
EUR. Med. 255-6: t>/3piop.ai | npbs di>8pos, et sim.alib.
SOPH. El. 790 : Trpbs Ttjo-8' vtfpiCj) p.rjrp6s, et sim. alib.
AESCHYL. P. V. 767 : >? irpbs 8d/j.apTos ff-avioTarat Qpovwv;
PlND. O. 2, 25-6 : Trevdos 8e Trtri/ei j3apv \ Kpfarcrovuiv Trpbs dyadiav.
HoM. II. 6, 56-7 ' % vol tipio-ra TTfiroirjTai Kara OIKOIS \ npbs Tpuxov. I I, 831 :
Ta ere nporl (fxiaiv 'A^tAXrJo? 8e8i8ii^6ai.
162. irapd, " on the part of," chiefly with verbs of giving, taking, send-
ing.
E)EM. 21, 170 : TOVTOIS yap 81} /xryifrrcu 8(SovTai 8a>p(ai Trap' vp.u>v-
XEN. An. i, 9, i : Trapa ndvruiv op-oXoyelrat, // is acknowledged on all sides.
H()M. II. Ij. 121 2 : fv6a K' ert p.e i<i)V re /cat dpya\fd)T(pos a'AXos' j Trap Albs
ddavdroicri ^6Xor KU\ p.i]vis (rv^drj.
163. Sid, t/iroitgh (of the mediator), a post-Homeric construction. Nev-
er to be confounded with 8ui w. ace. 81' (xe <ri9Tis, CTK.SIAS ap. DEM.
[PHAL.] 213 ; Thanks to me, it is owing to tne that, you were saved. 81' cjioO
((ruQrfi, Through me you were saved. A. J. P. xi (1890), 372.
ISOC. Ep. 4, 2 : f^ov\op-rjv uv avrbv (rvcrradr^vaL croi fit r/p.(av, I should have
preferred that he had been commended to you through us (me).
AR. Eq. 76: Stu o-ou raura iravra Trfpi/arat, Through you all these things
are sold.
164. diro, Lat. ab, found chiefly in Thuc.
THUG. 1,17: (rrpd^dr) Tf an' avrutv ovfttv fpyov dw\nyov, A'fl considerable
deed was performed by them. (Some uniformitarians would write VTTO).
165. \nr6 with the dative revives the plastic " under"-sense, and is poeti-
cal.
HOM. II. 13, 668 : VTTO Tpwfo-o-i Sa/iiyj/ai, To be quelled beneath the miglit
of the Trojans.
166. INTERCHANGE OF INSTRUMENT AND AGENT. When
the instrument is considered as an agent or the agent as an in-
strument the construction is reversed. The former construction,
which rests on personification, is very common ; the latter in prose
is confined chiefly to military phrases, for which see Dative.
aXio-Kfrai vnro TptTJpous, DEM. 53], () ', He is captured bv a trireme. Vjva-yica-
O-^CLL viirb TUV ytyivr\\Ltvtav TOVTOV Ka-nrj-yopciv, L^ S. I 2, 3 ; / have been compelled
by what has happened to undertake to prosecute this man.
PERMISSIVE PASSIVE 73
DFM. 6, 8. 8, 71 : oi>8t npot))(ffr]v odd' imo Ktp&ovs ovff vno (f)i\r>rtp.ias. 2O,
1 66 : VTTO rfjs . . . Kpavyijs Kut (jius icai uvaicrxvvrias. 23. 143 : 'fStVWr' uv vno rnv
i'^(T(pov TJfr)(pia-fjLaTOS. [43J.72: ri TTOT' wfffff I'jftus iriiff^fiv iv rta nap(\T)\vdtiTi
\puv<a VTTO rovrtav Km vno rr;y vrfpfus rtjs TOVTW. (53], 6 (sec above). 55, 30 :
8i((pdapiJ.fvoi> (masc.) VTTO JXHTOII.
AESCHIN. I, 42.90. 3, 2l8 : OVK (ti><iyK(i(>p.vos vnu Tqs (v rfi (pv(Td ftantivrjf.
L\'S. i,49 : i" 7 ''-' r ^> v vupuiv . . . (vtSpfi/ftrdai. 12, 3 (sec above).
PLATO, Hpb. 609 E : ino rtjs ru>v (Tirlutv Trovrjpiiis . . . OVK ou>p.ft)a 8dv (TwfjLa
aTToXX vcrflai.
XEN. Conv. 2, 26 : ou f3ia6p.(vo<. 11770 T<W nlvnv ^fOvfiv. Occ. 16, 14 : ovftap.<!>?
&i> ftaXXov i] p.iv v\r) . . . avaivoi.ro vnu rov Kavparos, t'j fit yij OT&>TO Lira TOV fjXiov.
THUG. I, 76, 2: V7TO TU>V [JLfyi&TWV VlKrjdtVTtS, TlfJitJS Kill 8i<WS Kill J>0fA(VlS".
I, 126, lo: vTrii ToO Xt/zoC, but 3, 57> 3 : Xi^oi. 7' ^y, 2 : 6 fi Niiaar IITTO rtov na-
pOVTU>l> (KTTfTT\r)y[J.(Vl>S.
HDT. 8, 129: bi((p6iipr]<Tav VTTO rfjs 6(i\ii(Tcrr]s.
AR. Ach. 18: (8i]xdr)v viru KOVIUS TUS u<ppi>s, My eyebrows were bitten by
lye.
SOPH. Tr. I 104: Tv(p\r]s IITT" arrfs (KTTfTropdrjfjini.
PlND. C). 2, 21 : (trXiav ylip vno ^apfiariav iri]^n QviurKfi (I7 1 )-
HOM. Od. 5. 393 fJ-fyuXov inro KvfjLUTos apdtis.*
167. PERMISSIVE PASSIVE. The passive is sometimes used in a per-
missive sense.
fi ITOIOV<TIV ; . . . ov KaTaXiirovrt s TT)V ^upav . . . tpxovro, . . . a\X' I TT o X i o p-
KOVVTO, LYCURG. 85 ; IV hat did they do? . . . T/uy suffered themselves /i> be
besieged.
LYCURG. 40: yvvdiKas . . . dvai<i)s ciiirwi/ KU\ rfjs TrdXtcof o p a) p. t v n y. Ibid.
85 (see above).
XEN. R. L. I,5' fQn** y f 'P al8(l<Tdat p.tv (laiuvrn o(pdrjvai, mStla-dai fi'
A R. Ach. 408-9 : r/XX' tKK VK\ /; drjr'. EYP. oXX* afivi/aroi/. AIK. aXX' o/iaiv.
| EYP. aXX t KKVK\?I (ro fiat Karafiaivtiv 8' ov tr^oXj}. Nub. 494 ( l )f p '<^<>, rt
fipar, iyj/ Ti's cr
168. FUTURE MIDDLE IN A PASSIVE SENSE. The future
middle and the future passive are coincident as to form in the
earlier language, 3 and even in prose the future middle is often
used as a future passive.
As the subsequent future passive forms were developed on the basis
1 See also A. J. I'. \i (1885), 487-8.
3 In fact, there is only one distinctly future passive form in Homer, mytiatalttit,
11. 10, 365.
74 GREEK SYNTAX
of the passive aorists in -r?i> and -6rjv, they naturally incline to the aoristic
sense, and this aoristic sense becomes more distinct when the future middle
is used as a passive. Hence the contrasted groups.
DURATIVE. AORISTIC
/3/\a7rrai, / hurt. /3\a\l/o[iai /3Xa/3i/<ro/xai
rip.au>, I honor. r(/u'/cro/ii Ti/(//0;)(To//ai
<i}<pt\iw, I help. tiH/>tA//<To^(ai fei^fXj/^/'/o-o/uu
c>i\oaj, I matiijcst. (J^XwtrtTai ?>i\w9iiatTai
It is to be noted, however, that consistency in this distinction requires
considerable alteration of texts, and that even in the most careful authors
such distinctions may lie dormant, just as synonyms lie dormant. Of
course, in poetry metre must be allowed to have a certain sway. 1
6 UIKCUOS jiao-Ti-y licrerai, <TT p e P X <o ere TO. i, 8e8t]crTai, KKa\)6i^creTai TiL-
4>8a\;j.u>, TtXevToiv iravTa KO.KO. iraOuv dva<rx''v8v\v0T](reTai, PLATO, Rpb. 361 K
362 A.
DEM. 18,144* fttyo^.' ii)^>fX7/<reo'$e Trpos laropinv ru>v KOIVOJV. -l,jO'.Tols
adiKrjcrop.evoi.s (masc.). 23,110: no\fp.r]crfTM. 115- dftiKr/trfTai, [52], I I : >;-
/^(wcro/zfu. 57- 37 : KtlL Tavra p. aprvp i](T( rat.
ANDOC. I, 7- : TOLavTrjv UTToXoyidv TTfpl CIVTOV Troirjcro/j.a.1, oirov /xr) TTtidcov p.fv
vfj.as (tiros rj p.ia>cro/j.a t, Trci'cras 8e KTS.
PLATO, Gorg. 521 E: Kpivovpai yup wy eV TrntSioiS' larpos ai> KpivniTo KCI-
njyopovvTos tymroiov. Rpb. 361 E-3&2 A (see above). Tim. 57 E : TO . . . KL-
Vt](r6fi.f vov . . . TOV KivrfCT onivov.
XEN. Conv. 7, 5 : fi><f>pavfl(r6f. Cyr. I, 5, 9- wr . . . f v([>pavovp.f vm. Ibid.
8,7,15: Tis 8' aXXor Tip.rj(TfTat 81' uvftpa fieya ^vva^fvov OVTUIS u>s d8e\(f)6s ;
Hiero, 9, 9: n/ir;creTai.
THUC. 1,68,3: 7Tt>\ffiijiTovTni. 1,81,4: /SXa^o/tiftfa. 2,87,9: TipfitrovTai.
3, 40, 3: ^rjfjuuxreTat. 8 : {rjfj.iuxTofJ.fvov (masc.). 7, 4^- 5 ^^epf'urBai. 67, 3 :
o>0eX^(7orr(zi.
HOT. 3, 132: TOVS j\lyvTTTi.ovs ITJTpOVS flt\\ovTas livaa Ko\uTTif icrdai
. tppV(T(lTO.
AK. Ach.409: <iXX' ' KKu/cXf/rro/idi (see 167).
EUR. Andr. 708: d p.r/ (pBtprj r/Jo-S' wf T(.'I\I(TT two oreyrjs.
SOPH. Ai. I I 54-5 : aij/fywTTf, p.!] ft/Hi TOVS- T(0i>t]Ki'>-<is KIIKOIS | ft yup nou'j(Tfit,
i(r6i n-rjp.avovp.fvos. O. R. 272: (f)dfpf'i(r()<u.
PlN'D. P. 4, IO-I : (f)upi yap . . . 'Ejni<j!>oto Kopav \ ii<TT(u>v plfriv <pvTfvcr(-
trdai.
HOM. Od. I, 123: Trap' (1/j.p.i (j)L\ rjCTf at.
1 Cf. SOPH. O. C. 581-2 : TTOI<I> (sc. xpi'n>t(>) yap '/ at] Tfpocripopd dijKwatTai ; | oray
0di'u> 'yiij, where Si)\wairai is clearly aoristic, with Time. I, 144, 2 : tKHi'u . . . Kit) iv
u\\i)> Xi'iyifi tifj.a ro?t tpyoir CijXtiiOijatrat, where Ci)\watrui might be justified by the
jjlural
PASSIVE 01- MIDDLE VERBS 75
II. 12,66: u6i Tpto&f crda i ouu. 14. 481 : >8f unraurt vir6( icai fyi-
s. 24,728-9: np\v yap miXu fj8( KUT "tKptjs | rrt
169. AORIST PASSIVE FOR AORIST MIDDLE. And on tin-
other hand the passive aorist is often used to the exclusion of
the aorist middle ; ^pdo^v, I fell in lore (was enamored}, iSw^v,
/ could (IMS enabled], l$o\>\rfii\v, / mould (was decided], hropvfr]v, /
proceeded (was forwarded).'
The following is a list of the most important of these verbs :
alStiffdui, itfjuXXuo-dai, dpvdcrdai, <i^dr6(ii, f$ov\t<r0ai, Sflcrdm, 8ia\iyfcr6ai,
Siavoricrdai, Bvvatrffat, (viii'Tioiicrdai, (vdvfj.fta'dai, iwotlo'&ai, (mp.fXfla'dai, tpav, (v-
\aftficrdai, ijftfO'dai, oif&Oai, Tropfixcrdaij TTpodvufitrdai, (pi\OTi/j.tl(Tdat.
170. PASSIVE OF MIDDLE VERBS. The passive serves on
occasion as the passive of the middle as well as the passive of
the active, pia^oftai, / sitjfcr I'ioh-.ncc (I ant forced] : a4>aipoCfu, / am
robbed; ^pt'OTjv, I was chosen. Not so, however, in Homer.
DEM. 28, 14. OITOS 8( Km fjLfTairf nCpdr/vai (piirrKiov viro TOV Trarpos (cf. ibid. :
fl(Tf\6fll> (JifV OV (prj(Tll> MS T0l> fl f T (I 7T f JJ. \^ U fj. ( V O I/).
LVS. 13, 23 : tirfibr) . . . TOVTO TO \^///ji(T/ia ' \JSTJ f}>i crdt], Kartp^ovrat . . . oi a l-
pt BivTf s TUV fiov\(VTu>v. Ibid. 29: t'^fT)(f)ia'&i).
PLATO, Legg. 755 ^ ' Tp'" f3ov\iji> j')[]<r0ai. 77 -^ .7p'?*' Tal ^* hf-' iv
XEN. Conv. 2, 26 : ov /3tafo/if voi (l66). Mem. 3, 2, 3 : /SdtrtXfi? alpdra t
ov\ "iva tavrov (caXco? firifJ,f\rjTai, XX" iva KT(. (cf. iln<i. : (rrparffyovt aipov irat).
THUC. 7,77' 3- diro^uvrtas rj8r) TfTip.a>pi] p.f du.
HlJ'I'. I,7 O: Tti^a 8e av Kcii ol d7ro8t'ip.(voi. Xf'yoif v . . . a>r dirti ip f ftt ir/ an v
vno ^.iip.Ui)i> [cf. il>itf. : Xf'yovcrt ws . . . afj-ioi OTTeXoinTo airov (sc. TOV Kprfrqpa)],
AR. Nub. 758: ft crot ypii(poiTi> . . . Sitr] (cf. 1481-2 : <ir' aiVoiv ypiKprjv |
$i(t)Kud<i) ypa^ftifitvos).
SOPH. Ant. 1073 : (K (TOV ftia^nvrai rdfif.
171. ACTIVE SERVING AS A PASSIVE. Intransitive verbs of
passive signification are construed as passives. So airoflvrjo-Ku is
regularly used as the passive of uTTOKreti'M, t\i -n-derxw of v Trotw,
OLKOVUI of Xeyo), iriTTTu of {3<i\\(i}, ^tvyw of oi(i)Kd).
inrb 8i TOV iarpov 4>d<rKuv aurov airoPavtiv, A.NIll'HON, 4y 51 Allfgfng
1 See further Ulass, Rh. Mus. 47 (1892), 269 <)o.
9 The form, though not distinctively passive at first, became distinctively passive,
and hence a passive conception is often possible.
76 GREEK SYNTAX
him to have been killed by his physician. tKiriirTov<riv ol AaKuvurrai, XEN.
Hell, i, i, 32; The Laconizers are cast out. ol "Afrrjvaioi . . . -n-pd-y p-arci
clx ov ^ Iro T "> v XTIOTWV, XEN. Hell. 5, i, 5 ; The Athenians were harassed
by the pirates, ev irdo-xovo-a (sc. yn) v iroiet, XEN. Oec. 2O, 14; -Land,
when well treated, treats you well.
DEM. [49]' * : 4>fvytl vvv VTT' e'/ioC TavTr/v Ti]v 8tKrjv.
ANTlPHON,4y 5: unodavdv (see above). 5,48: ov8' OVTOI air o6vjj a K ov-
er IV V7T CIVTUV TU>V TTpOCT^KOVfUIV.
PLA'J'O, Apol. 35 D: da-ffifias (ptvyovra VTTO MeX^rov TOVTOVI. Hipp. Mai.
304 E : (TvuftifirjKf 8rj p.oi ... KCIKOJS p.tv v(p' vp.u>v aKoveiv Kal 6vfi8itcr6ai, KO-
KUIS & {ITT' (Ktivov.
XEN. Hell. I, I, 32 : eWiVroucrt> (see above). Ibid. 5, I, 5 : irpay^ara d^ov
(see above). Oec. 20, 14 : ev vrao-^ovo-a (see above).
THUG. I, 2O, 2 : "iTrnap^ov OIOVTCII v(f)' 'App.o8iov Kal 'ApicrroyeiYoi/oj rvpavvov
ovra aTrodavflv (cf. ibid.: 'imrupxto Trfptru^oire? . . . drr fKreivav). 3, 58,4:
a.TTo6av<jvTa s inrb Mt)8b)v.
HDT. 4- I2 5 opiov-es /cat TOVS ofiovpovs (pevyovras IITTO 'SlKvdeaJv Kal rtra-
payp.ti>nvs. 8, 1 6 : 6 yap Afp(a> crrpaTos . . . avros VTT ecouToC e'TTtTrrc.
AR. Ach. 167-8: rairrl Trepifided' . . . Truer ^ovra p.t ... Kal raiiff 1 vrr* av-
8pu>i> j3ap,3up(i)i> ;
PlND. O. 2, 21 : eVXd>i> yap IITTO ^fipparcoz/ 7rijp.a OvqcrKti.
HOM. II. I, 242-3 ' fVT tlV TToXXol i(p' "EKTOpOS . . . \ 6l>1](TK OVTf S 7T L7TTUXT I.
3, 6 1 : or T da iv Sta 8ovpos in (Ivfpos. 3, 128 : (Tracr^ov. 6, "4 dve^Tjcrav. 13,
796 : ('0-1. 16, 519: ftapvdd. 17, 428: TTr6vTos. 616: u>\(af 6vp.i>v. 21,22-3:
cos 8' VTTO SeX(p(j/os . . . l^dvfs a'AAot | (pfvyovTfs TnpTrAatrt fjiv^nvs KTf.
172. Note that the element of the disagreeable enters into most of
these verbs, so that the intransitive construction is an evasion of respon-
sibility. (Z Trao-^w and (v (\KOVO) merely serve to match /ca/cws Trao-^co and
KIKWS aKovca. Cf. A. J. P. vii (1886), 42, Note 2.
173. PASSIVES OF INTRANSITIVE VERBS. Passives of intransitive
verbs are rare, ovos verai, PROVERB ; A donkey in the rain.
Isoc. 11,22: 8iaKfKiv8vvfvp.fvois (papp.uKOLs (ris/i\' medicines) xpu>p.('vr)v.
ANT. 5- 75 'V &)f ^ ovv K( Ktvftwf vcre rai. pcriclitiitmn crit.
THUG. 3- -3' 5 '/ vv^ . . . virov i<f)o/j. vrj TTO\V TO v8u>p tv '""'",'/ eVfJroi^Kft,
The snmuincss of the night had caused a rise in tJic water.
Ill)T. 2, 22 : fl t](i6vie, vtro av -Him ra ^copi'a, //" t/iere were any snow-
fall, these parts would have ruin on them. 3. 10: vcr^ritrav yap H/],iai at At-
yinrrtai . . . i>v yap ^/} vf rat ra tiva> TTJS AtyvTrrou TO mtpi'mav.
PIND. C). 10, 76 : ufiftfTu 8f irav Ttptvos, The whole grove was full of song.
. Od. 6, I 31 : oj r (sc. Xe'w^) da-' iiup-fvos.
IMPERSONAL PASSIVE 77
174- PASSIVE OF VERBS THAT TAKK A GENITIVE OR DA-
TIVE. An active verb may be turned into the passive, even if
it takes a genitive or a dative. But there are limits.
OV'TI Si airciXov|iai, aXX' TJ&TJ dirciXw aXXois, XKN. Conv. 4. 31 : / tini no
longer threatened, but tint tunt' threatening others. Ipvv rfjs Yv* 1 * 111 ^ avre-
parai, Ibid. 8, 3 ; LOT.' ing his wife, he is loi'ed fate A again.
ANTIPHON, 4/3 7 : ^ 8"S K<irT}yopoip.ai (but 2# 10: a Kartjyopr)'
rai p.ov).
PLATO, Euthyd. 273 C : dirutv ovvravra KaTppovt)0Tiv vir mvdiv. Lnch.
181 B : (iraivfl vir' uv8p<0>v diu>v iriffTfiittrtiai. Rpb. 556 C-D : Cmv . . . prj-
Kara<f)pov>VTai oi TTf'vtjTfs vno TWI> Tr\ovai<t>v.
XEN. Conv. 4, 31 (see above). Ibid. 8, 3 (see above). Hicro, i F, 1 1 : ou
(pi\oio (ivi (iXX (cat (pu>o VTT af^coTrooi/. ll'id. II, 15: fv8atftovS>v yiip ov
i')(r f i.
EUR. I. A. 1093-4: 5' (iptra KaTCrtTKrBfv Qvarois li^fXt'iTai.
SOPH. O. R. Ill : (K(f)(vy(i $f T(ifj.( Xo ii/j.f t>ot>.
175. The verb must take the dative without an intervening outer ob-
ject. So in 8i86vai TT\OVTOV rol? EXXijtrii/i Ak. Pax, 1321, TiHy"l'.\\t)<riv cannot
be turned into the subject of the passive. Rare is such a construction as
ava(TTr l <ravT(S 8e avrovs oi . . . (TriTfTpupp.t'i'OL TIJV 0uXaK]7i/, THUC. I, 126, II,
where we should expect ois fireTtrpaTrro '/ (pvhuKt'i. rt]v (pv\(iKt]v is a inunncr
of inner object.
176. IMPERSONAL PASSIVE OF VKRBS C.OVKRMXO AN Oni.Kjri-:
CASE. The impersonal construction which is the rule in Latin is rare in
Greek.
ANTIPHON, I.3i: fpm p.tv ovv 8f5i//y;r(jt Kin ftffiofidrjTat TM < rt > TtBviuni
Kd\ Tto vtipui. Ibid. 2/1 13 : *</>' "tf KdTTjyopflTai poi 1 (V. 1. KarijyofiftTf).
XEN. Vect. I, I : voftifav, ft TOVTO yivoiro, ... T// ... TTfvia airwv tniKf-
KOVpf)tT dill (if.
THUG. 5, 49, 2 ; dvTf\(yov pi] ftiKiitais rrfywv KaraSfSiKUffBai, T/it'y main-
tained that thev had not been justly condemned, but (CHTinVS. is probably mid-
dle : they had not justly condemned them. See Classen.
177. DEPONENT VERHS. The deponent is a middle form
which has no active. y'Y vo f xat > /" become^ get, efdofiai, / behold.
On the passive aorists of these verbs, see 169.
178. PASSIVE <] I) ETON]-: NTS KXI-RKSSI-.D i;v I'KKIIMIRASIS.
The passive of deponents is often expressed by periphrasis.
So especially outside of tin- passive form (1 aor. pass.). Familiar
is alriav ?x uv ^ s pUSSlVC of alrid<r6ai.
78 GREEK SYNTAX
vavs alriav e\ovTs -rrpoSowai, Hyp. pro Eux. I ; Being accused of hav-
ing betrayed ships,
Hyp. pro Eux. i (see above). Ibid. 31 : TCOJ/ yap KaT^yoprj6tvT(jiv TO fif)
\a(3ov dnoXoyiav VTTO T;/ opyjj TU>I> diKaarutv KaraXfiTTfTai.
DF.M. 18, 200: TT/joSe&coKe'j/at irdvras av f(r\ev (SC. r; TroXts) alriav,
Lvs. 11, 10: tl . . . air lav f'x oi -
PLATO, Rpb. 565 B: alriav 8i) fV^oi/ vno T(OI> fTtpatv . . . a>s eVi/Sov-
\fVOV(Tl TO) Sf^W.
THUC. 2,4I> 3- M" 1 ' 7 / yup r <>>v vvv aKorjs KpfLaawv f's nelpav f'p^erat. J,
N. 1265-6: eya> 8e . . aidovs ov8(p.Lijs eru^oi/.
H()M. Od. 2, 136-7 vf^fCTLS 8i p.oi ( dvdpuTTcav ecrcrerai.
II. 7, 409-10: 0ftSw . . . yiyv(T(aL~). 22, 243-4: /i^Sf rt 8ovpu>v terra
179. RECIPROCAL EXPRESSIONS. Reciprocal relations are
expressed by forms of a\\Tj\<av, for which the reflexive is not
infrequently substituted.
irpos fiv -y^p CKCIVOVS (ACT' aXXt^Xtov ep.ax'o-avTO, ircpl 8e rav-rqs irpbs tr<|)as
avTous eiroXe'fiTjcrav, Isoc. I o, 53 ; Tliey fought against them in alliance ivith
one anotlier, but made war for her against (tJiemselves) one another.
Isoc. 10, 53 (see above).
L\"S. 3, 40 : fl "ipa 7T6/j( 7rai8<av f(pL\oviKt'](rafj.(v r/^fTj Trpor riXA^Aoiiy.
PLATO, Phaedr. 237 C' ovrf yap tavrois ovre aXXyXots opuXoyoiHTiv.
a^f. 322 13: rjftiKow aXXi^Xous.
XEN. An. I, 2, 27 (Tvvfyevovro riXXi/Xoi?. Ibid. I, 10,4- Oifff^ov (iXX/^Xwi'
. . . OK TpiuKovra errciSta. Ibid. 3, 2, 5 : fStbKa/nei' mil e'Xd/3o/iei/ Trtcrru ^7} TrpoSco-
o"etf (i A X y X o f y.
For additional examples, see the lexica.
1 80. Reciprocal Reflexive:
Isoc. io, 53 (sec 179).
ANDOC. 3, I I : i\pi]vr] yap Kal <nrov?>a\ TTO\V $ia(f)(pnvm (T(f)u>v avrwv.
1 8 1. Reciprocal and Reflexive in Contrast;
PLATO, Phaedr. 237 C: oi'rt ytip (avrots ovrt aXX/;Xois ofj.oXoyovo'iv.
Ibid. 263 A: dpfatrftriTovfifv dXX^Xots re Ka\ 'j^'iv awrotr.
182. REPETITION OK COCINATES. The Greek, like the Latin,
delights in the repetition of cognates. Not so the English.
Xeip x ? P a v i* l PKOV. ; (One) hand washes (the other) hand. ^jXos TOV
79
JjXov, PROV. ; cltivus clat'iim pellit. Comp. "One star differeth from an-
other star in glory."
PLATO, Conv. 195 B: u^omv o/zojw ilt\ 7rrX(it. Gor^. 510 B: 6
O/iOtOf TO) 6p.OlU>. Lj'S. 214 B: TO OfJLOlOV TU> 0^1 01 CO tllXiyKIJ lift <f>i\(llt fll'lll.
. . ooKa ytip 'jp-iv yt irovrjpbs r<p noi>r)po), 6<Tto an . . . ^uXXov 6/itXiy, rocroi/roi
f^Bitttv yiyvttrdai. 1
AR. Thesm. 955 X ( l / J ' f^vairrt ^elpa.
EPICHAR.M. fr. 118 (Ahr.): fe ^ f \ f , rav \ fl P a "'f"-
SOPH. Ai. 5-- X''P' f X"/ Jll< V'P f(nt.v t) TIKTOVCT' aft.
H ES. O. et D.25: tat Kfpdfj.fiis Ktpnfjif't Ktrrici Ktn T(KTOVI T(KTU>V.
HOM. Od. 17. 2178 I viv fjifv fti) fjuiXa TTfiy^v KdKos KaKov r}yf/Au^t(, | a>r
aid TOP ofjiolov uyfi 6f6s a>y TOV opolov.
183. MOOD. The Greek language has four moods proper.
A mood is a tone given to the predication by the speaker or
writer. These moods arc the indicative, the imperative, the
subjunctive, and the optative. The verb has also a nominal
form, the infinitive, which is often called a mood, and an adjec-
tive form, which is called a participle.
Of these moods the indicative alone expresses with uniform
directness the relations of time, or tense, and as some of the
modal uses cannot be understood without the use of the tenses,
it is necessary to consider first the tenses.
TENSES
184. The tenses express the relations of time, embracing:
1. The stage of the action, duration in time, kind of time.
2. The period of the action, position in time, sphere of time.
The first tells, for example, whether the action is going on
or finished.
The second tells whether the action is past, present, or future.
185. Peculiar to the Greek language, as compared with Latin
and English, is the specific form for the relation of attainment
called the aorist, the tense of concentrated action, the absolute
tense. The kind of time and the sphere of lime art- both ex-
pressed by the tenses of the indicative mood or declarative form
1 AKISTOT. Ktli. N. H, i , 6 : oQiv ruv opoiuv (ftuaiv MI; TUI> ofunov coi KuXoiup
WOTt ICoXo JO '. Kilt Ttl TUiaVTU.
8o
GREEK SYNTAX
of the verb. But present and future have no special aoristic
form in the active and middle, though in the passive it is possi-
ble to make a distinction.
186. The absence of special forms for designating the kind of time in
the future helps to account for many modal combinations. The subjunc-
tive and optative often serve to express exact temporal relations in the
future.
187. The tenses are further divided into principal and his-
torical, or primary and secondary, according as they refer to the
present and the future on the one hand (time not past) and to
the past on the other.
188. TABLE OF TEMPORAL RELATIONS
Indicative Alood
ACTIVE
I*
Continuance.
PRESENT: ypd(pu>,
I am writing.
Co m pie t ion . Atta in ment.
yilypafpv, yp<i(f)<a,
/ have written, 1 write.
P-.-
FUTURE: ypdi]sa>,
/ shall be
yfypa(j)ia$ (crop.ni, ypd\}sa>,
[ypdfyas Ecro/iai (293)]
/ shall have I shall write.
"ra
writing.
written.
II
' PAST: f'ypaCpov,
tyypdtp
i?, Zypa+a,
^
I was writing.
I had written. I wrote.
PASSIVE
PRESENT: ypd(j)(Tai,
ye'ypaTrrai, ypd(f)(Tai,
(U
C
H
The letter is
writ/en,
has been is written,
written,
.
being written,
is written.
c
"C
0,
writing.
FUTURE: (ypa^fTui),
The letter will be
ycyj)d\l/fTai, (ypa(f)i'](T(Tai),
[ypa(f)(l(Tii f'<rr<u(293' ),
will have will be written.
written,
been, 7(
ill be
I/
C
(writing).
f PAST: typdff)(ro,
written.
tyiypmrro, typd(f)rj,
H
was (being) written
had b
een was written.
f
written.
was written.
PRESENT TENSE Si
Present Tense
189. SPECIFIC PRESENT.- UNIVERSAL PRESENT. The
present is used, as in English, of that which is going on now
(specific present), and of statements that apply to all time (uni-
versal present).
Specific Present :
TOV dvSpa 6 ptL, XEN. An. I, 8, 26 ; / see my man.
I go. Universal Present :
irdvra ...!, PLATO, Cratyl. 440 C ; Everything is in motion.
PLATO, Crat. 402 A (97). 440 C (see above).
HDT. 7. 9- y) "TO TTfip'js mivra dvdpvrroicri <pi\(fi ylvttrdat (97)-
COM. Philem. 4, 40: fftdpovs TTOIOVVI TOVS (friXovs <ii (rvyKpicrtis, Compari-
sons make enemies of friends.
EPICHARM. fr. 117 Ahr. : vuvs iipfj mil vuos uKovft, (It is) mind (that) sees
and mind (that) hears.
191. PRESENT PARTICIPLE COMBINED WITH COPULA. The Greek
has no special form for the progressive present of English, nor for the
progressive tenses generally. In the periphrasis with the present parti-
ciple, the participle is generally equivalent to a characteristic adjective or
substantive, with which it is often coupled. Notice must also be taken of
the position of the copula, which readily resumes its emphasis. 1
Sc6}icvd ^CTTI old eon SticrOai, COmp. Xl-'.N. Dec. 7- -' irpocrfjifov ^em, //
is becoming; irpooiiKci, // becomes. al<r0av6(Avos, I'LATO, Tiieaet. 160 A =
oUrOrj-nis, Ibid. 160 D.
LvCURG. 36 : 6no\oyavfi,fvov tcmv.
DEM. 19, 312 : TI'S yt'ip tfTTiv . . . OVTO) (TKaibs icai . . . (r(f)oft[)a picruiv rfjv
TToXtl/ TTJV Jj/JifTfpllV; 2O, 152: ttTTl ft( Kill fJHI\' t )( CO V VOflOS lf.Hl' KllXaiS. //'/(/.
153: TraXtnus fcrd' o vi'iftos KIU K<iAd>y t^uiv. I 57 : olar^pos KH\ KUKWS t^w
6 vopos.
ISAE. 7, 14: npofff/Kov r)i>. Ibid. KJ '. K<H TIIVTO otic ayvoovptvov tarty
ovftf nuf>' airrois Tiivrtny.
Lvs. I "5,91 : >yi' i/mipxuvTa.
PLATO, Euthyph. I0 B: OIK <if>u Sn'm 6p<i>p.(V('> f'rrn, ^(('i rofro <'y<irm,
dXXu rovvdvriov ftu'iri opurai, &ia ruirii o/)d)/if v.> v. (Here the dilTerencc be-
tween predication and action is insisted on.) I-egg. Sii I?: K\V&VVUV f/";M*
dvai (f)ff)<tv(T(ii> rms TTIU<T\ Tt}i> 7ri>Xi<p<ifli<n>, I maintain that multifarious
1 Si-c \V. J. Alexander in A. J. \\ iv (1883), 291-308, and I!. L. C. in J. II. U.
Circ. 1882-3, !' 67-
6
82 GREEK SYNTAX
learning is a dangerous thing for children is endangering to children.
Phileb. I I A : opa Sr) . . . Trpor riva (sc. \dyov) TUV nap' i]fj.lv dfjL(()i(T^r]Tflv (SC. p.i\-
Aeir), f'av p.i] (TGI Kara vovv ?/ X? yop.( vo s. Theaet. 160 A-D (see above).
XE\. Oec. 7> 21 : <* r ^ v (rrcyvav f'pyn fttofievd fern. rrrcyvuiv ,8f 8elrai . . .
7) TU>V vfoyvmv TtKva>v irai8orpo(pia. dfuptva = <juae cgenttii sunt = quae egeant.
8( irai = t'get. [R. A.] 2, 3- orrdflrcu 5' ev rr/ rjirfipay elcrl 7T(iXeis I/TTO rwv '.\dtj-
vn'id)v dp)6p.fvai (^= UTTijKOOt), at /Ltei/ /LieydXat 6ia Seoy ap^ovrai, at 8e fjuicpiii irdvv
THUC. 4, 109, 2 : Vrt Se aTro roO /SacrtXt'cof 8iopvyp.aros fcru> Trpov govern.
HDT. I, 57 : ?0"av ot IIfXao~yoi ftdpfiapov yKuxr&av te'i/re? (fiapjUapofpfavoi).
2, 6l : ocrot 8e Kapwi" eicrt eV Atyv7rr<j) oiKeovres (oiKiovcrt, live; oineovTes fieri,
are resident). 3, 133: oo-a e'j alfr^vvrjv ecrrt (pfpovra. 4., M '. eort Se Kal
aXXof Xoyoj f\O)V oo8e (^TOtoerSe).
AR. Thesm. 77: eiV eur' ert fcoi/ eiV aTroXcoX' EuptTri'S^s. Ran. 35-37:
Kara/3a, iravovpyt . /cat yp eyyvs rr/s dvpas i]8r) /SaSt^coi/ ft/it Tr)<r8', ot TTpcord
/ie | 8ft TpaTTtcrBui. Well explained by Kock : Auf meinem Marsche bin ich
in die Nalie gekomtnen. Eccl. 1093-4: ot'/not KaKo8aip.u>v, tyyi/s ijSrj rtjs dvpus |
eXK(i/ie^(i? flp.(i).
SOPH. O. R. 1045 : fwz/ as adj. Phil. 412 : id.
ARCHIL. I : flp.1 S' e-yoi) ^fpuTrtoi/ /^i/ 'EwoXtoto avciKTos, I Kat Moutre'cov f'pa-
TOJ/ 8tapov eiria'Tafjifvos,
192. COXATIVE PRF.SEXT. PRESENT OF ENDEAVOR. As
continuance involves the notion of incompleteness, the present
is used of attempted and intended action (present of endeavor,
conative present). But on account of the double use of the
present as a tense of continuance and as a tense of attainment,
this signification is less prominent and less important than in
the imperfect. Notice that this conative sense runs through the
moods.
uivoiifiai., / ain trying tf buy, T ui/i bidding. SiStofii, 7 am luilling to give,
1 ojfft'r. ira oaKpo verai . . . v^ias, I )F.M. 29, i ; Ifr tries to sii<indlc vou. ot
'E-yta-ToUoi . . . T|fi.as K<*>o(3otio-i., Til re. 6, ii,2; TJie Segestans arc trying to
frig /i ten its. TOV vlbv K T c i v c i, HDT. i , 1 09 ; He ivisJics to kill her son.
I) KM. 29, I (see above).
PLATO, Phaedr. 273 I) : ft ... //XXo n nep'i Tf^r/f Xd-ycov Xf'yfis- (have to
say, li'ant to say),.dKmioipfv nv. Soph. 242 C : Xf'yt traffitarTfpov o \ey< is.
AKX. An. 7. 7- 7 *fhavv(Tf i)p.u$ f'< Tij<r8f r^y ^o)p(is\
Turc. 6. 11,2 (see above).
HDT. i, 1 09 (see above).
PlND. O. 2, 98 : -riva ftd\\ofj.( v ; Whom are luc trying to hit?
PRAESE.YS PROPHETICUM 83
193. Other Moods and Verbals :
ISAE. 2, 28; ujrrjyiifxi'f THIS wvavfiivois /IF) d)i>f1(T flat.
ISOC. 4. 17 : TOI> fir) fHtvnv lTTl&tllV ITOlOVptvov (= 7rmr]tTa<T0al #ovX<!/ifi<o/)
ciXXti K<II 8tairpua{rflai TI @(iv\t>ptvot>.
PLATO, Proiaij. 340 I: : lut^ttvat n(i<>v T<> i'i>crrjp,a noiw. In frying /,; /teal
the disease / make it T.V/'AV.
XKN. Hicro. II. 13: rrXiu'riff . . . roi? c/x'Xoi's-.
THUC. 3. '8, I : (7ri M)0v/xvai OH- n po8t8ofj.ivt)v e'0Tpdrfv<rni/. 5, 22. 4:
KaTftfaXt yap Tit . . . avTiXapftavupfvos . . . Ktpafiida, 3, 56. 2: TruXiv
TTJV fjfltTfpaV K(IT (I X <l/JL$ <1 I'O VTd $.
EUK. Phoen. 81 : fyip Xvoixr(a).
PlNl). (). 13- 5^~^ )O : r "' M* 1 ' 'EXfVai/ KopifovTfs, ol <V 77<j irupTrtiv
f'ipyovTf s. 1'.4. 106: ayKo/u'^W, with note.
HoM. II. IO, 457 ' <(>0fyyop(vov 8' a pa TOV yt Ktipij Kovij)(Tiv (pi^flr].
194. PRKSKNT ANTICIPATINT, THI-: Fr-rrKK. PUAKSKNS
PROPHKTICU.M. The present tense is used more rarely than in
English in anticipation of the future, chiefly in verbs in which
the will is equivalent to the deed : dpi, / <;v>. OVK ii>, [ suffer not,
yiyvofiai, f am becoming. The present as a vision of the future is
called pracscns proplicticnm.
lv 8e (ua fiaxil Tr]v8 rt -IT poo-KracrOc (?<;'///=: shall '('in) cai icivir)v paXXov
i\tvQtpovrt (J "rce = shall free), TlHX'. 4, 95, 2. TOVTUV TWV \)rr]<|>io-pdTwv . . .
fj fiCVOVTWV . . . tj aXovTWV . . . Tl -q TToXlS fj KCpSaiVil TJ PXd.TTTTOl; I) K.M.
[58]. 37-
LYCURG. 126: ft yap n-poTja-fa-df TOVTIIV TOV Katpbv . . ., OIK (<TTII> vp'tv p.tTa
ravra SIKTJV Trap' airrtav dBiKOVvrw \aftf ii> ' KpftTTtws yap ijdrj ytyvovrui TIJS rriipa
TWV d8lKOVfl(VO>V Tl[JUi)pt<IS.
DEM. [58], 37 isec above).
XEN. Cyr. 4. 6, 7 : ft <>vv crv p.f ^f'^/; xri.
Tui'C.'. I, 121.4: /iia rf VIKIJ vavp.a\ias Kara TO ftVor AXicricavTai. 4. 95, 2
(see above). (>, 9'. 3 ' "' avTif 17 TroXis- XrjfpdrjcrfTai, f\(Tiit KU\ i] Tfiirru 2iK(\ia.
I Il)T. I, 207: {(rartadfls p.tv n JXKT air tt\ X vt 1 1 nunnv ri)v afi^i/f . . . IIKWV
&( OV VIKOS TIXTOVTOV <J(TOV ft KTf . 3- '55 '1^1 OtpfOfifV H(l,il'Xu)KI. 6, 82 '.
OVK alpifi To'Apyos. 6, 109: t]i> yap <rv yvu>p.r; TJJ tfjif/ 7r/)U(r^;;, IITTI TOI irarptt
rt (\(v6fprj Ka\ ni'iXir TTpwrr) TWV (v Tt/ 'KXXiifit. 8, IO2 : Map&wiov 8t, >]v TI rraflu,
Xo-yoy ovfifiv yivtrai- ulbt TI viKvirrtf ot "EXX^i/f f VIKOXTI, dovXov crbv dno\(-
cravTff.
AR. V.f\. 127 : (iravff tvumv, nuruv iat ci7r(>X X vrat.
Et'R. Phoon. 884 5 : <ru r' J> ruXatvci a i>y KUTU(T KUTTT u 770X1, | <' /ir) Xo-yotv
TIS rotr (iuttri nuiffTui.
GREEK SYNTAX
SOPH. Ph. 113: alpe'i TO. rda -ravra rfjv Tpoiav fj.6va (97)-
AESCHVL. Cho. 55 KTfiva viv, a>s Tovvfipov (vvfTTft ToSf. P. V. 171 :
ot. Ibid. 767 '. 17 Trpos Sdpapro? ( ^ai/i'trrarat dpovatv;
PlND. O. 8,42: LTe'pya/ior . . . dXt'cr/cerat. P. 4, 48-9: Tore . . . f'ai/i-
195. elfii. In standard prose elfju, in the indicative is future
everywhere. In the optative, infinitive, and participle it is now
future, now present. The subjunctive is future by virtue of its
meaning.
Indicative as a future :
et(xi iri, TOV TtovSe eiraivov, THUC. 2, 36, 4 ; / ivill proceed to the praise
of these men. aXX' cipi, AR. Pax, 232 ; Well, I am going.
DEM. 16, 8: ravrrfv av cXaxrti/, t'acr' eVt MftrcrijVJ/J'. 2O, 99: fijut. 23, 106 :
OVK eV (Kflvovs "i^fv KOI 8t' fKfivcov acrdfvfj noiflv avrov ^rjTrfcrop.f v ;
PLATO, Protag. 335 C : vvv 8e . . . \d(lv yap irol fj.f 5fl . . . ftp. i.
THUC. 2, 36, 4 (see above). 4, 85, 6 : dXXa KOI ols av eV/w, fjatrov TIS e'/xoi
Trp6cr icri.
Ak. Pax, 232 (see above). Eccl. 933 : rd^a yap fla-iv cos e'/xe.
SOPH. Ph. 461 : i/vj/ 8' ft/it Trpos vavv.
HUM. Od. 17, 277 : f ' S' c6f\fis, eiripfivov, iyu 8' tifii TrpoTrdpoidev.
II. 3, 410: Ketcre 8' e'-ywi' OVK fifii.
Optative as a future :
ANTIPHON, i, 11 : eVeiSi) ra.\urra avrols mnjyyi\6r) on. eirf^ioip.1 TOV ira-
Tpos TOV (f)ovea.
XEN. Hell. 5. I. 34 : dXX' 6 'Ay^trtXaos cal TOVTOIS Trpof'nrf, TO'IS piv, d p.T)
fKntp-^foifv TOVS Apydovs, TOIS 8e, ft /ir) 0.7710 KV (K TTJS Kopivdov, on rroXf^zoi/
(oicrei tif avrovs.
Infinitive as a future :
LVS. 25, 22 : TOT" rjSr; KOI KdTifvai TrpocreSoKare *cat Trapa rcoi' i^apSiV Xrj^e-
<rdai diKrjv.
Pl,ATO, Phaed. 103 D : ai TO TrCp yt v irpocriovTos TOV \l/vxpov airco ;/
Virt^tevai (SC. Soicei croi) ^ dTroXfirr^at.
XEN. An. I, 3, I : 01 yap crrpaTiwrat OVK ((pacrav Ifvai TOV Trpotrw.
THUC. 4, 98, 4 : (iTruVai. 5, 7, 3 : inef-tivai, 5 : oT'e'vat. 6, 49, 4 : Trpocrui/at.
Participle as a future :
Pl.ATO, Protag. 335 C : faiurra.]vi\v o)f UTTKJDV.
THUC. 3, 27, 2 : d>y twefciuv Tols Adrjvaiois.
AR. Pax, 1182 : oil yap jy
HISTORICAL PRESENT 85
196. Optative, Infinitive, and Participle of tl/u not future :
ANDOC. I, 39 : *So>i 5t TQVT' f^q tni .\avpiov Itvtn (<)l).
PLATO, Cratyl. 4' D: <r;(f6'd> Tt au oiVot a$' 'H/jtixXrcroi' civ ^yoliro ra
ovra iivai rt iruvra Kiii pivftv ovdtv.
XEN. An. I, 3, I : inrwirrfvov yup rj8r) firi ftti(ri\(a (ci/at.
THL'C. 5. 65, 2 : opcLi/ trpos xuipiov Kiiprtpov c ovra I <r<pas.
197. Indicative as a present :
The use of !/ itself as present is poetical and late.
PLATO, Conv. 174 B : uya6u>v Vi ficurnf tao-u/ <iiT(i/z(iroi ayaBoi (PROV.).
HOM. Od. 4. 4' T')^OS tip* ( (iXor fieri yf'pwv aXiot vrjfjLfprrjs.
II. 2, 87 : i^uTf tdvta. flvi p.f\i(T<Tu<i)v Adivdtav.
198. PRESENT IN PASSIONATE QUESTIONS. In passionate questions,
the present is used as a form of exhortation.
rl oiv ov SiuKOjicv us rdxicrra; XEN. Cyr. 4, I, i I ; ll'/ty, then, do we not
pursue -with all speed?
XEN. Cyr. 4, I, I I (see above). 12 : ri ovv . . . OVK X^o>i/ Kva^dprj Aryeir
ravra ;
EUR. Hipp. 1060 : a> 6(oi, rl &f}ra Toi/p.ov ov Xva> ord/an ;
199. HISTORICAL PRESENT. The present tense is used far
more frequently than in English as a lively representation of the
past (historical present). Especially strange to us is the free
use of the historical present in relative and dependent clauses
generally, as these demand more reflection. 1
TI iroiovtriv; . . . SieicapTe'povv, L.YCURG. 85 ; II '/tat did tJicy do? They
held out to the end. irws ovv ravr' i-iroLi\(rtv ; [iia-Bovrai TOVTOVI, DEM. 1 8,
149; How, then, did he do this? lie hires this fellow.
LYCURG. 85 (see above).
DEM. l8, 149 (see above). [53], 17: Tr]pj](ras p.( . . . train rt TTV^ Ka\
Apirilfl p.((Tl>V K(ll U>6(1 fl( (IS TU9 \l00TOp.i(lS, (I p.>] TtVff TTpt>(TU>VT(f, ftoailTof
IJLOV dKoiKTavTfs, iraptytvovro Km (^OT)dr](Tav. (didd is an hist. pres. equivalent
to an impf. de conatu.)
PLATO, Phaedo, 84 D : xal os aKnvcras ty(\it<T( T( t]p('n<i Kdi (pr/(Ti.
XEN. An. I, lo, I : tvravda tit) Kvpov dirorf fivtrai fj K(f>n\rj Ka\ 17 \ f ^ ) 'I
&tlli. ft(HTl\fVS bf Kill (It <T\JV flVTO) 8tO>KCl)l/ (ItTirilTTtl fit TO Hl'pflUV (TTpllTUTTf-
Bov Kai rii p.fi> niTu Apiaiov ovKtn KrTavrai, XXa <f) iiyiiviri.
THL'C. I, 59. ' ^ TplUKOVTU l>f)(S TU)V ' A0t]l>ai<l>V tl(f>lKl>l>l'VTai (S Til <Vl
1 On the conception of the ancients, see I's. -I.oni;. wtf>i i'i|/<n";. Kh. Cjr. I, p. 275
(Sp.). Some statistics are given A. J. I', xiv, 106, and xvi. '-'51).
86 GREEK SYXTAX
QpaKr/s KCU. KaTa\ap.l3dvt>vcr t TIJV HoTfidcuav KCU. rdXXa dcpea-TTjKoTa. 1,91,2:
Kf\fVfL. I, 91, 3: d HfTT(\\<>V(riV . . . TTe/JLTTfl.. 6, 57, 3: (TVTTTOV Kill llTTOKTfi-
vovcriv CIVTUV. " 51, - (/<''"). 8, IO, 3: KaTaSiuiKovinv . . . dno\\vacri . . . oppi-
foixri. 8, 25, 3 (bis). 8, 25. 4. 8, 55, 3 (Av).
HDT. I,43 : u-Kovrifav TOV iv,rov piv dp.cipTavfi, Tvy^dvfi 8e TOV KpoiVov
TrmSdr. 45: KClTOlKTipfl . . . Xe'-yei. 107: SiSoi (/;/.f). 3, 4: or iilpeei pu, f V
i\VKiT), eXaw 8e OIK avqyaye fs Aiyvirrov. 3- 53 " lva P-'l cr( t )i Htpiavftpos ts rfjv
\u>prjv a7rtKr)Tai, KTfivov(ri TOV verjviaKOV, $, II '. alriei . . . alpifTai . . . aired.
AR. PI. 6/6: tnfiT dvafi\ti\ras 6pu> TOV iepea.
EUR, H. F' . 252: a) yt/s \o%vp.a&' ovs Apijs crntipfi 77o~e. I. T. 16: ds
f^TTvp' t}\df (sc. 'Ayafiffjivfav}, KU\ At -yet KciX^as niSf.
S(JPH. LI. 424-5 : rouivrd TOV Tnipuvros, ^''x' 'HX/co | 8fiKVVtTl Tovvap,
tK\vov frjyovp.ivov. Ibid. 679: TuXrjdts (tTif, TU> Tponu> 8u'>\\VTai; O. T.
779^ : dvijp yap tv dfiTTvois /x' VTTfpTT\r]<T0f\s /J.i8r] | (caXft Trap' oiVw, TrXdcrros- coy
drjv irarpi. Ibid. 787 : iropciiopai. Ibid. 79^: iKvoZpai, Ibid. 807: 7raia> . . .
ft>f opq. Ibid. 8l2 : fKKv\Lv8(Tai. Ibid. 813 : Krea'ia.
AESCH\'L. P. V. 228-31 '. virais Ti'i^taTu TOV TT(i~pu>oi> fs dpuvov | Ka6i(T\
(udvs 8aip.o(Tii> vtp.fi yepa . . . KCU. 5if crToi^(^fro dp^v.
200. This use of the present belongs to the original stock of our fam-
ily of languages. It antedates the differentiation into imperf. and aorist.
Being a familiar form, it is set down as a mark of simplicity (<Ic/>'Xet) of
style. By reason, therefore, both of its liveliness and its familiar tone it is
foreign to the leisurely and dignified unfolding of the epos, and is not
found in Homer, whereas it is very common in the rhetorical Vergil, as it
is very common in the Attic orators. Nor is it used to any extent, if at
all, in the statuesque Pindaric ode, whereas it is frequent in the Attic
drama, which seems to have introduced it to higher literature.
201. AXXALISTIC OR NoTK-BOOK PRESENT. Akin to the Historical
Present, and not always to be distinguished from it, is the Annalistic Pres-
ent, Note- book Present, or Present of Registration, which transfers a
record or register to the historical page. So especially in dates of births,
deaths, and accessions.
Aapciou Kai napvaa.Ti.8os y ly vo vrai iratBts Suo, XE\. An. I, I, I ; To (<]f)
Darius and Pcirysatzs are born two sons. Kva|apTjs p.ev . . . TeXevTjL, t'tcScxe-
rai 8c 'Ao-rvayns TTJV pacn\T]i-r]v, II I) T. I, 106; Cva.iarcs dit'S and sls-
tyages succeeds to the throne. TOVTOV Be KcXcos -y '"Y VTai - AK. Acl). 48.
202. PKKSKNT OF UNITY OF TIME. The present is used
in Greek of actions that are continued from the past into the
present, especially with designations of time. The English
translation is often the progressive perfect.
PRESENT FOR PERFECT 87
oUu *vra09' CK (wipaiuov, OHM. [47]. 53 ; / have been living there from a
boy. tcclvov yap, ovScV aXXov, l x vtuw iraXai, So I'M. Ai. 2O ; /'<;/ //< // A. /;,/<
other, I've been tracking long.
DEM. 21, 59: TTlilTH T(W /lfT<J T<IVT<I \pUVOV S I 5 fT K ( I TOl/f ^f^Ol'l'. [33!. 4 :
oforw 8' OT; e'<rrii> <;Vr</, </>' of, TO ^V 77X01* K<miX<XvK<j, fj.tr pia V t'^wj/ roi-rots
TTf tpiapai vavrtKols tpyii&frdai. [47], 53 (see above).
LYS. 17, 9: ovTf IXU><TT\ Tiiira ra xpi'jiuira <itoi/^f v r;/ifVf/xi fiV<n.
PLATO. CoilV. 172 C: V// oil ( V <y<l, v^K^irfi o-i/K^uir/M'^a) . . . ooV?ra>
rpi'a err; toriV. Pliaedo. <S4 I) : rniXm . . . Tr t ><>ud<i K <tl K(\ f vtt.
HOT. 3,49: vvv 8i mYi i-ndrf tKTicrav TIJV vi)<rnv, flcr\ aAX^Aoitrj Kuirfxifxit. 7,
IO2 : Tj) EXXuSt TTtvir/ . . . did K<iT( trvirrpafyos (cm. 8, 62 : Kt>niti'pf0a t\- iimti/
TTJV (V 'lTa\tT], i) ITff) Jj^fTlprj T( f (TTl (K JTtlXtltHV tTl Ktl\ KTt .
AR. Ach. 17: ( UTOV 'yd) pi>iiTufj.tu (146). Vcsp. 317: Tt'iKnpai piv TTU-
Xai. Ibid. 320 : flov\op.ai yt miXm.
EUR. H. P. "02-3: ^^iii/os -y/i/j f/8rj 8p ( n f'^ OTOD 7T(7rXots | KIXT pt'iffOt
vStpa,
Sorn. Ai. 20 (see above).
HOM. Od. 13. 377 : "' ^'/ TI>L TpifTfs fj.(yapoi> KUTU Koip <i vi <> vtrtv.
II. I, 553 : Kat ^"7" <Te iriipos y oi'r' fipnfj.ni ovrf ^erciXXd).
So in tJie oilier moods of continuance :
Lvs. 17. 8: "irruaiv i/piiy i/^rj rpia (~rj dfj,(pi(rl3r)TovvTas.
HDT. 8, 4' ttvrrj ^' t) fj.(\iTu((ra'(i tv TOJ TTpuadf uiti \puvd) dim i (ripo vfj. e'vr)
TOT TjV U^aWTOS.
AR. Vesp. 1074 ' /jaSi'wy f'yw fitS(i^a), K*JI/ tifjiovcros f/ TO npiv, Readily it'ill I
teach him e'en if he have been untrained before.
203. PERFECT OF UNITY OF TIME. This does not exclude the use
of the perfect.
TOI . . . 2<|>TjTToi TJSirj rpia err) p. (jiiaOuKa, LYS. 17, 5 ; / have let t/ic Sphet-
tian property funs three years.
LYS. 9, 4' dtfuKofitvos irptnrtpvo'tv ds TJ]V nuXiv, ovnu> 8v<> ^.tjvay (niSt8ijfj,ri-
KVS KaTfXtyrjv (TTpnTi<aTT)s. 17. 5 ( see above).
204. PKKSKNT FOR PHRFKCT. -The present tense of .1 num-
ber of verbs that involve unity of character or persistence of re-
sult, is often translated by the Kn<j;lish perfect, vucw, / am vic-
torious^ I have conquered ' ; f^xu, I am here, I have arrircti ; 01x0^01,
/ am off, I am gone ; dicovw, / hear or liave heard ; irvvQavopai, / learn
or have learned. <rr'pofiai, / am deprived, and so all verbs of pri-
vation.
VVV 8' CTCpOV TToXlpOV KOlpOS tj K C t TIS, I'KM. j. > I K u> fi K . . . PoUTlXfO,
88 GREEK SYNTAX
XEN. An. 2, 1,4: We are victorious over (have conquered} the king, CKCIVO
OKI] Koas ; . . . Ktti ro\n6 -y', ffyt], O.KOIJW, Mem. 3. 5, 26. aTepo (itfta lTTi<m](JiTjs,
PLATO, Theaet. 196 E ; We are deprived of , have to go without, science.
DEM. 3. 6 (see above). 4- 2 4 ' irporfpov TTOT' d*cov<o ^(VLKOV Tpi^xiv tv Ko-
pivda> TTJV TruXiv, but 19. 221 : Kttt -yap raOr' aKijKo' CIVTOV \fyav.
ANTIPHON. Cf. 3^9- f ' $ f o.vOtvrrjs e< rtav \(yofj.fi><av firiftdKWTai, ov%
T)fj.(ls avTG) ol \fyovTts aiTtot e(Tfj,fi>, dXX f] irpais TU>I> fpyiov.
PLATO, Gorg. 53 ^ 6<f/**OTOIcXci OVK d/coveis tivftpa ayafibv ytyovora ;
Theaet. 142 B : ^aXfTrco? /zeV -yap e^et KOI VTTO rpavfidTcov Ttj>a>i/, /xaXXoj/ ^i^i/ auroi/
atpel TO yf-yoi/of j/do-r/^a fV rcJ crrpar(Vfj.aTi. Ibid. 196 E (see above).
XEN. An. 2, i, 4 (see above). Mem. 3, 5, 26 (see above).
THUG. I, 7. 7 : M* 17 "^ cirwoTjGavres /iiy fi\6a><Tii>, ol<tla trTtpta-Qai
rjyovvTai, "In failing to attain an object, they consider that they have lost"
(are suffering the loss of) " what was really their own." Morris.
HDT. 7' S3'- *s yap '-yo> nvvOdvofjiai, eV iivftpas o-Tparevu/jieda dyaOovs.
EUR. Hel. I34 : ot^erat 6avovo~a 8r).
SOPH. El. 1326: a> 7rXet(rra ^iwpoi Kal (ppfvfav rr)To>fj.(voi. Ph. 414 : dXX'
r) XOVTOS o'i^fTai 6ava>i> ;
PlND. P. 6, 22-3: 6p<paviofj.i>a> | n^XeiSa.
HOM. Od. I, 298: r) OVK difis, oiov K\eos XXa/3e Sloy 'OptcrTTjs ; 2, Il8:
ol' ov 77o> riv' aKovop.(v. 3- 86-8 : aXXovr fjifv yap irdvTas, oaoi Tpaxrlv Tro\(fj.i-
{bj/, | TTfvdofjied', r)%i (Kacrros aTrcbXero Xuypai oXe'^pw | Kfivov S' av /cat o\(6pov
dirfvQia 6i]K( Kpoi/t'cov.
Imperfect Tense'
205. The imperfect tense denotes continuance in the past.
It is the tense of evolution, of vision
TO iraiSiov 06 a, Lvs. i, II ; The baby was squalling, began to squall,
squalled.
206. IMPERFECT WITH ADVERB OF RAPIDITY. The continuance is
in the mind of the narrator; it has nothing to do with the absolute dura-
tion of the action. The aorist is the rule with the expression of definite
numbers (see 208), and it is not at all inconsistent with the nature of the
imperfect tense that it should be accompanied by an adverb expressing
the notion of rapidity.
v0vs l\tLpt\. iirl TT)V 'AptcaSiav, Xl'.N. Hell. 6, 5, 12; Forthwith he pro-
ceeded on his way to Arcadia.
Lvs. 1,17' tvdctos fTaparr6p.r)v, 8, 15 : tvdvs . . . (@tiF>i(. 9, 4 : vTTfroTrou-
1 See 13. L. G., A. J. 1'. iv (1883), 158-65 ; C. W. E. Miller, A. J. P. xvi (1895),
DESCRIPTIVE IMPERFECT. 89
fujv tiiOtut. 13, 35 : tv8('ii)t Kpiaiv THIS dvftpdcri TOVTOIS tnoiovv tv T/; $ouXfj.
21,3- ti/6vt tyvfjU'iKTidp^ovv.
XE\. An. 3, 4, 27: 01 8( 7To\(p.ioi TU%V dirfirr)8o>v. Hell. 6, 5, 12 (see
above).
THUC. 3,49, 2 : Tpiqpr) tvdvt a\\rji> a7Tf'(TTt\\ov, They despatched (were
for despatching) another trireme at once. 3, 106, i : tftur)6ovt> Kara rti^os. 3>
109, 3: 8ia TU%OVS fOairrov. 3, III, i: ddtrtrov dnt\u>povv. 5' - l > ' : f^dvs . . .
d(pi((Tav. 5- 21, 3' KO.TII rd^os (iroptvtTO, 6, 69, I ' firffyt TO (TTpaTonfftov
fvdvs . . . dva\af36tTff ra oTrAa (v()vs dvrt Trjj(ra v. J, 29, I : fi>6vs diftirtfJilfov.
7.69,1: dvTf irXrjpovv ras vaijs ( ii8vs. "J , 84, 3 : tvdiis diffpddpovro. 8,12,3:
Sia rti^ovf TOV TrXouv (troiovvTo.
HDT. I, 79 firoitt Kara ra^or.
AR. Nub. 1357 : 6 8' (vdfus . . . t <f>aa-K(. Vesp. 355 : idt aavrov Kara
TOV Tfl^dVS Tl)(( O) f.
PlND. P. 9, 38-9 : ^riv iav | (vdvt dfj.(ift(TO.
HOM. Od. 9. 179- ' S" dials' f icrfitt LVOV Kat (irl K\TJKTI Ka6tov.
II. 2, 52 : TOI 5' rjyfipovTO fjidX' COACH.
207. DESCRIPTIVE IMPERFECT. The imperfect is employed
to represent manners, customs, situations, to describe and to
particularize.
TJS (sc. TTJS f)ovX.TJs) ciriaraTovcrr); o\i SIKWV oxiS' eY K ^ T )f iaTaj> ' ov>8' cla<|>opuv ovSt
TT1 iaS OvSf TToXtfilOV T) TToXlS < Y * K * V &XXa Kal TTpOS dXXt]XoVS TjaKXlOLV i. \ v Kal
rrpos roits aXXovs airavras lpi]vriv TJY OV> iraptixov . . . SIT^Y"*' ^iroiovv
. . . cSoKtfiaov, Isoc. 7, 51-3, a description of the good old times. T| 8c
YUVT) TOV ^acriXcos av-rf) ra criria a<j>i tirta-crt, HDT. 8, I 37 ; The queen herself
would cook them their food. TWV 8e iroXcp.iuv, i-rrtl 4>ws c-ytvero, ol pev cOavfia-
( o v TO. Spup.cva, ol 8' j Y C Y v dxr KO v TJStj, oi 8' -fj y Y ^ ^ v > ' 1 ^ (B 6 u> v, ol 8' eXvov
t-ir-irovs, and so on to the number of 16 imperfects, XKN. Cyr. 4, 2, 28.
irpoTjYopi 8c aviTwv GKipafAtvrjs, Hell. 2, 2, 22 ; Theramenes ivas their spokes-
man.
Isoc. 7, 51-3 (see above).
LVS. 12. 8-9: f'-yoj Se rTfifrcowi /xj/ fjpu>Tu>v (i /SouXotTti /if (TcT)fru xpr]p.ara
\afto)v i> ft (fyacTKfv, ft TroXXa ft?;.
PLATO, Theaet. 143 A: *cni oo - (ts' 'Aftjvnfe d(f)iK(>ifjirjv, firavripu>ru>v T!>V
Xo)*cp(jTr; o /ir) ffji(fj.vr'ip.riv, K<U dtvpo (\da)i> ( irrjvd) p6oii fJ.T/v.
XKN. Cyr. 4, 2, 28 (see above). Hell. 2. 2, 22 (see above). Ibid. 2, 4, 33 :
TjKovTtfov, (fiaXXov, (Tu^fixiv, f(T(f)(vf><>vuv. Ibid. 4, 3. '9- tdidovmo, t^.a\nvro,
pirtKTtivov, ujTfQvfliTKov. Ibid. 6, 4, 36 tt)((To TOV pt'tirrpov, f*o)j dn0av(v <i avr/p.
Ibi<i. 7, 2,6-8. (In the spirited account of the li^ht the imperfect outnum-
bers the aorist 5 to I.)
THUC. 3, 8l, 3: cjv (u>p(i>v TO ytyvofuva, ftitCpOt ipov <uVi) tv TW u/jw
90 GREEK SYNTAX
d\\!j\ovs Kai fK TU>V 8iv8po)v rives dm'iyxovTo, ol 8' u>s (KacrroL fSvvavro dvr]-
\ovvro.
HOT. /, 173 forpaTrjyee 8f Aaxt 8atp.ovio>v . . . EiiaiVeros. 8, 137 (see above).
AK. Ach. 185 : (yu> 8' <pevyov 01 8' f Si u> KOV Kaj3ou>v. Eq. 46 8 : OVTOS
Karayvovs TOV yipovros TOVS rpoirovs, j . . . | // KXX', e$o>7re v', t Ko\uKf v', f-r)-
Tvara. Av. 1282: ('KO/J.UIV, (TTfivuiv, eppinrcnv, f o-oxpt'iTtav.
EUR. Hipp. I 194^8 : firrjye . . . f'nrop.fcrda . . . c(<rc/3uXAo/ici'.
SOPH. Ai. 298-300 : rfii^fVl^f . . . ( cr(paf Kiipp lifting . . . IJKI f 0" .
AESCHVL. Pers. 416-26: fOpavov . . . tdfivov . . . v-n-riovro . . . eVXTj-
GvOV . . . J]pf(T(TfTO . . . fTTaiOV, fppt'l^l^OV.
Pi XI). P. 4, 240-1 : u> p( y oi/ ^f Ipas . . . t pfTTTOv . . . ay a TV a OVT (o).
Ho.M. Od. I, I IO-2 : ol /xeV up' trivov e p.icryov . . . ol 8(f) . . . Tpinrtas vi^ov
KCIL TTpOTldfV, T(H Kpe(l 7T()XA(l 8tlTfVVTO.
II. I, 249 : T v "i dyro yXuxroris /j.t\iros y\vKia>v pifv ai/bf],
208. IMPERFECT WITH DEEIMTE NTMBKUS. With definite
numbers, the aorist is employed (see 243), but \vhen there is a
notion of interruption or of continuance into another stage
(overlapping), the imperfect is used.
TatPTO. 8' e IT o i i Terrapas T|;ipas, XKX. Hell. 2, I. 24; He kept this Up four
dcl\S (hut on the fifth, iri f\v T)j.tpa Trt'jnrTT), J5 27). Kara^as 8 KCITU es TO KaTa-
yciiov oiKT|p.a SiatTaro TT' erea Tpia' . . . TerapTw 8 trt'i e^avr) TOI<TI 0pi]i|i, Hl)T.
4, 95 ; He ivcnt down into t/ie underground room and lived there for three
years, but in the fourth he appeared to t/ie Thracians.
DF.M. 19, 78: TtTTapas /j.rjvas oXouj f(T(povd' ol <ba)Kels rovs vcrrepov, r'j St
TOVTOV &fv8o\oyia fj.fra nwd varepov UVTOVS (iTrcoXf crtv.
XKX. Hell. 2, i, 24 (see above). Ibid. 2, 2, 16-7 : (Wr/)t/3f irapa .\va-uv-
$pci> rpfts fj.t]i>(is KOI irkiov . . . tTT(\ 8f ijKf TfT(ipTO) fJ.i]vi, uTnjyyf i\fv Kre.
THUG. 4- 69. 3 Kn ' Tavrr/v p.ev ri)v 1/fj.f'pav i\r)v flpydfcovro' T>/ (T icrrfpaia
TTfpl ieihlJV TO ~ft^O? OO~()l> OVK (ITTf Tf T(\f (TTO, K(l\ Ol (V TJj N((Tn/a S(io~(lVT(S . . .
vi>efir)cruv rms 'A.6r)vaiois.
HlJ'I'. I, 18-9: firo\ffJLf (T(ci fv8(K(l . . . TW ^f o~va>$fKtiT(i) fTf'i . . . avvrj-
vfl^drj TL roiuvftf yfvio~6ai Trpr/yfjia. 4., 95 ( st>c abo\"e). 4> '5^' TI >^ TOl> oiKfOv
TOV xiapov ( fTt<f (ftft<>ijL<t) tie cr(pis erf'i . . . ol At/3u$ . . . dviyvuxrav fK\t7reiv.
7, 191 : ii/jLtpcis yap ^17 txfip.af rpds- Tf'Xor fit fvrofiii re TroidJvTfs Kui Kura-
ttdoVTtS yi'ir)(Ti ol Miiyot TM iivip.u> . . . (Trnvcrav TtriipTT/ rjfitpij.
AR. Thesm. 502-3: irtpav S' (yaift i/ (paaKtv <l>otv(tv yvvf) Six '}/^</J"S'.
(<t>s firpiaTo iraiftiov,
HoM. Ofl. 2. 106 sqq. 3, 118 sq. 304 sqq. 4, 360 sqq. 5. 278 sq.
388 sqq. 7, 253 sq. 259 sqq. 267 sqq. 9, 74 sqq. 9, 82 sqq. 10, So sq.
142 sqq. 14. 240 sqq. 250 sqq. 285 sqq.
II. 9, 470 sqq. 21, 45 sqq.
IMPERFECT AND A OR 1ST gi
209. The above succession of imperfect and aorist is the type, but there
are variations.
THUC. 3, 107, 3 ; Five days they kept quiet, but on t/te sixth both parties be-
gan to draw up as for battle.
THUC. 3. 107, 3 (see above).
HDT. 7. 2O: ori p.iv ricrcrfpa Yeo n\i']pta napapTftro (TTparirjv rt KOI . . .,
U) 8( (Tf'i ilvop.ivo) f err parrjXuTf t X f 'P' M^y'^.V fXij^for.
HOM. Od. IO, 28 sqq.: (vvfj/iap p.iv O/JLO)S ir\(op.(v VVKTCIS rf KH\ fjp-ap, | rfj
' t]8r) di>( (paiixro jrarpls upovpa, | Kin 8rj TrvpTToXiovras ( \t vcrcrop.f v
iis fovraf | fvff tp-f p.(v y\vKvs vm>os (7n'i\vdf /ce/c/^r/aJTa. (Only an appar-
ent exception. The action is interrupted by the or>}Av#e.)
II. 6, I74~6 ; fvvt-fj.ap (ivicr(Tf KOI ivvia f3ovs If'pfVO'fv. | XX' ort Si)
fidci'iTi) ((fnivrj poF>oftiiKTv\<>s iju>s, \ KOI Tort p.iv fpfftvf Ktii f/Ttf tr^/xa Idiadat.
(Aorist followed by imperfect.)
210. When the imperfect alone is used, the definite statement is an
afterthought, or, at all events, the matter is not fully disposed of by the
narrator.
KO.I WKCI ^v Mcyapoi? irXtiw f\ -ntvre e-n\, Lvc. 21 ; He lived at Alegara more
than five years.
Lvc. 21 (see above).
ISAE. 5. 7 : (KfKTTfTO (plpf.= ipf.) fKCUTTOS 8u>8fKU (Trj afAfl^f.
LVS. 21, 2'. TOV fit fifTu^v xpuvov (Tpirj pcip^ovv (Trra (TTJ.
211. IMTERFKCT AND AORIST INTERWOVEN. The two
tenses are often so combined that the general statement is given
by the aorist and the details of the action by the imperfect, or
the situation is described by the imperfect and isolated points
presented by the aorist. 1
[ZuKpaTTjs] TO 4>dpfiaKov ciricv . . . irws ^reXevra; PLATO, Phaedo, 57 -^
Socrates drank the poison. Ho**.' did lie die? (Describe the closing scenes.)
OVK ^TJpKcr 8' aviTois TttOr' t^afiapTelv, aXXa ircpl TOVS avrovs XP VOV S tiropOovv
(itv TT)V T^Trtipov, v^pi^ov 8i Tas vqaovs, avT]povv 8e . . . Kal . . . KaOiaraaav,
iXv^iaCvoVTO 8e TTJV ITtXoirdvvT)(rov tea! fitcrTTjv a~Taarav Kal TroXc'fXwv ^ir oir)crav.
^irl iroiav ya.p TUJV -rroXtcuw OVIK i.anp<\rt\>(rav; f\ irtpl rivas avroiv OVK ^|ijp.ap-
TOV; OUK 'HXfi'uv p.cv |n'pos TI TTJS x^P a S a. <j) c i X o v T o, TT]V 8e yf]v Tr\v Kopivfliu)!'
T (iov, . . . SicuKiaa v, . . . 4ciroXl6pKT]O-av, . . . ciat'paXov, oviSev 8' ^iraxi-
ravTO TOVS [iv aXXovs Kaiccis Troiovvrts, avrois 8t TTJV TJTT<XV TTJV ^v AcvKTpocs irapa-
<rictudovTts ; IscjC. 8, </y-Ioo.
1 Sec al><> 1!. I.. (I., A. J. I', xiv (1893), 104-6.
92 GREEK SYNTAX
ISOC. 5' 53~4 : ^ 7'V f<pdatrav TU>V t)(dpS>v KpaTT]crai>Tfs KOI
ap.(\t)o~avTfs Tyi/co^Xoui' fjiev . . . erdX/ua>t' . . . ijTTfiXovv . . . aTreore'p
ciropdovv . . . e eTT( P.TTOV . . . TeXeurcoi/rey fie Trpos 3>a>K(as 7ro\(fj.ov f^ij
5, 87: ffx f y^P Strras eiridviiias . . . TTpoyptiTo yup fiacriXfl re rrohefif'iv KOI
TOVS fTciipovs . . . KaTayayt'iv. 8, 99100 (see above).
PLATO, Phaedo, 57 A (see above).
XEX. Hell. 2, 3, 55-6 : cos fie ravra etVfi/, eiX/ce p.tv OTTO TOV /3w^oC 6 2rupor,
fl\KOV 5 01 VTTT]p(Tal. 6 8f Q^pafJ.^!]? . . . (TTfKaXf I TO . . . . 7; fie (3oi'\T)
fjorv^iav ti^ev...- ol 8' ajvi^yayov TOV uv&pa KTf.
THUC. 3. 22 (a number of examples of shifting tenses). 4, 119, 1-3:
raiiTa ^vviQfvro KU\ u>fj.ocrav AaKefim/^oi/iot KOI ol ^i'/n/x^ot '\6rjvaiois KOI rols
vp.p.u)(ois . . . f-vvfTivfVTO oe KCII e cnrtv^ovTo .\aKf8ai/j.ovto)t> p.tv otfie . . . r;
p.fv 8rj (Kf \fipia avTr] e'ye'veTO, KCI\ gwfj<fav fv avrt] Trtpl ra>v [itifcivcav mrovftiov
8ui TTCIVTOS ('s Xoyovs.
HDT. 2, 162: TU>I> TIS ArytiTTTuoi/ oVicr^e CTTIIS TTfpiedrjxe ol Kvverjv, KO\
TTfpiridels (<prj eVl j3acn\T)ir] TTtpiridevai. 3, 123: ravra aKovcras NoXvKpdrrjs
rjcrdr) re KOI e'/3ouXfro.
HOM. Od. 10, 352-67 : A string of imperfects followed by a string of
aorists.
212. INTERCHANGE OF IMPERFECT AND AORIST. An actual inter-
change of tenses is not to be admitted except in the case of a few old pret-
erites, such as TJV and ffprjv. In the earliest period the typical difference
is held fast. The apparent exceptions, then, may be accounted for by un-
differentiated forms, by mistaken meanings, by the distributive or intensive
use of the imperfect. So e4 )T l v =4 )T ) ' a > but in ftrepirov the thoughts follow
the motion, 1 and lice'Xevov is " I gave orders," " urged."
6 Kpotcros eirfnr es 2irapTr)v oyYt'Xovs . . . ol
Kpolcros KT.", HDT. I, 69.
. 6, 27 : et /xei/ e'ya> TOVTUIV TrpoK(i\ov[j.ivu>v p.t} i]de\T)cra TOVS irapa-
yfvo/jifvovs (iTTofpfjvai, fj Qepairovras taiTovo-i p.ij rjdfXov tK^tdovat . . . <WTU uv
Tairrn p.(yio~Ta TKfj.tjpin KUT" (/JLOV eiroiOVVTO on uXrjdrjs fjv r) airta.
THUC. 2, 7'. 23. Tlav&avias y<ip . . . dir(8i8ov H\a-iit(vo~i y?]v KU\ Tro\iv
TTJV o-(f)fT(pai> f'xovras avTOvafiovs oiKflv KT. rafie /J.tv r^iiv TTiiripfs ol vfitrtpoi
f8oo~av KTf. 3> 5^' 5 ll(tv<ravi(is p.ev yup fdairrfv avrovt vopifav tv yt/ rt (piXia
Ttdfvin K<I\ TTiip av8pd(ri TOIOVTOIS KT(. J , 20, 1-2'. Tre/x' re IltXorro'i'i/J/croi' viii't
TplUKOVTH ((TT(L\(IV K(H \<lplK\f(l TOV ' \TTO\\O$(j)pOV (ipVOVTd, . . . Kill TilV Af//iO-
(fdivr) f\ TTJV 2i<fXini', (ainrffi f'^ieXXor, tiTTf O~T e X X ov.
HDT. I, 69 (see above). 3, 41 : fitf/^ei-os fi tvpurKt rdfa. 8, 136: Mop-
SOVLOS fie ... p.(Ta TUVTO. tnf fj- ^ ( uyyfXov '$ 'A.0T)vas 'AX(av8pov TOV '
1 Sec H. L. ti. on FIND. 1'. 4, 114.
IMPERFECT OF EXDEAVOR 93
. . ., apa pin ort . . . apa Tt o MapSoptor irvflupfvos ort irpt'(ivus Tt firj Kai fvtpytTTjs
6 ' 'AXi ail8pOS (TTfpTTf. . . . T01(Tt fit} irflflt'lpfVHS tTftprtf.
EUR. Or. 55- ' irafilp P*V ( <pvT(V(Tt V pf, <TI) 8' (TIKTf mil?.
Pixn. See B. L. (i. on P. 4, 114 and 247, and on P. 5, 76 : potpii Tit nytv
as compared with ibid. 87 : TOVS 'Api<rroTe'Xi;j aytiyt. O. 6, 41, on (TIKT(.
Ho.M. Od. 4, 5 : T 'l 1 ' M'" 'A^iXX^oj pr/^r/yopof vlfi irtprffv. Ibid. 8: rr\v
up o y tv6' "imrouri KU\ dppucri. irt p.TT( vtr6ai,
II. 2, 42 sqq. : t^tro 8' op6<i>0tis, p.a\aKov 5' fi>8vi>f ^trcoi/a, I KU\(>V
irrjyaTtov^ntpl 8i piyn /3aX\ero (pupos rro(rcr\ 8' viro \nT(ipm<riv c'd^aaro (caXa
7T'8tXa | (i/i^)i S' ap' utfjLoicriv ftiiXtro i(f)os dpyvpot)\ov, KT(. 6, 192-3: avrov
pw KarfpvKf) BiOov 8 o ye dvyaTfpa TJV, \ 8a>K( 8 ol rip.t]t j3a<ri\rji8i>f fjfj.t(Tv Trticrrjs.
7i 33~5 ^* f "P a ^wv// eras' SO>KC i(pos upyvporj\oi> . . . Alar S faxrr^pa 8i8ov
213. IMPERFECT OF ENDEAVOR. The imperfect is used of
attempted and interrupted, of intended and expected actions. 1
& (sc. Ta irarpuJa) iravr' Ipio ^Y^Y V * TO DEM. 39, 6; All of luhicJi (i.e. my
father's estate} was going to be mine. TO x^piov tirwXci, ISAK. 2, 28; He
was for selling the piece of ground. oi> iraiStov ?vKa iyapn, ISAE. 6, 24 ; //
was not for the sake of children that he wanted to marry, airwXXvfiTjv (-
^j8r) d-iroXov|ievos), ANTIPHON, 2^3; / knew (expected) that I was going to
be ruined.
DEM. 19,46: cal vp.(ls iye\arf, And you started to laugh. 39,6 (see
above). [49]- - 0"<})a\tvTOS p-ev TOVTOV tJTrcoXXvro Kai TO> Trarpt rw tp.u> TO crvp.-
($6\aiov. 54- 33 : fovrtf 8e p.rj rrnpaa-^op.(i/(f TOVTOVS pdprvpas TJV (=fp.f\\(v
tcrf&Oai) Sr/Trou X<iyor ovdfts, oXX' i]\u>Ktvai Trapuxpjjp.' vnrjpxf tTiconrj.
ISAE. 2, 28 (see above). 5, 44 : (yiyvtrn. 6, 24 (see above).
ISOC. 5- 4^' P-^l KaropddxravTts p.ei> tvdvs oTrcoXX WTO. 10, 36: 6 piv TOV
8?lp.f>V Ka0i<TTT] KVplW T1]S TToXtTfUJf, Ol 8f pWOV (IVTUV (Ip^flV t]ioVV.
LYS. 7, 32 : raOra 8f irpdas . . . fKfp8aivov p.tv ovdiv, fpavruv S' ds icivftv-
VOV K(l8i(TTT]V.
ANTIPHON, 2^3 (see above). 2/39: Xoi/r piv yap . . . ri;i- piv ovtrias
f)8rj tK<rrTj(r6p(iios, TOV 8( (raptrros KU\ TTJS TroXfwy OVK airfcrTtpovprjv.
PLATO, Phaedr. 230 A : dr<ip, o> (rtripf, . . . ap ov TI>?>( ijv TO 6(V8pov, <<p'
(mtp vv* f W" y ' ^ llt < niy friend, isn't this the tree to which you were going
to, wanted to, started out to, take us ?
1 Pliny, II. N., Praef. 26, explains the "artistic " iiroin as a manner of conativc
imperfect (" Apelles facifbnt aut Polyclitus, tamquain inclioata seinju-r arte et inipi-r-
fKCta"), hut Urlichs showed lon^ ayo (1857) that the aorist. outnunilieied the imper-
fect in the olden time, and l,6wy (Inschriften ^r. Hildhauer xiii) has (.nunled 2(x)
aorists against 87 imperfects. The imperfect does not appear in the ISS of the IV.
century, and becomes more common only in the imperial time (47 imperfects to iS
aorists). tnoniat " he made," irroiti "he was the maker."
9^ GREEK SYNTAX
XEN. Cyr. 5. 5- -- OVKQVV TOVTOV Tv^obj' Trapu crou ov8(i> TJVVTOV, d fjifj TUV-
rous TTficraifj.1. Hell. I, 7. 7 ' Toiavra Xe'yoj/rey eireidov TOI> 8ij/j.oit . . . e'5oe 8e
avaftuXiadiu els fTfpav fKK^rjcriav.
THUG. 4- 68, 5 d(r<jjdXeta fie avrols /j.a\\ov eylyvero TIJS di>oi(u>s.
HDT. 1,68: e /jLicr dovro Trap' OVK fK.8i86vTos rfjv avXyv. 3, 139: (TTfdvfjiTjtTf
TTJS x\avi8os KUI avrfjv TrpocreXdtov coce'tro. 6 8f 2v\o<r>v . . . Xe'yft " eyu) TUVTTJV
TTwXt'a) fj.ev ovftfvos xpij/jiaTas, Sifico^it Se XXa)f." 8, 60 : TrapfovTcov yap TU>V <rvp.p.u-
X^> v UK efpepe ol Ki>(rfj.ov ouSeVa KaTrjyopffiv. 8, 63 : (i7roXi7roi/ra)j' yap 'A0r]i>aia>i>
oiiKtri fyivovro ci^iofj.a^oi ol XOITTOI.
AR. \ CSp. 1167: dvfTTflOcv airov p.rj (j>opflv rpi[3a>viov \ /if/S' ff^uvai dv-
pa 6 8' OVK fTtflBfTO.
EUR. II. F. 465 : apipefiaXXe (=e/ieAXfj' up.(pi3a\f Ii/). I. T. 26-9 : (Xdovcra
8' ACXifi' f] ruXaiv' inrep irvpas p.fTap<ria Xf;05fl(r' f KOIVO p-rjv i(f)ef | aXX' ft-
HOM. II. 3. 79~^ T< ^ $' flfffO^d^ovTO Kaprj KOfi(iovTfs Amatol | lolcriv re
TirvcrKofj.fi'oi XdeO"O"t r' e,3aXXoi'. 5- 3'^- '} M**' ^" 4 ) ^ ov viov vir( f<pc ptv
TToXe'/xoto. 5 377 V1ff^f(f)tpov. 9' 465 KarepijTvov.
See also the imperfects of 214.
214. IMPERFKCT OF ENDEAVOR COMBINED WITH AORISTOF
ATTAINMENT. Here the aorist often presents a sharp contrast.
eTreiOov airovs Kal ovs If ir tier a TOVTOVS t\iav TT-opvo(JiTiv, XEN. Cyr. 5, 5,
22 ;/ tried to persuade tJiein, and lliose whom I succeeded zn persuading I
marched on ii>it/i. <rvvTa|avTo Kal TOIS oirXirais . . eTr-rjcrav . . . TOIS fiev oiv
oirXirais OX/K eSvv^OTjcrav irpoor|i i|ai, TlIUC. 4, 33, 1-2; T/iev formed and
tried to c/iarge tlie hoplites . . . Howbcit tlicy could not get at them.
OHM. 32, 17 : ffjyfv avrov 6 n/jcorof . . . ovroarl 8' OVK e')jyero, ov8' av i'cpr)
8iapprj8r;i> VTT' ov8ei>os (^a^6rjvai.
PLATO, Theaet. 143 -^ typ(i\}/ufj.T)v [itv nir' evdvs oiKad' f\da)i> UTTO^HJ-
fjiara, vffTfpov 8f Kara (r^i>\f)v dvap.ip.i'r/crKu/jLfi/of f'ypaCpov.
XKX. Cyr. 5, 5, 22 (see above).
TuL'C. 2,4. i~2 : ray irpoor^oXas f/ Trpoaririirroifv anf a>Qnvvro. KU\ Sir fj.(i>
ij Tfns d 7T( Kpo vrr avro. 4- 33- '~- (see above).
H I)T. 1,69' 7T('fj.\l/uv~fS yap in \aKf8aifjuivioi f's 2upfits %pv(rbv wvfovro . . .
Kpotrroy 8e vfyi b)V(op.<v<nm e'fico/ce 8a>Tii>r)v.
H()M. II. 6, 5 I ~4 : T W fi' '''/'" flvpuv fvl TTiidf(r(Tii> fntidfv, | *ct 81] U.LV Ta^'
(fj.f\\f $o j (7r\ vr]<ts 'A^dicof 8(j)(Tfiv a) (IfptnrovTi Kara^t^f v dXX' 'AyufjLffjLi/iav
dvTiof r'i\$f 6iwv Kdi 6u.OK\r)<Tas eTTOs r]v8a | Then V. 6l: cov finuiv (Tpf\l/ft>
u8e\(j)f(io (f)pevas fjpujs.
215. !>\Xov WITH INFINITIVE. Expected actions are more
commonly expressed by e^e\\ov and the infinitive.
NEGATIVE IMPERFECT 95
i*. T(VO? rpoirov IpcXXc TIS ai rv <rw0i]crccr6ai ; LYS. 13, 37; HffUi was any
of tJtem to escape?
LYS. 3, 32 : TW vp.<av TTiOTOf if . . . ^yoi' avrov tirl rrjv olniav rf)i> Sipwos,
ov nXdirra fp.(XXov nptiypMTa t^ttv ; Ibid. 34: ov avros eptXXov . . . ofpffr/-
<rt<rdai. 13, 37 (see above).
PLATO, Crat. 418 B : o tp.f\X6v o-oi <pfiy. Phaedr. 228 C : XVTI/ fo'
f/ieXXf . . . $ta fpdv.
X.EX. An. 1,8, I : TrX^triov ^i> 6 orator eV$u tp,t\X( KaraXvtiv. Cyr. 3,
I, i: o(pdti(T((r6ui ff*( X X f .
THUG. I, 130. I XX' Zpyois . . . irpov8>j\ov a ... ^/ifXXf npu^tiv. 3, 115.
5: ^o(f)OK\ta 8t . . . airavifttytiv tp.(\\ov.
I IDT. 2, 43- TOVTCJV . . . f^teXXoi/ p.vt'ifj.rjv (tiv.
AR. Eq. 267: Xt'yetf yva>fj.r)v tp.(X\ov. Eccl. 597 : roi/ro yap fjp.(\\<jv
'ya> Xe'^ftf.
SOPH. Ai. 925-6. O. R. 967: KTtvfiv e/ifXXoi/ Trarf'pa TOI/ f'/ioi/.
PlND. O. 7. 6l : ftvatrdfVTi 5e Zfi/r (I/J.TTO\OV peXXei/ 6tp.(v.
HES. Theogon. 468-9: orf 3)) At" tpeXXe . . . j rigta-dat. 552: r Kai
HOM. Od. 7. 270: ^tfXXo/ en vvf<Tt(rdai uiv~i. 9, 475-6: OIK <jp'
tp.t XX ey . . . fftfjifvai.
II. 6, 52-3: (p.f\Xf . . . Swo-eiv (parallel with imperfect. See 214).
216. NEGATIVE IMPERFECT. The negative imperfect com-
monly denotes resistance to pressure or disappointment. Sim-
ple negation is aoristic.
ol \iiv OVK T)X0ov, ol 8' X06vTs ovSev tiroiow, DEM. 18, 151 ; Some did not
cotne, and those ii>ho did come would not do anything, oil* irav0' f| av9pa>-
iros, 25, 57 ; The wench would not stop.
DEM. 18, 151 (see above). 18, 250: ol fjL(T(8iSoTf (as was expected by
my enemies). 21, 163 : OVK dviftaiv inl ri/v vai>v, He would not go on board
the ship (as was expected). 25, 57 (see above). 32, 17: <>IK <//yfr<> (sre
214). 39- '8' OVK firoifld'. [44]- '7 : '' M 6t/ 'Ap)^id8rfs OVK tyap.fi, o Fie Mf(-
8v\i8rjy . . . (yrjp.(v.
PLATO, Theaet. 142 C : ^Trfiyfro uiKaftt (nd eywy' t8((ip.T)ii KH\ cnjvtflov-
\f\jav (SO. (ivTnv Kiir<iXviv), aXX' DVK ijfl(X(i>.
XEX. Cyr. 1 , 4. 21 : OVK dvitcrav, dXX jjpovv TIVUS avroiv. 4- - -8 : t^Ki^fro
oWfi'r, XX' dp.ci)(rjT'i (lna)X\vvT<>. Hell. 2, 2. 1 I : ov 8if\tyovra TTf/ii ^uiXXdyi/f.
Ibid. 7, 5, 21 : TI]V p.(i> iTvmofj.utTiiTrji' npus rovs rroXf/i/ovr OVK ?jyf .
THUC. 2, 23, i : OVK iirf^TfO'av avrols i 'Adrjvaiot (\- p.(i\>]i'. 3' 3> ' : ov *
dirf if \OVTO . . . Tcii' KaTfjyopliif, 3> 64. 3: OVK tSi^ffrdf, 4> 33- - " l " e
dvrfirfi<rav, dXX' fitrv^afov, They would not go out to meet them Init kept
quiet. 4, Iio, I : an- o' OVK tar.Kuvuv. 7. 3. 3 OVK tni)y( . . . uXX' f)crvxa{>*-
96 GREEK SYNTAX
HDT. I, 76: "lutvfs . . . OVK fTTfidovro. 3> 5^ SiaXfyo/ifVo) re ov n
TrpotrStf Xe'-y ero, 'urroplovrl re Xo-yoi> ov8eva (8i8ov. 5> 4 1 : "7 ^* KXeofi/wea
TfKoCo-a . . . yw>7 . . . ovKtri (TtKTf TO 8fVTtpov.
AR. Vesp. 116-7: dveireidtv UVTOV p.rj (fropflv rpiftioviov \ p.rj8' etet>ai dvpa'-
r> 8' OUK (irtidtTo (213).
COM. Pherecr. 2, 289: ov8f\s yap eSt^er' ou'S" dveayt p,oi dvpav.
EUR. Phoen. 405 : TO -yeVo? OUK eftocrKf /ne.
AESCHYL. Ag. 1212 : firfiQov ov8iv' ov8ev, u>s rd8' jJfj.Tr\aKov. }
PlXD. P. 4, 86 : TOV fjifv ov yivwcr KOV.
HOM. Od. 4, 123 : 'EAeV/; 8( 6fo\ yovov OVKCT' f(paivoi>, | eVfi 817 TO TTpuirov
tyfivaro TratS' (parWfji>.
II. 2, 779: ovS' ffid^ovro. 6, l6l-2'. Toy ou Tt Trel^' aya^a <f>povovra.
("6 TraparaTiKos TTJV TroXXaKts TOVTO Xeyovo'ai' eSr/Xcoo'f." Schol. BL.) 16, IO2 :
217. The imperfect as the tense of past impressions is used :
i. IMPERFECT IN DESCRIPTION OF SCENERY. In descrip-
tions of scenery as well as of events.
TO 8' c EX\T]viKbv ets AtvKo4pvv (sc. dirTJXBtv), tv0a TJV 'ApTp.i8os . . . Upov
jiaXa SYIOV, XEN. Hell. 3, 2, 19.
218. 2. IMPERFECT OF POINTS ASSUMED. Of points pre-
viously assumed in argument.
ev (leo-o) yap avTwv 6 ST)|XOTIKOS TJV, PLATO, Rpb. 587 C; The democrat
was (as ti>e saw) in the middle.
PLATO, De lusto, 373 C-D : p.(Tpov (araOpos, dpidp.6s, Xdyoy) yap rfv u>
Taitr' t Kpiv (TO. Legg. 867 D : aTtpos ((pevyt TO. 8vo (sc. (rrj). The other was
to be in exile (as we have seen) the two years. Rpb. 522 A : dXX' 77 v (Ktivrj
(SC. Mouo-iKf}) . . . dvTi(TTpo(pos TJJS yvfJLva(TTiKijs, ft p.fp.vr](Tai. 587 C (see above).
219. 3. IMPERFECT OF FORMER VIEWS. Of views that were
once fondly entertained.
TOVTO ... ov SiSaKTov u>|iT]v elvai, XEN. Oec. 12, 10; / thought that this
was not to be taught.
ISAE. 7. I~2 ' (fp.rjv fJ-fv, &> <"i>8pfs, Trpo(ri)K(ti> ov ras TOIUVTUS up.fpi.o'firjTtlo'dai
7TOIT](T(IS KT(. (OLKf 8' Oll8(V TTpOVpyOV TOVTO (IVUl.
XEN. Oec. 12, 10 (see above).
220. 4. IMPERFECT OF SUDDEN APPRECIATION OF REAL
1 Cited by E. Abbott on p. 210 of his translation of Curtius' Erliiut., in oppo-
sition to the distinction made by Curtius between tirtitiov and
IMPERFECT FOR PRESENT 97
STATE OF AFFAIRS. IMPERFECT FOR PRESENT. Of sudden
appreciation of a real state of things, regularly with apa (apa}.
ov yap TOVT' T)V cvSaifiovia, us COIKC, Kaicou aTraXXayri. PLATO, Gorg. 4/8 C.
AIK. TOVTI TI TJV TO irpd-y|ia ; MEF. xoipos val Ata, AK. Ach. 767 ; II' 'hat's all
this? A pig, by J we.
PLATO, Conv. 213 B: u> 'HpdK\(is, rovrl ri TJV; ^.diKpuTrjs OVTOS ; Gorij.
478 C (see above). Phaedr. 227 H : dra/j Avo-uis r/v, obs- fuiKfv, tv ao-rfi. lbi\L
230 A : up' ov ro5f TJV TO ftivfipov, f(f>' uiTfp rjyfs >ip.ds ; Isn't this the tree, etc. ?
(213).
XEX. Cyr. I, 3- Io: TOVT' ap' fjv } tcri/yop/a. Ibiii. I, 4, 27 : rarr' pa . . .
xat (Vi>pas put. Oec. I, 20: XOrrat itpa rfCTdv i/Suvals TTfpnrtTTfp./j.ii'ui, .S'o
they turn out to be (tire after all ) pains sugar-coated U'ith pleasure.
HDT. 3. 65 : iv TIJ yap dvdpoinjij} fyixri OVK. cvfjv apa TO /x'XXof yivf<r6ai uno-
Tpairnv. 4- 64- 8fpp.a 8e av6pu>Tfov KIII TTH^V KU\ \ap.Trpov TJV apa.
AR. Ach. 767 (see above). Eq. 1170: wr /j. ( 'yai> up' f^fs-, o> Trori/ia, TOI/
5(i(crvXoi'. Vesp. 183-4: rovri rt ^/; | riy fT TTOT', SivOpanr' , (Tfi'iv ; Ibid. 451 :
(TV 8' d^dptOTor ^(7^ pa.
EUR. H. F. 339~4' : & Z*C, pdTj]i> ap' o/uoya/idv a-' ficrrjcrdfjiTjv, \ p.uTr)i> S<
TrniSor yovf' (fjLov o~ t K\r/op.fv | tru ^ ?;cr^ (7p T)<T<TOV ij 'SuKfis fivai (pt\of.
I. A. 404: auit, (f)i\ovs ap' 011%). K(KTi')p.r)v Ta\tit.
THEOGN. 70- ''"'i*' S XXa>i/ ov8fv ap rji> ofptXos. 788 : OL/rwy ov8tv ap' TJV
<j)l\TfpOV ("XXo naTpTJS.
HOM. Od.4. 333~4 : w TTi'Trot, ?; /^dXa 6r; KpaTfpt>(ppovos avftpos eV fivfl | rj^f-
Xoi/ (ivr]6f)vai dvu\Ki$S avTni. tovTfS. 9, 230: owfi' ap t p.t\\' frdpourt (pav(\s
(pOTftVOS (crtcrdai. 475-6 (215). II. 553 : ^" "/ J> f'/ifXXes 1 . 13, 209-10: a>
TTOTTOI, OVK apa iiavTa votjpovfs ov&t ftiKawi I Tjtrav <baii]K(j)v iJyijTop*?.
11.4, 155 : Bdvarov vv TOI upKi trapvov. 5- -5 : ra ^ e /** t* 1 "'* <V' ^^<X-
Xo< oj/rjaeij/. 1 6, 33 : OI^K <7p(i o"oi yf narijp TJV irrTnira lh;Xei'f.
221. ORIGIN <JF MODAL 8i, ^xp^i v KTC - From this use of the imper-
fect comes, perhaps, the use of Vifi, f\pr]v. and the like, with the infinitive.
in opposition to the infinitive. $i <rc irouiv TOVTO idXX' ov iroitisi, }'<>u ought
to do this (but are not doing /'/). The unfulfilled duty is a surprise. See
364-
222. IMPKRKKCT OF I'xn v OF TIMF.. As the present is used of ac-
tions that are continued from the past into the present (see 202), so the
imperfect is used of actions that are continued into the past from a re-.
moter past.
9avfia^ov irdXai, AK. Av. 1670 ; / hiiti long been astonished at it (i. e. be-
fore you asked me the question).
PLATO, Conv. 2o<y C : <i nd\ai (icufi TiKTd.
7
98 GREEK SYNTAX
HDT. 4, I : al yap rcoi/ 'S.K.vditov yvvalKts, &s a~(pi ol avftpts airrjcrav \povov
TroXXdj/, e<f)otT(ov Ttapa TOVS 3ov\ovs.
AR. Nub. 1311-2: oipai yap OVTOV avTi\ fvpr/o-(iv OTrep TraXni TTOT tirrjrei.
Av. 1670 (see above). Lys. 1033 : j/) At" ui^o-clr ye /x", <u? TrdXat ye fj.' tf
PlND. P. 4, 25-7 : fia)Sea Se Trpdrepoj/ apipas . . . (ptpofjifv . . . flvd\iov Sdpv.
HOM. Od. 23, 29: T^Xe'/ia^os S' pa /xt)/ TraXat ySf(i> (= Inipf.) ei/Soj/ eoi/ra
(dudum nffi'erat).
II. 23, 871 : arap 5i) oto-roi' e^ei/ TruXat, iam sagzttam tcncbat dudum.
223. This overlapping use of the imperfect (comp. 208) is especially
important in correlated temporal sentences. See Temporal Sentences.
TTi8T) Be. Ka\us avTi3 el^ev, ttceivos jxev airiwv' u>x TO > Y" ^* eicaBevSov, LVS. I,
23 ; After he had (thought -he had, had had) enough, lie took himself off and
I slept (proceeded to go to sleep).
224. IMPERFECT APPARENTLY USED AS A PLUPERFECT. Of course
in those verbs in which the present is used as a perfect (204), the imper-
fect is used as a pluperfect.
<j>evyv 6 Wevo<|>u)v, XEN. An. 5, 3, 7 ; XenopJion -was in exile, had been
banished.
PLATO, Menex. 242 E : \itff u>v nire TOVS ftap(3dpovs fviKatv, TOVTOVS VLKUIV-
TfS iSiq.
225. IMPERFECT OF TJKeiv AND oixco-Oai USED AORISTICALLY. TJKOV
and <fx"M v are often used aoristically.
eircl 8e TJK TerdpTU) |XT]vi, airi]Y'Y | -Xev KTt., XEN T . Hell. 2, 2, IJ (208). WXCTO
8 irpbs Oeov, PlND. N. 7, 40.
Perfect Tense
226. The perfect tense expresses completion in the present,
and hence is sometimes called the present perfect.
aKTiKoare, ecopaKare, TrtTro v0are, LYS. 12, IOO ; You have heard, you
have seen, you have felt. (ATreirXTJKao-iv vpiwv TO. wra, PLATO, Apol. 23 1C;
They have filled voitr ears. TeOaTrrat . . . Kip.<ov irpo TOV ao-rtos, HDT. 6,
103 ; Kiinon (has been, is) lies buried before the city.
DEM. 3. 22 : irpoirfirorai . . . TII rtjs TrdXecos 1 TTpayfj.aTa. 4- 4^- irptorftdS
TT t TT o p. </> ( v wf fta<Ti\tH. 6, 37: iKavuis (ipr)Tai.
AESCHIN, 2, 147. eV^ y>\p rjftr) (3(j3i<aK(v (irfvi'iKuvTo. Kai TtTTupu. 3- '86;
tvravda fj eV MapaOotvi p.(i^; ye'ypuTrrai.
LYS. 12, 100 (see above).
PERFECT OF RESULT 99
PLATO, Apol. 23 E (see above). Gorg. 448 A: o6><r p.i rrw ^p^r^Kt
iiv ov&iv TroXXuf (ruiv. Meno, 93 A '. tpoiyt . . . Kiii t Iv ni. 8oKov<riv fvdiiSf
ayndoi. ra TroXmtca, not ytyovivai (TI ov% TJTTOV f) tivai. Prot. 3'4 ^ : OVK
f, ort oi> cr^oX^ (ivr<p ;
KN. Hell. 6, 5. 37 : SivSpa (KK(K(><patri Kill OlKiaS KHTllKf KIIVKIKTI Kdl
(iTii Km TTpUiluTa fii rfpTfiiK.il & i.
HOT. 6, 103 (see above). ~, 162 : fK roO tvtavrov TO ?n^ . . . f^apatprjrai.
SOPH. Ai. 480 : TTiijr' (iKr;coHj Xdyoc.
Pi XI). O. 10, 1-3: TOV 'OXvpirioviKav avayviari poi ' . . . Trodi (ppfvos \ (fj.<is
ytypnirrat (stands written).
HoM. Od. 2,63-4- ^ 7 ( 'p *" r> ov<f\tra tpya TtTtv^aTai, ov$' (TI KH\ias |
outoy f'p.os 8tdXo)Xe.
11. I, 125 : XXa T p.fv TroXi'coi/ e firpddoptv, TII 8tSa<TTai.
227. The perfect looks at both ends of an action. The time between
these ends is considered as a present. When one end is considered, the
present is used ; when the other, the aorist. Hence present and perfect
are often used side by side, and the translation into English is often pres-
ent (228); the aorist is the shorthand of the perfect (248-51); and the per-
fect is sometimes used even of a past action that is dated (233).
228. PKKFKCT OF MAIXTKXANCE OF RESULT. The perfect
is largely used in Greek for the maintenance of the result, and
the translation into English is often present : KcVXtiixai, my mime
is ; (le'fivrifiai, / Jiave recalled, I remember ; KC'KTHMU, / Jiai'C got, I
(nun ; ci9i.o-fi.ai, / luu'e made it my rule, I am accustomed.
icaXov . . . Te'xKHfia apa KC'KTTJ o-ai, ei-rrep K C'K TTJ era i, Pl.ATO, Prot. 319 A ;
A fine contrivance is that you have got, to be sure, IF you have got it.
AKSCHIN. 3, 144 : wvfidicrdf ij8r/ TaSir}/iara ra TOVTOV uKovdv.
ANTIPHON, 5, 54: ridv^Kfv 6 dvi'ip.
PLATO, Prot. 319 A (see above). Tim. 23 R: tva yijs KiirnK\va-p.i>v p.t-
ftvrjirdf TToXXuv (fjiTrpoa'dfv ytyovoTutv.
Xl''.N. Oec. 9. 4' irpus ne(TTifi(3piav (IvaTrtnTaTai (sc. f/ OIKIU).
1 ML'C. 3. ^2, 7 paov 8' ol TroXXoi KiiKuvpyoi ovra Se^iol *c'/cX^vTt f) dfjiii-
dfis dyadoi.
HDT. 2, 47- vv fit .\iyvTrrioi fiiapuv fjyTfVTai drjptov (ivai. 4- 20 ; Tf'pas
VtvofJUffrai. 6, 103 (226).
Ak. Ach. 993 : tf mivv ytpovriov ICTUS ixvupiKtis p.f ffv ;
SOPH. El. I IOI : \iyi(rdot> (vff o> K rj K f v i<TTt>i>b> TTtiXdi.
PlNI). P. 4' 248: TroXXoun ft' ayrjfi.ai <ru<pias irtpois,
SAPPHO, 2, 9~I : XXa Kiip. fjifv yXa)(7O"u (ayf, XtTrrov 8' | avriKa \pu> jrCp
ioo GREEK SYNTAX
HES. Theog. 726 : A^Aarai. 727: /c^urai. 728: nf<pva(ri. 730: Kftpv-
(f)arai.
HOM. Od. 5,412: Xr(T>7 8' di>a8( 8pofj.e TTfrprj. 6,44-5: dXXa p.d\' a'idpij
| TreTrrarai dvvf(p(\os, XtvKrj 8' fTri8e 8 pop,fv ai'yX^.
229. INTENSIVE PERFECT. Not to be confounded with this use, which
has many English analogies, is the survival of the old intensive perfects,
chiefly in verbs of sound and verbs of emotion.
Verbs of Sound (Onomatopoetic Verbs) :
Most of these are poetic or popular, tcixpaya, I am bawling, bawling ;
T<ri-yTTa, / am mum,
XafBujv fitv o-eo-i-yTjKas, avaXtiaas 8e KCKpa-yas, AESCHIN. 3, 2l8; When
you get money you are mum, ivhen you have spent it you are in full cry.
AESCHIN. 3, 218 (see above).
HDT. 4, 183 : rerptyao-i Kara irep at vvKTfpiSes.
AK. Vesp. 944: Tt a-fa-iunrrjKas ;
SOPH. Tr. 1072 : /3e'/3pux K\dav.
HES. O. et D. 207 '. 8aip.oviri, TL \(\T)Kas ;
HOM. Od. 5. 41 12 : dp.<pl 8e Kvp.a \ fteftpv\fv podiov.
I1.4.4335- ^ lfs fOTTjKfuriv . . . dr)%fs p.f fj.ciKvlai, 10, 362 :.
Kcof. 17, 264: /3f'/3pv^f v p-eya Kvp.a.
230. Emotional Perfects :
Be'Sta, / atn in a perfect tremble, I quiver and quake. Se'Si" iL avSpt;
*A0T]vaioi [it] TOVTOIS JXCT' cKivov TToXcfxeiv dva-yKaCT0iLfxev, DEM. 14, 4.
DEM. 4, 8 : /itael TiS fKflvOV K(ll 8(8l(f) . . . Kill (pdoitf'l . . . K(lTfTTTT)Xf ptv-
TOL irdvra vvv. 14, 4 (see above). 25, I : tv 8t T(6av/j.tiK<i,
PLATO, Phaedo, 64 D: fyaivtrai crm (f)L\txri><pov dv8pos dvai f(nrov8aKe-
vai TT(p\ ray r]8ovcis KaXou/itVay ; Theaet. 161 13- C : oia-0' ovv . . . o davpafa
. . . ; ... TIJV 8' dpyfiv TOV Xdyou Tfoavfiana,
SOPH. Ai. 139: fifyciv OKVOV f'xa) KU\ ne<f)6^r}fj,ai.
SlMON. A.M. 7. 28 : r!]v p.ev ytha re Kai yiyrjQfv i]^(pr]v.
TVRT. 12, 28: dpyaXe'o) re TToda> TVIKTII KfKrj8f TTU\IS.
HoM. Od. 6, 106 : yfyrjdt 8f re (ppeva AT/TCO.
II. IO, 934^ Oll8( fJLUl TjTDp | f/iTTfSoi/, ((XX' (i X X V K T rj fj. a (.
231. Verbs of Sight :
Se'SopKa, / look. The classification cannot always be exact. TeOavfMuca,
I am astonished, is also T0avfioKa, / am agaze.
PINIJ. (). i, 96-7 : TO 8( K\ius rrfXudfv 8(8opKt (intr.) rav '
HKS. (). et D. 508 : iJ.ip.vKt 8f yala KUI v\r).
PERFECT FOR FUTURE PERFECT IOI
HOM. Od. 19.446: nvp fi' o(pda\pol(Ti ft(ftopK<i>s.
So also the solitary Verb of Smell, for which see HOM. Od. 9, 210.
232. l r erbs of Gesture, Expression, and the like :
^o-Kv6pwiraKaon, DEM. 54, 34 ; They are grim and grum. ScSpa-yfxc'vos,
grimly gripping. tcf\i\va, I am all agape.
DEM. 54. 34 (see above).
AR. Eq. 755 : K.i-)(Tr)vtv. 1 1 18-9 : TT/JO? rv rt \iyovr del \ Kt x^vas.
HES. 1 heotj. 826 : yXaxro'ijo'iv Svotpepjjo'i \f Xt)(p.uTe s.
HOM. Od. 1 1, 222 : ^vxn . . irfiroT^rai.
II. 2,90: 7TTroTT)(iTai, They are all a-flutter. 13, 393: KOVIOS fiefipa-
yp-evos alp,arofo-o-rjs, With his fists full of bloody dust.
For the use of the Aorist as a Perfect, see 248-51.
233. PERFECT OF AN ACTION THAT is DATED. The Greek perfect
may be used of a past action even when it is dated.
jiriScSciKTai T<Jre, IsAE. 3, 7 ; // has been shown (nay, ivas shown) then.
LYCURG. 103 : "EKTU>P yap TO'IS Tpaxri TrapaK(\fvo/j.fvos vnfp rf/s mirpiftos riidf
DEM. 21, 7' vftpi(r/j.ai p.(i> e'-yo) KOI irpoTTf Trrj\aKi <rrai TO rrai/ia
Tore, dyutvidrai 8f Kal Kpidrjcrfrat TO Trpayfjia. vvvi. ^8,8: TTUVTO. [raCr'J d(p(tTai
TOTf.
ISAE. 3, 7 (see above).
234. PERFECT FOR FUTURE PERFECT. As the present may be used
rhetorically for the future, so the perfect may be used for the future per-
fect.
el Y*P irpoXftytis n() > olxoH- 80 "^* 1 (or^o/ufo^n is a practical perfect),
EUR. Or. 304-5 ; If thou shalt abandon me, I am gone (lost).
AESCHIN. I, 90 : el yap TJ p.fv npa^is avTT) (<TTIU . . ., 6 de . . . elfins . . . fvo-
%as eariu . . ., 6 fit Kpivofifvos . . . il^iuxra . . ., dvflprjTai 6 j/ci/xoy KOI 17 d\i)Qeia,
ical 8(8fiKTai (pavtpa 68us, fti r;s KT(.
ANDOC. I, 146 edv p.( VVI>1 ftia(pdfif)TJT(, OVK (0~TIV Vp.IV (Tl \OITTOS TUV ytVOVS
TOV fifjLfTtpov twfids, d\\' oi^frat truv wpoppifav.
PLATO, Hipparch. 231 C-D: (f>tpe yap, tuv TIS xpvtrlov oraQfibv fjnurvv
s fiiirXacriov Xdftr) dpyvpiov, Kf'pftos rj fypiav fi\rj(pfi> (^= 6tXr/0ojy tVrrm);
EUR. Or. 304-5 : (I yap TrpoXtfyfis p.* tj Trpocredpiq vucrov \ KT^o-r/ TIV, ot^o-
a (see above).
Soi'H. O. R. I 166 ' oXcoXor, f" (re rairr' ipr](rop.ai nd\ii>. Ph.
e I ut T(.>^<jiv tyKfXiTijS al<rdt]<T(Tai, \ oXcoXa Kal o~i Trpo<r8ia(p(){pu)
On the Periphrastic Perfect, see 286-8.
On the Gnomic Perfect, see 257.
102 GREEK SYNTAX
Pluperfect Tense
2 35- The Pluperfect denotes completion in the past. It
ma)- be denned as the perfect of the past, and hence is naturally
associated with the imperfect. It is more distinctly than in
Latin and in English the tense of fixed condition.
<riravt<jTpa TO. TTiTi]8ia TJV TO. (J-ev -yo-p dvrjXwTO, ra 8e Si^p-rracrTO, ra 8t
IjjeKe'xvTO, TO. 8e tcare Ke'icavTo, Xl-.N. Hell. 6, 5, 50; Proi'isions were rather
scarce ; for part had been used up, part plundered, part spilled, part burned.
LVS. 13. 2O: TI (5e fiov\r) . . . 8le<pdapTO <al u\iyap^ias enfdvfj.ei. 13. 5-
TrXoui 77<i pe <r KevaaTO KCU ol tyyvrjTiu eroi/xoi i^aav.
XF.X. Cyr. 3, 2, II : eVel 8e J]pt<TTr)K(crav, . . . tvdiis eYeijfife (ppovpwv.
Hell. I, I, j2 : f 7T' &( TO VaVTlKt'iV, O (KftVOS 1] & p O I K f I . . ., f f7Tf fj.(pdr] KpaTr/mTT-
TTidas. Ibid. 1,3,20: eVft 8e avrots Trapt cr K t v n err o, VVKTOS dvo^avTes ra? nv-
Xd? . . . (iarjyayov TO (TTpaTfv/j.a, \VJicn they /tad all their preparations made,
they opened t lie gates by niglit and introduced the army. Ibid. 6, 5, 21 : e
yap TIJS TTpocrOfv ddv/j.ias (buKfi ri a V ( i\ t] <f) e v d (. TI]V TroXii/, OTI ICHI eVe/3e,dX i) <f i
(is Ttjv 'ApKa&iav Kin 8r/ovvTi Trjv \u>pav OL/Sei? i]de\i]Kfi fjni^fadat. Ibid. 6, 5,
23: 01 . . . Qrj,3aloi Kii\a>s cr(pio~Lv toOVTO f^etii, eVet ( ftf fiorj di] Kt o~av fJ-iv, TroXe-
fj.iov 8t oiiftfva eTi f'copcoi/ eV rfj ^co/ja. Ibid. 6, 5, 50 (see above). Ibid. 7, 5, 21 :
(TTfi ye fJ,f)V fTeTOKTO (IVTO) TO CTTpUTfVfJiU . . ., TrjV . . . O-Vl>TnfjLCL)T(lTr]V TTpOS TOVS
TroXe/i/ous OVK j}y(.
THUG. 2, 59, I ' ?/X Xot'coyTO ray yva>p.as. 4- -9' - &ppi]VTO ftiaKivftvvfvcrai.
HDT. I, 85 : <i K/joicroy 70 7rdi> ts avrbv eTTfTTOtr/Kce . . . Kai fi/} KUI ts AfX-
(f)OVS TTfp\ ai/TOV e TT f TTU fJL (f) f . 8,72'. O\Vp.7Tl(l 8f K(l\ K.apVlCl TTapOl^O}Kf( >'j8rj.
PIND. O. 6, 53~4 XX' eV | KfKpvnTo yap tr^oiVo).
HES. Sc. 143- Tj\rj\avTO. 154- T(TVKTO. 208: erf'ruKTo. 218: ecrTrjpiKTO.
288 : (TT(iX(JT(o).
HYMN. HO.M. I, 9I~I2: A^ro) 5' tvi/r^u'ip T( Kill twin VVKTas dt\1TTOlS I a>Si'-
vforri TT(TT(ipT(> . . . al 8' 'Ipty TrpovTrtn^rav KTf. (cf. 208).
H()M ()d. 4, 132: xpvo-a) (V eVi ^f/Xfa KeK/j(ij/ro. 4, 135: reTavuOTO,
I'- 5- 3^7"~9 : X'^^f ^' f ' v Kf p ( '^(f Se'8f TO Tpeis Kdi fitAca /jLifvus. | ... 6 8'
f^(K\( \f/(v " \f)t](t (cf. 208). IO, I55~6 ; ftS", vTro S' f'o~Tpu>Ti> pivbv /ii.'oy tiypuv-
\oio, (tvTafi vivo Kpa.Tcr(pi Tinrrjs TtTuvvo'To (puftvus. IO, 54 : u ^^ TTUV
fif>rjTo tiros, or' i"p' ij\v6ov avToi.
For the Greek use of the Aorist, where English and Latin would use
the Pluperfect, see 253.
236. PI.UPKRFF.CT OF RAPID RELATIVE COMPLETION. -The pluper-
fect is sometimes used to denote rapid relative completion. The later
Greek writers often abuse it. 1
1 Rutherford, Balirius Ixiii, but compare A. J. 1". xvii (1896), 518 and 519.
JOK/ST TEXSE 103
TOVTCUV YvtitaQtVTdiv ovSeui'cLv Siarpi^Tjv liroiT)<rdfiT|v, aXX' fvCvs ira p t K ic XTJ VTO
|1CV ots flTTOV, IT pOt I pT) K OJS 8' T) V ttllTO.'s, ^4*' * <TUV\TJ\v6oTS TJaQV, a V C "y V U a T O
8' 6 X<yyos, Ti-T] V-TI ^t v os 8' TJV ical Tf6opv^i]|X(vos Kai TTVX'HK< | S uivirtp
ol Karop6oiivTs iv rais liriSi4riv, Isoc. 12, 233.
Isoc. 12. 233 (see above).
XEN. CjT. 1,4- 5 T "\v ^.iv . . . d(piKtTo . . ., ra^v hi nnprjd . . ., TCI^V fif ra
fVTU> 7T(Ip(l8f ((TO> t)l)f)Hl ai>T)\(j)K( I . . . O)ITT( ft \(TTVltyi]S IIVKfT d\(l> (IL'TOJ (Tl'X-
X-yfii' drjpia.
THl'C. 4, 47, I : a>? &e . . . (KirXtovres (X'i<p6r)(Tiiif, Xc'Xvi/r<) TJ 01 iriroi/dai
ta roiy Kf/)icupo(ot9 irapt8f8ovTO ol nuvrfs.
HDT. I, 79- ^ s ^* ' T<II)T<I t&<i(, KIII fjrotff Kara ni^of eXcicror yd^ TOI/
Tov <s Tr/i/ Av8('i}c nvros ayyfXor Kpo/cra) eXr;Xi/^f f.
. Od. I, 360: ^ |ii; dil/JL^ijadtTd TTciXll/ OlKOv8( /3(f3l']Ktt.
II. 4- ' 34~6 : eV ^' tTT(T( farrTtjpi. dprjpim TTixpiis I'HITTIIS | ^ta ^ij/ p
os X;XaTo SatSaXt'oto | Kdi fita BwprjKus iro\v8ai8u\ov Tjpi'ipt t <TTO. 13,
593~5 X f 'P a MeveXaos rr)!/ ^(iXti/, } p f^f TU^OV tvoov tv 8' ilpa ro^co |
dvriKpv &ta %(ipos (\i)\iiro )(d\Kfi>v ty%t>s.
237. PLUPERFECT USED AS AX IMPERFECT. When the
perfect is used as a present (228), the pluperfect is used as an
imperfect.
KO.KWV 'IXias irt pi LCTTTI Kt i 0T]paio\JS, UlM. 19, 148; .-III 7//tJi/ of 1i.'0S
was encompassing Thebes (the Thcbans). intupayttrav . . . TOVS -jrpvTdvcis
a<|>icvai, Ak. Eq. 674 ; They kept on baivling " The prytaiies must dismiss."
UK.M. 19, 148 (see above).
PLATO, Phaedr. 233 D: OVT' uv TTKTTOVS 0i'Xovs (KfKrijpeGa. Theact.
198 I) : TTuXdl (K(KTT)TO.
'I HUC. 3- 7- 3- % v y"P (Q&oirp6tv6s rt TU>V 'Adyvaiuv K\ roO 5^/iou
7rpo KTTI] Kti.
Ak. Ach. lo: OTf 8ij 'Kf^r/t/^ (Sill with IllOUth Open) TrpoarftoKwv TUV \l<r\i>-
\<>v Kq. 674 (see above).
HKS. Sc. 148 : 8(ii>f) (pis ir(nt>Tr)To (was afly, "flying all abroad") Kopvtr-
ITllVO'a K\UV()V dl/5pO)l/. '55' 8f8f](l. 19' : ((TTlKTaV. 269: (ICTT^Kd. -74-
ufMapa.
HoM. Od. 9, 2IO : ocr/i/} . . . d^eofif t.
II. 8, 68 : fjfXius fj.f(rt>i> ovpavov apfpiftffifiKti, The sun stood astride the
midheaven.
Aorist Tense
238. The Aorist states a past action without reference to its
duration simply as a tiling attained. It is one of the tuo iM'eat
narrative tenses of the Greek language, and is best studied in
104 GREEK SYNTAX
connection with the other, the imperfect. Examples are found
everywhere. 1 (Upshot Aorist.)
Kovcov . . . v i K T) <r 6 TTJV v K viSu) vavp.Q)(iav . . . 'IcJjLK paTT]s a v i X TT)V ACLKC-
Saifioviwv jxopav, UiN. i, 75 ; Conon gained the (great} naval victory of (at)
Cnidus, Iphicrates annihilated tlie Lacedaemonian inora.
239. INGRESSIVE AORIST. The aorist often appears as the
point of origin. This is due to the character of the verbs, which
are chiefly denominative. Hence this aorist, which is called the
ingressive aorist, is usually the first aorist. (Outset Aorist.)
(3a.criXeuo- . . . FvyiSj HOT. 1,13; Gyges became king.
PLATO, Euthyd. 276 D: fye'Xa<rai> re Kal (Oopvftrjo-av, They set up a
laugh and broke out into applause?
XE\. Hell. 2, 2, [24] : Aiovvcrios . . . frvpavvrja-f (=Tvpavvos fyevero), D.
became tyrant.
THUC. 1,4: T)p( re Kal oiKio-Trjs . . . e'yeVero, He acquired the rule and
bee a me founder.
HDT. i, 13 (see above). I, 19: ei/do-^o-e 6 'AXuumjs, Alyattes fell sick.
7, 45 : 6 Afp^ijs . . . fdaKpva-f, Xerxes burst into tears.
AR. Eccl. 43 1 : f' 7 "' f^opv/Brjcrav KavtKpayov u>s V Xe'yot.
AESCHYL. P. V. 235 : f'y<u 8' erdX/Li/7(T(a).
PlND. O. 7> 37 : avopovcraia-' dXaXa^ev vTT(pfj.uKi j3oa (gave a "wild hal-
loo).
HOM. II. 3, 259 : piyrjcrev (gave a shudder} 8' 6 yipuiv. 1 1, 546 : Tpfcra-f,
He took to flight.
240. So with the moods and verbals :
lav VOOTIOTJ, if lie falls sick ; H.T) voo-qo-aifxi, may I not fall sick ; vocrfjerai, to
fall sick ; voo-^o-as, liaving fallen sick = ds VOGOV fftTrerrcoi/.
$ I : wav . . . z/ocrr/o-wfrti/, uytfir y( vop.(voL (rwoj/rai.
PLATO, Critias, ill B: VO(TI')<TUVTOS <T<O/J.UTOS ocrra. Timae. 84 A : TO 8e
fir) cri'ipwis txrroif ^vvftovv OTTOT' av I/OITTJCTJ; (becomes diseased} . . . K<iT(i\f/i]XfTai.
THUC. 2, 58, 2 : u>(TT( Kal TOVS Trportpovs (TTpciTLuiTas votrfjO'ai.
Ak. PI. 569: rr\ovTJ)(rai>Tf s (257)- 834-6: <]yw p.ev <afj.tjv our re'cor | fvrjpyt-
TT)(ra 8fOfitvovs t^tiv (f)i\ovs | OVTWS j3e/3at'our, ft Sfrjdeiijv TTOT'.
Ar.SCHYL. P. V. 203: <nr(v8uvTfs, cos Ztvs ^T/TTOT' up^fitv (become lord)
6fU>V.
1 On the proportion of aorist and imperfect, see H. I,. G. in A. J. I', iv (1883),
163 ; xiv (iSo.3), 104 ; xvi (1895), 259 ; and ('. W I-'.. M. in A. J. P. xvi (1895), 142.
5 It should he noted that the ingressive rendering is not a proof, but only an illus-
tration. See C. \V. E. M. in A. J. 1'. xvi (1895), 150-1.
lA'GKESSIVE A OK 1ST 105
241. INGRF.SSIVE TRANSLATION OF SECOND AORIST. Ingrcssive
translations are, of course, possible with a number of second aorists, as
Jfo-rqv, / took a stand, tfav, / took a step ; but there is not the same contrast
between state and entrance upon a state as in the first aorist, not the same
iroptvfns tis TO ttviu, as it is called by a late writer, [ PLATO], Deff. 411 A.
Especially common is the inj*ressive translation of &TXOV. i\o>, / hold,
i<r\ov, / took hold ; x w > / possess, I am possessor, have, rxov, I took posses-
sion, I got. This is all the more natural as <^a> connotes a state and is
often used in periphrases with verbal nouns, alriav rxov = jjrid8r]v, got
blamed ($nt 178).
6 Se Kva|dpT|s . . . TT]V (JacriXciav t<r\e = ^aaiXevac = fJacriXevs ^Y*' VT XEN.
Cyr. i, 5, 2 ; Cy ax arcs sit cc ceded to the throne.
XEN. Cyr. i, 5, 2 (see above).
THUG. I, 12, 3: Aa>pir)s . . . oyborjKocrTto (Tfi vv 'HpaK\d8ais HtXoTrovvrjtrov
t(T\ov (cf. toKTjmiv ibid?). I, 103,4: *i t(T\ov 'A&rjvaloi Mfyapa /cm Hrjyds.
4, 49 aural AKapvavtS oixijTopfs ano ntivTcav f<T\ov TO ^copt'oc. 4- 95- 3- ri 7"
Botomav TTOT t<r\ov, 8, 23, 3 : TOVS diTKTTumas p-'ix?) vntfitravrfs TTJV rroXiv
f<r\ov. 8, 106, i : Tijv . . . vlxrjv TiivTrfv . . . tcr^ov, They gained this victory.
AR. Ran. IO35 TlfJLtJV Kdl K\(OS f(T\(V.
PlND. O. 2, IO: itpbv f<r\ov o?r/^a TTora/xov. P. I, 65: f<r^ov 8' 'Apv-
K\as oA/3iot, 3> -4 : ^ (T X f ToiavTav p.(ya\av afiiTiiv (cf. Ho.M. II. 16, 685 : p.ty'
ad(rdr)).
242. So with the moods and verbals :
T)Y<>v[xcvoi, cl Taui-r|v (sc. TTJV T|p.cTcpav iroXiv) cr xoiev, pa&iux; KOI raXXa t^fiv,
THUC. 6, 33. 2. TT)V TT(iivvp.iav . . . a-\tlv t Ibid. I, 9, 2. Tti . . . <r\<5vTi yvvaiKa
= yq(iavri, Ibid. 2, 29, 3 ; ]Vho took to li'ife.
243. AOKIST OF ACTIONS OF LONG DURATION. The aorist
is often used for rapid, individual action. But it is rather the tense
of momentum than the tense of momentary action. No matter
how long the action, it may be represented by the aorist, and
it must be represented by the aorist when it is summed up.
With definite numbers the aorist is the rule except as set forth
in sections 208-10. (Complexive Aorist.)
Eiicnin&jv ...ifiiu CTTJ l| Kai tvcvTJKovTo, 1SAK. 6, l8; I'MClt'tnon lived
ninety-six years.
LVCURG. 72 I ivtvi\KOVTa . . . <Vr; TO>V ''EXXfjvtav r)yfp<>i>fs KIITI iTrrfcrtiv.
DEM. 38, 12 : rot/raii/ . . . tirtTpoiros . . . tytvtQ' fnxuidm' err;, Of these he
was (not became} guardian sixteen years.
ISAK. 6, 1 8 (see above).
Lvs. I 2, 4 : fT'l ^< TpiuKovra MKijtrt.
io6 GREEK SYXTAX
3> 4 : *ll JL ' iv ftpi)vri eytvero . . . (TTJ TrevTrjuovra, Kal evefielvaftev
du<f)(>T(poi ravTins mis CT7roi>8(us (TTJ TpiaKaiSfKo.,
THUG. 2, 2: Tfcrcrapa ptv yap Kal 8tKa TTJ evtfidvav ai rpiaKovroiiTfis
(TTrov8ai. 4, 6, 2 : i/fjifpas . . . mvTfKaiftfKa f^-tivav eV TT/ 'ATTIKJJ, T/iey re-
mained fifteen days in .Ittica.
HDT. 2, l 57 ' ^fa^u^-ixos e'/Sacri'Xcucre fdyinrrov Tecrcrfpa Kal Trei/rij-
KOVTU erf a.
Ak. PI. 846 ! OVK, d\\' fix p piyuicr' f'rrj rpuiKniSfKa.
HOM. II. 6, 174: evvfjfjiap fivt<r(Tf (209).
244. So of the Moods :
LYCURG. 58. 1^ trrj crwe^us dTTo8rj p.rjcras, Having been abroad for six
years continuously.
LvS. 24, 9 8fKaKts av eXotro ^oprjyrj(rai [ia\\ov i] dvriSovvai liira^.
PLATO, Legg. 95 5 A: 8t6^vai . . . eviavrov, To be put in jail a year.
H DT. I, 7 upuvT(s . . . (Tea irivTf re Kal TTfVTaKocria. I, 16. 25.
ANACR. 8: eVea TrfVTrjKovrd re Kal (Karov . . . ftacriXeva'ai.
HoM. II. 6, 217 : ffiKotriv TJ/JLOT' epvas.
245. AORIST OF TOTAL NEGATION. As the aorist is used
of one, so it is used of none. Total negation is expressed by
the aorist, as resistance to pressure is expressed by the imper-
fect (216).
o\i\ elXov, TJiey did not take ; ovx fjpouv, They could not take. OVK tSs^avro,
They did not receive ; OVK cSe'xovro, T/iey would not receive, ol jxev OI/K rjXOoy.
ol 8' eXOovres ovSev eiroiow, DEM. 18, 151 ; Some did not come ; some, when they
did come, would not do anything.
LVS. 3, 14: ovSeiy ovTf Karfdyrj rrjv Kf(f)a\T)v cure <7AAo KaKov ovftfv f\aftev.
PLATO, Gorg. 471 B: 01) /Liere^ie'A^trei/ avru>.
XKN. Conv. I, I4 : OVK (Kivrjae -yAcora.
AR. Ach. 34-6: oiSeTTWTTor' ftTTfv (sc. 6 ftrjpos), avdpaKas Trpicn, | . . . | tiAA
avros t(fitpf TTilvTa.
Ar.SCHYL. Pers. 179: oiri TTOJ roioi/fi' tvnpyts flf)ofj.r)v.
PlXD. O. I, 47 : ovftf fjiarpl rroAAa p.ai6p,fvoi <f>u>Ta ayayov.
HoM. II. 3, 239-40: fj ovx fa"Xf<r6lv Aaicefiaifioi/os <^ fpaTtivfjs, | ^ Sevpto
fJifV tirttVTO KTf.
246. Tht: same principle applies to the moods. The change of tense
from present to aorist is often to be accounted for by a change from posi-
tive to negative, and vice versa.
p.T]Sev a (J. a p T f i v ^o~ri 0uv KOA iravTa KaropOovv, Kpigr. ap. DEM, l8, -89;
A OK 1ST FOR PERFECT 107
To make no blunder and do all things right, (that} is (the province) of the
gods (alone).
DF.M. (Epigr. ap.), iS, 289 (see above).
ISOC. 4. 1 I wffTTfp . . . rov . . . aKfHJjias (tnaTH^fvov \tytiv (irrXoor OVK av
Swd/JifVOV flTTf I If.
ANTIPHON, I, 6: t^ovtria Tfv o~a(pias fl8fvai . . . OVK r/v irvBtadai.
PLATO, Ale. II, 143 B : oirtp ovv ov8(\s fiv olrjdtirj, <JXX ToGrii -ye TTIIS ar
ototro iKavos aval. Ion, 53 1 B : (I 8f (TV T)(T0a puvris, OVK, tlntp irfp\ rutv
6fioi'o>? Xtyofievttv olus r' fjcrda f ^ijyT)cra(r6ai (=ov^ ottis T' ei (r)yt]cra<rdai),
KCU 7Tf/}i ru>v 8ta(f)dp<0s \(yo^.fva>v rfiriorm av f'j-ijydcrdat.;
XEN. An. 2, 4. 6 : abvvaTov SiafUjvai.
THUC. I, JO, 2 : TO inrap^oirrd T( o~wfii> KCU (TTiyvdvai fju]8(i>.
AR. Lys. 129: OVK &v 7rot^(Tai/x(0 (no metrical necessity).
AESCHYL. P. V. 63: nXrjv roOS' ai/ ouSfi? ei>8tK(t)s p.f fji^airo ftoi (no met-
rical necessity).
PIND. N. 8, 44~5 T &' OVTIS reap \lfvxav KOfj,iai \ ov fioi ftvvarov (no met-
rical necessity).
247. When the negative is the equivalent of the positive present, the
present is more frequently used in both members.
edpcree, rwyt], KCU JXT) (jj o p e v, HDT. 1,9; He of good courage, Gyges,and
be not afraid, diroo-repeiv Kal p.t] airoStSdvai, DEM. [35], 42.
DEM. [35], 42 (see above).
AESCHIN. 2, 59 : ^apelvat Kal jj.fj dnodTjfjiflv.
HDT. i, 9 (see above).
HoM. Od. 4> ^25 : dupa-fi, p.t]8f TI Ttuyxv p.(Ta (pptcri 8t 18161 \irjv.
248. THE AORIST FOR THE PERFECT. The aon'.st is very
often used where we should expect the perfect.
I. Many verbs form no perfect. So many of the liquid
verbs. The aorist is next of kin. In later Greek many me-
chanical perfects have been formed from the desire of analogy.
See Curtius, Verbum 11,211.
dXXa 0Tra\ta irois ex el ' ^\ l T *S iroXircias Kal ras iroXcis av-rwv irap'jipTjTai,
Kal Ttrpapxia? KaT<rTTj<rt v, 1 iva (IT) (lovov Kara iroXcis, aXXa Kal KCLT' t6vr\ Sov-
Xcvioaiv; DEM. 9, 26.
DEM. 9, 26 (see above).
l.SOC. 5. 19-21 : OVK AUTTO) rijv (3ao-i\fiav nfmnr/Ktv XX' fr^^f a^id 8ian(-
irpaKTai. rt y(ip e'XXt'XoiTTf v ; ov . . . TrfnoirjKfv . . . npotTtjKTai . . . nfTroitjKfv . . .
1 DIONYS. HAL., I)e admir. vi, 54 (R. vi, j>. 1120), in quoting this passage, gives
KaQiaraKtt', a characteristic variant.
jo8 GREEK SYNTAX
. . . yeyovev ; aTrda-rjt Se r^y QpaKrjs oiis Tjfiov\r)dr) 8fa-jr6-
ras KaTo-T7j(Tfv ; (A solitary aorist after a long string of perfects.)
AR. Av. 301 : TI (fays ; ris y\avK "Atf^i/af fjyayf, (No classic perfect.)
AESCHYL. P. V. 28 : rotaur' f-n-rjvpov (no perfect) roC (piXavdpwTrov rpoTrov.
FIND. O. 10, 7-8 : 6 /ae'XXtoi/ xP" vos I f^ 17 Aca '" a '"X vvf ft a 6v XP e ' os ( se c
note ad loc.).
HOM. II. 5> 1278: d%\vv 8' av rot air' 6(f)0a\fj.u>v e\ov, fj irpiv f'rrfifv, | o0p'
ev yiyvwo-Kys jjfiev Qfov i)8e KOI (ii>8pa (jjprjKa is not found in Homer).
249. 2. When the perfect is used as a present, the aorist may
take a perfect translation. 1
iroXXatcis eOavpaaa, XEN. Mem. I, I, I ; / have often ivondered. OCTTJO-O
. . . avros TCI irep avrbs KTT]aao, HDT. 7, 29; AV^/ thyself what thyself hast
made.
LVS. 12, 3 : TroXXaKiy f? 7roXXr)v aOv^iav Karecrr^i/, fj.f] . . . 7TOLr]cru>(J.ni.
XEN. Mem. i, i, i (see above).
HDT. 4, 97 : ov yap edctcrd KCO /LIJ) {<Tcra>deci>p.fv VTTO "S,K.v6iu>v p-ii^rj. 7, 29 (see
above).
EUR. Ale. 541 : Ttdvcia-iv oi Gavovrts- aXX' W fls 86fj.ovs, Once dead, the
dead stay dead. Get thee within, fr. 507: ri TOVS davovras OVK fas redvrj-
Kfvai ;
AESCHYL. Cho. 504: OVTO> yap ov TfdvrjKas ovSt Trep 0avuv, Thus (shall
thoii show} thou art not dead though tJiou hast died.
H()M. Od. I, 166-8: vvv S' 6 ptv wy aTrcJXcoXe . . . TOV 8' wXtro VUO-TI/JLOV
W a P-
II. 13, 623-4: ov8e TL . . . eSSetcrare. 77 2 ^3 : v ^ v wXtro Tracra KUT'
aKprjs iXtos nnrfiVT).
250. 3. The aorist is used from affinity to the negative.
Tuiv O!KTUV oviStva KOTeXnrev, aXX' airavras TreirpaKe, A ESC HIM. I, 99; A'ot
a servant has lie left (did he leave), but he has sold t lie in all (they are all sold).
HYPER. Eux. 28: oiS" avrbs tStcorTji' ovS(i>a TruTrore eV TW /3/6> (Kpiva . . .
TltHlS OVV KfKplKa ;
A ESC H IN. i, 99 (see above).
IsoC. 3' 35 ^nvtjcTofjLcu yap ovfteva /j.fv irunror' (IbiKijaas, TrXttouj Se . . . rutv
TTO\iT(ai> . . . (v 7T(TroiT]Ka>s . . . tj avfiTravres oi Tvpo tfjiov ftacriXfvO'avTfS.
251. 4. Other examples :
ISOC. 8, 19: o liiv TOLVVV 7rnX(fJ.ns ('mavTUiv i]p.as ru>v fiprjp.(ini)v (i7TTT(pr)K(v '
Km yap TT(V((TTtpovs fTrotrja-f KIU TroXXovs Kiv8vvovs vironft/ftv ijvuyKUfff K.a\
irp!>s TOVS "EXX^vas Sia/if'/iiXr/Kf KIU iri'ivrns Tpdirovs T(Ta\nnr<i>pr)K(i> i]fj.as.
1 A. J. 1'. iv (1883), 429, note.
GXOMIC AORfST 109
HOM. 11.4. 243-6: Ti(f)6' ovrwt ((TTrjTt TfdtjiroTtt f)i/T( ixftpoi ; I ? r' . . . I
'erru<r', . . . | &s vpds (<TTT)T( T(drjni>T(s ot>S* pd^ta-Of (Zarrjrf is here used in-
stead of a perfect in a present sense).
252. This is especially important in the matter of sequence. See LYS.
12. 3 (249), HDT. 4, 97 (249), and HOM. II. 5, 127-8 (248), where the aorist
equals the perfect and naturally takes the sequence of the principal
tenses. 1
2 53- AORIST TRANSLATED BY THE PLUPERFECT. We often
translate the aorist by a pluperfect for the sake of clearness.
rots ISi'oiq \p-r}<rf<r9a.i <|>TJ, &. 6 TrarTjp avrw cSwKCV, XKN. Hell. I. 5, 3; He
said that he would use his inun means, which his father had given him.
XEN. Hell. I, 5, 3 (see above). 7, 2, 19: las <5< Tip VVKTO ijypvTrvija-av,
(Kadtv8ov ptxpi noppiii Ttjs i')p.(pas, *-ls they had been awake all night , they slept
until far into the day.
THUG. 7. I. 3- T US yap vavs <lv(i\KV(T(iv tv '\p.fpa, The ships they had
beached in Him era.
Hl)T. 4, 146 : al 8( eVfiVf ttrij\0av t TToitovcri rouiSf. 147 : fttwov itouvfjifvos
Spxrdai VTT' a\\u>i> (mire fyfvcraro iip\']s-
For other examples, see Temporal Sentences.
254. For the difference of the aorist and the pluperfect, compare HDT.
3, 25: TTp\V 8f TTJS oSoO TO TTf'/iTTTOl/ fjif pOS fi I 6 X r; \ U ( V O. I Tl)l> (TTp(lTll')V, aVTlKU
irtivTu nvrovs TII fi%ov <TiTia>v e%6[ifva err* XfXoiTTf f, (itTa 8t ra atria KU\ ra vrro-
vym ( TTf'XiTTf KaTfo-dio/jifva, Before they HAD completed the fifth part of the
journey, the provisions HAD entirely failed them, and after their provisions
their beasts of burden FAILED them.
255. GNOMIC AoRIST. The universal present may be repre-
sented by the aorist. The principle is that of the generic article.
A model individual is made to represent a class. This is called
the gnomic aorist, because it is used in maxims, sentences, prov-
erbs (yva>fj,ai}, which delight in concrete illustrations. The gno-
mic aorist interchanges freely with the present, but does not
thereby lose its peculiar effect. 3
puJfXT] . . . (XTO (1V 4>pOVt]0-0S 1 <J> X TJ (T V, OlVtV 8t TQVTr)S TrXtlW TOVS X OVTa *
ffiXat|rc, Isoc. [ I ]. 6 ; Strength with judgment docs good, without it tioes
greater harm to those lliat possess it.
DEM. 2, y ; OT/ ^iv yitp i>n' tvvoias ru irjitiyfjuirn <nTTi/, . . . ITVUTTOVHV . . .
' A. J. 1'. iv (1683), 4'jy, note. ' ; Sec note on I'IM>. I'. 6, 15.
no GREEK SYNTAX
tde\ov(riv uvB parrot urav 8' ' K ir\fOV(las Kal Trovijpias ris 5}(nrfp ovros l(yyvo~r],
f] Trpuirrj Trpti(i)acris Kal fJUKpov Trraur/ia TTUVT' uve^ain <rt v Kal 8ie\v(T(i>. Ibid.
10. 21. 5, 12.
I.SOC. I. 6 (see above). 5, 38: eirrjv 8e KOKCOS aXXijXous 8iad><Tiv, ov8fvos
bia\voi>Tos avrol 8i(O~T rj cr a v.
PLATO, Legg. 720 D : 6 <f e^evdtpos (SC. laTpds) . . . 8i8da-Kfi TOV dadfvnvvra
fli/rdi/, Kal ov irpoTfpov fTrera^t rrplv tiv 7177 vp.n(io-r/, The physician who is free
(and not a slave) instructs the patient himself and does not give a prescrip-
tion until he in some way succeeds in convincing liiin. Phaedo, 73 D : ot
epaiTTat, IJTiiv i'Swcri \vpav . . . jj a'XAo rt ois ra iraiSiKa avrtoi/ t'iaide xprjcrdui,
Tra'cr^oucrt rouro e'yycocrdi/ re TIJV \vpav Kal tv TTJ Siavota f\aj3ov TO ei'Sor rov
TratSdj, ov TJV f] \vpa.
HDT. 7. IO, f ) t OVTCJ 5e (cat (TTpaTos TroXXo? {ITTO oXi'you $ia(pdtipfTai Kara
rotni'Se. eirtdv o~<pi 6 deus (ftdovrjcras (popov epflaXri *) ^povrfjv, fti' u>i> ((pdapr)o~(iv
dvagiats ewTcov (a good example of general principle and particular illus-
tration).
COM. Men. 4. 354' 495 Tl 'x 7 ? T*X VT ! V &>pdo)(rfv, ov T'X I/ '/ rv X l l v '
PlXD. O. 4> 4 fiv<i)V 8' tv trp(io'o~6vT<i)i>, fcravav nvrtV dyyfXjai/ Trort yXv-
Kfliiv f(T\m. O.J,y>-l '. ai 8e (pptvutv rapa^al 7Tpe TrXay^ai/ /cai aofpnv. fr.
225 I 7T(!rai' ^eoy ay8pi ^iippa Tre'/x^/;, Trapoy p,e\aivav Kpaftiav f <rrv(piXit;f v . . .
SlMOX. C. 65 t o S' ai) ^tifaror Ki^f xnl TUV (pvyop.n^ov.
THEOGN. 66l 6 I /cat eV KdKoi) (o~6\bv f'yeiro, I at KaKov (% dyadov Kai re
irevi^pos dvr)p ai^fa /idX fTrXovrrjo-e Ktii os fj.d\a TroXXa TrfVarat, | fairii/T]S
Trdvr' ovv ajXecrt rv/crt /^t//. I Kdl (ra>(pp(i)v ijfAapTf, Kal tifppovL TTO\\UKI 8oa j
ecTTTfro, Kal rip.i)f Kal KCIKOS uiv e'Xa^ei'.
Soi.ox, 13. 8. 28. 29. 31. 38. 54. 68.
TVRT. 12, 202 : OITOS dvijp dyados yiyvtrai fv TToXf^tto ai^ra 8( 8v(Tp.tvea>v
dv8pu>v f'rpf\^f (j)ti\tiyy<is | Tf)r/^(ias, o~Trov8r/ r frr^fQf Ki i p.a fid^S-
HKS. The(Jg. 436 : napayiyvfTai i]8' oi/iV^crt, hut 442-3 : prji8i.(t)t nyprjv Kv8pfj
dfos &)7ra(rf TroXX/yi/, [ pfla 8' d(pfi\ero (p<uvt>fj.('i>r)v, edeXovrrd yi dvp.(S. 447 :
t% oX/yuj/ ftpuid, KUK TroXXo)!/ [tftova dr/Kfv. (The end of the verse is more
than a metrical shift; it is a swoop.)
HoM. II. 4' 44-~3 "l T oXt'yij p.ev rrputra Kopvo~<TTai, avrap iTrara | ovpavcf
f<TTr')pit;e Kapr) Kal tnl \6<>v\ ftaivd.
256. AORIST OF COMPAKISOX. Ultimately akin to the gnomic aorist
is the aorist of comparison which is often used in poetry, the concrete ex-
ample being more vivid and striking.
8ei 8r) iravras, oSo-irep ol la/rpoi, orav KapKivov . . . tSawriv, d-rr^Kavcrav TJ oXtos
dire KO\|/a v, OVTW TOVTO TO 0T)piov v^as c|opi<rai KTC., I )l'.M. 25. 95 '< -'/- f physicitKIS,
when they see a cancer, burn it <>Jf or cut it ojf bodily, so ought you all to
landdanui this monster.
SOLON, 13, 18-25 : WOT* aff/xos ixffiiXus atya 8ic (TKtSavt v | fjpivus, os . . .
GNOMIC TENSES in
v Kara irvpofpopov' \ 8r)uxrnf KaXii (pya, 6(>v (8os nlirvv iKavtt, \ ovpavov, aldpirjv
avris (6rjK.(v I8(lv | .' . . | Toiavrt) Zrjvos TrAfrat Tttris.
HOM. Od. 4, 335~4 O: *>f &' omtr' (v vXo'x&> (\a(pos Kpartpolo X/ovror | vt-
tfjitjcrcura vfrjyfvias yn\aOr)vovs \ Kvrjpovs t^tpfrjcrt Kai tiyKfii 7roii}fi/ra | /3o-
6 8' firtira (j]v tl(rf)\vdtv (\>vf]v, | dfji(f)OTtpoicri 8t rotcriv dftnia irorp.ov
' | 0)9 'Q8wrtVS KflVOKTlV dflKfll ITOT/JiOV (<pr](Tl.
II. 3. -3~-& ' &* T( ^' & " / ^'x'*/"/ pryuhto (
257. GNOMIC PERFECT AND FUTURE. The so-called gnomic perfect
and gnomic future correspond to English uses. The gnomic future is
based on expectation, the gnomic perfect on experience.
Perfect:
iroXXoi . . . TJSr) SovXoi . . . <rc<ruica<ri Sccnr^Tas, PLATO, Legg. 776 D-E ;
Many slaves ere now have saved masters.
ANDOC. [4]. 19' wrrtr 8e viTfpopa ravra, TTJV fjLeyiorrjv (f)v\aKi)v dvrjprjKt TTJS
irdXecor, Whoso overlooks this, has taken away the greatest safeguard of the
state.
PLATO, Legg. 776 D-E (see above).
HDT. 2,6: 00*01 fiei> yup ytwrtivai dcri avdpuTraiv, opyviij(ri p-f^-f rpr^Kacri
TTJV xu>prjv, ocrot S rjcraov yecoTTfti/at, oraSiota'i, KTf .
AR. Vesp. 493~5 }" M*" o>v!jrai TIS op<pu>s, /xf/x/3pa5a? Se (JLTJ 6e\j), \ (vdf'ms
( "p r ix' TrwXcoi' TrXi/tr/oi' raj /zf/x/3/)iia? | OVTOS o'^ravfiv ( 01% avdptoTros <Vt rt;pni>-
vi8i. PI. 5^7~9 VKfifrat . . . Toi/s pi'jTopns, ws OTTOTUV fj.ev \ UXTI TrtV^rey, ntpi TOV
8rjfjiov . . . fieri St/cmoi, Tr\ovTt)(ravrfS 8' O.TTOTUIV KOIVU>V irapa^prjfj.' a&icoi yfyivr/vrai.
EUR. fr. 1028: ofrrts Vfos u>v p.ovcra)v dp.f\el, \ TUV re mip(\dwr' aTToXuXc
Xpovov | Kai TOV /ne'XXoj/ra TfdvrjKfv.
PlND. O. I, 54 : aK(p8eia \(\oy^(v 6i.ip.iva KiiKayopovs. P. 3- 54 : Kc'pSft
Kai <ro(pi<i 8f8fTai.
THEOGN. 109-10- uir\T}<rTov yap f^ov(ri icciKol vuov fjv 8' tv
SOLON, 13, 27-8: aiVi 8' ov \f\rjde 8tap.n(p(S, oo-rij aXiTpoj' | 6vp.ov f)(y,
rut 8' fs T(\OS ((<f)dvr).
TVRT. II, 14: Tpfcrvdvratv 8' di>8pa>v irdtr' aTroXwX* dpfrtj.
HOM. II. 5, 531-2: al8oftev<av 8' dv&pwv TrXiovts 0*001 f)( 7r<0ai/rat- | <^)u-
ydvrtav 8' OVT' ftp K\('OS opvvrat oure rif dXcrj. 15, 139-40: rjfti) ydp TIS TOV yt
K.a\ xdpdt dfj.fivti)v | i) TTt(f)aT' TJ Kdi (TTfira Trf<pf]<T(Tiu.
258. Future:
oviSi aXXov ovStvbs ifivjruxov Kt^aXrjs ytv&trai Alyvir-ritav ouStis, HOT. 2, 39
No Egyptian (none of the E.) tastes (will taste) of the head of this or any
other animal,
112 GREEK SYNTAX
HDT. I, 173 : tlpOfttvm) 5e ere'pov rbv Tr\r)(rtov ris ttrj, KaraXe'et ctavrov
fjir/rpoOev. 2, 5 : Karris KaraTTfiprjrrjpirjv 7rrj\6v -r( dvoicrtis Kai eV (v8(Ka upyvifjiri
e treat (Traveller's Future). 2, 39 (see above). 41 : r>v e<W*a ovre dvfjp
AlyvTmos ovre yvvrj <iv8pa "EXXrjva (f)i\i')cr(i( av rai arop-ari, ov8e fia^aipjj dv8pos
pTjcrfTai . . . ov8( Kptais Kadapov /3oo? 8iar(rp.r]p.(vov 'E\\r)viKfj ^.a^aiprj
ai (fut. parallel with opt. and V).
SOLON, 13, 55~6: rd Se p.6pa-ifj.a Trdvrws \ ovrf ris olcwos pvcrerai ovd' Itpd.
259. EMPIRICAL AORIST. But when the aorist has a tempo-
ral adverb or a negative or a numeral with it, it is best referred
to the same class with the English perfect of experience (empiri-
cal aorist).
iro\\aKis . . . SEO-TTOTCLL 6pYio^Evoi p.ct(0 KO.KO. eiraOov f| 7roiT]crav, XEN.
Hell. 5, 3, 7 : Often have masters suffered from anger greater evils than they
have inflicted.
79 T i'? H ( v yap dv@pu>7rovs TroXXoi ifirj ^aTTari](ravrfs Ktu StoXa-
66vTts ov JJLOVOV r<av Trnj)('ivTU)v Ktv8vvav dirtXvO rjaav ii\\a KT(.
PLATO, Phaedr. 234 13 : rovs p.ev fpuivras ol fyi\oi. vovderuvcriv . . . rols ftf
p.f] pu>(Tiv ov8e\s TrcoTrore TOIV oiKfiatv p.f fJL\lsaro.
XEN. Hell. 5, 3, 7 (see above). Oec. 5, 18 : Kt Trpufiara 8' eVi'ore KaXXio-ra
rfdpafj.p.(va vixros fXdovara KUKtara 7rcoXe(Tff. Cf. [R. A.] 2, 2O : oims fie /uij
a>j/ TOII 8i'jp.ov etXero eV S^/^oKparou/ifV// TrdXet otKflv /xaXXov i) eV oXtyap^ou/iej/)/,
ddiKflv Trapf a < fvdcr mo Kai f'yvco on /ere'.
HDT, 2,68: y^uxrauv 8e p.ovvov 0rjpiu>v OVK ffpvcre. 3- 53- """XXoi 8e ij8r)
TU fiTfrpana 8ir]fj.fl>oi ra Trar^cota a7T'/3Xo v.
COM. Men. 4, 346, 205 : ?) -yXaxrcra TroXXous (Is okfdpov fjy(iyfv.
EUR. fr. 360, 28-9: TU fj.T]Tep(av 8f 8uKpv* oruv TTf^TTr] reKva, | TroXXovs (dfj-
\W (If p.t'i)(T)v opp.(t>p.evovs.
PlXD. O. I, 31-3 : X"!'^ ^'' " 7re / ) airavra reu^et ra /neiXt^a dvarois, | . . . Kai
UITIOTOV ep.rj<Taro TTitrrov | ('np.(vai ru TroXXaKiy. N. II, 39~4' (v <T X f P ( l ) ^ ovr'
S)v ^t\aiv(iL Kiipnov eficoKac apovpai, 8(i>8ped r OVK (6(\d irdo~ais triuv Tr(f>o8ois
| uvQns ewaiSes <f>ipdv,
THEOGN. 137-8: 7roXX(ci yap 8oK((av 6ij(T(iv KdKuv, (o~6\oi> (@r)K(i>- Kai re
^0(CO)l/ 6il<T(lV (0-6\l'lV, (0TJK( KtlKl'lV. 6O~, '. TToAXo) TOl TT\iovaS Xt/UOU Kl'lpOS U>\(T(V
tJ8>). 639-640 : 7roXX<i>a Trap 8<'>av re /cai (\iri8a yivtrai (v pdv | (py' di>8pwv,
(jOvXlllS 8' t>VK (TT(y(VT(> Tf\OS.
HES. O. et D. 240-247 : TroXXiixt . . . dtrrjvpa, . . . (irijyaye . . . dnofpdtvv-
6<>v(Ti . . . TiKTuvcriv, p.ivvdi>vo~i . . . air toX e o~ ( v . . . aiFoaivvTai,
HOM. II. 2, I17~8: oi' 617 TToXXdajf Tto\iwi> Kari\v<r( Ki'prjvn | ;}S' e'ri Kai
Xvrru. (This example is very instructive as to the conception of the em-
pirical aorist.)
A OK 1ST /.V QL'ESTIOKS 113
260. AORIST IN GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS. From this gnomic use of
the aorist arises its use in general descriptions, in which the aorist is de-
signedly employed to express concentrated action.
oi fitv yap dOdvaToi KaXoupcvai (sc. fy-v\ai), ^viit' &v irpos aKp<|i yc'vwvrai,
fa-TTiaav, PLATO, Phaedr. 247 B-C ; The souls called immortal, when they
get in front of the top, stop (short).
DEM. [35]' l ~- ' OVTOI yap SftvoTaToi p.(i> tlffi bavficracrBai xpi]p.ar' tv TU>
(fj.7ropi(i>, (TTtiStiv &( Xti/^oxTt . . ., evdvs fTf(\d6ovTo . . . d\\' ami TOV dmftovvai
<ro(ptarfj.aTa tvplo'KOVO'i . . . Kal flat irovTjpuruToi di>6pu>ira>i'.
PLATO, Phaedr. 245-56. Often in this celebrated description, e.g. 247
B-C (see above).
HUT. 2,47' V" Tls ^f(iv(rr/ avTo)i> (sc. AjyvTmcoi/) trapitav vd?, avToiiri TDKTI
i/zcmotcn drr' u>v (fia\l/( (utvrov (3as eVi rov nora^u'iv. 87 : iirtav TOVS K\v(TTrjpas
irXijcruiTai TOV ano K(8pov d\d(parof yivopfVQV, (v )v 7rA^(Ti' 1 ToC vfKpov rrjv
KoiXirjv. 3, 82 : (s (\6fa p.fyd\a d\\i')\oi<Ti diriKVfovrai, ( u>v (rrdcrKs tyyivovrat,
fK 5t TWI/ (TTaaiutv (f>wos (K 8t TOV (fiavov aw (fir/ ts novvapx^v.
COM. Apollodor. 4, 455 f ' y ^ov <Jrav TIS tVn/ c/)i'Xov, | (<TTiv 6((i>ptli>,
NiKo^cof, TTJV TOV (f)i\ov I tvvoiav (idi'S flcriovra TCI? dvpas. | 6 dvpupos IXapos
irp(i>Ti>v (cmi>, r) Kvtav \ (<rt)vf Ka\ n potr'jXf)', viravTT)<ras 8f Tit \ 8i(ppov fv6i<os
(6r)K(, KUV p.r]8f\s Xfyrj \ p.r/$ev.
PlND. O. 2, 63-4: davuvrw p.tv fvddS" OVTLK' dird\afj.i>oi (fipfvfs \ iroivus
tncrav.
SOLON, 13, 53 ' <"XXoi/ p.dvTii> tdrjKfv <7i/^ iitdtpyog 'A7T(!XXa)i/.
261. AORIST IN PASSIONATE QUESTIONS. In passionate and impa-
tient questions the aorist is used of things to be despatched at once.
TI OVIK ttvro -yc fioi TOVTO a ire Kp i via; PLATO, Gorg. 509 E ; ll'/iy don t you
answer me this I'ery point?
Pl.ATO, Charm. 155 A; XXci TC OVK < 7re'(5et^<i? /ioi TOV vtaviav Ka\(<ras
Sfvpo ; Gorg. 509 E (see above). So elsewhere.
XEN. Cyr. 2, 1,4- <>vv . . . <>v Kal TIJV Svvafuv (\f^dy p.oi ; Hiero, I, 3*
Tt nw . . . <>V\i KCU (TV . . . VirffJ.VT)(TaS fJ.fi
MDT. 9. 4^ Tt ^') "v ff*a)(rd[JLeda}
Ak. VeSp. 213: T Ili'K aTTf KOlplj 6>J fJL( V IMJOV OtTOV <TTl\r)V ,' ll'/l\' dOtl t li'g
snatch a little nap, a wee wee nap ?
262. AOKIST WHERE ENGLISH USES I'KKSENT. In questions, the
English language may also u.se the past tense, not so readily in such ex-
pressions as ^iTTJvfo-a, Thank" von (literally I praised r, ^p.4/afirv, / l>lame ;
V, / am delighted (Dramatic Aorist).
1 Notice the tincMb which heighten* the effect and helps to prove the purpuse-
fulnes-i <>( the auribt.
114 GREEK- SYNTAX
aimXais, e-ye'Xaa-a v|;oXoiconiriais, AR. Eq. 696; I like your threats*
I laugh at your fire-eating brags.
AR. Eq. 696 (see above).
EUR. Cycl. 266: ciTrco/iocr', a> KO\\I<TTOV 2) KtKcXwTrioi/. H. F. 1235: e TTI; -
I/to- 1 ' ft; 8pd(ras 8e cr' OVK avaivofJ.ni. Or. 1672: Kal \(Krp' {iryve<r' t TJVIK av
fiiSo) rrarfjp. fr. 282, 13 ( fJif p^dfj.rjv 8e Kal rov EXXj/i'cov VO/JLOV.
HOM. II. 2, 3-3- r ' L i*T ai>(a> (yevtadt; 14, 95 : vvv 8f crev atvotrdfirjv
Trciyxv <ppivas, olov fdTTfS.
263. AORIST OF THE FUTURE. The aorist may be used as a vision of
the future.
ap', ei (it BTJ Xcu|/tis, y" v<u > El."R. Ale. 386 ; I am undone, if thou
shalt leave me, wife.
EUR. Ale. 386 (see above). Med. 78 : nTrcuXo/ieo-tf' Sp\ tl KCIKOV npoaoi-
(rofjifv | vtov TraXatcJ.
HOM. II. 9- 4 I2 ~5 ft ' P-* v K ' fi ^^' [JL(vu>v Tpuicav iroXiv dp.(f)Lp.d^a>p.ai, | <uAf TO
fifv p.oi voaros, drcip K\(OS ({(pdirov fcrrat | et 8t Ktv oucad' iKu>fj.ai e/j.f)v (s irarpiBa
yaiav, I wXero /J.OL K\(OS etrdXov.
264. IMPERFECT, AORIST, AND PLUPERFECT SIDE BY SIDE.
How keenly the differences of the imperfect, aorist, and plu-
perfect might be felt, is best shown in those passages in which
all three are used side by side.
iyii) [lev dire 8-q [io vv . . .ere T X VTI^ Ke i 8' 6 iro.TT]p iraXai, ore OVTOS f yr\ |i,
DEM. [46], 21 ;/ was abroad and my father had long been dead when this
man got married.
DEM. [46], 21 (see above). [56], 9: eVfifti) 6 2tKfXt*o? KardirXovs fyivtro
Kal al Tip.al rov <TLTOV or' tXarrov (ftu8iov KU\ i] vavs f] TOVTU>V dvfjKro fis
AlyVTTTOV, fv6((l)S OVTOS aTTOOTf'XXfl KT(.
LVS. 12, 53 firfibf) 8( (is TOV Hfipaia ij\6ojj.fv Kal al rapa^al yfyfvrfp.(vai
T)<rav Kal TTtpl TU>V fitXX(iya>i/ ot Xtiyot eyiyvovro, 7roXXf (Kurfpot f\iri8as ('ix~
fjLtv KT. 13, 5 ' 8ip8dpr](Tav . . . fyfyevrjTO . . . eyiyvovro.
Hl)T. 1 , 80 '. &)? &O"(f)pavTO rd^fTa TCOV K(i[j.i]\u>v <>i tTTTTOi Kal tI8ov auras,
OTTJO-CI) dvt (TTpt (pov, 8it<pdapTo (lav shuttered} re ra> Kpo/frco 17 f\nts. 4- '-5
Tapa^dtvrwv . . . rapa<T(rofieva>v . . . TfTapaypfvovs. 6, 108 : f8f8u>Ktcrav . . . tS<>-
aav . . . e8i8(t(T<iv, They had given, they gave, they were for giving, offered.
7, '93- ' ^* fidpjSapoi, u>s CTravtraTo re 6 avfp.os Kal TO Kvp.a (arpuro, . . .
tnXfnv frapa rf]i> r'/TTdpov, The barbarians, as (lie wind ceased and the waves
had become calm, went sailing along the mainland.
HOM. II. J, 4^>4^5 '" )f "' M el/ roiuvra TTpus uXX^Xouv dyuptvuv. 8vcrfTo 8
T)(\IUS, TfTfXffTTo 8e tpyitv A^aiSiv.
MODAL FUTURE 115
Future Tense
265. The future denotes cither continuance or attainment in
the future, and is either slitill or id//.
?!<i>, / will or shall have, I will or shall get. apo>, / will or shall be
ruler, I will or shall faro in? ruler.
LVCURG. 8l (Ilisiur. ap.): ov Troiijcro/xat ir(p\ irXfioints TO (t/v rt)s (\fndf-
piut, I will not value life more highly than freedom.
LYS. I, 36 : ov8f<? avrutv a^rcrat, -Y<> one will touch t/iein.
PLATO, Apol. 29 1C: OVK tvBvs ucp^a-co UVTIIV ovb' "nrfipi (u. '///).
THL'C. I, 22. 4: apKovvras t$-(t, It will (shall) suffice.
AR. Ach. 203 : fyw 5< <f)evop.ai (will) yt rous 'A^iifWrir.
EUR. BaCCh. 63 : <rvfi.p.(Tao-X'l<r<0 ('///) x<)p)v. fr. 176 : r/y yap iifTpmav
<rKurT(Xi>i> ovrdfav 8opl | o8vvai<ri Sco ere i (will succeed in, etc.) ;
PlND. O. I, 37 ' " S" dvria nporfpuiv (pdey^opai (7iv7/).
HoM. ()d. I, 88: avrap tyu>v 'idaKTjvS' f(rf\fi/crop.ai.
II. 1 , 29 '. Tyi 8' yw OLI X u(ro>.
266. Owing to this indefiniteness of the future in regard to continu-
ance and attainment, the Greek language has a tendency to use other
forms of greater temporal exactness, such as the optative with <7i- and <"v
with the subjunctive. The Greek is very rich in expressions for the
future.
267. MODAL NATURE OF THF. FrrrRF..- The future was originally
a mood, and this original modal force is regularly retained in dependent
clauses, with the exception of the identifying relative, where it serves to
describe a definite person or thing. In the principal clauses, this modal
force is more or less effaced, just as the force of the English auxiliaries
will and shall is more or less effaced according to the person employed.
At the same time, it must be remembered that whenever we translate
the Greek future by shall m will, we make an analysis for which the Greek
language is not responsible. The periphrasis that comes nearest to the
modal future is /xAA with the infinitive.
As the modal use of the future in dependent clauses is not treated in
the following sections, a few illustrative examples are here given.
iraiSfs Sc fioi ovirw flcriv 01 p.c Oc pa-irt v <ro v<ri, Lvs. 24, 6; Ami I /nii'e as
yet no ehiliiren who shall nurse me ( = to nurse ///<). ov8i (sc. irp<TT(i) roiovra
Xe'ytiv It, >v 6 PIOS \i.T)btv itriSucrfl, IM >(.:. 4, 189. Sc^o-ci 8t ica! TWV aXXuv POCTKT]-
|iaTu>v irafjnroXXwv, i TIS avra cScrai (/s /,> e<it th,in}, Pl.ATO, Kpb. 37 j C'.
Kal jiT)v avSpfiov -y (sc. 8ti (Kurepov ttvai), ctirep tv p.axiTai (/v to l>e a ^ooit
fighter], lliitl. 375 A. (Here ftirep . . . |iax*iTai is parallel with ^av 8^t) . ..
just preceding.)
n6 GREEK SYNTAX
On the Gnomic Future, see 257-8.
For examples of the Future in the Apodosis of an Ideal Condition,
see Ideal Conditional Sentences.
268. FUTURE ix DELIBERATIVE QUESTIONS. The future
indicative, like the subjunctive, may be used in questions which
expect an imperative answer.
tiirtofiev rj <riYb>|xv ; ^ TI 8 p do-o p. v ; EUR. Ion, 758 ; Shall we speak out or
hold our peace ? What shall we do /
DEM. 4> 44 7rot $*l ifpo(ropfi,iovftfd(a)i 8, 37- r ' fpovpcv f/ ri (prjcro-
fitv, 3> uvBpa 'Adrjvaloi ; (yea p.(v yap ov% 6p<a.
PLATO, Protag. 331 A: ri ovv, o> IlpaiTayopa, UTTO Kpivovpfda avrai ;
Ibid. B: ri avrca aTTOKpivovfjLf 6 a ;
AR. Ach. 312 fir' eyu> aov (pf icro^iai;
EUR. Ion, 758 (see above).
PlND. O. 2, 2 : riva 6tw, riv rjpaxi, rlva 8' avdpa K eXa Sr; tro/if v ; (See B.
L. G. ad loc.}
HOM. II. I, 123 ' Trajf yiip TOL 8a)crov(Ti yepas p.fy(i6vp.ot 'A^aiot ;
269. IMPERATIVE USE OF THE FUTURE. The future is sometimes
used where an imperative might be expected. It is not a milder or gentler
imperative. 1 A prediction may imply resistless power or cold indifference,
compulsion or concession.
O.VITOS Y v weri, PLATO, Gorg. 505 C ; TJiat is a matter for you to deter-
mine. 6 ... aYve\o9 . . . \6uv ciceiae iSc Xc'ci, XEN. Cyr. 3, 2, 29; The mes-
senger will go thither and iiold the following discourse.
ISAE. 2, 37 : di>ayvo>(T(T(u. (The speaker before court uses of the clerk
avuyvu>6i, nvaylyvuxTK.*, avayv<a(TtTai, rarely dvayva>Tu>. 3 ) 4- 3 : TOVTOV . . . aXXoy,
tdv TIJ (3ov\r)Tai, Tip.a>pr)<TTai, Hint another shall punish if he will.
PLATO, Gorg. 505 C: avros yvuxrei (Schol. : dvrl TOV ei' n d(\fis, Ttoif i
fpol yiip <>v /ji.(\fi). Philcb. 12 A ! crv ftc\ Ylf)(arap^, avrus yvaxrfi. Rpb. 43-
C: Kul ffun (ppda-fts (so the best MS), And you will report to inc. Theaet.
143 B: o Trais iivayvaxTf rat (of a servant), but Phaedr. 262 D: dvuyvodi,
(to a friend).
XEN. An. i , 3, 5 : Km ov-rrorf tptl ovbfis, And no one shall ever say. Cyr.
3,2,29 (see above). 3-3- 3 ' vptls f'p-f ov Trot^trere fjLia-dov ntpuovra tvtpyf-
1 So Aken : "Die rulii^e liehauptung kann weit starker sein." See Hopkins,
A. J. P. xiii (1892), 37. The N. T. ar <"j 6>//f, " Sir than to t/idt," seems to he an
idiomatic colloquial expression rather than a Hebraism. The Latin use of the future
as a familiar imperative, A. J. P. xviii (1897), 121, in the same class of words, lends
strength to the imperative conception, which is denied by some scholars.
2 C. \V. E. Miller. A. J. P. xiii (1892), 408.
FUTURE AS IMPERATIVE 117
Tflv, dXXa err, 3> yvvai, f\ov<ra ravra rii ^prj^ara a (pipds tiirtdi, KT(., You are not
to make of me a paid travelling philanthropist, etc.
AR. Nub. 135- : navTW Se TUVTO 8pti<rets.
EUR. Med. 1320: XtV tin ftovXti, ^dpi 8' ov ^avo-fis noTf.
ION, Eleg. 2, 7~IO (Bgk.*) : mfco^xri', iraifoptv "iru> . . . op^fla'dot . . . *ip\f
. . . Kfwos . . . Tritrai (Meincke 7rifYa>).
SOPH. Ph. 843 : raSf p.ft> dtos o^rcrat.
HoM. Od. I, 123-4: avrap tTTfira \ Sfiirvov iravtrafuvas p-vdrjatai, vrrtu at
XP"7-
This "jussive" use of the future is denied for Homer by Paech. 1 In
many of the passages once cited, the so-called future has been shown to
be an aorist imperative and others have been explained away.
270. |f AND THE FUTURE INDICATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS. The use
of the future as an imperative with /iij is rare and hardly sure. In Attic
prose it rests on just two passages, both suspicious, both open to emenda-
tion, LYS. 29, 13 and DEM. 23, 1 17, on which see A. J. P. xv (1894), 1 17 f. In
XEN. Hell. 2, 1,22: irpot'nrtv u>s p.ri8(\s Kivi]croiTo, iy = OTTCOJ, and the oratio
recta was orrcor /jajBfls Kii/ijcrerm. In AR. PL 488, /xaXaxoi/ T' e'l'Scoerfre pr)8(i>
belongs to the relative complex w viKfjcrtre TTJI/SI'. In SOPH. Ai. 572-3, on-wr
precedes. In HOM. II. 10, 238, orrao-o-fat is subjunctive, and in 11.13,47,
o-awo-ere is imperative. The jussive future has ov.
On ov P.TI with the Future, see Negatives.
271. ov WITH FUTURE INDICATIVE IN QUESTIONS AS IM-
PERATIVE. In questions, the future indicative with ov is often
used as an imperative.
OVK diroKTCvc IT(C) . . . TOV (xiapov TOVTOV avflpwirov ; DlN. I, 18; \Vill you
not kill this foul creature ?
DIN. i, 18 (see above).
DCM. 4, 44 : OVK (fj.^rjcrunfd(a) ; 21, Il6: "OVK (iTTOKTfVfiTf; OVK t'nl TTJV
oiKiav ftufticirrdf ; ov\i cr vXX rj^f <r6f ;"
PLATO, Conv. 212 D: TralSts, . . . ov a-Kf-^fo-df ; Boys, ivill you not see
who it is ?
AR. Lys. 459-60: ov\ f\(T\ ov TraiT)O-(T\ OVK tifn)(Tf ; \ ov XoiSoprycrer', OVK
avaio~xvvTT)(TT( ;
EUR. Ion, 162-3: OVK ti\\q | (poiviKo<pafj irofta KivrjCTfiy;
AESCHYL. P. V. 52 : OVKHW tirtii) rwfi* bTp.u nfpij^tiXflv;
On ov p.t) wilh the Future Indicative in questions, see .\Vi, r //w.v.
1 Joh. I'aech, Ucber den Gebraucli deb Indiculivus Futuri aL Modiib ius^ivus bci
Homer, Urcslau, 1865.
Il8 GREEK SYNTAX
272. PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE WITH fu'XXw. In very common
use is the periphrastic future with //,eAA&>, / am thinking (com-
pare the use of pcnscr in Fr.), / expect, I am about, I am (destined")
to. As a verb of thinking, /ze'XXw takes the typical future, but
also the present, seldom the aorist and then to make a special
point. Whatever difference there may have originally been be-
tween the present and the future, has been abraded. Some-
times there seems to be a conscious interval with the future, but
the distinction vanishes and authors vary.
The imperfect of the /xeXXw-periphrastic may be called the
future of the past, and it plays an important part in a large class
of sentences.
273. /j.i\\w ic>ith the Future Infinitive:
(xcXXtre TTJV \Jnj<J>ov otae iv, Axooc. I, 2; You are about to cast your vote.
ISAE. 7. 3 Trai/Tfs yap ol n\f vTTjaftv /LieXXozre s Trpovoiav TroioivTat
crfptav avrcov.
LYS. 3, 32 (215). 34 (215). 13, 37 (215). 19, 38: & M r; yeWtro, (I fit) TI
fj. f X X ( i M e 7 n ayaflbv f cr e a 6 a i rrj TroX ei.
AN DOC. I, 2 (see above). Ibid. 21 : O'TTOV [av] f'p.e\\(v avros (r<>)6J]<Tf-
crdai ffie re OVK d-n-oXelv.
Ax'l'IPHON, 6, 36 : paSiuis e'/neXXoj/ aTro^xii^fcrOai KOI 8iKrjv ov tiaxTfiv.
PLATO, Apol. 21 B: /iAXw . . . v^as <hSuetj/. Crat. 418 B (215).
Phaedr. 228 C (215).
XEN. Cyr. 3, i, i (215).
THUC. i, 130, i (215). 3. I! 5- 5 ( 2I 5)-
HDT. 2, 43 (215). 7> 8, )3) : p.f\\u> fvas TOV 'EXArjaTrofroj' (\av crrparw
. . . eVi TI)V 'EXXtiSa.
AR. Thesm. 181 : fif\\ovcri ^ al yvvalxfs airoXftv rfifiepav. Eccl. 597
15)-
Soi'H. El. 379-80: /ueXXoveri yap <r', fl raJi/Sf p.1) X;yft$- yt'xav, | tvravQa
rrffJL^dv tv6a KTf. O. R. 967 (215).
I IKS. Theog. 468-9 : (> f XXf . . . T(r6ai (215).
HoM. Od. 6, 135-6: 'o8vtTfvs Kovpfltrtv . . . f/j.fXXfi/ | pi^tadoi yvftvos
iTfp (<av. ~, 2/0 (215).
11.6,52-3(215). 515-6: t pi \\(i> | (TTpityea-Q' (K xvp 7 !*-
274. fit\\w U'itli the Present Infinitive :
OUTOS, Tl 5pdcTl9 J TU> WTlXa) (J. X X I S fX IV } AR. Ach.587J Ifoffcllow)
What arc you gving to do? sire you going to give yourself a vomit with
the feather ? (Here tlie future and the periphrasis are parallel.)
MEAAQ 119
LYS. 13, 88 : p.(\\tv \fytiv. 19, 23 : |u'XXovrn irXdv, Oft the point of sail-
ing. 24, 15: p. t \\uv a\r)0r) \<yfii>.
ANTIPHON, :, 15: dSiKfio-tfm ?/ifXX f v. Ibid. 16: ds NCIOI> 7rXIi/
PLATO, Phaedo, 59 A: avn'xa . . . e/xXX* r(\tvrai>. Phaedr. 242 B:
(fjLt\\ov . . . TOV TTorafjibv biaftaivdi/.
XEN. An. i, 8, i (215).
AR. Ach. 493: UTTIHTI /if'XXety (Is Xf'yriv ravavria (the future is not
favored by the iambic metre). Eq. 267 (215).
EUR. fr. 459'- *ip8rj Totavrti xpi'j riva KraaOai PpoT&v, | (<p* OUTI pi\\(i pfj-
iroff 1 IKTTfpOV (TTfVtlV.
SOPH. Tr. 75^~7 : /WAAovri 8' UVTM . . . Ttv^tiv (rfpayas | K')pv . . .
tKfr(o).
PlXD. O. 8, 63-4: tivSpa . . . p.i\\ovTa noddvorurav 8uav (pfpfii' (in
prose TOV . . . oifrovra).
HOM. Od. 9, 475-6 (215).
II. IO, 454-5 o fJLtv fjiiv ep.f\\f . . . XicrtTfadat.
275. /it'XXw with the Present and the Future Infinitive:
DEM. 21, 55 fOT(<pava>[i,(6a t 6p.oi<as o T( p.i\\<i)it vmav Acai 6 iriiirratv vcrrn-
TOS y(vi]<Tr6ai.
PLATO, Conv. 198 B : TTW? . . . oif p.(\\a> airoptlv . . . p.t\\b)i> \( dir ;
Politic. 295 C: iarpbv p.e\\ovTa . . . drr o S rj p. f ~i v (on the point of going
abroad} KCII airtcrftrOai ru>v dtpairevofjiivtiv <rvxvov . . . \puvov {and expecting
to be absent from his patients a long time\
276. fi^Xw with the Aorist Infinitive:
TOVTO TOLVVV . . . T)p.LV 1TO11]TCOV, ci (J.T) p.tX\OfJlV fTTl TO) TtXd
TOV Xo-yov, PLATO, Politic. 268 I) ; This is what we must do, if ive are not to
bring dishonor on our discussion at the (very) last.
ANTIPHON, I, 14: eVl Tropvdov f^fXXt Karaa-rfjaat (once out of 2O
times).
PLATO, Politic. 268 D (see above). Ibid. 291 C: \ii\\o ^tv I8flv
(vapyS)s TO {rjTovpfvov.
EUR. Ion, 760: fipi'ia-tTai TOI Kfi Qavtlv ^t'XXco fitirXr; (282). Or. 292-3:
ft P.I/T fKfti/os avaXaftdv tp.(\\f (pws, | t'ycl) 6' 6 r\t)fji<i>i> Toiu8 ( (JLTrXrjcrnv
KOKU (aorist and future side by side).
AESCHYL. P. .625 : Cntp /iXXo. naQdv.
FIND. O. 7, 6 1 : ^\\ (V Biptv (215). 8, 32 : piXXuin-ts . . . Ttv&u. P. 9,
52-3 ' /u'XXetj- . . . fVfiKui.
HES. TllCOg. 478 : r^fXX* TtKta-dni, but ibid. 468-9 : f/ifXXf . . . r'fo-<Jm.
HOM. II. 23, 773: ffi(\\oi> tiraiguadai. (So La Kochu with the better
MSS. Cauer reads tirattcr6ai.)
120 GREEK SYNTAX
277. fic'XXw, I POSTPONE. /zeAAoo, I postpone, takes regularly
the present infinitive (resistance to pressure), rarely the aorist
infinitive.
Present Infinitive :
en p.'XXo|iev apvvco-Oai, THUC. 6, lo, 5; We are still delaying to
punish.
THUC. I, 86, 2 : rovs ^v/j./j.axovs . . . ov Trepw^o/jifda d8iKovp.ei>ovs ov8e fj.t\~
Tifjiatpelv. i, 124, i (278). 6, io, 5 (see above).
EUR. Phoen. 299 (see 278).
SOPH. O. C. 1627-8 : TI fj.\Xo/jLfv | xcopeii/, Why delay -we to go?
278. Aorist Infinitive:
JAY) [ieXXere IIoTCiSaidTais TC iroictcrdai Tip.a>piav . . . icai TWV aXXcov fie-
TTJV eXevOcpiav (present and aorist), THUC. i, 124, i.
THUC. i, 124, i (see above).
EUR. Phoen. 299-300: ri fj.f\\(is vTrwpo^a /xAa^pa Trtpav, | Biytlv T
toXfVaiy TfKvw (present and aorist); [Rhes.] 673-4: ri |ie'XXfre | O-KIJITTOV
'iriovros TroXf fjiiatv troxrai j3iov ; (So the MSS, but Nauck follows Elmsley in
reading o-(u^u/.)
Future Perfect Tense
279. The future perfect is the perfect transferred to the
future.
280. FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE.- The future perfect active
is found chiefly in the periphrastic form, where it has the full
perfect force. The simple form is found only in a few verbs in
which the perfect is used as a present: T0vi]|a>, / sJiall be dead;
ecrni<> 7 sJiall stand.
av TO.VT' elSiLfiev, KOI ra St'ovr' Ia<5|ie6' eyvcoKores KOI Xoyov p.arai(i>v ainjX-
Xa-y|J-tvoL, DEM. 4, 50. TTUS oJv evopKa a. VTO p. a) (JLO K d>s <TTai 4>a.(TK(i>v v clSevai j
AXTIPHON, I, 8. Qp' ovv TOV del \povov fJ.cp.a6T)Kina eo-rai T) 4VXT) avrov ; PLATO,
Meno, 86 A (future ascertainment). TeGvi^fSj AR. Vesp. 654 ; You will be a
dead man. <rn]|a> irap' avrov, Ibid. Lys. 634 ; / ivill stand by his side.
281. FUTURE PERFECT MIDDLE USED PASSIVELY. Of
more frequent use is the future perfect middle, which is chiefly
used passively. The dramatists incline to the tense on account
of its impatience of anything except entire fulfilment. Neither
suddenness nor certainty lies in the form.
PUT I' RE PERFECT 121
jiao-riYi<rTai, <rrppX*ltrTai, SiSijo-crai, PLATO. Rpb. 361 E ; He shall be
scourged, tortured, kept in prison ($<$r)o-6rat, shall be put in prison).
DEM. 14, 2 : nas o irapvi- (frutfos X* \V<T( rat, .-/// the present fear u'ill be
finally dispelled. 19. 74 : TUVTU ircrrpd^<rdai (sc. ((prj) Suoif j) rpiu>v i]p.(plav.
ANTIPHON, 5. 75 t^wr ^' ^ v **K*'8ui'*u<7frai.
PLATO, Rpb. 361 E (see above). Theaet. 180 A : KW TOVTOV C^rf/s X.iyoi/
Xii.ifu, TI (iprjKfv, (Tf'pat 7T67rXj;ei Kmi/cof [t(T<ovoft,aa'fi(iHO.
THUG. 3. 39- 8- ^M'' fit . . . OTTO K( Kli>8vi>(v<rt Ttti TI'I Tf
HDT. 6, 9: ov8t <r<pi ovrt TU tpa OVT( rn iSui ( p.irt npi')(T( rat.
AR. Eq. 137"' : o^S*'S' Kara trirovSas fj.(T(yyj.)u<pi'i(TfTai, XX' w
(yytypu^ffrai (ivi/l stay enrolled). Pax, 246: u>s (Trt
avriica.
EUR. Bacch. 1313 : vvv 8' ('K 8(J^o)f arifios (K^(^i\J]crop.ai. Hippol. 894:
Svotv 8( /io/paic flarfpa TTf 7T\i) frui. Or. 271-2 : fit /3X r/cre rai TIS 6fij>v j3f>o-
TTjffiq X f P' I f ' M') '^a/**t^eJ people oft/nHrcov f/xa>i/.
SOPH. Ai. 577 : ra S' <"XXa Tfu^^ ACO/I/' e/zot T(6ii^/(Tai. Ibid. 1 140-1 : ME.
eV trot (f)pu<T(t) TUV& early ov^t darrTtov. \ TEY. dXX' avraKoiKTrj TOVTOV u>s Tt6a-
\jffTCll. 1
AXACR. 77 : f^re /ioi XfvKat /ifXa/i/ots dvafjit p.iovTai rpl^fs.
HOM. 11. I, 139: o Se *cf/ Kf ^oXwo-f rai, oi/ Kfv "iKu>p.ai, and similarly 5,
421 ; "62 ; and 23, 543. 21, 585 : fj T <rt TroXXu rert vt THI a\-yf' eV (itriy.
282. FUTURE PERFECT IN AN IMPERATIVE SENSE. The future per-
fect, like the future, may be used in a quasi-imperative sense.
TOI 8' aXXa revxT K< >iv fiol TcOdtj/erai, S()PH. Ai. 577 ; My other arms
shall in a common tomb with me lie buried (28 1 ).
DlN. I. 10: (ipi')(TfTai yap a yiyvaxrKU), I must say what I think.
DEM. [44], 4 : dpija-fTHi y/j, // shall be said (t lie truth must out).
Isoc. 7, 76: fipi]o-fTtii yap T<i\r)dt's, and similarly 12, 225; 15, 177 and
ibid. 243.
ANI>OC. I, 7-' 'JXXa y<tp TaXrjdt] t ipi) cr f Ta i.
PLAT* >, Rpb. 457 1^ <tdXXiOTa yiip ^r) TOVTU Kin Xf'-yfTai Ktn \f\i'fTai ort
TO fiiv <l}<pi\ifJLOV ciiX(>i/, TO fit J3\a$pbv nifT^pi'if.
EUR. I. T. 1464: ov KIU Ttd<i\l/t/ KarOavovva. Ion, ~6o: (Iprjcrfrai rot
Ktl Qavtlv ^if'XXa) fitTrX;/.
SOPH. Ai. 577 (see above). 1140-1 (see 281).
283. FlITfKK I'KRFF.CT USKD AS A FUTUKK. Of course,
when the perfect is predominantly present, the- future perfect is
a simple future and the middle may have an active meaning.
1 Afi'tri ('iinsii cannot be invoked in any of the above examples from tragedy.
See A. J. 1'. xvii (ibo.u), 518.
122 GREEK SYNTAX
<re 8' aXXr) TIS yvvr] Ki KTI^ ererai, EUR. Ale. 181 ; But thce some other
woman will possess. eo-T>]to irap' avrov, AR. Lys. 634 ; / will stand by his
side (280).
EUR. Ale. 181 (see above).
AR. Lys. 634 (see above).
HOM. II. 5, 238: Toi>8f 8' tyu>v (iriovra Sefo/xai o<r'i SovpL 22, 390:
aii-up tyw Kai Kf'tOi (j)i\ov fj.f jj-vijtro^.' tralpnv.
284. PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE PERFECT MIDDLE. The periphrastic
future perfect may be middle.
tv u> (ju'XXei cKEivog "OXuvOov KaTao-rp'4>tcr8ai, <ru KaTTTpa(i.p.e vos eerei
0ilPas, XEN. Hell. 5, 2, 27 ; IVIiile /ie is thinking about overthrowing Olyn-
thus, you "Mill have overthrown Thebes.
AXDOC. I, 7 2 mitras Se (SC. vp.ds), vnep TWV e^dp&v oTroX f Aoy rjfifvos
e cro/zn i.
XEN. Hell. 5, 2, 27 (see above).
Periphrastic Tenses
285. The Greek language has ample facilities for a large
number of periphrastic tenses. With its many participles and
its various auxiliaries, the possible combinations are almost in-
exhaustible, while the existing combinations show at once the
resources and the moderation of the language. Few languages
Capable of ejieXXe ou TO Sevrepov 8i.a4>u-yuv eo-eaOai ( H DT. 7- '94)> 3-lld of
cpcXXc . . . CTo-8ai 8t8a>K(is (PS.-DEM. 52, 24), would have sllOWll Such
self-restraint.
286. PKRIPIIKASES WITH THE PERFECT PARTICIPLE.
Most common are the periphrases with the perfect participle,
which has more of an adjectival character than the others.
Theoretically these periphrases ought to emphasize the main-
tenance of the result. 1 But it must be remembered that many
middle and passive verbs regularly use the periphrasis in the
third person plural, and that the periphrastic form is almost the
only form employed in the subjunctive and optative," so that
a certain indifference is bred thereby. e(f)0appej>oi elal is the
regular form, and not l^daparai, which is old-fashioned (THUG.
1 W. J. Alexander, A. J. I', iv (1883), 307-8.
2 M. Beyer, de perfecti apud Ilcrudutum usu syiHactku, Viatiilaviae, 1868.
PERIPHRASTIC PERFECT 123
3, 13, 3). cKTrefawyax; eirjv is the rule, not K7r(f>vyoLijv (SOPH.
O. R. 840). \e\onre becomes in oratio obliqua XeXotTroK en/-
(XEN. An. i, 2, 21). Still, much depends on the position of the
copula, much on the context and on the character of the verbs.
DEM. 19, 336: TI]V uXXo>? fvravd' Va,ut TIJV (ptavijv ical TT* (puvacrK r;*a> t
tcrrai. [48], l6: "fcprj eti/at Trup' <ii>rw uvov pi] ijv dvrj\a> p( vov.
ISOC. 12, 233 : (v6i>s . . . Trpof iprjKws . . . i]v avro'is t(p' a <rvvf\r)\vduTfs
rftrav, iiin'yvoHTTo fi o Xdyoy, (TTrjvrj pi vos $' rjv KT(. (236).
PLATO, CoilV. 191 l: p.u\\ov TTpus TUS yvva'iKus TfTpap.p.(vai ti<ri.
Euthyd. 280 C: TI'KTUV (I TrapfcrKtvaa-fjiifos tlr) . . . v\a iKai/ti, TfKTaivotTO
8f [Miji t<r6' o TI o)0fXoir' uv (i?7o ri]S KT>j(rf(i)S ; Lei^g. 814 B '. OVTO>S aifr^pws ras
yvva'iKus (ivai T( pa fj.fj.fvas. Rpb. 6oi D: TT/JOS ijv uf tKacrruv i/ TTf iroirjfj.e-
vov J) iT((pi>Kus. Soph. 218 A: nficri Kt^nptafitvos (^adj. gratits) tcrti.
(Compare Gorg. 5- B : uj/ Tt UVTOIS ')Su . . . ry /cal Kf^apiyfttvov.)
XEN. Hell. I, I, I I ; Tru^o/zfco? 5 ori at rail/ rieXoTJ'oj/i'r/o'ia)!' ff/ef e^ 'AfivBov
avrjyfjLfvai flfv fts K.viKOV . . . ?]\d(i> (Is SIJCTTO^.
AR. PI. 867-8: TroXi/ /xaXXoi/ evtovs f(TT\v e^oXwXf KCO?. | KAP. K<U riva 8(-
ftpaKf 5/Jra roDr(o) ; But Av. 655 : ((Tfadov ( irrf po)p.t va>, (TTTfpa>fi.tv<a is al-
most an adjective and Ran. 433: ivu> yiip ta-p.fi> dpriots iK^iy^ivu), tcr^fv
belongs to tW.
SOPH. Ai. 74 : Tt ' S* fcrrl xpclas ri/o-S' viv((nravi<Tp.(vov (= fXXiTTf'y) ;
HOM. Od. 2, 187: T-O 8f Kin TTf\((rp.(i>ov larai, and so 17, 229; 18,
82; 19,487; 11.1,212; 2,257; 8.401; 23,672. But Od. 5, 89-90 : TfXfVai
8t p.( dvp.bs itixayfit, | ft $vv(ip.ai ToVovu ye Km d TfT(\f<rp.ivov eoriV, where
TfTf Xf (rp.(i>oi> = TfXeo-rdi/ = ftwarov y(vi<r6ui (Paraphrast), and so II. 14, 195-6;
1 8, 426-7. Od. 8, 454 : T ^ f/ Kfl/ TfTfhfarfif'vov f/fi>.
II. 3, 309: TTfirputp-ivitv ((rriv. 5> 873- af* ^o* ptyiOTa dtoi T(T\IJUT(S
flfifV.
287. The force of the copula dpi, however, revives under slight press-
ure. So under emphatic position or correlation.
rjo-av * T Aivou p p o TJ 6 TJ K 6 T s, Tnuc'. 4, 28, 4; 77/^1' //</</ actually
come to their help from Acnos. rjv . . . ovScv irTrov0ols, XKN. An. 6, i, 6.
288. PKKFKCT PARTICIPLK \vrrn ttrjv av Especially worthy
of note is the periphrasis of the perfect participle with tin- opta-
tive el'rjv and av. This periphrasis gives the opinion of the speak-
er as to the future ascertainment of a completed action, which
action may lie either in the past or in the future of the speaker.
OVK aTOTTOV ... fi.V irt IT O IT) KOTS V(AIS C tT)T, l ... TOUTOV a4>(lT)Tlf| ; Dl'M.
l ( J, 7' ; \Voithi you not //w<.' to have done an absurd tiling, >J you ict-rc to
124 GREEK SYNTAX
acquit t 'his fellow (future)/ rt'xvai ocranrep o-iSfjpou Scovrai . . . r|4>avi.o-|xcvak
av elev, PLATO, Legg. 678 E ; All the arts that require the use of iron must
have disappeared (past).
DEM. 19, 71 (see above). 30, 10: OVK av SIUTOVTO y (lev OVK fidvs 8fSo>-
KOTts. 39' 1 S ' 6 ' TIS &i K 1 v fov\r)s avT<a \a%u>v p.r]8(v cp.ol (pair] Trpos avrov dvai,
KVpiav 8f 7rotr)crdp.fvos tyyptfyai, TL p.d\\ov av e'trj TOVTOV f] e// ( yy eypa(pa> s ;
ISOC. 12, 130: OVK e^co TLVUS iraivovs finuiv aiuvs av f'irjv elpijKtas rf/s
fKfivtov Siavoias.
LYS. I, 2 : KOI Tavra OVK av fir) P.OJJOV Trap' ifuv OVTWS ( y v w (Tfj.e va, dXX' cv
anaa-jj TT) 'EXXuSi. 31,4: flprjKvs av f'iyv, (In that case) I should prove to have
spoken.
PLATO, Charm. 157 C : (pp.aiov . . . yeyovos av f'irj T) TTJS Kf)a\i]s dcrdivfia
TO) veavL<TK<a, d dvayKaadijO'fTai Ka\ TIJV $i.avoiav Sta TTJV Kec^aX^i/ flfXriatv ytvivQai.
Legg. 670 E. 678 E. 696 D. 753 E. 782 A. 800 A. 880 E. 892 A.
896 C. Ibid. D. 907 C: KaXcos rjfiiv elprjfiivov av f'iij TO irpooifuov, Our in-
troduction must have been a good thing. Meno, 85 D. Phaedr. 262 D.
263 C.
XEN. Cyr. I, 2, 13 : fVeiSai'. . .ra Trevre *cat ("LKCHTIV (rrj SiaTfXe'<rco(Tii/, tlrfcrav
. . . av oiroL TrXeicJi/ rt yeyovores r) ra Trevrrjuovra (TTJ Vo yevfas.
EUR. Hipp. 349'. r)pds av fip.(v darepat K(^pr]p.evoi (306).
289. PERFECT PARTICIPLE PARALLEL WITH AN ADJECTIVE. The
adjectival character of the perfect participle is not infrequently shown by
parallelism with the adjective.
ovrtos tarty OVOT|TOS icdi TTavTairaoriv vfxuv Karoir e<f>po VTJ Kiis, LVCURG.
68.
LVCURG. 68 (see above).
LYS. 14, 2 : ov yap fiiKpa ra ap.aprrj^.ara . . . aXX iw~<a TTfTT pay f* va KOI
(Is TCHTOVTO KaKias afpiy/jieva.
290. PERFECT PARTICIPLE AS PREDICATE OF THE PARTICIPLE OF
elfiu Even the perfect participle, however, is seldom so purely adjectival
as to suffer combination with the participle of dpi.
OVIK 1 1 to 06? 6v, EUR. Hec. 358.
AR. Ran. 721 : TOVTOKTW ovcriv (where Meineke reads TOVTOHTI rolcriv) <w
EUR. Hec. 358 (see above).
291. PERIPHRASIS .WITH THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. On the peri-
phrasis with the present participle see 191. To the examples with the
present auxiliary, add the following with other tenses.
ISAE. 3,65: d rfv yvTitria dvyiiryp ocfiVo) K ara\ e i nop.evJ). Ibid. J2: d
TfV yvrj(Tiu dvyUTtjp rw iifj.cre'pu> 6du> KUT a \ftTT <>p.t vi].
PEKIP/IRASES WITH PARTICIPLE 125
ISOC. 5. no: p,tnv . . . npa^iv . . . >jrrip f)f npofffjKovo- a p.tv KOI irpf'irov-
ara . . ., TOV 8( Kaipbv f%ov(ra p.a\io~ra o-vp.p.fTpov, One action, which was suit-
able and becoming and admirably opportune,
L.YS. 13. 39- fUTaiftfjarovTai fls TO 8t(rpa>Tijpiov o ptv d8(\(pi)V, o 8f fitjTtpa, 6
8( ywaiKa, 6 8' r; rty rfv oc<irra> OVTOJV IT po(rt'i Kov<ra.
ANTIPHON, 2y3- upKovva qv, 5- '^ *l v TOVTO trvfJk<f>fpov,
THUC. 2,67, i : ov TJV (there lay) arpaTtvfJui T(0v ' \6i)vai<i>v iroXtopKovv (not
periphrastic). 3, 2, 2 : A pfTairfHTrdp.(voi rjo-av (Cobet: (UTairtiTffi.fuvoi).
PlND. P. 6, 28-9: fyej/Yo KOI irpoTfpov 'AjTiXo^of ftiaras \ t>6r)p.a TOVTO
(an upholder of this spirit}.
292. Present Participle parallel with an Adjective:
j^fOv POTATO i tarG Kal ^Kio~ra iiri rots Seivots 6p-yit<>|A*voi, LYCURG.
27 ; You will be most easy-going and least resentful of outrages.
LYCURG. 27 (see above).
DEM. 3. 25 <ro><ppoi>( rf(Tav KOI (T(pi>f>p > (v TO) rrjs noXtrfias rj0(t fit vovrt s.
[35]' 46 ^8f\vpus ris effTi Kal viT(p(id\\ (ov anavTas uvdpa^novs TCO novrjpos
dvai.
LVS. 14. 2: ov yap fjiiKpa ra ap.apTTjp.aTa ov8f <rvyyv<i>p.T)s <iia, ov8' f\iri8a
TrapfxfTa a>s KT(.
PLATO, Ale. II, 138 D I flo~i ni/ey . . . ti<J)povfS T Kai <pp6vip.oi, Ka\ p.ai-
vop.(voi fTtpoi.
293. PERIPHRASES WITH THE AORIST PARTICIPLE. Periphrases
with the aorist participle are rare. In most instances the aorist may be
regarded as the short-hand of the perfect, or as a manner of characterizing
adjective or quasi-substantive. Here and there, however, there seems to
be an effort to evolve a more exact aoristic future.
TJ<rav 8 rives Kal yfvoptvoi T<i NiKia Xd^oi irporepov, THl'C. 4, 54, 3;
Conferences had actually been lield witli Nikias er>en before. <j>pajov is a<J>i
0os titj 4>avis, Hl)T. 3, 27 ; They set forth lioiu a god /tad actually ap-
peared to them.
DEM. [ 52], 9 '' AWCW rvy\uvfi &>v Kai tiTrais Kal K\r)poi>(>fj.oi> ovdfva tiiKtti
icaTaXtTrcoi/. 1
LYS. [2], 13: OVK (18(>T(S aiToiai Tints uvftpts fcrovTai y t i'>p.t vi (=fTTftbt)
av&pfs yivouiTo). \-O\, i : oJ fj.iv (some) yap e7ri/3ouXturniT* j ijffav avrav
(T)<TV avTwv is probably belonged to their number}.
AKTIPHON, 2 y 8 : ouror ai> Kal ov8(lv (Tfpos aTToKTfivas ai>Ttn> (ti). This
man and no other must fiai'e been Jus murderer, (o uiroKTivas would be
more natural.) Similarly 3 8 4 and 5.
PLATO, Legg. 961 H-C : TOIOVTUV T( TTOV X^dt/ 'ip.iv i/v tv TOIV
1 Sec A. J. 1'. xii (iScji), 79.
126 GREEK SYNTAX
Xoyois ; (Phileb. 64 B : \ir\ fUJ*{OpfV aXiy$fini' OVK av TTOTf TOVTO aXr/dias yiyvot-
TO ovS' av yevofievov fir] is not to be counted. oiS' av yevop-tvov eirj^ovf?
av ('LIJ el yf'voiro. In like manner analyze Legg. 739 E.) Politic. 265 D:
ravr' f(TT<a TavTi] Xf^dfvra. Soph. 217 C: /LU) . . . djrapvrjdfls yevrj. 1
EX. An. 7. 6, 36: ^i> fit Troirja-rjTe . . . KaraKavi'ivre s (Dindorf KciTciKfKO-
f(Tf(T0f. The reading KaTdxavovTes is f-avored by the coincidence of
action.)
THUC. 4, 54, 3 (see above).
HOT. 2, 10 : (pya iiTrofte iifj.( voi p.fydXa eirri. 3, 27 (see above). 5-
69. f) v . . . TOV fn]^ov Trpn (T 6 i /j.e vos TroXXw KarvTTfpde TU>V (ii>TicrTa(ria)Tfu>i>, It
ii'as true tJiat he had gained oi>cr tlie commons far beyond his rival. J, 206 :
T/V yap Kara. TWVTO OAv//7rts TOVTOICTI TOKTL Trpi)yfj.aa~i <r vfj.TTf crovcra ( ^ crvy-
EUR. Suppl. 511 : fnpKt<ras rjf Zevs 6 Tip.i>>p<w/ji(vos.
SOPH. Ai. 588: fjijj TTpoSavs fjp.as ye vj] (prove traitor}. Ant. 1067:
VtKVV VfKptoV (lp.OLftoi> dvTlftoVS 6<Tf 1. O. C. 8l6l f) p.f]V (TV Kl"lV(V TOv8( \VTTf]-
6f\s c <r f i. O. R. 89-9' v re y n p Opncrvs \ OVT ovi> Trpodfitras ei/xi TCO ye
vvv Xciyw. 970: OVTU> S' av 0at>a>v dr] ' f'p.ov (parallel \vith the periphrastic
perfect optative with av, Ouvav being practically the perfect of dvija-Ku).
Ph. 772-3: ^17 (Tdunij/ 6' (ip.a \ Ktip? . . . KTfivas yevy [parodied by COM.
Phryn. 2, 605 (=fr. 20, Trag. Gr. Fr. N. 2 ) : u> <pi~\TaT dvftpui', pi] p' drip-aa-as
ye vij}.
PlND. P. 2, 72 : yevoi ofos f<r<r\ p.ad<j>v (but see B. L. G. ad loc.).
IIo.M. 11.4. 2IO-I : <iXX ore 817 p iKavov, udi av8os Mfvt'Xaos ^Xi;/xfi/o?
rjv is not an example. ft\i'ip.(vos does not go with r^v.
294. Aouisr PARTICIPLE WITH FORMS OK <j>aivopai. -- The aorist par-
ticiple with forms of (paivop.ai is especially worthy of note as a valuable
periphrasis.
aviros pv OVT Xapdiv ovScv OVT' Trix'-p'*io"as Xa(3eiv 4>avrjcro(ji.ai, DF,M.
21, 40.
DF.M. Often of the future ascertainment of a past action. So 5, 10:
oii8tv TOVTW OVT' ( airaTi](ras ovre (nyi/cras eyw (pavr) (rop.a.1, oXXa Trpoti-
TTOJI/ i<p'ii> KT(. 20, 80. 2i. 39. 40 (see above). 22, 47, and elsewhere.
1SOC. I 2, 78 : TdVTOV S K(l\\lOV (TTf)llTtiyrifJ.(l . . . Ovfiftf 0(1 VI] <T f T <l t 77pu<lS.
83! (ftavi'ifrtTai Troirjerdpfvos. (Cf. 4 1 : (j>avr)cr6p.fda . . . diroXt XotTrdrey.
138. (fxiveir/v av . . . ipr)K<as. \"/2. 209.)
L^ S. 25. 16: fly T<>V KaniXoyov . . . KdTa\fas ovfttvci <pavr)crop.(ii, It ivill
appear t/iat I have pi>t >i<; one in t/te catalogue.
295. PKRii'iiRAS'i K; AOKIST PAR i ICIPI.F. WITH ex"- The periphras-
tic aorist participle with e'^co emphasixcs the maintenance of the result
1 A. J. I 1 , iv (iSS3), 306.
EPISTOLARY TEXSES 12 7
and is therefore an equivalent of the perfect, the double nature of which
is thus analyzed, ^o) representing one end, the participle the other. The
periphrasis seems to have originated in the transitive use of <^co. / have,
hold, though others consider *^o> to be intransitive and nearly equal to
dpi. It is not always possible to feel the original force, and in Herodotus
and the tragic poets fyw and the participle are used frankly as parallels to
the perfect. 1
riv Xoyov Sc <rou irdXai Cav fidcras x w PLATO, Phaedr. 257 C; / have
long been in a state of wonderment it/>i>ut \oiir speech.
L)E.\I. 9. I - *"' \L*]V xm <&epus . . . ( \f i KaraXa/3b>i/.
AESCHIN. 1,15^ iv\ Kf0<iXri<w "KUVTU TII TituivTti o~v\\a/3<av f^fi.
PLATO, Gorg. 456 A : o-vXXdjJHvan . . . i^t. Legg. 793 B. Phaedr. 257
C (see above). Tim. 30 C.
jHUC. I, 3- ' KopwQiovs 8f dijiravTfs tT^oi/. 1, 3^. (> ' 'l''.Tri$ufJ.vov . . .
eXoi/Tf s ftiq (Covert.
HPT. 1,41 : (yu> (Tt . . . (Kadrjpa Km OIK/MCTI inroftt {-apt vos f\a> (in con-
trast to the aorist). 6. 12: m>fy)t 3>u>K<i('i . . . iiriTpityavrts r/p.i(ts (IVTHVS
()(Op.fV. 7- 9- ") : (X"P- fV ^ nilTtaV 7T(ll8(lS KtlTlKTT f>( \l/dfJL( I'Ol (Cf. DEM. 4,
6: TTiivra KartirrpaTTTdi, Km ^fi).
EUR. Ion, 735~7 : <*> ffvytrrtp, aC a^iu>v ytvvTjTopwv | t/0i] ^>i/Xaor(Tfts KOV
KdTaicr XVVCKT' t^ets \ TOVS (rovs TTdXntovs 1 ticyuvovs avro^aoi/or. Phoen. 856-7-
S()PH. Ai. 21-2: VVKJOS yap iipiis Ti t cr^f jrpityus liaitoirov *x fl fffpuvaSi
tintp ("i t >y(ifTTai ri'iSf (parallel with the perfect). 676. Ant. 22. 31-2. 180.
192-3. C). R. 577. Ph. 942-3-
PlM). N. I, 31 : iiiic f papal iro\i>v ivp.fya.ptf TrXoCroi/ KarnK^vfy-ais t^dv.
HES. C). et I). 42 : tepv^avrts y<tp (\OVITI 6f<>\ fiu>v avopunruitri..
HoM. II. I, 356: t\iav ylip ( '%t i yipns (= f l\f KUI f\d).
296. PERIPHRASTIC PI.RI-T.CT PARTHMPI.E WITH x w - The peri-
phrastic perfect participle with f\o> is also found.
PLATO, Theaet. 200 A : eVto-Tr/^r/i/ ^i oii^crfrai rt 6*]p( VKUIS i^iiv.
XEN. An. I, 3, 14 : an/ ... 7roXX('i xpijpara (X"^ fv ''*"//' n IIK " T ( *
SoPH. Ph. 600: ivy' fix"f ']?>') x/"'*""" K/Se/3XjoTes.
Epistolary Tenses
297. In U.ltcrs the aorist is sometimes used from the point
of view of the- receiver.
KptlVTJS, (i ?8wKa TT)V ^TTlO-ToXtjV, tOTl . . . Kttl O"Ol 4>iXoS, Pl.ATO. [I'.p.j 1$ >
Cretit-s, /<> ichoin I ^tr.'f (^iv<') this /<//<> , /.v <i true friend /<> you <//>.>.
1 Set- also I'll Tliiclm:init in Ahliaiulliiii^cn \Vilhclin von Christ darycbracht von
bcinen ScliUlcni, Miinclu-n. iS<ji, \>\>. 294-306.
128 GREEK SYNTAX
ISOC. Ep. 3, I : })@ov\i]6r]v = fiovXo[j.ai. Ibid. 4, I : -rrpot i\o^.rjv
PLATO, [Ep.] 15 (see above).
298. As there are few genuine Greek letters of the classical period, we
have not the material to determine whether there was ever such an exten-
sive permutation of tenses as we find in Cicero's letters. The aorist in the
N. T. is clearly due to Roman influence, and is not to be cited.
Tenses of the Moods
299. In the language of classic prose the indicative alone ex-
presses the sphere of time directly (183), the other moods ex-
press the sphere of time indirectly.
300. It must be noticed, however, that in the earlier language the op-
tative appears to have been used as a potential of the past ; hence its
affinity with the past tenses in oratio obltqna, hence, perhaps, the occa-
sional use of the present optative as a real imperfect. Nor, on the other
hand, are we to overlook the fact that the indicative loses its sphere of
time in unreal conditional sentences.
301. Subjunctive and imperative are both future by their
nature. So also is the optative outside of oratio obliqua. Under
the head of future are included immediate and indefinite pres-
ent. When we use, then, "present," " perfect," and "aorist"
of the non-indicative moods, we mean by present " continuance,"
by perfect " completion," and by aorist " attainment."
302. In not a few verbs, owing to their sense, some of the modal tenses
are not used, some are rare. We should not expect to find uTroXXuotro, and
X"pfin (HoM. II. 6, 481) is scarce.
Tenses of the Imperative
303. PRESENT (durative):
yiYvwo-Kc <ravTov, AESCHYL. P. V. 309 ; Learn, strh>e, to know thyself.
AORIST (attainment):
yvu>9i <ravr(5v, PLATO, Protag. 343 B ; " Come to a knowledge of t/iyself."
PKKFKrr (completion) :
avppuf>6o) KvfJos, COM. Men. 4. 88 ; Let the die l:e cast and stay cast.
For additional examples see under Imperative Mood.
Tenses of the Subjunctive
304. PRESENT:
<TKoirw|xc6a, PLATO, Protag. 314 B ; Let us consider (a course of study).
JAY) 8iuiKtjp.tv, I IDT. (S, 109; Let iis give up the pursuit.
TENSES Of THE MOODS I2Q
AORIST:
<nee\|/<iue8a, PLATO. Protag. 330 B; Let us consider (each part by itself).
tir w . . . o-oi TO airiov; Theaet. 149 B ; Shall I tell you the reason ?
For additional examples see chapters on the Subjunctive and the Im-
perative Mood.
Tenses of the Pure Optative
305. PRESENT :
viKioT] 8* 5 TI irdo-iv fit'XXei o-uvoiaeiv, DIM. 4. 51 ; )fav that prevail which
shall advantage all .' tpSoi ns V cxacrros fiSeiTj TexvTjv, AK. V'esp. 1431.
AORIST :
vp.eis 8' e'Xoio-6' 8 TI Kai Tfl iroXti ical airaai cruvoiaeiv vfxiv ficXXci, DEM. 3,
36; May you choose that which shall advantage both the state and all of you !
PERFECT :
Chiefly with such perfects as are equivalent to presents.
avTiKd rc6vaiT) v, Ho.M. II. 1 8, 98 ; May I be dead forthwith f at yap ijiol
Toioo-Se iroais KKXTi(ie'vos CITJ, Od. 6, 244 (periphrastic perfect). 1
For further examples see under the Optative Mood.
Tenses of the Optative with ov
306. PRESENT (Future ascertainment of a present, future, or past
imperfect action):
<|>avXoi ... av ... ctev, PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C ; They must be sorry fel-
lows. Tax* 8t av ical ol airoS6p.evoi Xtyoiev {might have told the tale) airiKO-
(icvoi ts S-rrdpTT] v ius airaipedciT)(rav VTTO Sajiiwv, H HI. 1 , 70.
AORIST (Future ascertainment of an aoristic action, rarely of the past) :
OVIK av apvT]9ciT)v, DKM. 21, 191 ; / can't deny it. Taxa 8' av TI Kal TOU
6v6fiaros iiravpoiTo, H DT. J, 180; Perhaps he may to some extent have had
his name also to thank for that (as if tiravpop.fi>os av yivoiro).
PERFECT (Future ascertainment of a completed action) :
Xf'Xt]6c a-t . . .; ... iris av . . . Xe \r\ 9o i (|te); XEN. Conv. 3. 6 ; Has it es-
caped your observation ? How can it have escaped my observation / T)JA*^ ov
cljicv OaTcpu KCXP T IH I< ' VOI > EUR. Hipp. 349; //'< must have felt tlte worser
half.
See further the chapter on the Optative with av.
1 The analysis which involves the future ascertainment of a past action, while
not infrequent in sentences of opinion (optative and i), is naturally rare in sentences
of wish, which are not analytical, so that for an example of this form of wish, we
must have recourse to the manufactured sentences of a grammarian, tittt I'tvtKi/eoi
ftov 6 Trail;, titit (.tcoaafii voc t \ ;;, Al'i M.i.nM I s I >YM . p '^51, 25-(> (llckk. ) ; Miiy
nty son have ciniijufrfd (action decided, ascertainment still in suspense) ; may he hiivt
tovertd himsflj with glory.
130 GREEK SYNTAX
Tenses of the Optative as Representative of the Indicative
307. The optative as the representative of the indicative in
oratio obliqna after a past tense ordinarily represents the corre-
sponding tenses of the indicative from the point of view of the
speaker.
Present Optative (= Present Indicative):
eXe-yev on cl . . . pXajSepa 1-3 AaKtSaiaovi irirpaxi>9 IT] ( irirpaxS BiKaios
iTj ( SiKaios <7Ti) T| uoWvai, XKN. Hell. 5, 2. 32 ; He said that if /ie liad
(lias) done what was damaging to Lacedaemon, lie deserved (deserves) to be
punished.
Lvs. 12, 6: (\fyov . . . u>s fl(v rives rtj TroXirfia a.\0ofjifvoi.
PLATO, Euthyd. 276 L: antKpivaTo on fiavddvoitv oi luivQdvovTts a ov/c
fTT KTTlllVTO.
XKN". Hell. 5. 2, 32 (see above).
HOT. I, 83 : r/\0 (i\\tj dyycXaj, a>s jyXcoKoi TO ro^oy . . . *ni i'^oiro Kpo'iuos
SoPH. Tr. 161-2 : ttVe p.fv Xt'^ous o n xpei'r? ^.' fXecrdai KTTI<TIV.
Ho.M. Only after interrogatives. Od. 15, 423 : flpara 8f) (irfiTa ris e'irj
Kal TTudev t\0oi. 17, 368.'
308. Aorist Optative (=Aorist Indicative):
aTrq-yY XA V <Ls TO ... aorv . . . eaXioKog KaraX. tiro i, LvCURG. l8; He re-
ported that he had left the city captured.
LYCTRG. 18 (see above).
Dr.M. [34]. I I i'\fy(v ort ovre ra ^pijfjiaTn evdotTO is rr]v vavv OVTOS . . .
oijTf T(> xpv<riov fl\rj(pu>s fit] Trap' UVTOV f'v BocrTropo). [5 2 ]> '5 (see 3 12 )- [59]' ^ r
(see 311).
XKN. An. 4, 3. 1 1 : t\tyov on rvy^dvotev tfapvyava trwXXf'yoi/rfs OK tVl TrOp,
KllTTfLTU KHTlCiolfV . . . yt'pOVTfi T( Kdl yVVtl'lKCl KTf . Hell. I, 7- 5 ( S GC 3 12 )'
AR. Aril. 648-9: i]pd)TT](r(i> . . . TOVTOV TOJ/ 7roir/ri)/ Troripovs finoi KOKO
TToXXd. Vesp. 283 : Karfiirot.
SOPH. Tr. 431-2 : TJKova-fv cb? Tavrrjs irodq> [ TrdXts Sa/xeir; Tratra.
PiN'D. C). 6, 49: f'ipfTD TTalfia TUV V.vd8va riKot (where see note).
IIo.M. Od. 1 5, 423 (307). 17, 368 (307). 24, 237 : OK f\0oi is to be con-
sidered interrogative (hoiu he had come}.
309. /',->/,'<-/ Optative (= Perfect Indicative):
i\tyov on e-yw iravra ttrjv ( tljxi) irtir vafxc vos, Lvs. i. 18; I said that I
had found out everything.
I) KM. I 8, 22 : (Tt'iXfjui \(ydi> ajy iif>' (ya) . . . K f K coX VK a) 9 tirjv ri/v TTtiXtv . . .
Tavrrjv ( = ri)i> (tpi')i"]v) jroit)(Tao'0at. [341- ' ' : flXrjfpias fi>i (308).
1 A. J I', iv (1883), 419.
FUTURE OPTATIVE 131
LYS. i, 1 8 (see above).
PLATO, I haedo, 59 El (irvdofMtda on TO irXolov (K Ai}Xov d(f)iyfji(i>ov tlrj.
XEN. Hell, i, i. 11 : wBofuvos &< on m TO>I> ITfXoiroi'i'^criui' /^f? . . . uvr)-
yp.('vat d(v ds KV&KOV, . . . r)\6(v (Is S/joroV. Hell. 5, 2, 32: nfirpa\^s (ti)
(307).
HDT. i, 83: TjXvKoi (307).
310. Future Optative (= Future Indicative):
cXeyov on . . . ou SWIJO-OIVTO I = oi Swrjo-opcOa) (JLTJ irci6;o~0ai rots 0t]f3aiois,
XEN. I lell. 6, i, i ; They said that they would not be able to refuse to obey the
Thebans.
DEM. [50], 56: dtrfKplvaro pot on oi'S' dxapi] Savfiiroi.
ISAE. 6, 23 : flSoTfs 8' oe <n-y(caloi ort (' (K(ivnv fJLfv OVK uv (Ti yivoiino Trni-
8ts . . ., (f>ai>i](roivTo 8' <"AAa> TIVI rpun<a, KIU (K rotrrtov (<TOIVTO (TI fidfavs 8ia-
<f)Opai, tTTd&W K~(.
ANTIPHON. i. 11 : fVf^'ot/m (195).
PLATO, Euthyd. 283 A: cVecrKuirovv riva TTOT( Tpunov li^oivro TOV Xdyou
(cat uiruOfv <"i [>{;<> iv TO KT(.
XEX. Flell. 2, 3. 1 7 TroXXoJ fi^Aot tjcrav . . . 0avp,d(ovrts ri faoiTo f) 770X1-
T(ia. Ihtit. : (Xeytv o QrjpafjLtirjs ort . . . dSiivarov ((TOITO TIJV oXtyap^tav 8ui[t(-
VflV. 2, 3- 5^ f-TttV O SllTVfiOS Jrt OlfJ.O)<)lTO ( = Ot^lCO^f l). 6, I, I.
Au. Eq. 776 011 (f>povri<i)v TUIV i$iu>Twv ovfttiHis, (i cro\ ^apioifiijv.
AESCHYL. Pers. 356-60: t\(e TratSt era) Afpt-y TiiSf, I u>s . . . "KAX^vf s ov
ftevoifv, dXXa . . . ftiorov f Ktruxrolaro.
PlND. O. 9, 115-6: (Kt\(vcr(v 8iaicpivai . . . wTwa o-^ryo-oi TIT t'jpvw (ear-
liest example).
311. RETENTION OF IMPERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE IN
ORATIO OBLIQUA. The imperfect and pluperfect having no optative, the
retention ol the indicative is to be expected.
^8lTo 6 o-yVis . . . Xrytov STI OVK jjSci Neatpas avTTjv ovaav Ovyarcpa, aXX*
^awaT^CfiT] VTTO Ert^avov, I) KM. | 59], 8 1 ; Theogenes begged saying that lie did
not /:n<nu that she ivas the daughter of Xeaera, but that he had been deceived
by Sti'p/tanus.
312. PRESENT OPTATIVE REPRESENTING IMPERFECT INDICATIVE.
In the absence of an imperfect optative the present optative is not infre-
quently found to represent an imperfect indicative.
SITJYOXJVTO OTL avroi (j.ev tiTi TOVS iroXcjiiovs irXcoitv ( cirXcov), TTJV 5t avai'pt-
<riv TWV vava^wv irpoo-ra^ciov . . . Or]pa)X(Vci KT^., XEN. Hell. 1,7, 5 ; Their story
was that l/iey kept sailing after the enemy and had assigned the picking up
of the shipwrecked to Theramenes etc.
132 GREEK SYNTAX
DEM. [52], 15' fTo\fj.T)(rav napTvpijcrai cos 6 p.ev KaXXtTTTros 1 opKov reo narpl
8oir) (=eScoKf), 6 fie irari]p OVK f^e'Xot (=oi>K f}d(\(v) op.ii<rm.
LVS. I, 14 : fpofjifvov 8' ipoi) Tt at dvpai vvKTutp tyofpolfv (cf. IJ '. dvap.i-
Hvrja-Kopfvos . . . 6Yt . . . x//o<et). I, 2O : Karrjyopfi ...$ ^era TTJV K(popav
avrfj TTpocrioi.
XEN. An. 4, 3, 1 1 : riryxni'otfi/ (see 308). Hell, i, 7, 5 (see above).
See further on this whole subject Oratto Obliqua and Object Sentences.
Tenses of the Infinitive
INFINITIVE AS A VERBAL NOUN
313. The infinitive as a verbal noun is used chiefly in the
present and aorist, more rarely in the perfect. The temporal
relation is that of the kind of time.
INFINITIVE AS A SUBJECT'
314. PRESENT:
a. Without the article :
pov irapaiveiv TJ iraSovra Kaprepetv, ElIR. Ale. 1078; ' T is easier to
preach than suffer and be strong.
LVS. 8, 2: avLapbv p,ev ovv avayKa^ftrOai. \fytiv TTfpl TOVTU>V, dSvvarov 8t
Ax DOC. 1,8: KpdricrTov ovv fioi dvai 8oKfl ( dp^fjf v/ias StSatTKfti/ irdvra
ra yfi>6fj.(va KOI irapaXiire'iv fj.rj?>(i>.
PLATO, Rpb. 555 C: TT\OVTOV TIJJ.O.V Kal <ra>(ppoa'vi'r)i> (ip.a IKOV&S KTa<r6ai
. . . ddvvaTov.
THUG. I, 5, 2 : Kocrfins Ko\a>s roCro 8pdv.
COM. Archipp. 2, 727 : <uf fj8v TIJV ddXarrav OTTO rfjs yfjs opav \ 2) piJTtp
f<TTl,
EUR. Ale. 1078 (see above).
AESCHVL. P. V. 751 : ndo-xtiv (see 316).
THEOGN. 21 I : otVdf rot irivftv TTQV\VV KCIKOV.
II OM. II. I, 274: irfidfo-dai tipfivov. 2, 453: TO'HTI 8' i"(pap TroXf/ior yXu-
Kto)i/ ytvtr' iff vff<ruai. IO, 1/4-
315. b. With the article :
Ktucov TO -rriveiv, Ai<. Vesp. 1 2 53; A bad thing this drinking. TO POV-
Xco-Oai jx' Kvi5> EUK. I. A. 330.
ISOC. 2, 2 '. TOVS p.tv yap l8iu>T(is (cn\ TroXXa r<i 7rai8( irnvrn, ^tdXtOTa fj.ti> TO pi]
Tpvfbuv tiXX* dvuy Ka^t <rda i TTfpl TOV ftiov Kad' (.Kdcrrrfv ftovXtvtcrdai TTJV i]fi(pai>.
1 Ur quasi-subject. See Infinitive.
INFINITIVE AS SUBJECT 133
PLATO, Ale. II, 143 E : KCIKOV !ip', &>r touctv, /<rr!i> TI TOV (3f\Ti(rrov tiyvoia
i TO dyvotiv TO ft f \Turrov.
XKN. Cyr. 5- ' ' ' TO ... f pav fdiXaixriov ((TTiv.
AR. Vesp. 1253 (see above), fr. 2, 1133: TO yap <f)o^('io-6at TOV Bavarw
EUR. Ale. 693: T6 of (f/v fjuKpw, oAX' o/*o>s y\vKv. Bacch. 389-90: 6 &
. . . ftioros KOI TO (ppovclv. Heracl. 240: TO crvyytvcs Tt KH\ TO npov<p( i\etv.
476: (riyf) re KOI TO (Tuxfrpovt'iv. I. A. 330 (see above).
SOPH. El. 265 : TO T77TaO-#<H (3l6). 770: 8(IVW TO TIKTflV (tTTlV (136). ft.
239' oXXa TO) yf)pa <f)i\d | ^ci) i/ovj ofjiapTdv Kal TO f$ov\tvfiv a 8(i.
PlND. O. 9. 38 : TO Kav\d(rdai. P. 2, 56 : TO trXovrdv. N. 5. '8 : TO <riyav.
SlMON. C. ICO, I : TO xaXias flvj/o-Kfiv dptTfjs p.(pos (<TT\ fiiyicrrov.
316. AORIST:
a. \Vithoutthearticle:
Kpeicrcrov -yap el<rdira| 9avciv | T| ras a-irdcras ^ficpa; TracryfLV KaKiL?,
AESCHVL. P. V. 750-1 : 'T'/'j- better once for all to die than suffer on former
and forc^>ermore.
DEM. 3, 18: fv^aaffai p.ti> . . . padiov . . ., (\t(rdai 8' . . . ointd' opaius
(VTropov.
ANDOC. 1,8: TrapaXinflv (see 314).
PLATO, Theaet. 187 E : KpelrTov yiip irov cr^iKpov ev f) TroXv pr] tK(n>ws irt-
puvat.
THUG. I, 22, I : ^aXfTroi' TTfv aKpiftfiav ai/Trjv TWV \t^6fVT<av mni"]fi.ov(v-
<rai.
AR. Vesp. 367 : viciTpaydv roivvv KpaTiarov eori fj.oi TO fttKTvov.
SOPH. El. 264-5 : (*) K Twj/Se p.ot | Xa/3cTv & ofjLoioiS Kal TO TtjTao-dai Trt'Xft.
AKSCHVL. P. V. 750-1 (see above).
PlND. P. 4, 272 : pqftiov /j.(v yap Tro\iv crfitrat.
BACCH VL. Ill, 47 : davdv yXvKiorov.
HOM. Od. 9, 241 : ttpya\iov, /SacriXfia, dirjvfKfots dyopevo-ai.
II. 2, 5-6: rj8f ol HUTU 6vp.bv dpicrTT] (paivtTO /3ouXr; | TTf'/i^ai fir*
ytip.(fivwi oiiXov uvdpov.
317. b. With the article :
rb . . . icaTa-yt Xao-Orj vat ICTUS oi8v irpaYfxa, PLATO, Euthyph. 3 C; To
get laughed at is per /taps a matter of no great consequence.
DEM. I, 23 : 7roXXuKU o<ctl TO (f)v\u{;(ii TayaOa TOV KTr)<ra<r6ai ^u\fn<l)Tfpov
total.
AxiJOC. 2. 5 : ptyiiXr) ot tfrjirov KU\ TO t a papTf'iv 8v<rirpaia ttTTt.
ANTIPHON, 5, 91 : TO t!6i'a)j <j7roXOcrai 6<Tl<i)Ttpoi> an tli) TOV pi) dtKaiwS
aTroXc'crtu.
134 GREEK SYNTAX
PLATO, Euthyph. 3 C (see above).
THUG. 3, 58, 2 : ftpaxv "Y"P TV T " Tjp-fTfpa crco/iora ciaff)6e Ipcn.
AH. LVS. 884: 010V TO TfKfllf.
COM. Antiphan. 3, 150: TO Trpmx' dirodavelv eo-n (pavfpu fo^ia.
EUR. fr. 854- TO p.fv a(pny rival 8(ivov.
PlND. O. 8, 60: uyvwfjLov de TO p.rj 7rpop.a 6t i v.
ALCAE. 30: TO yap "Apev'i KaT0uvr)v KU\OV.
318. PERFECT:
a. IVithoitt the article :
iro\i . . . ava-yicT) P e (3o v\e vo-9ai TI XPT Spav, PLATO, Lepf^. 949 E; A
city must needs have a settled policy as to -n.'/mt is to be done.
DEM. 19, 179- ^Xoxcevat Trpoo-tjKfi. Ibid, 282: arroXo>XfVa(. 21, 120:
uvrj pTTii<r6ai. 3^' '3- 8f8u>Kfi'aL.
Lv.S. 30, 2/ '. rowrw -ye Trpoo~ijKfi Sia /xeV aiiTov Tf&vavai, Sta 5 rovr Trpoyd-
vou? TffTrpacrdai.
PLATO, Legg. 949 E (see above). Soph. 222 B : dai^Bai.
HOT. 5> l8: VO/JLOS . . . fjliiv yi eori . . . K.f^u>pi(r6ai (tySpas ywai/cooi'.
. XIV, I : fu ^ei 1 flpapdai jrapa 8tu[/j.o(rii> dv\0pu>Trois ilpicrTov.
EOGN. l8l2 : Tfdvap.fvai, (pi\e Kvpve, Trtvixpa) j3f\Tcpov dvopi, \ f/ <ativ
j^aXeTTfl Tfipop.fvov Tftvii].
HOM. Od. 3, 209: viv ^>e xP'l TtT\u/j.fv (p.7rr]s (cf. Hymn. Merc. 494-5 :
ovSe Ti o~f XP'l Kt%O\<oO'0Ul\<
319. b. With the article :
TO 8iKT]9 . . . a<j>eicr6ai p.YaA.T] Stopeia . . . TJV, DEM. 23, 185 ; To have been
allowed to go free of punishment was a great boon.
DEM. 23, 185 (see above).
AESCHIN. 3, 236 : TOV yap ravr' f^fpyacrdfjl'ai Ka\u>s TO yeytvr)(r6ai TOVTMV
aiTiov ^e(^a) Karqyopiav f'x fl -
ISAE. ii, 18: oi'K l(Tx v(Tf T0 irpovtviKtjKfvai.
XKN. Hiero, 8, 6: OI^TO yap TO T(TtfjLrjo-dai . . . tTvvfmKotrp.f'i.
HUT. 5. 6: TO p.(v iffTiyQcn tvytves KtxpiTni, TO S fiffTiKTOV aytvvts-
AR. PI. 354-5 T '> ^' a ^ 8f8oiKevat npos dvopos ovuev vyu's ear flpya-
trfifvov.
EUR. Med. 122-3: TO yap fldio-0ai r)v fir' ICTOKTIV | KpflffCTOV.
SoPH. Ant. 437~^ T0 M l/ 7'V '"' T01 ' * K KUKWV TTffpfvyivai. | lyStoroj/.
INFINITIVE AS AN OBJECT
320. PRESENT :
a. Without the article :
vvv axirov aSeX<f>iCeiv i.-rr\.\(.ipri<ro\io'iv ) IsoC. 19, 30; Now they will under-
take to " brother " him.
IXFIXITIl'E AS OBJECT 135
Isoc. 5. 87 : TroXr /iru> (see 211). 19, 30 (see above).
PLATO, dorg. 474 A : OI>K IJTIKTTH^'IV t Ttt\l/r](pi( tv.
XEN. Hiero, 3, 3: TOI*? noi^ovs i/o/ijfou<r* TroXXai TU>V iro\(a>v vr]Trnivf\ UTTO-
KTflvdv. Ibid. 4, 1 1 : Tpi(f)fii> (see 324).
HOT. 3. 83: oiVf . . . "ip\(iv oi>Tf <1p)((crQai c'&'Xci>.
COM. Philem. 4, 56, 68 : mVd> <V vyitiav Trpwrov, fir' tvirpaiav, | rpirnv fit
Xatpfiv, fir u(f>fi\tiv p.r)8(vt.
AR. fr. 2, 1038 : <1XX' ou yup ffiaflr TOVT' f^.ov ttifiirovros, <iXX<i /itiXXoj/ |
Tfivtiv, firftr c75f tj/ GiKo>?, SfpaKocriav TpciTrffuv.
SOPH. LI. 345~6 : XoO -yt 6iir(p', ?*/ (ppovdv KUKO>S, I 5 TWI> <f>i\tav <f>povoiitra
M fivt'iprji, tx^v-
PlND. (). 3- 3^ fois "y"P (tftTpairtv Ov\vp.irui>8' twi' daijrov dycava vipfLv.
HOM. II. 10, 1 16 : (Tin 5' o(a> (TT(Tpf\l/(v TToveftrdai.
321. b. With Hie article:
TO fXXTjviteiv irapa TOVTWV tyiayf c^iaOov, PLATO, Ale. I, 1 1 1 A ; / learned
speaking Greek from them.
DEM. [33], 4: TO ... 7t\tli> KaraXeXvKa (202). 57, iS: ro i-tvi*iv avrov
KanjyoprjKacriv.
PLATO, Ale. i, in A (see above). Le^g. 847 A: TO i]i> unio-da.
Theaet. 185 C : ovcriav Xf'-yeis KUI TO pi) tlvai.
XEN. R. L. 2, 7 : t<pfjK(v avrols TO p.T]xavd<rdai. TTJV Tpo(pi)i/.
AR. Pax, 434: "I<P(\( TO trait iv.
SOPH. O. C. 1125-7 ' r< * y' (vtTffits | /ioVots Trap' v/ili/ tvpov avdponrtav f'ya> |
(tat TOVTTiflKtS Kll\ TO p.1) \lf( vSoffTOfJif IV.
322. AORIST:
a. Without the article :
OVK wKVT)<r TT)V Sc'oTToivav -y tj fiai, DEM. 45, 74 ; He did not stick at marry-
ing his mistress.
DEM. 45, 74 (see above). [50], 57 : ovx tjfaXf TrapaXaftf'iv TIJV vavv.
PLATO, Euthyph. 3 D : ov TTUW iiri6vfiS> irfipadrjvat.
XEN. Hell. 1,6, 10: OVK f8vvdfJ.r)i> tpavrov Trdtrni (I5 1 )-
COM. Plierecr. 2, 280: <rv 8t rpurrtfav fitrffxpf, KH\ icvXtita Kavrpaytlv.
EUK. Ale. 669: /J.UTTJV tlft' <>l yi'puvTfs tv\ovTM ffavtlv.
PlND. O. 6, 25-6 : Kt'iviii yiip (' (IXAav 68ov &yffioiKv<rai | ravrav iiritrrav-
HoM. II. I, 18-9: i^'iv fjLtf dtiii SO'KV 'O\vfj.nia dw/itir' (points \ ftirfpcrai
llptUfl.Ulll TTU\ll>, (V o' OlKllo' iKfffdul.
323. b. With the article :
rXi](ro(iai ri> KarOavciv, AKSCHYL. Ag. 1290; I will endure the dying of
the death.
136 GREEK SYNTAX
DEM. l8,93- T0 Xcppomjotw KCU BV^WTIOV crSxrai ... 17 rrpoaiptcns 17 (p.fj
Kol f] TToXtTet'a Sif7rpuaro.
ISAE. I, 42 : ovrot yap TO di/eXe lv avras ( = ray 8ia6r]Kas) fKeivov /3ovXo/j.eVov
8tfK<iXuo-ai>.
ANTIPHON, 2 y 6: TO /iei* a Aw fat *cai aTro<pvytlv . . . eV tcratr fXiricri
6S)fj.(v auTO) dvai.
PLATO, Euthyd. 275 C: dapptl TO a7ro*pii>ao-0ut.
THUG. 3. 4. 3 : 6>K r u el ^ elirtiv TO Tra^eif eu dvTi\i)\l/ovTu.i.
HDT. 5. IOI : TO Se pr) Xe^XaTJJo-ai . . . TT)J/ TrdXii/ eV^f TiiSf.
EUR. Ale. 694 : o" 1 -* yovv avai8S>g 8ifp.d^ov TO p.r) davttv.
AESCHVL. Ag. 1290 (see above).
PlND. O. 2, 107 : TO XaXuy^o-ai ^e'Xcof. 1
324. PERFECT:
a. Without the article :
avaYKaovTai crTpd.TV(Aa Tp<j>iv r\ airoXtoXc'vai, XEN. Hiero, 4, II ; They
are compelled to keep an army or perish (be ruined}.
DlN. I, 112 1 /SovXeTat . . . crvy Kf ^iicrdai irdvra ra tv rfj TrdXfi StVaia.
DEM. 8, 49- Kn ' Tedvdvai. ^laXXoi/ an >) TCIVT' (IprjKivai (3ov\ol/j.r]v.
ISOC. 5> 2 9 P-fv vv ^/3ouXo/iir;i/ /JLOL Trpot ipfjcrdai TOUT' (CTTLV.
PLATO, Rpb. 351 A B : TroXtv (paiijs av adixov dvai Ka\ XXay TrdXets eVt-
%fipe~iv 8ov\ovcr0ai a8/Ka)f (cat KaTaSfSouXoJo-^ai. Ibid. 406 D : a^ioi . . . f'e-
fjiicrai. TO vocrrjfia . . . rj Kavcrfi f) Top.r] xprj&dfifvos aTT^XXn^^at.
XEN. Hell. 5. 4. 7 : ftVoj/ TI^I/ dvpav KtK\flcrdai. Hell. 6, 2, 15 : tKf)pvfv
. . . TTfTTpaa-dai. Hiero, 4, ii (see above).
COM. Pherecr. 2, 262 : (3ov\oi[j.r]v yap K.U.V aKa\i')(pais TOV "icrov
(fiavaxr dai.
AESCHYL. Sept. 461-2: Imrovs . . . deXovaas npos TruXau
325. b. With the article :
TO jxv yap iroXX' airoX wXe K vai Kara TOV iroXtfJiov rr\s rifierepas ap.e\tas av
TIS Ocirj SiKaiojs, DEM. i, 10 ; This (tiling of) having' suffered many losses dur-
ing the war may justly be charged to our negligence.
DEM. i, 10 (see above). 23, 7 ' TOVTO . . . 'Apio-To^por^? fjStKfi, TO TOIOUTOU,
olov tyo) <pim 8fifiv TOV \api8rjfjMv ovra, TocravT'qv ir(Troir)<Tdai Trpovoiav.
326. FUTURE. The future infinitive as the object of verbs of creation
comes from the blending of the sphere of thought and the sphere of will.
Some of the examples are much disputed.
irvp i vi] (re IV SISVOOVVTO i< TO. |vXiva 7rapa<|>pdY|JiaTa, THUC. 4, 115, 2 ; I hey
intended (thought that they would) hurl fire into the wooden ramparts.
See further the Infinitive.
1 See A. J. 1'. xv (1894), 509.
INFINITIVE FOR INDICATIVE 137
INFINITIVE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE ov THE INDICATIVE
327. The infinitive as the representative of the indicative
takes all the tenses. See Accusative and Infinitive.
Present ( = Present Indicative) :
riv euTuxovvra teal 4>pove iv vojufcojiev, COM. Men. 4, 354, 497 ; Him who is
lucky ive ihink to have sense withal. <Jn)<riv iuXi]cr|i<v elvai, PLATO, Prot.
336 D ; Ht; says that he is forgetful.
Present ( Imperfect Indicative) :
avTiXtYeiv ^>TJS TOIS povXo|xevois T|(xas airoXe'crai, LYS. 12, 26; You declare
that you undertook to oppose (ajre'Xey* s) those who unshed to destroy us. airo-
|nfjvdorOw (it) |ieTxiv, DEM. 19, 117 ; Let him declare that he had no part
in it.
Aorist (= Aorist Indicative) : !
ov <f>i)<ru T)(ias 6p9ws ofioXo-yfjo-ai qviKa iLfxaXoYTicraaev, PLATO, Theaet. 191
A ; / iv ill not say that we were right to acknowledge (it) when we acknowl-
edged it.
Perfect (= Perfect Indicative) :
})Tjo-i . . . IYKWJUOV Ye-vpa<j>cvai, Isoc. IO, 14 ; He says that he has written
an encomium.
Perfect (= Pluperfect Indicative) :
KO.I 68ov re [Xe'-yerai] OVTTW iroXXTjv SiT|vvcr0ai avrois Kai TOV M-fjSov rjicetv -rra-
Xiv, XEN. Cyr. i, 4, 28 ; // zs said that not much of their journey had been
accomplished yet when the Mede returned.
Future (= Future Indicative) :
OVK <j>t] 6|xei<r0ai, XEN. Hell, i, 3, II ; He said iJiat he would not take
an oath.
Future Perfect (= Future Perfect Indicative) :
v7roXap.pdvo) . . . |x<rrt]v ^ p paxj/uSt] KOTUS T)fJ.as ecrecrOai, DEM. 25, 2; /
understand that we shall have delivered our screed to no purpose.
328. ARTICULAR INFINITIVE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE IN-
DICATIVE. The infinitive as the representative of the indicative may take
the article.
Present :
\v fiiv oviv ofioXo-yeiTCu TO icpartiv TUV KXTjpovofxiwv TOVS appcvas, Dl'.M. [44!
12: One thing then is agreed on, namely, the males' holding (that the males
hold} the inheritance.
1 On the aorist as a future, see Accusative <in<( Infinitive.
138 GREEK SYNTAX
Aorisl;
TO . . . dvo iai TT)v flvpav oi\ 6(ioXoYi, DEM. [42], 8 : The opening of the
door (the statement that he opened the door) he does not agree to.
Future :
TO 8 sre diropticreiv, OVK otp.ai (sc. fxavriKu; o- elpTjice'vai), PLATO, Conv.
198 B ; As to tJie statement that you will be at a loss, I don't think that you
have said that in a spirit of prophecy.
DEM. [42], 8 : TO /xei> a^eXeti/ TO tTrj/j.f'iov o/ioXoytT, TO S' avol^ai Ti]i> dvpav
oi>x 6/ioXoyeI. [44]- I2 (see above). 57> 63 '. ex ... yap TOV op<ov fr'i\d\lsav TO
PLATO, Conv. 198 B (see above). Phaedo,6i D: TTCOS TOCTO Xe'yei? . . .
TO p.f) Qf^LTov flvai. tavTov @ide(r6ai ; Phaedr. 244 A : TO (the statement that)
ftaviav KCIKOV fivai. Soph. 231 C: TO ... p.t} pq8iov eivat.
HDT. I, 86 : TO ToD SoXcot'oy ... TO fj,rjb(va elvai TU>V U>OVTU>V o\,3iov.
SOPH. Ant. 264-7 : ^f JLfv $' fToifiot . . . deovs opKatfiOTflv | TO [J.T)Te Spacrai
p.rjTf TO> vvfi(i>ai | TO Trpayna j3ov\fvo-avTi.
Tenses of the Participle
PARTICIPLE AS A VERBAL ADJECTIVE
329. The participle as a verbal adjective is chiefly used in
the present, aorist, and perfect tenses. The temporal relation is
that of the kind of time. 1 The sphere of time depends on the
context.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE
330. CONTEMPORANEOUS ACTION. The present participle
is generally used of contemporaneous action, cither total or
partial.
tp.e . . . Xf'yeis TOV veuTaTov X'Y<V, PLATO, Parmen. 137 C ; You mean me
when you speak of the youngest. So-uXeuovtri Y H tao " ri Y'"H LVOt K*" o"4 >aT ~
Tofifvoi, DKM. 9,66; They lead the lives of slaves, being scourged and
butchered. XOYOVS irpoo-^epcov diruXeo-ev avT^v, LYS. 1,8; (By) making pro-
posals he ruined her.
331. Leading Verb Present:
DKM. 9, 66 (see above).
PLATO, Parmen. 137 C (see above).
1 This temporal element is deeply imbedded in the nature of the participle and
the use is universal, so that it is not necessary to draw examples from different ranges
of dabbic Greek.
TENSES OF PARTICIPLE 139
EUR. Andr. 373 : dvSpo? 8' Apaprdvovtr' Apapravti ftiov (coincident
action), A woman failing of a husband fails of life,
332. Lead ing Verb Imperfect :
DEM. 54- 9 ' ,'}^ f TOVS dXacrpvovas p.tfjiovp.fi'os TOVS vfviKrjKoras (coin-
cident action).
PLATO, Meno, 90 C: Tre'unovTfs rovSe KciX&s &v fVe'/iTTo/xf v (coincident
action).
HDT. 9, 21 : ol Mfyapte? irit f <i/*f vot (finding themselves pinched} rrf/x-
irov (irl TOVS o-rpdTijyovs Ttav 'E\\t]v<oi> Ki'jpvKa.
333. Leading Verb Future:
DEM. 14, 12: ovdev ovv d\\' ij pa\lra>8T)O~ovo-iv ol TrpfffjSfis TTtpiiovrfs.
XEN. Hiero, 11,15; (i>8aifj.ov(av yap ov (pdovTjdtja-fi (174)-
HDT. 4, 98 : rai/ra 8e Troifvvrfs e/xoi p.fyd\a>s ^apit'tcrdf (coincident
action).
334. Leading Verb Aorist :
LYS. i, 8 (see above).
XEN. Hell. 7- 5- 9- optov . . , rov . . . xpavov irpoftaivovra ivop.i(T( irpaicTfov
TI tivai.
HDT. 1,68: opv(Tfru>v tirtrv^ov cropw e
335. Leading Verb Perfect :
DEM. 8, 34: vvv 8e 8r]/jiayu>yoi/vTfS i>fJ.ds KIII ^api^op-evoi Kad' {nrtpfto-
\TJV, ovra) Start di'jKacriv uxrrt KTf.
336. Leading Verb Pluperfect:
XEN. Hell. 6, 5. 21 '. STJOVVTI. Triv \<apnv ovftds rjdfXrjKfi p.d^((rdai.
AR. Ach. lo: 'K(^TJVTJ TrpoirfooKuiv rav \lcr)^v\ov.
337. PRIOR ACTION. The action of the present participle is some-
times prior to that of the leading verb. An adverb of lime often makes
the relation plain.
ol Kvpeioi irpoo-Sev <rvv Tjp.iv Tarrofifvoi vvv d.(|)o~niicatriv, Xp.N. An. 3. 2,
17 ; The troops of Cyrus, who were formerly marshalled with us, have now
deserted us.
DEM. 1 8, 6l : KIH irpuTfpnv KHKWS TOVS "E\\i]vas f\ovr(is rr/jor (avrovs KIU
<rra(Ti(i(TTiK(i)f, tn ^fipntf ftifdrjKf.
PLATO, Rpb. 518 I): at ... <7XXni dpfral KoXovfitvai TfsvX'l* ntvSvvfvovtriv
. . . OVK fvovcrai irporfpov vtrrtpov fp.Trotficrdai.
XKN T . An. 3. 2, 17 (see above).
Hl)T. 8, 62: rr rj p. a i v u> v 8( Ttivru TW Xriyw ftifftiitpf (s Kvpv^tdftrjv, X'ya)j/
fjLa\\otf f'nf(TTp(ifjifjifi'ii. 9, 27 ' K(t\ ytip ai> xprftrTot Tine fovTfS wiToi vvv uv dfv
AXaVpUTtpOl, Ktl\ TtlTf (UVTfX (jjXuvpUt VVV UV (l(l> llfJ.dVOt/fS.
14 GREEK SYNTAX
AR. Av. 75 ' irpOTfpov avdpa>iros TTOT' Stv.
SOPH. Ant. 1192 : f'yco, <pi\rj oVo-Troti/a, Kal irapatv epa>.
MlMNERM. 3> TO irp\v tu>v KuXXicrroy, fTrrjv ircipdfjiftyfTai (apt], I ouSe Trarr/p
iraio~\v rifiios OVTC (plXois.
HOM. Od. 13, 4 O1 Kvv^ttXTO) 6V rot otrcre mipos TTfpi/caXXe' tovrt.
338. SUBSEQUENT ACTION. The present participle may imply cona-
tive action, and thus simulate a future (see 193). So <pepa>v and liyutv are
used almost to the exclusion of oiaatv and coi/.
f] 8e IldpaXos els Tas "AOijvas [aTre'irXevo-e] a-n-aYY '^^ ov(ra T * YY OV( ^ Ta >
XEN. Hell. 2, i, 29 ; 77ie Paralos sailed off to Athens 'with a report of ( = to
report) what had happened.
ANDOC. I, 104-5 TjKovcri . . . ol fj,i> flcrofMevoi . . . ol 8e intone tpu>fj.t vol.
XEN. Hell. 2, i, 29 (see above).
AR. Ach. 178 : e'yw p.(v 8(vpo croi cnrovtias (pe pa>v \ (cnvfvftov.
EUR. Suppl. I2O: TOVTOVS davovTiis %\0ov faiTu>v vroXti/.
PlND. O. 7 !3~4 : KciTtfiav ran Ttovriav \ vp.t>fd)v TralS' 'A^poSiVas 1 . P. 4,
IOj-6: iK.ofj.av | otKaS', dpxav dyKOfj.L^cov. 1
HOM. II. I, 371-2: ^X^e ^o(W eVi i/^af 'A^aiwi/ ^aXico^trcoi'coi' | Xvcropevos re
BvyciTpn rpipav r aTrfp(i<ri' anoiva. (Here both resemblance and difference
between present and future are manifest. 3 ) Compare II. i, 431 : IKUVSV
ciycav with ibid. 44-~3 ^P" M* e7r([J.\l/fv . . . 7ral8a . . . aytp-ev.
AoRisr PARTICIPLE
339. The action of the aorist participle is ordinarily prior,
but it may be coincident, so especially when the leading verb is
aorist or future.
dvapivrts els TO tnrepuiov eSenrvovfiev, Lvs. I, 22 ; Going it p to tJie src-
ond story, ive supped. TO o-i^a o-tio-as TOVS Xo-yovs tr&lo-ets tfioi, EtJR. I.T. 7^5;
Saving thy body than wilt save my words. diruXto-as TOV olvov
\i8a)p, TkAG. Aristias, fr. 4 ; You spoiled the wine by adding water.
340. Leading Verb Present:
Hl)T. 6, 37 : TUTUS- . . . tKKOTrdo-a ftXcHTTov ovSeVa /jitrlfi (134)-
^.M. Men. 4, 34t i d^upurros OOTIS tv iraduiv afi.vijfj.ovf I.
341. Leading Verb I i perfect :
Lvs. I, 22 (see above). Ibid. 24: irapaXaftoiv 8' o>r o'u>v Tf fjv nXda-rovs
, , . e^fiSif ov.
1 See 15. T.. (1 , Introcl. Ess., cxii.
5 The examples cited for Homer do not seem to he very cogent. See Boiling,
The Participle in Hcsiod, Reprint from Catholic University Bulletin, Vol. Ill, p. 439.
TENSES OF PARTICIPLE 141
THUC. 6, 69, It di>a\af36i>T( s ra on\a tvdvs avTcirfja'av (2O6).
EUR. I. T. 27 '. pfTHpaiti X Tj <f> 6 ( I (r' (Kaivofiijv I<P(I.
342. Leading I'erb Future .
Prior Action :
DEM. 14. 3' *' ? <t>pvyiav (\flu>v 8ov\fv<T(i;
HDT. 2, 5 KOTfir KaraTTfiprjTrjpiTiit irrj\t'iv rt dvoicms KT(. (258).
343. Coincident Action :
EUR. I. T. 765 (see 339). Med. 383: davovva 6^<ru> rots fpois f\0pois
344. Leading Verb Aorist :
Prior Action :
DEM. 54- ~- vyifjs ff\0u>v (popii8r]v rj\dop oiKaftf.
LYS. I, 27 ' irXrjyds KarfTTffTfi' fi>6vs, He vds stabbed and fell at once.
PLATO, Euthyd. 273 ^ : f^^v ovv ravra icart (ppovt) Brjv t'Tr' uvroiv
345. Coincident Action : '
ISOC. 19. 9- &poffv\\os . . . TOVTOVS fjn'ivovs Tralfttis yvT]<rlnvs tcarii\nriov . . .
TOV filOV (Tf\(VTr}(Tfl>.
DEM. l8, 208 : oi/K fcrnv OTTCOJ i]p.dpT(r(f) . . , rov inrtp TIJS ('nrmTiov t\frt)(-
plas KCII crutrrfpuis KU>$VVOV dp apt vol.
ISAE. 7. 33 Tt ' /3f ATIO? uv ( TT pu f v i] TUVTII j3ov\(V(Ttip.(vos ("nrfp iirolr^a'fv }
PLA'I'O, Fheaet. 185 E: fv tiroiija'u.s jJ-f p.d\<i <rv\vov \uyov 7r<iXX <i^(i s.
XE.\. Cyr. 1,4, 13: KU\U>S . . . (Troi7]criis irpuenraiv. Ibid. ~] , 5.48: K<jAd>r
. . . firoiijo'as . . . (ip^as T<W Xoyou,
HDT. 3> 3^' upO^s p.oi doxc'ei riivftupos 7roi?/rrt vupuv t>avru>v fiuirtXia
f tVi. 5- -4 f v fifoiijtras diriKofifvos.
AR. Pax, 630-1 : \i6ov | ffji^aXovTts (fj.t8ip.vav Kv^fe\tjv uTrciAf <T<IV.
TKAG. Aristias, (Sat. Dr.) fr. 4 (see 339).
CCHYL. VI, 15" (TTU$IOI> Kparrj(raf ) Ke'oj/ fVK\iias. X, 15 ' uvS'jO'ii-
. 6i)Kas.
PlND. I. 5- 5' ctirtv Tf ^> <> v i) crai j <IT( paims dv!)p.
Ho.M. II. 1,434- *o" r <J*' 5' iarToduKi/ TrcXatrav TrpoTuvoKriv vfptvTts.
346. Leading Verb Perfect :
DEM. 36, 18: T ypd/j.^a6' r; P-I/TIP rj(}>dviK(v -n t icrdfla-' I-TTII TOITOV.
347. Leading Verb I*lnf>erfecl :
DEM. 36, 8 : <> \lacriu>t> VfrXf vTt')Kf i rui'Ttt 8iadt fttvoSn
'On the "adverbial" group with fyOdvu, XuvOdvvj, Ti<f\dfu, sec Partiiip!t and
A. J. P. xii (1891) 76-79.
142 GREEK SYNTAX
PERFECT PARTICIPLE
348. The perfect participle expresses completion.
Leading Verb Present :
DEM. 24, 6 : n' 8r) TTOT' f'yu> fj.(Tpia)s . . . TOV aX\ov xpovov ftf (3
ayoxrt Ko.1 ypa(f)als Sr/nocriais e eru o/na i.
349. Leading Verb Imperfect :
DEM. 14, 36 : KOIVOV ( \0pov (Ktlvov vTTfiXrjf^ores asfJ,av6ovv dXA/]Aotr.
23. 127 Ktirw (vdiis im(Krovu>s OIIK. dcrfpaXts Tjyfir' an(\6(iv OTTOI ri'^ot.
350. Leading Verb Aorist
DEM. 37, 10: df^iKOfj-riv ar^(8uv n TTCLVT' UTT oXtoXe KU>S ocr' f^tov (t-tn\fvcra.
351. Leading Verb Perfect :
DEM. 55> -3- vtv OTroXcoXf/cwf . . . rr)\iKavTr]i> p.oi dixrjv
352. Leading Verb Future :
DEM. 28, 16: ra ^prjfj.ara TTUVT' air* <TT( pt]K<as . . (\fflcrdai vvv v(f)' itfj,S>v
353. Leading Verb Pluperfect :
DEM. i, 8: rJKOfj.tv (=plupf.) Evfiofva-iv @fpor)6r]KoT(s, We had re-
turned from having reinforced the Euboeans.
PARTICIPLE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INDICATIVE
354. The participle as the representative of the indicative
takes all the tenses, the future as well as the present, the perfect,
and the aorist.
The participle represents the indicative only after verbs of intellectual
perception and those that are causative of the same. For actual percep-
tion, see Object Sentences.
355. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. The present participle repre-
sents durative action, regularly contemporaneous, occasionally
prior.
Contemporaneous Action after a Principal Tense = Present Indicative:
DEM. 29, 25 : /SovAo/iat - e'Ae'yai . . . avruv \jstv8ofjLfvov (= on -^(v8f-
rat), / wish to prove him to be a liar, that he is a liar.
356. Contemporaneous Action after an Historical Tense = Imperfect
Indicative :
DEM. [34]' 1 3 f/o'0'>^ r ]f nvrov 8taKpov6fj.fv6v fjif (:= art fti(Kpav(T(> /it, or, by
repraesentatio, oYi diuKpuvfrui pt), I perceived that he was trying to cheat me,
MOODS 143
357. Prior Action = Imperfect Indicative :
ol8<i o-t XYovTa(=:6Ti IXcycs 1 , XEN. Cyr. I, 6, 6; I know that yon used
to say.
DEM. 21, 12: Mrifii'ar 8' tv ai'Ta'ts ravrais rms fj^ipatf <7ia ToC &ovvtu rf)t>
Ki]v TTOICOJ/ (= ort tiroitt) f>(i^6i)<Tfrai.
LVS. IO,4- <paivop.ai ovv Tpi<rKm8K(TT)s $>v art o irarfjp virb riiiv TpiaKovra
EN. Cyr. I, 2, 2 : (frvfriv . . . TIJS p.op<pr}s KU\ rijt ^v\f)S roiaiirrjv <^wv fiia-
fTat. Ibid. I, 6, 6 (see above).
HDT. 6, 121 t <f)aii>ovrat fjuaoTvpavvoi (ovrtf.
358. AORIST PARTICIPLE = Aorist Indicative.
tvpTJ<rT* atiTov TTJV . . . iT<5Xiv 8io AaKcSaifioviwv aodcvrj iroii]cra.vra, t DEM.
15, 24; You will find that he nuide the city weak by means of the Lacedae-
monians.
359. PERFECT PARTICIPLE = Perfect Indicative.
olSa <re . . . lyw KCLI I8i<irr)v y y e VT 1 K* vo v *"* v ^ v Tvpavvov ovra, XEN. Hiero,
1 , 2 ; / knoiv that you have been a private citizen and are now an absolute
ruler.
360. FUTURE PARTICIPLE = Future Indicative.
<ro.4>us . . . rjSei oXuaoficvos, ANTIPHON, 2 o 8 ; He knew clearly that he
would bt convicted.
ANTIPHON, 2 a 8 (see above).
THUG. 3> 67, I ' iva vfifis . . . (l^t]T( St<aio)9 avr)V KaTayvu>(Ti)fj.fi>ot.
HDT. 5, 4- ' tv firltrraTO <ar' dvSpayaditjv avrut (T^i](ru>i> rijv @ao'i\t]iT]v.
SOPH. Ai. 1155' 'O"$t TTT] jjLaVOVfjifVOS.
On the Future Participle after Verbs of Motion, see Index.
MOODS
Indicative Mood
361. The indicative mood represents the predicate as a real-
ity. It is sometime?, called the declarative mood or mood of
direct assertion, fav-t, I say.
362. USE OK THE INDICATIVE. The use of the Greek indicative is in
the main the same as that of the English indicative. It must, however,
be noticed that the English indicative and the English subjunctive (opta-
tive) coincide to a considerable extent in form, llriirr tin- apparent coin-
cidence in syntax, where there is real diversity. In "/ had fainted, unless
144 GREEK SYNTAX
I had believed," Ps. 27, 13, both " I had fainted " and " I had believed " are
subjunctives, or rather optatives.
363. The differences to be specially noted are these:
i. EXPRESSION OF POSSIBILITY, POWER, OBLIGATION, AND
NECESSITY. The Greek language expresses possibility and
power, obligation and necessity, and abstract relations generally,
as facts; whereas our translation often implies the failure to
realize.
<rvveirXei ... TO. ... avBpQTroSa a 8ei avcrov airoXv<rai, ANTIPHON, 5, 2O ;
The slaves whom he was to release were on board with him. ol . . . ev TCUS
T<TrapaxovTa vaval IleXoTrovv^o'ioi, ovs e8e i ev Ta\ei irapa'yevea'Oai, ... cvSurpuJ/av,
THUG. 3, 29, I ; The Peloponnesians in the forty ships whose business it was
to get (who ought to Jiave got) there quickly, loitered on the way. TOTC vvaX-
yelv xp'qv o' oV oXXv|iT)v e-yoi, EUR. Ale. 633 ; turn aequius dolere FUERATyizAz
cum me tollerent (Buchanan).
DlN. I, 8l : ore p.fv e'&ei ^.u^fO~6ai . . . <?X fT ' a-mutv oixaSf, eVftS^ Se Trpocr-
T]K(V OlKOl Kll>8vVfVfiV . . . CO^fr' (K TT]S Tr6\f(l)S (ITToftpaS.
DEM. l8, 191 : fXP*l v ^ fl - 2 9-4 r : TroXv Kii\\iov rjv . . . StwKeti/. [46],
5: (Sfi. [47]. ?6: yfcopyw Se Trpos ra> 'nnrop6p.a>, uicrrt ov Troppai efiei avrov
eXOelv.
L\'S. 12, 32 I \prfv 8e (Tf . . . f'lTTfp rjcrBa xprjcrTos . . . TOIS /ieXAovow ufiiKcof
dnodavf IcrOai [MTjvvTrjv yfVfadai.
Ax DOC. I, 20: tj ffj.e fj eKflvov eSft aTrodavtlv, aut mihi aut illi morienditm
erat,
PLATO, Apol. 34 A : KOL uX\ovs TTO\\OVS eyco f\u> vp.lv fiTreii>, ti>v riva e^prjv
. . . TTapao'XfO'dai Mf'X^roz/ fjLaprvpa.
HD'l'. 3. 66: ov yap fjv ol dcrc^oXe? . . . (f)iivai TOV Kvpov viov aTroXcoXe/ctj/ai.
8, 6. 8, 68, a) : am'i\\at;av OVTUI <as Kfivovs (TrpeTTf.
AR. Nub. 963 : Trpairov fifv eSet Traiftos <$>u>vi]v ypvai>Tos fj.rj8tv' axoOcrai.
Ibid. 973 : efiet.
EUR. Ale. 633 (see above).
HOM. II. I, 353: rip.r]v Trip pot o^eXXfi/ 'O\vp.TTios (yyva\iai.
364. eSei, X p^v, ETC., OK THE PRESENT. When eSet, expfjv, and
the like refer to the present and not to the past, a modal sense
is set up, and the dependent infinitive becomes unreal. 1
1 MSS and editors often fluctuate between tSfi and Stl, \P'< 1 ' an< J XP'I- ' ' ie
present indicative jjives the sinijile statement, the imperfect indicative surprise or dis-
appointment. ('f. ANTIPIION, 5, )i, \\here the codices liave \(i<i, Blass x/'i*'i Andoc.
[4], 1 6, where Blass has tSti for MS fot.
INDICATIVE MOOD 145
Soiov Ivai TOVTO irparreiv, LYCURG. 141 ; // ought to be conso-
nant -with piety to do this (but it is not).
LYCURG. 141 (see above).
DEM. I 5. 3 2 : ' XP'1 V r *l v a vTt)v *X (lv ot dvoiav vnas (= dXX* oiiK f%fTf) irtpl
TJJS iv rfi iroKiTfiq r<ifo>r, rjirrfp nfpi TI/S tv rais orpaTfiais *\(Tf.
1 HUC. 6, 78, 4 : KII\ fjuiXio-Ta tiKos r)v vfnas . . . pi] paXuKMS tacrnfp vvv vp.pa-
X (~tv.
HDT. 3. 80: KatToi uvopa yt rvpavvov ii(f)6ovov ?5f ( dvai, f^omd yt iravTa ra
dyadti. TO fit vrrfvairriov TOVTOV ts rovs TroXtijras 1 7Tf(f)vKf (p0oi>(d yap KT.
COM. Hermipp. 2, 399: rovs /iV tip' aXAou? oiKovptiv XP*I V -
EUR. Or. 1030: (ijv f'xpt]v cr\ or' ovutr d.
365. 2. INDICATIVE ix GKXKRIC SENTENCES. In generic
sentences the Greek has a tendency to other modal construc-
tions. In practical questions, personal argument, as in poetry
and proverbs, the indicative may be used as in English and
Latin.
ei TIS elSus . ..irpovSuicev f\ ela.ira.TqLj OUTOS COT' vo\os TT] ap^L, DEM. 23,
97 ; If any one has wittingly betrayed or wittingly deceives, he is obnoxious
to Hie curse, a H 1 *! Kare'Oov, JITJ ave'\ti, PKOV. ; ll'/mt you didn't deposit, you
mustn't draw. TW . . . a.o-0vox)vTi TriKpa 4>aivcTai a ecrOiei KO.I ccrri, PLATO,
Theaet. 166 E ; To the sick tnan what /u- fcits seems bitter, and is bitter.
PROV. jjt> TIS fp.at p.a,ui> Tavrrfv Ka\ (crduTd). (See also above.)
DEM. 23,97 (see above).
AESCHIX. 3. 19^ f ' yup ris V ^r/p-oKpiiria TfTip-rjfjitvos . . . roX/^a ftorjOdv rait
irapiivo/j.a ypii(f)ovcri, Karu\vfi rt]v iro\iTf'uiv. Ibid. 198 : OCTTIS . . . alrfi (fit's).
PLATO, Theaet. 166 E (see above), i/o A: TO SUKOVV fcuo-ra> TOVTO ical
tlvai <pr]o-L TTOV oi SoKct;
Hl)'I". 3, 127 : tv6a . . . o-(>(ptr)S of a, Pirfs tpyov ovoiv.
EUR. Tro. 400 : (fxvyav p.(v ovv xp'l iroXfjJLOv OO-TIS (v (ppovd.
AE.SCHYL. Sept. 596: fatvbs os 6(ovs aifta..
PlND. N. 3. 4'~- ^ s ^* Sificixr' f^ti, . . . fj.vpiav . . . dpfTiiv drfXt j/i!w ytvt-
Tdl.
HOM. Od. 14. I 5^~7 * \0pos yup //oi K.O.VOS o^coy AiSijo TT\j\y(Tiv | yiyvfrai,
or TTtvifl
366. 3. N()N-USE OK CERTAIN TENSES OK THE INDICATIVE
WITH TEMPORAL PARTICLES. As a rule, temporal particles are
not used with the indicative in future relations. Here the sub-
junctive with ui> is regularly employed, which becomes optative
in oratio obliqua.
10
146 GREEK SYNTAX
Temporal particles with the present and perfect tenses of the
indicative are regularly causal or conditional. See Temporal
Sentences.
367. INDICATIVE IN WISHES. The indicative of the past
tenses is used in hopeless wishes. Here some introductory par-
ticle, such as eWe, el yap, is used to show the baselessness of the
wish. Or the form eo^eXov (o><eA,Xoz/), / oitgJit, with the infini-
tive, is employed. Here there is also, as a rule, an introductory
particle : eWe (aWe), el yap, o>?. The negative is yn?;.
The imperfect indicative after eWe, el yap, denotes a wish for
continuance, regularly in opposition to the present, the aorist a
wish for attainment, regularly in opposition to the past.
When w(f)e\ov is used, the tenses of the infinitive are em-
ployed in the same way, the present infinitive like the imperfect
indicative, the aorist infinitive like the aorist indicative.
/3ov\6fj,r)v av (icev) and ->jOe\ov av (tcev) are not infrequent
forms of indicating a hopeless wish. 1
dXX' <54>eX . . . KOpos T V > XEX. An. 2, 1,4; Ah ! Cyrus ought to be alive
= would that Cyrus were alive.
LvS. 3- 21 : f {3ov\6 n^v 8 av . . . Sijucoi/a Ti]i> avrtjv yvu>p.r/v (/J.CH f%fiv.
PLATO, Crito, 44 D : ft yap u>(f>f\ov . . . oloi re ftVat ol TroAXoi. TO. p.('yiaTa
KaKii ffpyde<rdai, Rpb. 432 C : d yap coc^eXoi/ (sc. I8elv), fffirj.
XF.N. An. 2, i, 4 (see above). Cyr. 4, 6, 3 : fj^aprfv, us p;7rorf u</)fXf v.
HDT. I, III : o0eXoy. 3- 6$' *tSov o^nv ev TO) VTTva>, rfjv p.r]8afjiii o<pf\ov
I8di>.
AR. Nub. 24: fid' (^eKOTTTJV TTpOTfpOV TOV O(pd(l\fJ.OV Xl'^O). PilX, 1068-9'.
fWf (rov flvai I a>(pf\fi>, (uXdfo)!/, oiirtocrl 8fp/j.bs 6 TT\( vp-tav (mock heroics).
EUR. Ale. 53^- e '^' tvpofitv cr\ "A.8p.rjTf, fiij \VTTOV p. (i>oi>. Cycl. 1867:
fj.rj8ap.ov ytvos irore | (frvvai yvvaiKoiv co</>fX', fl p.i] 'pol /JLOVIO. El. 282: flff ?]v
'OpetTrrjs TrXijfrt'oi/ K\VU>V raSe. Ibid. 1061 : tiff ti^ts, a> T(Kov(Ta, fifXriovs fyf>i-
j/ar. I. A. 70 : fj.j')Trnr' co0fXfi/ Xn^eii/.
SOPH. El. IO2I-2: f'iff u>(f)f\fs roiaSe TIJV yvwp.rjv Trarpos | 6i>j)(TKOvTi>s
t il'di Trai- yap av Kartipyacru) (fl rjcrda, hadst tllOH been}.
PlND. P. 3- I- 3 f)6e\ov Xfiptavd <e $i\vpi8av, | . . . | <i>fiv TUV un<H\6-
H(VOl>.
HOM. Od. 5. 38~9 : wr 8!) tyu> y' 5<j)\ov Bavifiv Km TTOT/XOI/ enicrrrflv |
fjfj.a.T. TW, art KT. I I, 548 u>s 8!) fir] ti(j)t\ov VIKUV roia)8' in aid\u>.
1 In large stretches of prose literature, there is scant occasion for the expression
of wish.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 147
' 3- '73~4 < f o(pt\tv PnvaTin fjini A8tiv *cacor, oTnrore fitvpo \ viii <ro>
-fir('>[*r)v. 4, 3'5~6' <iXX<i (re yfjpas rtipit npniittv cos- o0Xf'i/ Ttr | av$pu>v <7XXor
(Xfiv, (TV 8 KovpoT(poi(ri fjLfTflvai. 6, 345-6: a>y . . . o0fX(f) c. inf. 7, 3QO :
a>j irptv co(^>f XX' aTroXetr^ai. 1 1, 380-1 : <u$- ufaXov c. inf.
368. INDICATIVE ix OTIIKK THAN SIMIM.K SKXTF.XCES.
The following summary embraces the chief uses of the indica-
tive as shown in other than simple sentences.
I. Incomplete Sentences : Questions.
Indicative questions expect or anticipate 1 indicative answers.
II. Semi-dependent Sentences :
1. Object Sentences. Sentences introduced by em, that, and
<J>9, how that, often retain the indicative after past tenses, as al-
ways after principal tenses.
2. Sentences of Result. Sentences of result with ware (sel-
dom o>?) take the indicative as a statement.
III. Dependent Sentences:
1. Causal Sentences. The indicative is the only mood used
in causal sentences, except as in oratio obliqua.
2. Temporal Sentences. The indicative in temporal clauses
is used chiefly of specific actions.
3. Conditional Sentences. The indicative in conditional
clauses is used either as in indicative questions or as in hopeless
wishes.
4. Relative Sentences of Design. In relative sentences of
design the future indicative is used, whereas other languages
lean towards optative or subjunctive expressions.
On the Indicative with liv, see 428-33.
Subjunctive Mood
369. The subjunctive mood is the mood of anticipation. It
anticipates the realization of the predicate, which anticipation 1
appears chiefly as an act of the will.
1 Anticipation and expectation arc not to l>e confounded. Anticipation treats
the future as if it were presc-nt. Expectation postpones the realization. To antici-
pate payment and to expect payment are by no means the same tiling, even in popu-
lar parlance, and grammarians should he at least as exact as the ungrammatical herd.
See A. J. 1'. xv (189,4), 399 and 523; Just. Mart. Apol. I, 2, 4.
148 GREEK SYNTAX
370. NAME OF SUBJUNCTIVE. The subjunctive derives its name
from the notion of the old grammarians that it is always subjoined (sub-
ordinate). Such phrases as icapev, Let us go, were explained by /3oi>Xei tw/ifi-;
371. THEORY OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. In certain spheres of early
Greek, the subjunctive appears as a future with the negative of denial, ou.
Hence the theory that the subjunctive was originally a simple future.
But it is easier to make the futural subjunctive a deadened imperative
than it is to get the imperative notion out of a simple future of prediction.
The fact that pr) is the native negative of the subjunctive (injunctive)
seems decisive. Compare the larger use of shall in Early English. See
Miitzner, II, p. 87.
372. IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE. In the standard language,
the subjunctive is used only in an imperative sense. The tenses
follow the general rule (301).
373. IMPERATIVE OF THE FIRST PERSON. The subjunctive
is used as the imperative of the first person, positive and nega-
tive. The negative particle is /JLIJ.
Plural number :
o-Koiri|ieea, PLATO, Protag. 314 B (304). <rKxJ/u>H6a, Ibid. 330 B (304).
HTJ 8iu>KU)(Av, HDT. 8, 109; Let its not keep up tlie chase, let us give up the
pursuit (304).
DEM. 9, Jl\ rour aXXov? 77877 7rapaKaX/iei>, *cal rots Tavra StS<ioi/rar
tare P.TTO) fj.(v -npicrfa -rravra^m. 14, 36: pr)8' aft IK tap. ev.
PLATO, Legg. 683 C '. yevafte da . . . ra'is Btavoiais eV TO) rdre xpovo). 86 1 A ;
f'pwrco/xe v i)p.as avTovs (IS 1 )- Protag. 314 B (quater). 330 B (see above).
HDT. 8, 109 (see above).
AR. Vesp. 1516: <pe'pf wv fj/jL(ls avTois uKiyov vyxa>pr]cru> /jit v airavrts.
Lys. 1096: 0f'pe TO fades a fj. ft a\ a) fj. f d a.
SOPH. Ph. Io6o-I : W dfJTa aov ftel; -^aipt rrfv \r^t.vov naruiv. \ rjfif'is 8' ta>fifv.
ION (El.), 2, 7 (Bgk. 4 ): Tcivut jj.t v, iraifcatfifv, i'r&) fitu VVKTOS doidf).
THEOGN. II33~4- Kvpi/f, irapov<ri <^)iAot(ri KCIKOV Kra7rnOcro/i6i/ dp^i'iv, \
r)Ta>p.ft 8' f\K(l (pdpfJLUKd (pVllfJLfVO). IO47 : VVV [J.(l> TflVOVTfS T( pTJ-U) fj.f 6a, K(l\a
XiyovTfs.
TERP. fr. 3: a-irev$u>nfv Tins Mvdfjuis Tfni(T\v Maxrair.
HOM. Od. I, 76-7 "XX t'lyfff i'jp.fls <n8e TTfpt <Pi)<t a>fj.f 6a TrnvTes \ VI'HTTW.
II. i, I4'~4 v *> v &' "7 f f pvfrtrofjitv . . . dyelpofttv Ofiofitv
. . . firj (T(>fj.f v.
374. Singular number:
The first person singular is less common than the plural, and is usually
preceded by (frtpf, instead of which Homer uses tiye.
IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE 149
$p' tSw, TI 64x1X01; AR. Nub. 21 ; Let me see, what do I owe?
DEM. iS, 267 : <p'p f fir) tat TtW ra>v \r)Tovpyiwv ftaprvptas . . . vfj.lv dvayvu.
19, 169: <f>fpt fir) ... ft7ra). alib.
PLATO, Phaedo, 63 B: fy*p ( fi>) 7T*pa$io irtdava>T(pov . . .
-#at.
HOT. 2, 14: (p'pf fit vvv KOI avToiai AtyvTrnoicri <uj ?^ (ppua-<a.
AR. Ach. 4: (/>*'// ifia> (very common). Vesp. 1497: (fx'pt vw
) . . . *cXa>. alib. (Aorist much more common than present.)
EUR. H. F. 529-3- fa'p' tKirvdtapai . . . \ ri itaivov rj\()( . . . $u>i*uaiv
t ;
SOPH. O. C. 174 : w f~tvoi, p.i] STJT' dbiKrjdto). Ph. 1452 : <f>(p( vvv <rr(i\<iv
v KaXftrta, Tr. 802.
HoM. Od. 13. 215 ' oAX" tiyt fir) r< ^pr/^ar' dpldfirjO'ta Kcii ido>/ia(.
II. I, 26: pr) (re, yt'poi/, KoiXyiriv t'yaj irapa VTJ\JV\ Ki^fi<a. 21, 475- M7
<reu . . . dicoilcr a).
375. IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OF SECOND PERSON POSITIVE. The
second person positive as an imperative occurs just once in the literary
language, and that in a disputed passage.
4>p' W TCKVOV VVV KOl TO TTJS Vt]OTOV (1 < T) S, SOPH. Pll. 3OO. 1
376. AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE ix PKOIIIHITIONS. The sub-
junctive is used as the negative imperative or prohibitive of the
second and third persons in the aorist.
(x-f) Oavpao-ris, PLATO. Rph. 517 C; Do not woniicr. p^Stls . . . 6avjia<r[j,
DEM. 1 8, 199; Let no one wonder.
ORATORES ATTICI. There are about 133 instances of the second per-
son and 29 of the third. Sec A. J. P. xiii (1092), 425.
PLATO, Gorg. 47 C: dXX<i p.fj K(ip.rjs 0i'Xoi/ "u>8pa (i*pyfTioi>. Legg.
868 A : (frvyuv p.rjKen KnT(\0r). Rpb. 517 C (see above).
THUC. I. 140, 4: vfj.(i)v fif /i'/Sfiy vofiitrj] irtpl (ipu^ios *iv iroXtp-dv, d KT(.
3, 4- 7 ' F^ ^" irpoSorat y('i"]<r6f vpotv avrcav.
II 1)1'. 3. 53 ^"7 8e3s Ttt crttavrov tiyadti XXotcrt.
AR. Ach. 496: fj.rj p.m (f> Q v fj (T TI T\ avftpts ol 0(u>p.fi>oi. Eccl. 588: p.i) vi-v
irpt'rrt f>oi> fiTjKfis {jpSiv dvTtiiri) p-'j^' viroKpovtrjf.
EUR. Ileracl. 271: p.fj Trpfiy 6fu>v Krjpvua roX/zryo-r/y Btvtlv. 273: icut crv
ToCfif pr) diyys, foal-. Frequent in the tragedians.
THEOGN. IOI : p.ij8fts &' iivdjxantav n( i<r>i KHKUV tivftpa <f)t\t]crtii.
1 Nauck rends luifit with inferior MSS, ScyfTert r' TO rr}<; ri)av fiaBotf. The
sim)>le imperative optative (394) fuitiuit: \vould also lie possilile, lint qipt si-cms to re-
quire an imperative or subjunctive, and <j>tpt fJiMy^ may ha%'c been generated by
<f>tpt Udtiitl.
150 GREEK SYNTAX
HlPPOX. 49: priKtTl ypdtyys.
ALGAE. 44 ^'/Sei' XXo (pvTeva-rjs irpoTfpov 8fi>8piov d[jnre\a>.
HOM. Od. 3, 55- I 1 * 251. '5' 263: erne fioi flpop.evu> vr/fj.(pTfa jur/8' fVi-
KfiKrrjs. 22, 2I3~4 : Me'j/Top, /JLIJ a-' TTfr(ri Trapa ITT e Tridr/cr iv 'OSuajf i/s |
II. 5> 6845' n/xa/u'S7, /i^ Sj/ ^tf eXco/j AavaoL<rii> fiicrrjs j Kfitr&u, aXX'
tirdpvvov. 9,33- 522. IS- "5- 2 3.407. 24,568. 778-9.
377. THEORY OF /^} WITH THE AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE IN PROHIBI-
TIONS. The shifting from imperative to subjunctive in the prohibitive is
found in other languages, and some scholars have seen a certain urbanity
in the change from the second person imperative to the second person
subjunctive in the pungent aorist form ; but it is noteworthy that a like
limitation is found in Sanskrit, in which the corresponding negative par-
ticle Jiiti is prevalently used with a form that answers to the Greek aorist
subjunctive. 1
378. PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE THIRD PERSON AS NEGATIVE IMPER-
ATIVE. In a few passages the present subjunctive is found as the negative
imperative of the third person, when the third person represents the first.
P.TI . . . TIS . . . o IT] TO. i (= p) ol|i0o), PLATO, Legg. 86 1 E ; Let no one
think, let its not think.
PLATO, Epin. 989 B ; p.fiov p.ft> yap apfTfjs fiySfls ffp-ds Trore ireidrjTrjs
tva-fftelas flvai TU> Ovr/TO) yivti. Legg. 816 E (see above).
379. SUBJUNCTIVE QUESTIONS (DELIBERATIVE SUBJUNC-
TIVE). The subjunctive question expects an imperative answer.
The question is chiefly in the first person ; in the second, only
when the speaker puts himself in the place of the person ad-
dressed; in the third, chiefly when it represents the first.
380. First Person :
Here /^ouXft often precedes. 0i\tis, thus used, is poetical.
Efi. o> Xaipe<J>u>v, ipov avrov. XAI. TI ep<i>|iai; PLATO, Gorg. 447 C;
ChacrcpJion. tisk him. 1 V/ntt shall I ask ? povXeiToXfuio-w elirctv oldv ^o~ri
TO lirio-Tao-flai ; PLATO, Theaet. 197 A ; Do you ivz's/i me to undertake to say
what manner of thing knowing is ?
DEM. 3, 22: " Tt /SovAecrdf; TI ypii^do; TI vpuv vap/o-to/xai ;" 14, 27:
aXXa 6u> ftov\HT&f butbtKiirriv 17/1/19 ( Ifrmrre iv ; [33], 37-
PLATO, ConV. 213 A: fin {j^Tois fl&lu) ff p.r'j ; tTvuTriffrflr f/ off; Ibid.
1 Sec C. \V. E. Miller, A. J. P. xiii (1892). 422.
SUBJUXCTITE 151
214 B '. EP. ri iroia>n(v; AAK. o TI nv cri> Kf\tv>/t . . . eVmrrrf ovv o TI fttivXfi.
Gorg. 447 C (see above). Phaedo, 115 C: Buirr^nfv 8i at riva T^UTTOV ;
Theaet. 149 R. 161 E. 197 A (see above).
AR. Eq. 36: tfov\fi TO npdyp.fi rolr Btaraicriv <f)pu<r<a; Vesp. 760- 1 :
BAE. ffjioi mBov. | <1>IA. TI a-oi Tri&wpui; Lys. 529-30: AYS. cricoTra. | I1PO.
(rot y , a) KtiTdfjiiTf, <rta>7rd> yti) ;
EUR. Cycl. 149. Ion, 758 (268^. I. T. 1321. Or. 218: j3ov\ f i 6iyu>
ffov ; fr. 1036: irt'tTfpa d(\fif croi pa\danu ^ffvSij \iyta | ij <rcXi]// d\t)6?) ;
SOPH. Ant. 554. O. C. 178. 195. 213. 828 (/v.v). Pli. 761 (/v'.v). 816.
HOM. Od. 15, 59 ' "?/ T> "/ J> ^y* 1 ' 0'^ f TtKvuv, tit) ; rin ^taptiff iKtafiai;
II. 1 8, 1 86 : TTCOV T' <7p' tco fjara piaXoii ; (Covert 8t Tfv\f"(Ktlvoi.
381. Second Person :
The second person of the deliberative subjunctive occurs only in
echo-questions, and is virtually indirect.
EII. TI o-ot iriewfwfl"; I1EI. o TI TriBTjo-et; Au. Av. 164; U' herein shall
we follow your advice? U 'herein you shall follow wy advice?
AR. Av. 164 (see abovel.
EUR. H. F. I4 ! 7 : fws ovv (r' (LTrr/s on crvvf(rTa\p.ni KCIKO'IS ; (Variously
corrected : TTCOT ovv av tmois ; TTU>S OVK ai> twois ; TTWS uvv e/x' irras ;)
S(J)PH. Ph. 9/4 : ^"E. r ' $pwp-(Vj iiv8p(s ; OA. cb KUKUTT' avbpuiv, TI 8j>qs;
{Dost ask) ?L</iat thoit art to if of 1
382. Third Person :
The third person of the deliberative subjunctive is used
more commonly when the third person represents the first, or
when an action of the first person is involved.
6 TOIOVTOS . . flT) 8 U) . . . 8lKT)V; (= flTJ Xdf3b>|JLCV TTapO. TOV TOIOVTOV SlKTJV ;)
DEM. 21, 35; Shall not such an one get his due? ( = S/ia/I ice not punish
him ?)
DlN. 1,8: Trot vvv f\6u>v 6 ftrjfjios ... f vpij Ti]v (\\i^fiav ;
DEM. 1 8, 124' irortpov (T( TIS \l<r^ii'r) Tijt 7T(iXftoy f%dpbv f/ fpbi> iwai fit/;
( = Tr<>Ttf)ov . . . ^a> ,-) 20, 117. 21, 35 (see above). 22, 64. 29. 37: ri aw
Troif)(Tu><riv ol pdpTVpfs ;
PLATO, Phileb. 15 D: irt>6fv ovv ris Tuvrrfs api-ijrai TroXXfJv (ncrrjs KOI
iravroias TT(J)\ ru d[ji(j)tcrftT)ToviJ.(va /i<i\^r ; (=ir(>0(v (if>^u>fji(0ti ;)
AK. PI. 438 : iiva^ "\iro\\ov Km Otoi, mn rtr (frvyj);
Sol'H. Ai. 403-4: TTII'I TIS iwv (j>vyu ; \ ir<n ^Xwi pti-w ; C). C. I 70 I : OI.
dvyaTff), TTol ris <j)povTi8os (Xdi/ ; | AN. CD Trurff), atfTols urn ftp!) p.(\crnv.
GN. 77-- r ' o' f /"*' Xf"J <ri ? Ta * (^- Muviriav 6(puir<av &foyvtt^z(y<a)
1 More dramatic than as an indicative. Odysseus overhears Ncoptolcuios.
152 GREEK SYNTAX
HOM. Od. 5. 465 w M ot *y fi If 0610 1 ri vv p.OL p.r)Ki(TTa
yf pupal ;)
II. I, 150: TTOK Ti'y rot Trp6<pp<av fTTtcnv TTfidrjrai J A^aiS>v; (=TrS>
a ;)
383. SUBSTITUTES FOR THE DELIBERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE. Instead
of the subjunctive, we find the future also (268), or 8d, xp*) with the infini-
tive, or the verbal in -riov.
ri StJTd 8i o-Koireiv; SOPH. Ph. 428 (cf. O. R. 364). aye $r\, ri \pj]
8pav; AR. Av. 809 (cf. VV. 8l2. 814. 817). aye 8rj, ri vuv VTV0v! iroiTjTeov;
AR. Pax 922 (cf. Av. 1640).
384. TI ira9w ; Notice the frequent use of ' TTO'&O , What am I to
submit to in order to a certain end ? What is to become of me? is one side,
What am I to do? is another.
TO fie'XXov, el xp*l> irurop.ai. TI -yap irdOw; EUR. Phoen. 895; What is
to come, I'll bear, if need be. What's tJie odds? (Let fate do her worst.)
HOT. 4- Il8: ri yap IT ado) p. tv firj ^ouXo/i/fcoj/ vp.((av np.d>pff iv ;
AR. Av. 143- TL y^ l p iriidui; (TKaiTTfiv yap OVK eTTt'ora/nat. Lys. 884: olov
TO TtKf'iv KarafiaTtov. ri yap iradu>; 954. Eccl. 860. PI. 603. (Cf. Nub.
461: ri TTfia-ofiai ; Ibid. 791. Vesp. IOOO. Eccl. 911.)
EUR. Phoen. 895 (see a^>ove).
SOPH. Tr. 973- TtiriiBtos ride prjcro/jiai ; o"p.oi,
HOMi Od. 5. 465 : w M ot 'V**' T( 7r "^ w > Tl/ ^^ M 04 p-rjKKTTa ytvrjTai ;
II. II, 44~5 ^ ," ot e V^' T ' 7 r "$ &) ' M*7 n M^" KaKcij/, at Kf 0'/3co/iat | 77X17-
tfvv Tapftr)cras.
385. SUBJUNCTIVE IN HALF-QUESTIONS. In Plato, but rarely else-
where in Attic, we find a number of hesitating half-questions with /z// or
JIT) ov and the present subjunctive. These seem to depend on the state
of apprehension engendered by the situation. The effect is that of a
doubtful affirmation, or negation, as the case may be. See p.i] and p.f] <>iV
H.TJ aypoiKOTepov $ ro aXr^Oes el-rreiv, PLATO, Gorp;. 462 E; It's rather bad
fori/i, I fear, to speak the truth. dXXa JJIT) ov TOUT' -f\ x a Xirbv . . . Cdvarov
K<j>Yi;v, PLATO, Apol. 39 A; But that's not the trouble, I apprehend, the
escaping death.
DEM. I, 26 : p.rj \tav TTIK^W fiTrtlv rj (but BhiSS : p.T) Xt'ai/ iriiepov findv;).
PLATO, Apol. 39 A (see above). Gorg. 462 E (see above).*
1 A. I. P. xvii (i8(/>), 516-7.
* According to Wchcr, Entwickelungsgeschichte fler Absichtssatze, p. 192, there
are in 1'laco 31 instances of this use, which are distributed a< follows: Apol. r,
Conv. 2, Cratyl. 8, Crito 3, (jor;^. i, Le^g. i, Lys. 3, Mono 3, I'aruien. 4, I'haedo 2,
Kiv. i, Theaet. I, 'I'lieag. I. This does not include four, more or less disputed,
passages in which the sentence may be interrogative : 1'armen. 163 D. 1'haedo,
64 C. Rpb. 603 C. Sisyph. 387 D. (Weber, ibid.)
OPTATIVE MOOD 153
XEN. Mem. 4, 2, 12 : /zrj oui/, V/>r; o EvdvRijfjios, ov Avcw/zm (Kiiliner : i-
a> ra TJ;J 8tKaio(TvvT)s fpyu t^t]yf)(ra<Tdat ;
II DT. 5. 79 M /*XAoi ^ir) oi> ToCro ?/ TO XpT)<TTT)pi.oi>.
For the suppression of a verb of fear or apprehension, see I'erbs of
Fear.
386. HOMERIC SUBJUNCTIVE. The Homeric subjunctive is not so
clearly defined in its use as the Attic subjunctive, and is often indistin-
guishable from a future. In fact, it serves as a missing aorist future where
prose would employ the optative with av.
oi y*P irw TOIOVS iSov dvcpas ov8 iStufxai, H()M. II. I, 262; .\'evcr as yet
have I seen such men, and never sliall see them.
HYMN. HOM. I, I : p.vi]crop<ii ovftt Xddco/xat 'ATroXXcoi/oy tKuroio.
HOM. Od. 6, 2Oi: OVK (ad OVTOS dvf)p ftiff)os /^poTof, ov$( yivijTai. l6,
437 oi-K fcrd' QITOS dvt]f) oi/B' ((rcrfTai ovftf ytvrjrai.
11. I. 262 (see above). 6, 459: K<U nori TIS fiTrj](Tii> lFi<ai> Kara baKpv
XioiHrav. 7< 87 ifiii wort TIS ( iTrjycrt Kal o\}siywu>v dv0pd)ir<av, 197 ' ov yap ris
fit jdif) yf (Kutv (IfKovTa 8ii]rai.
On av (K(V) with the subjunctive in simple sentences, see 451 6.
387. SURJUNC'TIVK IN Di-.i'KNDF.N r Ci.A I'sr.s. - All the uses of the
subjunctive in dependent clauses may be referred ultimately to the imper-
ative sense so conspicuous in the leading clause, but in prose the [Hire
subjunctive is confined to the final sentence, which is necessarily impera-
tive in its nature. In other classes of sentences <1v (!/) with the subjunc-
tive is the rule, though there are many exceptions in the older language
and in poetry. See 456.
Optative Mood
388. OPTATIVE IX \Vlsi IKS. In principal clauses, the use
of the optative, or wishing, mood in standard Greek is confined
to the expression of wishes the fulfilment of which is still in
suspense. The negative is /j.//.
Siappa-yciT]?, Ak. Av. 2; J/<M' von Init'st in /.v<>.' firj irovaaio fiYjSi'-nroT'
iH)tuv, Ak. Pax 31 ; Miiv you never stop eating ,'
389. PoTKNTlAI, Ol'TATIVF.- The optative is the ideal mood of the
Greek language, the mood of the fancy. The wisli is fathci to the thought,
and "fancy" has a double signification, moral as well as intcllcctu.il. Hut
the intellectual use, the use in qualified assertions or the so-called poten-
tial use, is confined to the optative with <Ti-. except m poetry. The prose
examples are comparatively few, and arc either doubtful or occur in fixed
formulae. The negative of the potential optative is ov.
For examples, sec (Optative ivith av.
154 GREEK SYNTAX
390. OPTATIVE IN QUESTIONS. As the mood of the question is the
mood of the expected or anticipated answer, no direct question can be
put in the pure optative of wish, inasmuch as no question expects a wish
for an answer, though it may get one. Whenever, then, the optative is
found in a direct question, it is a potential optative, and, like other poten-
tial optative questions, implies a wish of the speaker. Corruption of the
text is often indicated.
^ pd. vv (ADI TI -7716010; HOM. II. 4, 93 = 7, 48; Ah, wonldst thou not
yield to me somewhat f ( i6e iriOoio).
See under Optative ivith "iv.
391. TENSES OF THE PURE OPTATIVE. The pure optative
is used in two tenses, present and aorist. Certain perfects and
periphrastic perfects count as presents. See also 305.
Present Tense:
DEM. I, 28. 4, 51 : VIKWT) & 6 n TTCKTIV /xe'XXft (rvvnitreiv (35)-
PLATO, Legg. 9^3 B: iropfvoicr&f fl^fp Kara (pvffiv vvv Tropevfadf rfjv
av6pu>Trlvriv. 941 C : evTu^ot.
HDT. 3, 65 : -yr/ Tf napirov (K(j)epoi KCI\ yvvmKe's re Km mnfjivai T'IKTOKV.
6, 69 : TiKTOiev.
AR. Eq. 77' (^oLfMrjv. 77- ' ^.Koift^v. Nub. 5-- ovrat viKr](rai[i,i r' f'yo>
Kai vop.j.oifi,T]v <ro(pos.
EUR. El. 231 : (v8aip.ovoir]s. Hipp. Ilpll Z(v, fjLrjKer' f'irjv, fl KaKos TT(pvK
dvfjp. fr. 369 (tcr).
SOPH. (). C. 642 : d> ZfO, 8i8oirjs rourt TOtovTOUTtv tv.
AESCHYL. Pers. 228: eWeXotVo 8;) r xpiv- Sept. 188: f'^v.
PlND. O.4, 1 1-2 : 6(os f{j(ppa)v (irj. P. I, 29: fir), Zfv, T\V f"irj Favbavtiv.
SOLON, 19. VdiolS . . . TTf'/iTTOl . . . UTT(lol.
Ho.M. Od. 13, 44~6 iM e ' ? ^' H ^$ 4 ftivovTfs (v(ppaivoiTt yvvalicas . . . KO.I
fJLT) Tl WIKUV HfT(l8l]IJUOl> fit].
II. 2, 259: fJLTjKir' . . . (TTfirj. 6, 480: (pepoi 8' tvnpu ftpmiMVTa.
392. Aorist Tense :
DKM. 3, 36 (see 35)- '8, 324: p.f) 8^r', o> Tri'ivrts 6eoi, p.rj^e\s ravff vp&v
fTTivfv<T(i(i>, }XXa fjntXtcrrti fj.iv KU\ TOVTOIS /ifXr/a) nvti vovv K<I\ (pptvas evdfirjrf.
LVS. 21, 21 : OVTOl jJLtV IWV . . . KOTf LTTOlfV VfilV T(I (T<f)(Tfp' ClVTUlV tVlTTJ-
8f vfiara.
ANTIPHON, I, 13: Sixr) fie Kvftfpvrja-dfv.
PLATO, Legg. 712 B : !> 8i (SC. dots) aKovatii T( KUI aKuvcrus tXecos cv/zfir/ff
Tf TIU'IV f X 001. 913 A! /i^S' UV KlVT)(T(t(.
AR. Eq. 768: airo\oifiT)v Kal biairpifrdf irfv KaTaTfj,r)6( irjv Tf X<7rafij/a.
IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE 155
771: Kanuan)<r6tiriv. Nub. 520: viKt'jaaifii (see 391). Vesp. 630: a
ti ere 8(8otica.
EUR. Or. 130: 6(oi <T( ftnry<rtta* (blast you with their hate), >s p.'
dmaXttras.
SOPH. Ai. 55 & irai, ytvoio Trarpbs ( \irv\f '(rrt pot.
AKSCHYL. P. V. 864: TOtdfi* tV (\6povs rovs fp,nvs X$ot Kujrptf.
PlND. P. 9- 89-90: \apirwi' K(\a8evvav \ pi] p.f XI'TTOI Kadapov (ptyyos.
SOLON, 21 ' prf^t p.oi "iKXnvcrTos ddvaros p.n\ni.
HoM. Od. 6, 180: <roi 8( 6(oi To<ra 8o1fv ocra (f>p((r\ (ff/a-i pfvoivas. 13,
45 : oirdtrtiav.
II. I,4- : Tttrtiav Aavaot 6/xa StiKpva <TOI<TI f3i\f<T<Tiv. 6, 481 : ^apfirj,
393. Perfect Tense:
THEOGN. 343~4 : Tfdvairjv 8', ft fjLt'j TI KaKuiv <ifjiiravp.a p.(pip.v((t)i> \ (vpoifjirjv.
MlMNERM. 1,2'. T(6vaii)V t ore fi.oi ^.tjKtTi rniT<i [j.i\oi.
HYMN. HOM. I, 165: XX' tiyfff (X^xot /zeV 'ATroXXaiv 'Apr('/xt8t ^i'i/.
HOM. II. 2, 260: p.rj?>' (Ti Tr)\( p.tixoio Trari/p Kf K\i]/j.tvo s tirjv, A'or may
I longer be called father of Teleniachus.
394. IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE. The optative at times comes
very near the imperative. 1
cpSoi TIS TJV tKao-ros elSciTj Te'xvr)v (old saw), AR. Vesp. 1431; qnam
quisque norit artcin, in hac se e.verccat, Cic. Tusc. I, 18, 41.
PLATO, Lcgcj. 759 ^- *' r7 ? ^* /-"} eXarrov ^//<oj/ra J/^Ij' * u; -yfyovajs o
^icXXcoi/ . . . ayiorei;(7fii>. 9'3 -^ ' M') Tf O.ITTOITO . . . pr]?)' tiu Kivi]<T(K.
916 E : pr]8fls . . . TTpd^f it v.
XKN. An. 3i ~> 37 e ' M* 1 ' ovv <"^Xo TIS fti\Tiov <'>f>a, (TXXwj f^(ru>- ft fit pi],
X(ipi<ro(pos fj.tv ijyotTo, . . . (TTfxtTriyu firifit\ot(rdT]v m omcrfl o (j> v\ n K <>'i p. f v
d' f]fj.f'ts (imperative and optative parallel). 6, 6. 18 : a-wfrito-df.
AK. Vesp. 1431 (see above). Lys. 839: aw tpyw tirj TOVTUV uirruv KOI
Aj^. 944~5 ' "^^' f ' ioKti <roi raid', vmii nr (ip/SuXar | Xi'ot
rdxof. Clio. 889 : 8oirj.
BACCHYL. fr. 71 (Keny.): Trp('>cf>piai> . . . ^opw } <ii(i> iiratrTtvois, m>\<av
d' ... | k'/('w t}p(j)iTi0fi li(iK\v\if>;/ <TTf(f)ui>nvs (optative and imperative parallel).
PIND. 0.9, 40-1 : ta 7ruXf/ioj^ . . . (fx'putv 8( KTt. (imperative and optative
parallel). \. 5. 19-20: /juiKpi'i p.m ] uvruBtv <i\p.ufl' virtiarKuirTin nt.
I IKS. (). et 1). 47-' : 8pa)i>y t^iav fjidKfXrjv Kovnv t}pvit)<(T(rt nth ! ij \ tr77<f>p.u
KartiKpinrTtov. 491 : p-rjoi ere \ij0ut. 5^9- *''/ ^'98: '/,iu)t . . . yupuiTii.
1 Tliis imperative use of tin: oplativc offers a solution for a immUr of passages
where tlie optative witli uv iniylit be expecteil. See H. 1.. (.'>. on PIM>AK, O. \. 45,
and P. 10, 21.
156 GREEK SYNTAX
HOM. Od. I, 402: Krrj/iara 3' avrbs (%ois Koi fid)/ia<rt crolcnv dvdcrcrois.
4, 193 : iridoio. 735 taXe'trete.
II. 3, 74 : vaioire. I 59~6 : ^ i"7Vr< Vf(cr6(i) \ p.r]8(f) . . . XITTOITO. 47
/^qS' ert . . . inrocrr ptfyf las. IJ, 34~ I : to/*e, /^S' o? y* . . . TreXacraiaro.
24, 139^ Ti/S' el'/;. 149- K ']pv 1 "' s ' fToiro ytpaiTfpos.
395. OPTATIVE WITH ei0e, cl yap The optative may have, but does
not require, tide (aWt), d yap (at ydp), and the like. 1
e?0(e) . . . tKf)dXois TTJV ev9e<riv, AR. Eq. 404; May you give up the sop.
ct Yap -yevoijiTjv, TKVOV, avri <rov vtKpds, EUR. Hipp. 1410; If I could fall
a corpse, my child, instead of thee.
AR. Eq. 404 (see above).
EUR. Hipp. 1410 (see above), fr. 360, 53-4: d> Trarpi'r, tide Travrts 01
vaiovfTi erf \ OVTCO ^iXotev u>s tya>.
SOPH. Ph. J<)l-2 : a> tve K.t(f)aX\T)v, f"idt crov 8iafj.TTfpfS \ (rrtpvatv e^air'
aXyrjcris f]8f.
ALCMAN, 29: Zev Trarep, at yap tp.os TTOCTIS fir).
HOM. Od. 4> 697 : 6t> 7P Sr;, /3ao-t'Xfia, rcJSf TrXeioroi/ KCIKOV f"irj. 6, 244:
at yip ffJiol roiocrSe Troo-ts- Kt K\T] fj,vos firj. J, 331-2: Zfv -trurtp, aid* oo-a
iTT( T(\fVTT)<T(ifv anavra \ 'AX/ctVooj.
II. 13, 825-7 : t yap . . . ('ir/v . . . rfKoi . . . noifj.rjv.
396. OPTATIVE WITH el AND ws In poetry \ve find a simple tl, the
exclamatory <us-, and in one passage an unriddled /3<iXe.
ALCMAN, 26, 2 : /3dXe fii) /3dXf K^XOJ eir/i'.
HOM. II. IO, III : dXX' e? TIS KOI TovcrSt p.fToi)(6fj.fiios Ka\t at KV. 15, 57 I:
e I nva TTOV Tpcowv e'^dXpfi/o? rii/Spa /SdXoi crda. 16, 559~^2 : dXX'et /zij/ dftc4o'-
trai/if ^' eXd^res 1 | rev^fd r' utfiouv d(p(\oLfjifdn Kai TLV' fraipcov | OVTOV ap.vvn-
fj.('vu>v 8ap.acraip.f6a vrjXfi ^aXw. l8, 107 : o) s 1 tptf eV rf ^fajj/ ?/< T" dvOp<aTr<av
aTToXotro. 22, 286 : u>s 81] p.iv o-w eVt XP' 7r "" Kop,i(raio.
397. PURE OPTATIVE IN RELATIVE SENTENCES. The pure optative
seems to us strangest in relative sentences. Here the English idiom re-
quires the expression of the notion of wish, if the relative form is to be
retained.
of avrois TVXI SOPH. Ph. 275; IVhich manner of things I ivish
Fortune may send to them. Fortune send them the like! 8 JITJ y^ volTO
AESCHVL. Sept. 5; May it not come to pass, Heaven forbid! (a common
formula).
DIN. i , 66 : 6 p.fj y t v o i T o.
DEM. 8, 5' <i M'y Tf yivoir ovTf Xf'yfii/ uioi>. 21, 209: ft yivoivQ', o p.fj
1 Explained by many grammarians as elliptical conditional sentences. See Con-
ditioni.il Sentences.
BOVAOIMHX AN 157
ytvotr' ovS' tarai, OVTOI Kvpioi TIJS iroXirdas. 25, 31. 27, 67. 28, 21 : tl <V
VfjLfis tt\\o TI yv<j>(T((T0(, o p.!) yivoiro. [-I*-*!- 5^*
LVS. 3'. '4- *''*' wwf, o p.i) yt'i/otro, Xd^oitri ri]v 7ToX(i>.
PLATO, Legg. 918 D: tird d TIS, 6 p.i)iroT( yivoiro, oiib' torat, irpoa--
avayK(i<T(i( KT(.
H DT. 5. Ill: TO p.f] yivono.
AK. Vesp. 535: it pi) yivoiTo. Lys. 147.
EUR. Heracl. 512: a /iij rO^ot TTOT*. 714: o fjn] ytvoiro. Phoen. 571:
6 /ZIJ TV)(Ol TTOTf.
SOPH. Ph. 275 (see above). 315-6: o> mil, dtfydicacr', ol' 'OXv^Triot ^<oi I
8olf'v TTOT' avrois UVTITTOIV' fpav TvaGfiv.
AESCHYI.. Sept. 5 (see above). 426: ^i^ xpaivoi TV^TJ.
HOM. Od. 4, 699: o /iij T(\t(Tfif Kpoj/icov.
398. povXoijxTjv av. The optative is more or less passionate,
and is little used in the conventional language of the orators.
A favorite substitute is (3ov\oi/j,r)v dv (Lat. irliiii) with the infin-
itive. Cf. e'/SoiAo/iTjv av (Lat. I'dlcni) 367.
. 24. 8: $ov\oifj.r)i> 8' av /i Tf rv\(iv )v /SouXo/iat, roiroi/ T
Trad f Iv Z)t> ai-tos ('cm.
L\'S. 7. 12 : vvv 8( iravras uv v^ias ftov\oi/j.r) v ntpl (p.ov TUVTTJV ri]v yvut^rjv
()((iv. 8, 2.
av . . . (SC. vp.as) uTt\rj ri]v yvu>p.rjv iiirtav
PLATO, Apol. 19 A: /SouXot^^j/ p.iv ovv av TOVTO ovT(>) yfviffdai . . .
8( UVTU ^oXfTToi' (ivai.
AESCHYL. Suppl. 787 ' 0f\oi/jn S' av ^op{rip.ov @p(>xav rv^t'iv.
BACCHYL. 17. 4'~3 : ^ y< i P av 9i\oin' upfipoToC tpawov uovs iSdv
<f>dos ( = P-TJ I8oip.i).
For TTwr av with the Optative in Wishes, see Optative with av.
399. OPTATIVE IN SEMI-DEPENDENT AND IN DKPKXDENT
CLAUSES. Outside of the Ideal (Optative] Condition the main
uses of the optative in semi-dependent (368) and dependent sen-
tences arc these:
I. Optative after Historical Tenses :
The optative is used to represent both the indicative and
the subjunctive in oratio obliqna after historical tenses.
I. Optative for Indicative. When the optative represents
the indicative, it takes all the corresponding tenses of the in-
dicative. For examples, see 307-10 and 312.
158 GREEK SYXTAX
2. Optative as Representative of t/ic Subjunctive. When the
optative represents the subjunctive, it is of course limited to the
subjunctive tenses present, aorist, and perfect. For examples,
see Oratio Obliqna.
The optative is also said to represent the subjunctive with
av in oratio obliqna, but in the class of sentences in which this
is said to take place, av was not required in the early language,
so that there is no violation of the rule. 1
II. Optative in Complementary Clauses:
The optative is used in complementary clauses, often when
we should expect a form of the subjunctive. For examples, see
Relative Sentences.
400. PARALLELISM OF THE OPTATIVE AND THE INFINITIVE. The
optative may he called the finite form of the infinitive, and it is note-
worthy that the two run closely parallel in wishes, in commands, in oratio
obliqna, and in complementary clauses.
Imperative Mood
401. The imperative demands realization. The tone of the
demand varies, and may appear as an order, an exhortation, a
permission, an entreaty, an assumption. 2 The negative is yu?;.
402. TENSES OF THE IMPERATIVE. The imperative, like
the infinitive, is used chiefly in two tenses, the present and the
aorist. 3
403. PRESENT IMPERATIVE:
Isoc. 2. There are 55 present imperatives of the second person out
of a total of 58 imperatives of the second person, exclusive of the bracket-
ed ones.
1 See A. J. P. iii (1882), 441.
2 On the Imperative Mood, see C. \V. E. Miller, The Limitation of the Impera-
tive in the Attic Orators, A. J. I', xiii (1892), 3f)<)-43(>.
3 Out of a total number of 2445 imperatives in the Attic Orators, exclusive of the
letters, the fragments, the laws, the bracketed portions of the text, all of Ilyperides,
and the Dernosthenean collection of frooemia, there arc only seven or, counting
nBvt'iTii), eight real perfects. The ratio of presents to aorists is that of 55 to 45. (See
/. c., pp. 402 anil 425.)
A OK IS 7 ' I M PER A Tll'E
59
LVS. I, 1 8 : ^/fvtri; fit ii.T)b(v, dXXfi nuvra rXr;$r; X'yf.
PLATO, CritO, 44 R uXA * 8ai/ioi Suxparcr, eYt KJ v\>v *p.oi irtiBov xa\
trtodryrt. Lcgg. 930 D-E : TO (ytyvofitvov, offspring) . . . rf)f yvvaticbt n't yvvdlnty
ds t\\r)i> x<i>pitv f KTTf ^TTOC Twy <rvv TO> miTpi (father and all). 946 E : fi7rXa>r
fTG). Thcaet. 146 B: /ir) d<^>t'r(ro roO Hf <itr;Tov, XX' (pu>T<t.
THUG. I, 34, 3 : OTO>. 42, I : diovTu>. 86, 5 : \^<(f(r#f. 2, 44, 4 : 177*1-
. . . Kov<t>it<rt)(. 46, 2 : 7ro^o)/f irf.
HDT. 3, 78 : >6f( TO ('00? *i 6t' (i/u0oTf'po)i/. 4- 98 ' Xi/f T? 7/i^ia tr cu-
AR. Ach. 400-479: Only two presents, (frddpnv (460) and *XfIf (479),
against 19 aorists. Ibid. 1005-7 : uvnfjpuTTf T', f^onrarf, rpfntr', (/>X-
*ceTf | T(i Xa-ywa Ta^tcor, TOVJ (TTp<.ivovs uvfipfre. | <{>ipt TOVS uJtXi&xovs KT(.
1040-1 : KaTa^fi o~i rf]S ^opS;}f TO /xt'Xi | Ty <Trjjrius cmidfvf. 1043: dnTUTf.
1047: OTrraTf TOUTI Km KaXwf av6ifTf. 1054*. iinoipfp' djrufpfpt ra icpta
Ka\ p.T] p.oi St'Sou.
COM. Cratin. 2, 189: tiicovf, a-iya, irpoatxt TOI/ voir, SfO/j' o^a.
EUR. Tro. 94^ ' r n v 0fbv KciXa^f (ail Aioy Kpficraotv yfvov.
SOPH. Ai. 497 : j/o/^ife. 510: WKTipe. 520: to-\f. 581: TruAca^f Guircrov.
AESCHYL. P. V. 309: yiyvwa-Kf (Tdvrov (303). 327 : crv 8' i]<rvxa( p.r]8'
uyav \a^po(TTofj.( i. 334 : TraTTTaivf 8" avros.
PlND. O. I, 19- Xa/x/yai/(f). P. 1,86: i>a>p.a StKni'a) TD/SaXt'a) crrparov d\^(v-
fifi fit Tjyxj? (iKfj-ovi xu\K(Vf y\u>cr(Tai>.
THEOGN. 31 : p.f] Trpocrop.i\fi. 3- : *X (0 - 33- T'^f t' fvdic. 34: iff
, . . avftavt. 37 : o/itXft.
TYRTAE. 11, 2: 6ap(T(lT(f). 3 : M*?^(*) &f'M ( "' l ' frf M'/^* 0o/3<I<r^f.
4: (\(Tta. 21 : p.(t>(T<j). 25: TivaatTfTia. 26: (cii/fiVw. 27: fiiSiKT^tfrrfa). 33:
fjia\t(T0a>. 3^ : /3<iXXfTf .
HOM. Od. I, 271 : ft 8' ye yijj/ vvi(i xul fp.ii>i> ffiirdfto fj.vd<j)i>. 273-
f(TTtl)l>. 28l : (p^fO 7T(V(T(>fJ.(VOS. 3 < - ) 5 /^f^C 1 "^ f/iWfO.
II. 3, 82 : lcrxf<rd','Apytiot, p.fj /^(iXXeTf, Kof^ot 'A^aiwi/. 130 : for,/ i^.
159: *V v^ucri vticrQv*. 162: tffv. 282: e^e'rci). 4-4'- : rimi, o"ta)77// v"
404. AORIST IMI'KRATIVK:
DKM. 1,12: (/j/wfraro). 20: (\(tr6((). 18, 76 : foi^oi/. 1 1 2 : fo <. 144:
aKou(r(iT(f ). 265: t^fTaiTOv. |5'^]' 7 : fHoqdrfcrov >lp-if ' S*tfi ft i"' t\tis, xtit
crvvfint. uvnfiijdi.
PI.ATO. Phat-do, 117 A: niOnv Km pli <7XXa> Trout. Prolag. 343 15:
yyo>$i (rfii-riii/ (303).
X I-'.N. (AT. 4, 5.42: (Cf//M'^(iro). 45: ftmi'f ! ptiTi KII'I ij^ifiv TriOTfuwo/nfv iiuii/
*cXJ) fiiai/f i'( prjKf'i'iu. 47 : ft /^fV oui' ("AXoi'v f"^* r ' orTi<rij I'D' huirjTt niVoi't, . . .
eVftVott fiirtriTf f< ph'Tin fjfuas fti> ftnv\oi<T0t napmTTtiTttv p.ii\tcrru ^(i>, '/^if (iiroty
SOT* (notice contract of present and aoristj.
I bo GREEK SYNTAX
THUG. I, 33, 2: crKe^aadf. 34- * ' l^adovTu>v. 36, I : yi/coTco. 43, 2 : avra-
TroO'ore.
HDT. 1,89: vvv u>v TToirjcrov o>Sf . . . KUTICTOV . . . (pv\i'iKovs. 3,69: eVeaj/
. . . /juidrjs avrov Karvnvrnfj-fvovj u(pacrov avrov ra corn.
Au. Ach. 34: <"v6paK.as Trpi'co. l88: ytvaai \afiu>v. 402: fKKitXfcrov.
405: vTraKovtrov. ^08 : fKKVK\rj6rrr(i). ^1% ct saepe : 86s. 449: "nrfhdf. 451 :
yevov. 456: aTroxcop^o-oi'. 4^7 : tiKovcrov. 10334: <TTa\ayp.ov flpt'jvrjs eva | . . .
EUR. Tro. 948 : TTJV 6tbv KoXaV Ka\ AIDS' Kpficrauiv ytvov. Ibid. 966 : ffacri-
, ('l^VVOV <Tols TfKVOHTt.
SOPH. Ai. 501 : t'Srre. 506: m^eo-at. Ph. 473 : 6ov. 475: rXr^t. 481 :
v, f/i/3nXoO /^(e). 4^4 : vfv<rov. 4^5 : Iftitr0ijri. 488 : tKcraxTov. 501 :
crv (raxrov, crv fj.' f\T)<rov.
AESCHYL. Ag. 1 196 : eKpaprvpr/trov. Sept. 262: a-iy^trov, co rdXatj/a, /i))
(friXovs (pofid.
PlND. O. 1,78-80: TT(8acrov f'yxs Oivopdov \d\Keov, \ (fie S' eVt ra^urci-
TCOI/ Tropeufrof apfj.aT<tii> \ els 'AXii/, /cparfi 8e TrtXatrof.
SAPPHO, I, 25-7 : eX$e /ioi cat j/Oi/, ^aXeTrav Se Xt)croj/ | ex p.tpip.vai>, ocrcra
fit P.OL T'Xecrcrai | 8vfj.os t/^f'ppet, re'Xeo-ov.
HYMN. HOM. 2, 366 : eZpijrai TOI ndvra crv 8f (pptal crijcri <pv\at;ai.
HOM. Od. 4< 765^6 : TCOJ/ vvv fj.oi p.i>rj(rai Kai fj.oi (piXov via crdtacrov, \ fJ.vrj-
{rrrjpas S' tiTraXaXAce KOKU>S VTTfprjvopfovTas.
II. I, 274 : irLQffrBf. 302 : Trei/j^crat. 338 : 809. 394 : Xi'o-ai. 407 : Xa^f.
455~6: T]8' ert Kal vvv fjiot rciS eTTiKprjrjvov eVXScop, | fj8r) vvv Aavaolcriv dtiKfa
Xotyoi' a^ivvov.
405. ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE USE OF THE PRESENT AND
AORIST TENSES. As a descriptive adverb is often associated with the
imperfect indicative, so a descriptive adverb is often associated with a
present imperative. So also adverbs denoting speed. AR. Eq. 495 : o-TreCSe
Ta^f'co?. Ibid. Vesp. 1 80: f3<i8i( Qarrnv. 187 : v(p(\Kt Qarrov.
The present imperative often produces the effect of an action that is
watched. See the cooking scene in the Acharnians cited 403, and Pax,
842 : XX' f'ifTiiy' co? r<i^io-Ta followed by KaTiiK\v( . . . 6(p^aiv(f) . . . aTupvv.
So also 960 sqq. : crftov . . . Trporeivf . . . \tpvlirrov . . . pinre, whereas in a
prayer, Ibid. 987-98 : tlnofprivov . . . \va-ov . . . Travcrov . . . p.t^ov . . . Kipticrnv. 1
406. PERFECT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE. The perfect active imperative
is little used, even when the perfect is employed as a present, except icrdt,
ICTTCO, "itTTf, from 0180. Nor is the periphrastic common.
"KOI arijxos," 4>T|aiv, "TcOvdrco," DEM. 9, 44. 6 Ocwpb; . . . -yiyovus (fully
1 See Justin Martyr, Apol. i, 16, 6.
PERFECT IMPERATIVE 161
adjective) <f<rrw irXtuSvuv ^ruv fj ircvniicovTa, PLATO, Legg. 951 C (but in the
same breath of the same subject, eo-rw ytY <VT )H L( ' vo ?> //'/</. D).
DK.M. 9, 44 (see above).
PLATO, Legg. 874 C : v^-rroivt\ TfOvurv (= passive) I'-TTO . . . TOV vfipicrOfv-
TO9 /3/a. 93^ C '"" Ttr <j>i^oviKia xpi0fi 8\s TO TOIOLTOV Spav, rtdvuru. 951 C
(see above).
AR. Ach. 133: Kfx^vaTf. Vesp. 198: evSov KeKpaxQi rt/s ffvpus K(K\fi-
<Tfj.fvrjs. Thesrn. 692 : KfKfm^fti.
EUR. Ale. 1042-4 : yvviuKa 8' . . . | ti\\ov nv' ... I (Ttofciv iivu>xdi Qftrcra-
Xcov. [Rhes.] 987: !iv(t>x6(.
SOPH. Ant. 1063: i(T0i. 1064: <!\X' tv yi rot KaTKrdi.
AESCHYL. Cho. 772: HI/W^^I). Eum. 598-9: OP. Triirm6(n) . . . \ xo. -*-
Kpolcri vvv TTfTTfia-di ^rjTtpa uravutv.
Ho.M. Od. 2O, 18 : TfT\adi 8ij, Kpaftir) K(ii KvvTfpov a\\o TTOT' tT\r]s.
II. 23, 158-9: KOi SflTTVOV tlVU>x6i | 07rAf(T$l.
407. PERFECT MIDDLE IMPERATIVE. A similar observation applies
to the perfect middle.
ov, AR. Pax, 719; Remember me.
DEM. 19, 171 : pfp-v^a-df, and so in 14 other passages of the orators.
24, 64 : ir(irav(TO.
AESCHIM. I, 162 : fora) . . . 6 p.(v p.ia6u>6f\s fj-trpins KOI rroiutv ra di/ioXo-yf;-
Isoc. 2, 37 : nt
XEN. Cyr. 4. 2, 7 : /<a ' "u n^' iv TTKTTII 6fu>v TrcrrotTjcro K<I\ ft(i<\v ftt'is.
Hl)T. 5. IO5 Sf'tTTrortt, p.( five o ru>i> ' A0T)vai<i)v. 7- -9 : f KTIJCTO . . . aiTot ra
irtp avros fKTT]<T(io (249). 7- '4^ (Orac.) : Tre^uXd-y/ifi/ov r/tro | KIU K((pu\i)i> n(-
AR. Pax, 719 (see above).
HES. O. et 0.797: ir((f)v\ai> fit 0vno).
HoM. II. 5- 226-8 : XX" tiy vvv ^.ticrnyn Ka\ f)via . . . | fte';<ii, tyu> ft* lirrrwv
f7riftf)(rop.(u i"i(ppn /za^co/xat | r;< cri; T()i/Sf Sf'ftf^o, pfhi'jcruvcnv fi' f/xoi ITTTTIH. 2O,
377- 22, 340.
408. PKRFECT IMPERATIVE PASSIVE. The perfect impera-
tive passive is not un frequently used in judicial sentences, in
harsh orders, in philosophical definitions, of something that is
to be settled and to stay settled, but in the third person only.
The second person is so rare that it is not safe to generalize.
Third Person :
avppt<f>6w Kvfios, CoM. Men. 4, 88 (303). raura . . . irfiraia-Oui . . . vi(iiv,
II
1 62 GREEK SYNTAX
PLATO, Euthyd. 278 C ; Let this be the end of your fun. tlpi]a0, Let it be
said and settled, is especially common.
DEM. Pr. l8: pi] Trdvd', u>s (Kna-ros e%i yvvprfs v/j.a>v jrtpl TUV TTipovrcav,
6pd(H)S fyvu>Ki>ai TTfjre tcrda).
AESCHIN. 3, 24: pfXP 1 - 8tvpo tlpi]crdu> poi.
ISAE. 5, 12 : TocravTU pni d pi] (T da>.
Isoc. 4, 14 : rnf'TU poi Trpof ipi'jtT 0a>. 5 1 : TavTa . . . flprjcr 6 at pot.
LYS. 24, 4 TotrtivTu poi eipijCT&Q).
PLATO, Cratyl. 401 D : flprjatico, which occurs frequently. Euthyd. 278
C (see above). Legg. 662 D: Km /zot TU epTrpocrdfv r)pu>Tr)p,iva . . . Tj pu>TTjcrdu>.
Phaedr. 250 C: rnvra p.ei> ovi> p.vi]fj.j) K( ^apicrd u>. F^pb. 483 A; TOUTO . . .
TU>V (f}L\o<Tofpu>v (pvcrewv TTf'pi. u> p. o X o y i] <r 6 u> i]fj.lv. Fhcact. 187 B: aTTOKfKpicrda),
197 D-E : TToir]cru>p.fi> . . . TTfTroLjjcrdo) 8f]. Tim. 89 D : AfAf'^co. 1
THUG. 1,71.4- P-^XP 1 P-* v v v ro ^Sf wpi(rda> VfJ-cav 1} j3pa&vTi]S.
HDT. 3, Si: AeAe'^^co Kap.ol ravra. 6, 55- Tuvra fiev vvv nepl TOVTWV
( Ip 1) (T d U>.
COM. Men. 4, 88 (see above).
HOM. Od. 12, 51 : TTfipar avT)<pd<a.
11.8, 5-4- p-vdos 8', us p.fi> vvv vyit]S, (Iprjp.fvos eorto.
409. Second Person :
Kara cr^aKe'Xi^e Kal ir c TT p i] <r o Kal pda, COM. Pherecr. 2, 287 : And then in-
dulge in fits, high fevers, yells (of painj.
Isc^c. Ep. 7. 13 : f/'P cocro '
XEX. Cyr. 4, 5, 33 : fppwaro.
JM. Pherecr. 2, 287 (see above).
410. aye, 101, <{>e'pc WITH THF, IMPERATIVE. In exhortations rryf, Wl,
<pepe, and the like (usually with 8/} or MV) often precede the imperative.
ayt 81^, Karciirc (JLOI <rv TOV cravrov Tpoirov, Ak. Xlll). 4?8. ^01 8ij, K<i-
Teiirfe), Pax, 405. 4>'p< STJ irpos 0u>v KO.KCIVO o-Kvj/a<T0, I )KM. 2 1 , 58.
411. yf, (iyiTt :
PLATO, Phaedo, 86 E : </AA' <"-ye, ^/ 8' 'Is, u> Kf/3^?, At -y?. Phaedr. 237 A :
ayfTf $T], o> \[(iv(T(ii, . . . vp. p.oi \aftr6f TOV p.vdov. Philel). 39 I"! : ayf 8f),
. . . Kai robe airoKpivai.
XE\. An. 2, 2, IO : uyt 8rj, . . . ( iTre rlvn yvrnp-r/v e^as. 7 6. 33 uytTt fi'}
irp'is 6tmv Kill rii tp.ti (TK( ^ra<T0( u>s f\fi. Apol. 14: ayt ft!) uKoiKTdTt Km
5AAa. Conv. 2. 21 : t'iyt 8r}, e'f/); o 'I'iAiTTTTov, Kfii (pal ti v A if tr circo. Cyr. 7. S,
24: <1AA' ayfTf \ap.jlavfTf TII !nr\a.
'Ak. Arh. ill : ityt 81} trv (j)p(icrov (pol <ra0a> TT/JOS- rovrovi. Nub. 478.
(410), et saepc.
1 A. J. !'. x (1889), 439.
PKOHIB1TIVE 163
SOPH. Ai. 1097: iiy\ fin' TT' dpx'lf uvdis. Tr. 1255: ay (ytcwt'ir',
atp((T0f.
AESCHYL. Clio. 803-4- tiytrf, rHiv iruXai irf7rpayp.(i><i)v \ \v<ra(T0' alfj.a
7TpO<T(ptlTHlS BiKUlS.
PlND. O. I, 77~^ o: "y( f ) irtBatrov . . troptixrov . . . TTI\<I<TOV.
ARCHIL. 4: dXX' tiyt, <ri>v Ka>0u>vi 0ot)s OM crt'X^uTu cr;oy | (puira Ktu Kot\wi>
ITU/MIT' u(f) t f\Kt K(i8<i>i>.
TVRTAE. 15^ uyer\ 2> ^ndpras tvdvftpov \ Kwpm irtiTtfiov irti\iarai>, \ \aid
fJitV ITVV TTpofiuXf (T0(.
HOM. Od. 3, 17 : <iXX' iiyf vi'v ifli'S Kit ^((rroftos (TTTroSii/ioiO.
II. I, 337 : "XX" tiye, dioyfvts HaTpuK\tes, t<iy( Kovprjv.
412. Wt, 'ire :
DEM. 36, 5^- '^' ^') ^/3e TUS TffHts 'AwoXXdSw^oi/ rfjs irovrfpias. [40], 19:
101 8r) Xn/iif . . . TOV . . . vofjiov.
PLATO, Gorg. 489 E: XX' i^t fine. Phacdr. 228 E: XX' i0i ftdicvvf.
262 D: t^t 8i'j p.(u avdyvatdi rtjv roO Avtrtov Xiiyoii ap^v. Soph. 239 B: Wi
. . . irfipddrjTt. Tlieaet. 195 E: idi ovv fi>/, crv diroicpivov.
AR. Nub. 497: i0t vw, KaTii0ov dolfjiuTiov. Pax, 405 (410). PI. 255: IT'
c'yKWf'lTf, (TTT(v8f0\ Sdt'pt'.
SOPH. Ai. 988: IB\ (yntivfi. 1003: W, (KKU\V\ISW. ( ). R. 46-7: 10', 5>
tlplCTT\ aVOpQutCTOV TTliXlf | 'iff, ( V X ft 1) 01] 0' . lllH>.
Ho.M. Od. 22, 157 : <JXX' "i0i, St' EP fi.au, Ovpijv (Tr!0fs AiX(i^oio.
11. I, 32 : (!XX' I0i, pi] p.' pe0i e. 1O, 53 : tiAA" Idi vvv, \uivra ical 'iSo-
Kii\Tcrov.
413. ^j :
DEM. 15. 26: (pt'pf yap irpbs 0r>i> (ncmrdTe. 19. I?4 : ( t f( 'P ( ^'} ^f-
<racr0(. 251 : <f'/>f ^77 ... <TKi\l/ti<r0(. 21, 58: <p*p( 5'} Tr/jor ^ewi/ KaKeifo <r*c<-
ijra(r0. 25. 73 (/>/.). Pr. 53, 3 : (/>f'pf ^17 (rKf-fymrOf.
PLATO, Cratyl. 385 R : (pipe ty p.m rrJSe dni.
AR. Nub. 1088: <pf'pt ft'} p.ni (pp('i(Ti>i>. Ran. 1417 : (p*!** irvOftrOt p.ov
Tu8i. Eccl. 7' ( f >( P f vvv 4 > l" l>r " v M" ( > T "'^ r> dptO'Kft cr(f)u>v ;
SOPH. Ant. 534 : </)*' p dnt ^ p.<>t. El. 310. 376 : </>*'// * V ^17 ri fifivoi/.
O. R. 390. 536. 1142. Ph. 433. Tr. 890.
AESCHYL. P. V. 294-5 <pipf yup trt]fi.aiv o n ^pf) crot cri'prrptuTtTfitr.
414. NKdA'l'IVK I.Ml'KRATIVF, (Pl<( >i 1 1 IMTIYK). The impera-
tive in prohibitions takes the negative /j.>'j. The tenses employed
are the present, the aorist, and the perfect, the perfect chiefly as
a present perfect (303). The first person is represented by the
subjunctive (373). In the second person aorist. the subjunctive
164 CREEK SYNTAX
is used practically to the exclusion of the imperative. In the
third person aorist, the subjunctive is preferred in standard
prose.
415. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PRESENT AND AORIST IN PRO-
HIBITIONS. in'i with the present imperative has to do with a
course of action and means sometimes " keep from " (RESIST !),
sometimes ''cease to" (DESIST!). In the one case a negative
course of action is prescribed, in the other the negative of a
course of action. Compare with this construction the negative
with the imperfect (resistance to pressure).
fir/ with the aorist imperative or subjunctive gives a total
prohibition.
H.T) XcLXei, AR. Vesp. 1 135. may mean, according to circumstances, "stop
talking" (compare iraverai KO.I (JLTJ irarepite, AR. Vesp. 652 ; Stop ant/ cease
"fathering " me) or " keep mum." avTipoXija-ti KO.I iKe-revo-ei vjids |ATJ eXfeire,
LYS. [6], 55; He will beg and beseech you. Don't pity /um. Steel your
hearts against him. (ATJ Oavfido-rjs, ISOC. [l], 44; Don't be astonished (one of
three aorists in a host of presents). 8av(i<ia>, r\v 8' e-yti, *<" avros. dXXa jx-fj
6av|ia{;', <t>Ti, PLATO, Conv. 205 B ; I am astonished . . . IV ell, suppress your
astonishment. . . .
416. PRESENT IMPERATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS:
DlN. I, 109: p; . . . ayQf<jQ(t). 113: p.'} dnoSfXf<r6(f)- 3, I I : pf] . . .
fjydcrdf.
I.SAF. 3-79^ fJ-rj ap.vrjfj.ovf Ire 8, 2O : p.fj o'ifcrd(f).
LYS. [6J, 55 (see 415). 12, 91 : p.rj8' o'Ua-de. 13, 83 : p.r'jrf . . . 7roS'^fo-^e.
19, lo: p.f) . . . TvpuK(iTuyiyvu><TKfT(.
PLATO, Conv. 205 B (see 415). Legg. 871 D : p) . . . QcnrrtcrOai. 936 C :
fj.T)8t\s . . . yiyv(<r6ia. Phacdo, 1 17 A : ^17 ... TToi.fi.. Theaet. 146 B: (JXX',
axnrfp tjp^d), p.rj (iff) it cro roC OfaiTrjTov, aXX' epa>ra. 167 E : noiet pivToi ovraxri
fjLrj ddiKfi fv TU> fptaruv.
XEN. Cyr. 3, I, 35 ' Trpos TU>V 6(u>i>, f(f)rj, Z> Kvpt, pf) ovra> Xe'ye.
THUG. I, 86, 4: OK r/p.iis TTpeTTfi ("iovhfvfcrdai d$lKOV[j,tvovs p.rj8ds fti8a(TKf-
TU>. Ibid. 5'. /iijTe rovs 'Adrjvaiovs re fj.fiovs yiyvc&dai p-'irt TOVS vp.p.(i\t>vs
Hl)T. I, 9: duprrtf, Vvyrj, KCH fit] (pofteii. 85: uvflfHDTrf, p.rj KTf'ivf Kpm-
(Tctv. 5, 40: /zr/ uvrifiaivf. 8, 140, a) : p.!) . . . ft(>v\f(rdf. 9, III : yvvaiici f)fj
TavTTj TTJ vvv (TvvaiKfdS p.fj trvvoiitft . . . TTJV 8t vvv fX fLS M T ) X f ywtiiKii.
AR. Ach. 1054: fjiij . . . 8i8ov. Vesp. 652 : TTUVO-CU KU\ p.^ nuTipi^f (4 r 5)-
1135 : p7 XaA
AORIST IMPERATIVE 165
COM. 4, 341, 39 : a p.r) npoo-fjKfi fjLrjT itKOVf pt)6' opa. 4,356,578: prjdf-
noTt 8ov\ov f)8ovfis (ravTQv iroifi. Crat. 2, 231 : TTJV x f W a M 1 ) 'irifia\\e, pf)
K\du)v Kadi).
EUR. Ion, 257: IJLTI <pp6vri((). 367: ^17 'e'Xeyxf. Med. 807: fjir}8(is pt
(pavXrjv Kaa-0fv>) vop.i e'ro>. Phoen. 18 : pr) a-irdpt.
SOPH. Ai. 115: <pd8ov pr)8fv. 1.395-6: H. pr) p." fK8i8aa-Kf ... | X.
n'XX' ov 8i8d<TKu>.
AESCHYL. Eum. 133: /i^ o-e VIKUTW irovos. P. V. 44: pf) irovti. Sept.
262: eriyijeroj; 2) rdXaiva, fj.f) (pi\ovs <^)o/3ft.
PlND. O. I, 5 : H Lr 1 lc f T ( 1 -) fKowft. 117- fir)K(Tt nunraiix. 4, 14: pf)
fJLOTtVf.
XENOPHANES, 6, 4(Bgk.): iraixrm /iijSe pdir^(f).
THEOGN. 3'~ 2 : faKoio-t 8t /iir} irpotropiXet I dv8pd(Tiv aXX' atcl T>V dyaSutv
X f (3 1 )- 578 : fJLT) pf SlSaO-K*' oft TOt T7)\IKOS ft/it fiudflv.
HOM. Od. I, 315 : pi) . . . KaT*pvK(. 4, 543-4: nrjKfTt . . . cXai(). 594: ^
. . . fpvKt. 7 33 f*fy vtiKff. IO, 266 : fj.T] p.' aye Kfi<r* aluovra, 8tarpf<p(s,
dXXa XI'TT' avrov. 14. 3^7 : M 1 ? 7 " 6 X a P'' fo M 1 ? 1 " 6 $'Xye. 19, 42 : trt'ya . . .
ptTjS' (pfdVf.
II. I. 2IO: /^ii;Se . . . f\K(o. 3, 82 : *i(T)(fcr6', 'Apyttot, /x^ ^XXfTf, Kovpot
'A^aiSiv. 6 264: /ii? /ioi oaoi/ (ittpf (as she had offered to do) fj.
irorvia pffrtp. 23, 735 : /irjKtY' (pd8f<rdov (149).
AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE IN PROHIBITIONS. For the aorist subjunctive
in prohibitions, see 376.
417. AORIST IMPERATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS:
Third Person :
DEM. 19, 77 : /*"? f"7 8uT<i> 8iier)v. [42], 31 & /a^Sn^twr vvvi ytve-
(rOto. [49], ' fJ.r)8(v\ vp.a>v K-rricrrov ytvicrBui. Pr. 35, 2 : KOI p.t)8fp.ias Xot-
bopias o fie'XXo) \tyttv ap)(f] ytvta-Oat.
AESCHIN. I, 19-20: fi^Se (rvi/StK^o-ura) . . . fu]8( dpaTu> . . . fjuj&f KTjpvKtv-
o-arw, //^Se Trpftr/Sfucrara) . . . p.r)8e . . . enrarco p.r)8iTroT( (5 instances in the pro-
visions of a law quoted by Aeschines). 3, 60: oorty OUTCU 8tuKtiTm /xtjr' diro-
yvvrct p,rj8ev f*r)Tf Karayi/corco TTplv < iw > aKovtrrj.
ISAE. 9, 35 Ka ' f ' X/ytii/ e^iou 8vvnrai KX/coi' ^aXXtov, rouro oura> . . . fir)8(i>
to-^vo-ara). (The above are about the only occurrences in the Orators.
See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 42 5 f.)
PLATO, Apol. 17 C: 7rto-Ti;a) yap 8iicaia flvai a Xeyto, KU\ fjitj8(ls vp<i>i>
irpoa8oKT)crdT<t> uXXcor. Legg. 924 C: KH\ TOVTO fK\nrfru> p.i)djrroTt Kara
XEN. Ages. 10, 3. Cyneg. 2, 2 : K<U nq8(\s avra <pav\n vo/iio-aTo) ctvai.
Cyr. 7, 5> 73 *"' p*l&*is y< i'/xwc ^ajf TdGra yofii(r<ira> aXXorpui ()(fiv- 8, 7.
26 : <t rtr ovi/ vfj.<ai> . . . opfjM TOV^OV {<i>i>ros tri irpoffidtlv tdtXti, npuffiru vrav d"
1 66 GREEK SYNTAX
at, aiTOvp.ai ifj.as, 2> Traifif?, pi) 8 ("is fT avffpanruii' Toi'fJiov <raj/ia
ifieTco, ^778'
SOPH. Ai. Il8o-I : ^rj8e <re \ Kivrjmi-ui TIS. 1334 : M 7 ?^' "7 $ ia ere pr/8a-
fjLu>s viKrjcruTU). O. R. 1449-50: e'/^oC fie /nryTror' <iia>$f}ra> TciSe | naTpcpov
nCTTU a)l/TOS- OiKrjTOV TV%f1l>.
AESCHVL. P. V. 332: ical VVVCCMTOV p-f]8e crot ^eX^crftrco. 1002-3: eicreX-
6(Tco (re fjLijTroff u>s (yu> . . . 6r/\vvovs yevr)(rop.ai. Sept. 1036: /j.i) 8oKr]aiiTo)
TIVI, but V. 1040: nrjfae TOO 8oj) Tri'iXiv.
PlND. O. 8, 56: p.T) j3a\(Tu> p.e Xi^w rpa^fl (frdovos. P. 5. 23: rw erf fj.fj
X (i 6 i T (a .
HOM. Od. 16, 301 : pi] TIS fTTftr' 'OSvcrtjos (iKovo'iirut fvftov \>I>TOS.
II. 16, 2OO: MiipixtSoi/es, P.JJ TLS [JLUL uTT(i\u<i)i> \f\ade(r6u>.
418. Second Person :
ORATORES ATTICI : Apparently no examples. See A. J. P. xiii (1892),
426.
AR. Thesm. 870: /zi) \}sfv(Toi>, u> Zev, rtjs eiriovcrrjs f\m8os (parody of
SOPH. fr. 453, cited below).
COM. Thugenidcs. 4, 593: ^?) VO^IKTOV, according to Porson's emenda-
tion of Photius and Suidas. Eupol. 2, 464, is doubtful, and would be dis-
posed of by the adoption of Elmsley's conjecture.
SOPH. fr. 453: /J.T) if/tva-ov, &> Ztv, p.rj p.' (Xrjs tivev Sopo?. apud Bekk.
Antiatt. 107,30: fir) vofj-itrov civrlTovpr) vojj.lcr>]s. i)o0o/cX^j Ilf;Xei. (This is
probably a mistake on the part of the author of the Antiatt.)
HOM. Od. 24, 248 : //XXo 5e TOI e/jf'w, <rv fie ^.17 ^>Xov evdfo Ovftat.
I1.4,4IO: TO) /j.r] pot nartpas nod' op.oiij fvdeo Tifj.;]. l8, Ij4 : XX(i <rv
fj.fi> P.TI 7TO) Karafii(reo [j.u>\ov "Ap^os.
419. PERFECT IMPERATIVE:
THUC. 7. 77> 4 : fJ-r) KaTanfTrXrjx^f nyav.
AR. Vesp. 373 : fJirjSev, w TI'IV, fie'fit^t, /x^SeV. 4'5 : M 7 ) KfKpdyare. Av.
2O6: fJi J) VVV (<TTll6l.
SOPH. Ai. 1182-3: v/jiels Tf pr) -yvva'iKfS UVT uv^pu>v Tre'Xay Trapearar',
aXX <}fiyfT(().
IIo.M. Od. 3, 313: pi) 8rjda ^o/j.u>v into Tr]\' dXaX^rro. 4, 825: ^Se .
fieifit^i. 16, 302 : /xr)r(e) . . . i'crrco. l8, 62-3 : p.?) . . . 8(1816(1). 22,488-9: /i?;S'
. . . f(TT(l6(l).
11.4,303-4: p.r)8( TIS . . . //f/J.arw. 5,827: /zi^rf . . . fifi'St^t. 12,272-
3: /ir; TIS oTTi'rrrrco r e r p a (j) 6 a> TTOTI yfjay. 14. 34- ' M Tf 8fi8idi. 2O, 354-
p.r]K(Ti . . . ((TTdTf. ^66 : fit) Sei'fitre.
420. EQUIVALENTS OF THE IMPERATIVE. Equivalents of the imper-
ative are :
HErKESENTATJl'ES OF IMPERATIVE \(>1
1. The Subjunctive. So necessarily in the first person, and regularly
in the negatived second and third persons aorist. See 373 and 376.
2. The Future (familiar) and the Future Perfect Indicative. See 269
and 282.
3. OTTO)? with the future indicative, for which see under twrur.
4. Optative with fi. See 443.
5. Infinitive (chiefly in poetry and legal language). See under Infini-
tive.
6. The Optative. See 394.
7. Impatient or Passionate Questions. See 198, 261, and 269.
8. 8t, xpr}, <"iov, 8f'ofMai V/JL^V, with the infinitive, and similar expres-
sions, are often found as a more temperate or a more convenient impera-
tive. See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 402 f., on avoidance of imper. in proems.
421. REPRESENTATIVES OF THE IMPERATIVE IN ORATIO ORLIQUA.
In continuous oratfo obliqua, the imperative may be represented by the
infinitive, but ordinarily the imperative notion is more explicitly conveyed
through the medium of some periphrastic expression. See Object Sen-
tences. For rare examples of the retention of the imperative, see 422.
422. IMPERATIVE IN DEPENDENT AND IN INTERROGATIVE SEN-
TENCES. As the imperative is equivalent to Set or xp>'i with the infinitive,
it is occasionally used in dependent and interrogative sentences. Famil-
iar is the phrase olvff 6 dpacTov,
iu . . . f C'CTTU> tea! ji.il, TOVTO vofio6eTT)<rufic9a, PLATO, Legg. 935 E ; Let us
regulate by law to whom this is to be allowed and to ivhom not. ol<r6' ovv 8
Spao-ov; AR. Eq. 1158; Kncnvest thou what thou must do? (Cf. v. 1160:
SpdvTOLVTa XP 1 !-) K*) ^{'<TTW 8t) Trapa ravra erepa irpoaraTTCiv ; PLATO, Politic.
296 A ; He is not to be permitted, then, to make other additional regulations?
DEM. I, 2O: \iyov<Ttv 8t Kcii aXXovs TIVIIS XAoi ntipovs, )t> t\t(rd' oorts
vpiv 7v/i0f'pet' $oK(^. 2O, 14. ouSe yap d TTUVV xptjfTTos t<rff, a>f (fiov y' tvti(
7crr0, fttXriuv tort r^s iroXtais TO r)6os. [4-]- 3 1 : " ^ijda/xws vvv\ ytviaQt*
(4I7)-
LVS. fr. 75 3- f^f^l TJKtiv avrbv tiri Katpw, \iyu>v on p(G" avrov KU\ TU>V
OIK.(TU>V ITlfTO).
PLATO, Legg. 800 E: TO 5e TOGOVTOV fjfiat avroiis iiravtpttru irtt\iv . . . d
trpuirov (v Tovd' r}/zli/ upiffitov Kfiardu. Politic. 296 A (see above)
THUG. 4, 92, 7 &>v XP'I ^Vf)(TdfVTas i7/is . . . ufju'xTf xutpfjcrat roia-Kt Km Arisen
on hit fjitv (pl(vrai irpus THVS fj.rj ap.vvop.(vovs iiriuvrtt Krdcrdaii', oit $ ytvvatHv
TTJV . . . avru>v tl<\ f'Xfvdfpovv fiti^rf . . . dvavTayuvHTTai tin avrlav HVK MIUUTIV.
HOT. I, 89: KUTKTUV T0)l/ &OpV<f>6ptt)V t'nl iri'nT?l<Tl TtjlTl 7Tl'A;;(r <f)V\UKOVt, 01
TO)*' KTt.
AR. Eq. 1 158 (see above). Pax, 1061 : dXX' olaff o bpuauv ; Av. 54. So.
1 68 GREEK SYNTAX
EUR. Hec. 225 : ofcr#' ovv o 8pacrov ; Heracl. 451 : dXX' ola-ff o am
irpa^ov.
SOPH. O. C. 73 1 vv P-'n 7 ' oKVflre P.IJT' d(f>fJT' enos KUKOV. O. R. 543 ;
olcrd' u>s TroiTjaov;
The Particle ov
423. The particle av is largely used to color the moods of
the Greek language.
424. DISTINCTIONS IN THE USE OF ov Two sets of dis-
tinctions are necessary as to the use of the particle av.
1. i. It may be used in the leading clause, chiefly with the
indicative and the optative or their representatives.
2. It may be used in a dependent sentence, chiefly with the
subjunctive.
II. I. It may be used with a definite reference, contained in
the same sentence, or implied in the context.
2. It may be used without a definite reference, in which case
no definite ellipsis is to be supplied.
425. SHIFTING FROM DEFINITE TO INDEFINITE. The shifting from
definite to indefinite is not peculiar to the particle av. Other simple
demonstratives change in the same way. Compare TOV KO\ TUV,TU KH\ ni,
and notice especially re'cor and fW. re'cas is used more frequently without
its correlative ecu? than with it, so long being for a while, and W is some-
times employed after the same fashion. 1
426. KV (), Ka. A similar function is exercised in epic and lyric poe-
try by nfv (K(), and in Doric by KH. The two particles av and Kfv are some-
times combined as "w /cei>. A common origin once suspected is now seldom
maintained.- The accented av may originally have been more clearly
demonstrative, the unaccented x.tv more surely indefinite, but the whole
matter is obscure, and a sharp discrimination between av and Ktv often
attempted has never been successfully established, av is everywhere dis-
tinctly preferred in negative sentences, enters more readily into close com-
binations, and on common ground gradually thrusts ;-tv to the wall. So in
Pindar ai/ nearly balances KV, whereas in Homer ntv greatly preponderates,
Ktv being to av in the Iliad as 4 to i.
427. ETYMOLOGY OF av. The etymology of av is still unsettled. With
a definite reference it may be translated then, in that case, or, when oppo-
1 A. J. P. iv (1883), 418 note. s Sec A. J. 1'. iii (1882), 446 foil.
IXDICATH'E WITH ov 169
sition is implied, else. (Compare Lat. tin.) Without definite reference, it
sometimes gives a potential coloring, and in combination with the sub-
junctive and the optative is little more than a sharper future. Kti> (KQ) is
also an unsolved riddle.
Indicative with av
428. The particle av belongs to that which is other than the
present, and is found only in past and future relations.
429. UNREAL INDICATIVE WITH v The past tenses of the
indicative with av may denote unreality (the most common use)
in such a way that the imperfect denotes opposition to a con-
tinued action either in the present or in the past ; the aorist de-
notes opposition to attainment, chiefly in the past, very rarely in
the present; and the pluperfect indicative with av denotes op-
position to completion, more frequently in the present.
Imperfect in opposition to present :
-yw *yap . |iev (XT) <pr\v TCIV . . . irap avpwirovs
TWV ev6dSc, rjSiKovv av [/ should be in the wrong (I am not)' OVK d-yavaKruv
ni 6avaTw, PLATO, Phaedo, 63 B.
Imperfect in opposition to the past :
ficveiv -yap c'H v Tt f KO.TT]-yopovivTi. TUIV aXXuiv, el 8e TOVT ciroiei CKCIOTOS, c VIKCOV
av \they would have been victorious (they were not)J, DLM. 3, 17.
Aorist in opposition to the past :
ci TO Kai TO ciroiT)o-v avOpunros, OXIK av dirc'Oavcv, DEM. 1 8, 243 ; If the man
had done so and so, he would not have died (he did die).
Aorist in opposition to present :
cl fuv ovv avOpwiros, i>v 8ti iroXX' aKovaai Kai KaKa, | aviTOS rjv IvSrjXos, OVK av
avSpos I \Lvr\<rf>r\ v <|>iXov [/ should not mention t/ie name of a friend (as I am
doing)], Ak. Eq. 1276-7.
I'lupcrfcct in opposition to present completion :
cl 5c' -y< fiT|8ti5 aXXos t) Zcvis CYpa<|>, KaXux; av croi airc KC'K p ITO; Pl.ATO,
Gorg. 453 L) ; But if there were no other painter than Zeu.vis, would your
reply hold good?
I'luperfect in opposition to past completion :
cl . . . 6 avT)p . . . airc'8avcv . . . Siicai^s . . . av ^TcOri]KCi, ANTIPHON. 4. /i,
3 ; If the man had been killed, he would have been justly killed (his death,
would have been justifiable).
170 GREEK SYNTAX
For further examples, see Unreal Conditional Sentences.
For (Pov\6p.r)v (fj6(\ov) iiv with infinitive antithetical to the dependent
verb, see 367.
430. INDICATIVE WITH Sv AS POTENTIAL OF THE PAST.
The indicative of the historical tenses with av also serves to
express potentiality, or guarded assertion, in the past, chiefly
with the ideal second person or rt<?, but by no means limited to it.
Ellipses are often easily supplied, but are not necessary.
The translation is freer than in an elliptical conditional sentence.
The protasis is sometimes contained in a participle or otherwise
intimated.
e-yvw TIS av, Xr.N. Cyr. 3, 3, 70; One would (could, might) have known.
iXi-yovs av elScs, Hell. 6, 4, 16; Few should you have seen.
DEM. 18, 225 : a \t-rfff Trpo^Sei p.rj8f\s p-^r" av <0r)dr) TT]p.tpov pr)6r)vai,.
ISOC. 5. 64 : Kairoi ris av TrpocrfSoKr/arfv VTT' uv8pos OVTU> TaTreivcos Trpii^av-
ros dva(TTpa(pr]crf(Tdat ra Trjs 'EXXuSos Trpayp.ara ;
LVS. I, 27: 7ra>? yap av (SC. KaTffpvye); Ibid.: ovTf cri8rjpov . . . ovTf
XXo ov8(i> (%wv, a5 rovs tlcrfXdovras av rjfj.vvaTO. 8, 7 uv . . . VTTfpfiftfTf.
Ibid. : av . . . vnu>TTTfvov.
PLATO, Apol. l8 C : eV ravrrj rf/ rjXiKiq ... (V fj av piiXicrra fTTKTTevcraTf.
Hipparch. 229 B: TTUVTUIV av TU>V TraXataJi' fJKovcras on raiira fjuivov TO. errj TV
pawls f'ytvfTO tv 'Adr'jvais.
XEN. An. i, 5,8 : GUTTOV t) &s TIS uv wfTo. Cyr. 3, 3, 70 (see above). 4,
5, 6: ToC XotTrov ov8e ^o\i\op.fvos av types pa8ia>s TOV vvKTcap Tropfvopfvov. 8, I,
33 : tlftyvtas 8' av fKflovSiva ovre opyi6p.(vov xpavyfj ovre ^aipovra ifipi<TTiKto
ye'Xwri, clXXa tSwj' av avrovs ^yry<rco TU> oyri ds KtiXXoy i)v. Hell. I, 7. 7 T orf
yap iiTJSf rjv Kal ras \dpas OVK av Kade <i>pa)v. 6, 4. l6 (see above).
THUG. 7. 55> 2 OVK av caovro.
AR. Ran. IO22 : 6 6ta(rup.fvos TTO.S !iv TIS dvrjp T^pacrdr) ftd'ios flvai.
EUR. Andr. 1135 : ^fivas 8' av (18(S irvppi\as. I. A. 1582: TrX^-y^s KTV-
TUIV yap TTUS TIS ycrdfT' av (ra<p)s.
SOPH. Ai. 43~' rt/J '**' 7roT <&&' %>8 (irdtvvp.ov | Tovfjiov vvoi(T(iv wopa
rots ffiols KdKols ;
HOM. C)d. IO, 84: fvda K' nvnvns dvfjp Soiovs f |r}pnro uitrflovs.
11.4,421 : VTTO Kfv Ta\nrri(ppovd ntp 8(os fl\fv. 16,638-9: oi/S' av (Ti
(ppdftfjuov irtp dvrfp Sapin)86va 8lnv | fyvca.
For iiv with the Optative as the Potential of the Past, see 437 and 439.
431. INDICATIVE WITH av OF INTERMITTENT ACTION.
The indicative of the historical tenses with av is also used to
INDICATIVE WITH av 171
express habitual or intermittent action in the past, av being used
without definite reference (424, n, 2).
av jioi . . . <J>x TO airitlv, PLATO, Conv. 2178; He would have
a talk with me and then lie was off.
DEM. 9, 48 (in oratio obliqua}. 18, 219 : o /MI/ ypd(f>uv OVK &v tirpiafitv-
<rtv, 6 fit TTpTJ3(vu>v oi/K av y pa^fv.
ISOC. 6, 52 : *i noXiopKovpfVt) TIVI TOIV no\fu>v rtav (rv^p.a\i8(av (is /idi/or \axi-
8aifj.ovi<i)v ftorjdr)(Tfi(v, iino iruvrcav av otfioXoyfiro irapu TOVTOV ytvtffdai rtjv
awTrjpiav avrols.
PLATO, Apol. 22 B: dirjpuruv &v avrovs ri \tyoitv, 1v a/ia TI KU\ ^nav6a-
voifjn irap avT&v. Conv. 2176 (see*above).
XE^I. An. I, 9. 19 ft Se Tiva opmrf . . . npocrudovs TTOIOVVTO, ovSt'va tiv Trunrort
d<f)fi\fTo, dXX' dfi TrXei'w TrpocreSi'Sou. Cyr. 7, I, IO (fit's). II. 14. Mem. 4,
6, 13 ft 5f rtf niTtji TTfpi TOV uvTiXiyot . . ., fTri rfjv vnt'tOtcriv tiravrjytv av iravra
TOV Xoyoi/ 5)Se TTWS. alib.
THUC. 7. 7 1 ' 3 ft Mf" Tlvf s tSotfV ITT] rovs (T<j)T(povs (KiKpaTovvras, av(6ap-
(rrjcrdv Tt av KTf.
HDT. I, 196: o(roi 8e TOV 8t]fj.ov (<TKOV eViya/zot, ovrni fit fi$os fj.iv oiiStV
f8(ovro xpr/<TTov, 01 8' av ^pfjfjLard re KUI ai(r\iovas irapdcvovs f Xd/i/Sai/ov. Ibid.:
dvicrTT) av . . . av . . . tyivfro. 2, 109. 3, 5" l^")- alib.
AR. Ach. 640. Nub. 854-5 "^^' o Tt padotfj.' (KaaroTf, \ (TTf\av6(ivi>^riv
av tvdvs VTTO n\t'i6ovs fT<av. Vesp. 278. 279. Pax, 70. 213. sacpe.
EUR. Phoen. 401 ' TTOTe fi.ev tV ^p fi\ nv * ( ' ir< ^ K f*x ov ""
SOPH. Ph. 290-1 : avrbs av ru\as \ (l\vo fj.r)v. 294-5: rnCr' av f^ipnuv
rdXay | ffj.rj^a vu>p.r)v evrairvp av ov napijv. 443.'
For the Imperfect without <"v of Iterative Action, see 207.
432. av WITH THK FUTURK INDICATIVE AXD ITS REPRESENTATIVES.
The future indicative with av, theoretically a legitimate construction,
has been kept out of use by the optative with av and by av with the sub-
junctive, and was counted a solecism even in antiquity." A number of in-
stances occur, however, in MSS and editions, but most of them have been
corrected, or are easily corrigible. The same is true of the representatives
of the indicative the future optative, infinitive, and participle.
Sometimes there is an anacoluthon, as in PI.ATO, Apol. 29 C. Some-
times the future indicative is confounded with the aorist optative, as
PLATO, Euthyd. 275 A : np<>Tp(\fs(T( for Tr/xj-rpf'^mTf, the future infinitive
with the aorist infinitive, as PLATO, Phaedr. 227 B: Troo/wxrAii for irim'ia-u-
<rdai, the future participle with the aorist participle, as PLATO. Apol. 30 B:
1 See K. C. Seaton, Class. Rev. in, 343-5.
5 LUCIAN, Sol. Ill, 555 K. 15. 1.. li. on |Ji :si IN MAK I . |, Lip. .ul Diogn. 2 4.
172 GREEK SYNTAX
for irou'](TavTos. Sometimes uv is for av- or dva- and belongs to
the verb, as AESCHIN. 3, 155: ri TTOT av fpd; Cf. FIND. N. 7,68 and A. J.
P. ill (1882), 452. Sometimes there is confusion between present and fut-
ure infinitive, as in XEN. An. 2, 3, 18: efii/ for <?x flv - Sometimes there is
confusion between av and Sq, 1 and easy corrections are almost always at
hand. 2 This being the case, it is not worth while to multiply examples,
most of which have disappeared from critical texts.
HOM. II. I, 139: o 8e Kfv Ke^oXwcrerat, w KCV iKcapai. 523: e/nol 8c Kf
Tavra /xeX^creTai, o0pa TeXecrcra). 3, 138: rw 8e Ke viKTjcravri (f)i\r/ KfK\rj<rrj
UKOITIS. 4, 176: KOI Kt ris a>8' epe'et. 8,405: aira\6i](Tt(rQov. 419: id. 14,
268: SOXTW. 15, 215: TT<pi8i](rTai. IJ, 241 : Kopfft. 22, 67: tpvovaiv. Jl '.
K(i(TOVT(ai.).
433. NON-USE OF av WITH PRESENT AND PERFECT INDICATIVE.
The present and perfect indicative are not used with <iv, but owing to the
great variation in the position of av beginners sometimes make a mistake
in this regard. In ANDOC. I, 117 read /3ovXoi<r#e for /SouXecr^e. In PLATO,
Legg. 712 E, read with Schanz avep^T-qOfis (cf. 793 A).
Optative with ov
434. POTENTIAL OPTATIVE. The optative with av is the
potential 3 of the Greek language. It is used mainly in leading
clauses. It expresses the opinion of the speaker as an opinion,
and may be called the mood of qualified assertion. The verifi-
cation of the opinion or assertion is postponed to another time
OH
435. TIME AND TENSES OF THE POTENTIAL OPTATIVE.
Both action and ascertainment may be future, or only the ascer-
tainment. The present is often used of the future ascertain-
ment of a present action, far more rarely of the future ascertain-
ment of a past state. The aorist is very seldom used of the
1 See Cobct, N. L. 501 ; Ulass, Rh. Mas. 36, 221 ; II. Richards, Cl. Rev. vi
(1892), 338.
" Famous is PI.ATO, Rph. (tie, I) : oA^ >i*fi< <j>avai^ ovd' a v J/K Sivpo, where /oi
cannot stand, and where >W ai> i'lKot would mean he can't /IHT/' i'i>i/ie. Here Ricli-
ards ap|>lies his panacea $//, but if ever uv was needed with the future indicative, it
is needed here.
''Objections have been raised to the term potential, but nothing better lias been
suggested. I'otentiality has to dn \\ith character, not \\ith |)os-il)ility merely, and
the estimate of character goes back to the opinion of the one who makes the esti-
mate. Compare A. J. P. xix (i8y8), 231.
OPTATH'E //Y7Y/ AN 173
future ascertainment of a past action. The simple perfect opta-
tive with av is found chiefly in those verbs in which the perfect
is equivalent to the present. In the periphrastic perfect opta-
tive with av, the participle is often treated almost like an adjec-
tive.
436. av ivith the Present Optative not of the Past : used of
what will be, or what will prove to be.
LYS. 3, 5 : TroXu av tpyov fir) \iytiv, If would be a tedious (ask to tell.
PLATO, Charm. 161 A-B : OVK apa ffaxftpoavvfj av tu) al8<as. Gorg. 507 A :
KCU fjL.t]v o ye cr<i)(ppu>v ra 7rpo<Tt')Kovru npaTToi av (44 2 )- Theact. 145 B: tv av
(\ot. 1
XEN. Mem. I, 2, II : o-vup.dxo>v 6 ... fli(iT0ai TO\UO>V df'oir' av OVK o\i-
ya>v.
THUG. I, 38, 4 : fl rols n\(iocriv dpfo-Kovrt's f(rp.(v, ToicrS' av ^tvois OVK opffias
aTrapf<TKoip.fv, If we are acceptable to the majority of our colonists, there
must be something amiss in our being unacceptable to these alone.
HDT. 2,6: ourw av (irj(rav \lyvirrov arabiai ffcaKotrioi Km r^icr^i'Xioi TO
irapa 6a\a<TO'av. 22 '. KO>S u>v 8i]Td pi HI av (sc. 6 NfiAor) OTTO \u\voy, dtrb ru>v
Btpp-ordrtov peu>v ts ra ^v^pt'trfpa ; 6, 63 : OVK av e/^oy * irj, It can't be ftty (siW).
AR. Av. 127: Troiav TIV ovv JJ^KTT' av OIKO'IT' av TT<J\IV ; \J2 '. TL av ovv
Troiolfjifv; Lys. Si : KOV ravpov uy^ots. 97~8 : \tyoip.' av >j8r/. irplv \tytiv
8\ vp.as roSt | (TTfpTjcrouai TI fiiKpov. Lys. 1 80.
EUR. Ion, 543 : ifo>s av ov" t"r)v (Tos ;
SOLON, 36, 1-2 : crvp.p.apTVpoiT) ravr' av . . . p-f)Trip /ifyio-rr; 8aifj.ovu>v
'O\vuiriu>v.
HOM. Od. 4, 78 : TfKva (pi\\ r/ TIH Zijvl jlporaiv OVK av TIS tpioi.
II. I, 271-2: Kfivotai 8' av ov TIS \ ra>v, 01 vvv ftporoi flcriv iiri\6ovioi,
437. a>- with the Present Optative of the Past :
No cogent examples in Attic prose.
LYS. 7. 1 6 : >(TT( ft Km TIJ Uf'yi<TTa (Is (U( f>)fjuipTtivov, nvK av ou'iv T( t)v ftiKtjv
fit irap 1 airiav \ap.f3dvtiv tv yup av (I8(ir)v (perf. = pres.) on cV cxctVotc t)v Kin
tfjif Tip.(i)pt'i(T(icrdai KU\ avrois fJLrjvvtracriv f\tv6(pois yfVfcrffai.
PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C : (pav\m yap av TW yf rrw X<!yo> t le v (nnist have been
or must be considered) TU>V f)p,tdfu>v owoi V Tpoia TtTf\(VTiiKmm>.
1 The- Roman phrase si vales bene KST !> modelleH on the (Ircck >' .',,),
l\ot. If you arc 7tr//, it mu*t be all ri r /it, according lu Nunlcn, Anlikc
1. 238.
174 GREEK SYNTAX
THUG. I, 9- 4 ' OVK av ovv vi)(ra>v a> TU>V irfpioiK.iba>v, avTai Sf OVK av TroXXal
fit v (can't have been 1 ), ^7T(ipu>Trjs &v fKpuTti, d LITJ rt KOI vavriKov el^fv.
HDT. I, 2: f'irftrav 8' av OVTOL KpfJTts. JO', ru^a 8f av Kal ol aTroSo/xei/oi
Atyotei/ dniKOLnevoi. es ^nupTr/v u>s dnaiptddrjcrav into Sapi'coi/ (306). 2, 98: firj
8 a v Kal aXXof TIS Ap^ai/dpoy, ov LiivToi ye AiyvTrriov TO ovvoiia. 5> 59- ^O. 7>
184 ' <TVVf\e^vr) 8e ravra ra TrXota, <ay Kat Trpurtpov flpedrj, rpicr^iXia. ^>S/ Sv tiv-
dpes av elfi> ev OVTOKTI recrcrepfs fjivpia.8fs Kal ctKOcri. J, 214- fldfir] . . . av. 8,
136.
438. ar with the Aorist Optative not of the Past :
DEM. 21, 191 fyo 5' f(TK((pdai [lev . . . (pr]p.i KOVK av dpvrjdfiTjv.
PLATO, Meno, 78 E : TTW? yap t'ivev TOVTMV dperf] ye VOLT' av ;
XE\. Mem. I, 2, 17 : ICTCOJ ovv f'inoi TIS av Trpbs ravra KTf.
THUG. 2, 35, 2:6... t-vv(i8u>s Kal (i'vovs dKpoarrjs rd^ av TL fVSffcrre'pa)?
Trpo? a (3ov\(Tai re Kal eV/o-rarat vopia-fie 8r]\ovcr6ai.
HDT. 2, 41 oi'rf anyp \lyinrTLos ovrt yvvrj av8pa "EXX^i/o <pi^.r']cr(if civ TO>
AR. Av. 173- ifoiav 8' av olKLcrai^tv opviQfs -KH\IV ; 198. 2OI. 37O.
382 : p.ddoi yap av TIS Karrb ru>v t)(6pu>v aofpov. 815 '. ~7rdprrjv yap av 6fifj.r]v
t'yw TTjfjLjj TroXf i ; Lvs. 128-9: Trot^crer', f) ov Trotr/crf r' ; ^ TL p.f\\fT( ; | ot>K HI/
TTotrjO-aifj.', oXX o TroXepo? epTrf'rco.
EUR. Andr. 84-5 : 6EP. TL 8rJTa (pi'jcrui ^povios ova-* fK 8a>/j.dTu>v ; | AN. TroX-
Xa? ai/ fvpnis Lirf^aviis ' yvi>!) yap d. I. T. 1007 : OVK av yfvoliir)i> o~ov re Kal
LJ.r]Tpbs (povfvs.
. Sept. 397~8 : KI'HTLLOV iitv av8pbs OVTIV' av Tpfo~aiLi* (yco, | ouS'
yiyi/erai ra cri/p.(ir<j.
PlN'D. O. 2, 17-9'- T WV Se TTfTTpayfj.(V(av . . . dirolriTov ov8' av ^poi/o? . . . 8v-
vaiTo diufv (pyiav re'Xoj. 2O : \uda 8f TroTua) o~vv (v8aifj.ovi ytvoLT' av.
SAPPHO, 62 : W Ke 6dp.ev ;
Ho.M. Od. I, 65 : TTtof aj/ 7T6tr(a) . . . \adoip.r)v; 4> 443 Tt$1 7 f ' l P K ' (ivaXia)
Trapa Ki'jTfi KOLp.r)d( irj ; 7 S3 ' ^ y i 'P K * v V^ lv flfttTO Kal (K davaToio <rau>o~aL.
II. I, IOO: Tore K(V LLLV l\ao-o-d/j.fvoL TTS TTL doifif v. 2, 12-3: vvv ydp Kfv
(\oi jTuXiv evpvdyviav | Tpwcoi'. 29- 9> 77 rtsi ^^ fd8f yr)
439. ai' 7wW the Aorist Optative of the Past:
DEM. 2O, 143 f ' t JL(V Toivvv r/yvorjaf TavTa (ytvoiTO ydp av Kal roCro), avri-
KU 8r)\vo-(L (this may be the case, at any time, not necessarily of the past).
LYS. 12, 34: 6(iviidu> 8( TL av TroTf rron'io-aLS o-vvfmiav, onoTf dvTfLirdv
<f)dn-Kiov aTT(KTfLvas UdXf'uapxov (Dohree reads tiroirjo-as, but there is no occa-
sion to change the optative, as the question may safely be taken as a ge-
1 So Kriiger: mochten (gewesen) s< - in. Tlic example, however, is not cogent.
' Can't />f considered many? \vouM have reference to Homer's words, 11. 2, 108: TTO\~
\yatv viiffui(ji Kai "Af>yti TTUVTI dvdaativ.
OPTATIVE WITH AN 175
neric question). 2O. 2 : aiptOtis virb r<av (pv\tTu>v, oi lipurru Siayvo'ifv civ (at
any time) TTtpl <T(pS)v avriav oirotoi Tivis il<Tti>.
ANTIPHON, 4 ft 5' v ^ s av "rt/SouXcuorat^n ai/ra> ti p.r) Km firfft(w\(v0T)v
in' avTov ; (So the MSS ; but Blass : ntas av tirfftovkfvcru TI OLTW, o TI fj.i} KOI
(ir(3ov\(vdr)v VJT' avrov ;)
HDT. 2, 1 1 : KOV ye 8i) tv TCO 7rpotivai(Tip.u>p.(vu> xpt'ivo) irportpov J) f'p.( yfvicrdai
OVK av xaxrdftT) KO\ITOS nal TroXXw p('u>v tri TOVTOV ; J, l8o: TO> fit (rrpayid-
<r6fvri rovr<f rovvopa TJV .\(<av ru^a 8' nv TI KOI TOV ovi>i'ip.aTos f Trail po IT o (306).
9. 71 ' tyvtttrav o't trapaytvcip-fvot 27rapr;r('aj/ 'A.purr68t)[i.ov p.(i> ftov\t>fi.(vt>t> (pavf-
pias anodavflv . . . (pya dnoFit^afrda /^fyaXii, IloffftSajtuoi' 8( <>v /^oi'Xii^ifcoi/ TTO-
6vrj(TK(iv (IvSpa yfvt&dai ayadov roeroura) TOVTOV tivm dp.fiv<a. ciXXu THIITU piv
Km <pd6va> fiv flrroifv.
AR. Eq. 4!3~4 : *? I^UTTJV y av | 7ro/iny5aXiW (TiTiwp.fvos TCXTDVTOS (KTpa-
<f)tirfv (briefer expression for perfect (KT(6pap.p.fvos (Irjv).
HYMN. HOM. 4. I3 2 ' ^ t t * v y (/l P Kf KHK() i Toiovdt T(KOKV (not necessarily
of the past. The optative may be generic).
HOM. Od. 4, 63-4 : XX' dv8p)i> yf'vos f(TT( 8ioTp((p(a>v /SacrtXijui; | rrK^irrnv-
\a>v, (Trfl ov K( Kaicol rotoiVSt TtKote v (unnecessarily referred to the past.
Churls cant be t lie parents of sitch men). 1 3, 86-7 : ; 8t ^sc. vrjvy) fjuiX' dcrfya-
Xt'ajf df( V tfJ.TT(8oV Ov8( KfV lprj | KLpKOS 6 p.apTl)(TflfV.
11.4,223: ivO' OVK av fipiovTa I8ois 'AyafiffJivova 8lov. 5>&5- Tv8ft8r)v
8' OVK av yvoirfs, iroTtpoio-i fj.(Tfirj.
440. a i' with the Perfect Optatire:
XEN. Conv. 3, 6: \(\rjde o-t . . . ; ... TT&>? av . . . \(\i)dm (p.(); Has it
escaped your observation? Hcnu can it have escaped tny observation (306).?"
AR. Lys. 252-3: (iXXcos yap av \ ap.a^ot yvva'tKfS Kai fuapal Kf K\>/ p.f 6*
(= present) av.
For examples of the Periphrastic Perfect Optative with ai>, see 288, to
which add the following examples :
PLATO, Phaedo, 76 E: ft 8( fJ-f] tcni rnCr, <7XXtof av o Xoyos OVTOS dprj-
fjitvos fir). Politic. 264 C : (v p.tv yap Kprjvats TU^' av itru>t (tijs t'/ cr Otjuivos
(the reply is: Ttdiapai). Soph. 261 C: v\.-v 8' cnt\ . . . TOVTO o Xt'yfU' 8unrcrri-
pavTal, Tit . . . p.('yi(rT<>v rjfJ.iv Td^ay t]pt)p.fvuv av fii], ll't' HlitV look' l(f)i>ll the
strongest redoubt as having been A/Xv//.
441. av WITH 'I HK FlJTL'RK OPTATIVE. The future optative with av
is not in use. It could arise only from the future indirativi' with m-. and
the future indicative with av had gone out. if it had ever come in. before
the future optative came in. Still it is found in many texts, and is nut to
be discarded in the later time. 1
1 15, 1.. (i. mi [Jrsi IN MART.], Kp, ad Dio
I? 6 GREEK SYNTAX
LVCURG. 15 (Bekk., Sell.): ev yap 1'crre, o> ^Adrjvaloi, ort . . . rovrutv TT\( ICTTOV
ap.e\fiv Sd^otr' av, et Tr)i/ Tnip' vp.a>v OVTOS 8ia(pvyoi Tiu.a>piav.
ISAE. I, 32 (Bekk., Sch.) : na\ Tr^ou^Tre/Xr/frei/ ort S^Xcocrot TTOT' av TOVTIO
u>s diaKfirai Trpos avrov.
LVS. I, 22 (Sch.): etSobs 5' eyob on rrjviKavTa d(piy/j.tvos ovftev av Kara\rj-
^/otro OIKQI TO>V firiTr]8ei(av, eWXeuoi/ irvvSenrvdv.
PLATO, Legg. 719 D-E : eyob Se, d p.fv yvvrj juot 8ia(f)epovcra ftr) irXovra) xal
QaitTeiv avTijv diaKf\fvoiTo fv TU> 7roii']fj.aTi, rov iiTTfp/dfjXXoi/rn av Tti(f)ov fjraivoirjv,
(f)fi8{a\6s 8' av TIS Kal TTtvrjs avfjp TOV Karaftfa, p.frpov 8f ovcrias KfKTT)p.ei>os Kul p.e-
rpios avros (av TOV avrov av eTraivfcroi (-at Bekk. Schanz).
442. TRANSLATION OF OPTATIVE WITH ov. The optative
with av varies in tone from strong assurance (inusf) to faint pre-
sumption (wight}. 1 May be is often a convenient rendering for
the positive, cant for the negative. Even shall and ivill some-
times serve to reproduce the impression, while would and should
give the regular translation in formulated conditional sentences.
So far from necessarily denoting uncertainty, it is the combina-
tion most frequently used to indicate moral certainty, and some-
times serves as a climax to the indicative. Especially common
is the aorist optative with av to express total negation, which
cannot be brought out so well by the future indicative. 2
<{>auXoi . . o av rui Y o"<3 \6yia ilv, PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C ; They must have
been (must be considered} sorry fellows according to your account (437)- <"P a
av irj . . . ira\iv <re (JuXetv |ie, Xr.M. Cyr. I, 4, 28 ; // must be time for you to
kiss me again. ox/Sev av KOKOV e"ir\ (sr. 6"Epws), Pi.A'l'O, Phaedr. 242 K ; Eros
cant be anything bad. oi -yap av aireXOoip.', aXXa KOXJ/W -rrjv 0vpav, Ak. Ach.
403 ; No, I'm not going off, but 1 will knock at the door.
ISOC. 8, 39: al<T\vv6firiv av (should\ ft fyavfiijv KT(. II, 2O : et . . . /it/iq-
(raip.fd(i . . ., ddvs uv aTroXoi [j.f 0a (sliould).
L\'S. [20], 15: Trios 1 av (tvv OIIK av 8fiva Truer ^oifjit v (inusf);
PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C: (pavXoi . . . av TO> ye o-w Xiiyw (Tfv (mitsf, see
above). Charm. 161 A-B: <>VK apa cruxppoo'vvT) av dr] alficas (can, 43^). Gorg.
469 Ct (I 8' dvayKOiov ("ir/ aftiKftv "/ aftiKdadui, f\oifj.rjv av ^a\\ov aftiKfurQai. >j
dftiKf'tv (sliould}. 57 ^ : K "' M v " J f frdxfiptav ra 7rpo<TT)KOVTa Trptirrot av (must)
Kul TTcpl 0>vs Kul ntpl avdfHanovs <iv yap av (TdXppovol (can) TU p.t] irpoffyKOvra
rrpuTTcav. \\vuyxr) TUVT fivm OUTMS. Phaedo, 76 E (must, 440). Phaedr. 242
E : oifttv av KdK(>v drj (sc. o *Epws) (can, see above).
PHILOLAUS apud STUB. Eel. 1,454-6: dvuyKa TU oi/ra fifj.fv TTuvra i) nt-
1 A. J. I', xiv (1893), 499, xix (1898), 231. * JUSTIN MARTYR, Apol. 1,4, 10,
IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE WITH AN 177
paivovrn rj uirtipa, f/ Tffpaivovru rt xa\ anftpa, finupa 8i pt'ivov ov <a tirj. (Here
avdyxa tipfv, it must be, is opposed to en" KU ;, // cannot l>c.)
XEN. Conv. 6, 2 : p.(Tuv THV i<pas X'y<(> uv8' av Tpiya pi) UTI Xoyoi> av rts
irapfiptif (COlilti). C\T. I, 2, II : 0rjpa)VT(S . . . oi'K uv ilpitrr r/ere mv (TV///).
1,4, 28 (must, see above). 2, 2, 15 : Vc yt o-ou TTI'/J olfuu. pdov av TIS f\Tpi-
^fdfv r) yi\u)Ta t^nytiyoiro (coulii or might).
HOT. 3- 119^ dvi]p fJif'v p.ot ti> (TXAos yfvoiro (may), ti Satpuv f'diXoi . . .
irnrpos 8e it fjLtjrpos OVKCTI |i<u faxii/rcoi' dftfXfpios nv (*XXoy oiofj'i Tpdjrtu yt'/otro
(fdtl). 6,63: 7ri Sticri'Xa)' trvftfiaXXufitvos TOVS pi/ims, tint drtofju'xrdy OIK. ui> t'/iof
*(ij (can, 43^)- 7- 162: OK av fydi'ivoirt Trjv Tii-^(<ni]v . . . <j7r<jXXao-o-<i/ifi/oi
(can).
AR. Ach. 403 (see above). 1055 : mV uv ty^t'ot^i ^tXidn/ Kptixpfov
(would). Nub. 119: o^ - Trt 0oip.t]v, I couldn't do it.
EUR. H. F. 97 : t\0oi T' tr' i/ Trair ovpits (may). Ion, 543: TTCOJ uv ouv
drfv o-iJs (can, 43^); 13^^ : T " V ( V irewpw/wV oC^ VTT( pftairjv TTOT' uv (could).
16212 : *jf rt'Xof yap 01 p.tv f<rd\ol rvy^avovcriv ai'<oi/, | ot ACUKO'I 8', a)(rirfp npv-
KCMT', OVTTOT' tv trpu^ftav av (s/ta/I). fr. 206: a> Trat ytvoivr' uv tv \(\(y/j.t'i>oi
Xoyot | \lsfv8(~is, firu>v 8( KU\\TIV viKt^tv uv \ T(i\rjd(s (may).
SOPH. Ai. 88 : utvoifj.' uv, I must stay, Jebb. 186 : rjicoi yap av 6da VI'HTOS
(must, Jebb). Ph. 2O-I : rd^' av | I8ois TTOTUV Kprjvalov (wilt, Jebb). 41-2:
7ra>r yap av . . . rrpovfta ITJ (could, Jebb) ; 103: OVK uv \dftots, Thou canst
not take, Jebb.
AESCHYL. P. V. 758: 17 Sot' av olpai Tt'jvS' ISova-a <rvp<j)opuv (li'Oulti). Sept.
375" Xf'yoi/i' av d&tas (V TO. TU>V fvavriatv (Will). 397- Kafffiov p.iv dvfipos
OVTIV' av Tpf<raifi.' tyco (will).
PlND. O. 2, 20: Xd^a 8t JTOT/J.CI) cri/v (vBalfjLOvt ytvoir' av (cannot fail to
come). 13, 103: TO. T' f'va-op-fva TOT' (when the time conies) av (paitjv aafpis
(will). P. IO, 62 : rv^coi' Kf v apna\tav ar^fdoi (ppovriSa TUV trap TroSor (might).
N. IO, 87 I ^/iicru p.('v K TTviois yaias inr(V(pd(v (<J>v (may).
HUM. Od. 19, 598: fvda Kf \eaifJiT)v (u'lll).
H.6,452-3: O? K(V 1T(I\((S Tf KU\ ftrffXol | (V KOVlJjfTl TT ( <T O 1 1 V (iVl'll). J.
41-2: ot 8f K' dyacraufifvoi ^a\KOKvr]p.i8(s 'A^atoi | mtiv firdpartiav, iro\tfuf(fttv
"Y.KTopt $ia> (will). 9, 57"^ : '/ ^ v Ka ' Vf ' os fO'trt, fftos 8( K KUI Trdty (irjs | <wX(!-
rarot ytvtfi<piv (might). 417-8: K! 8' uv Tiny u\\rticriv tyu> irapafj.vdrja-aifj.r}v
o'licaft' ananKtiftV (would). 13, 741 : (v6fv 8' av p.d\u iraa-av fTri<ppa(rcraip.(&ti
faovXrjv (will). 22, 253: (Xoip-i Kfv rj Kfv aXoirjv, I will cither slay or /><
slain, E. Myers.
443. IMPERATIVE USE OF av WITH OPTATIVE. av with the optative
is sometimes used to suggest a command.
irpodyois av, PLATO, Phaedr. 229 H; You may lead <>tt. Lead on, pray.
(Cl. 229 A : npuayt 8r}.)
PLATO, Phaedr. 227 C : Xryotr av, Say on, 229 B (see above).
12
178 GREEK SYNTAX
AR. Eq. ll6o-I : 8pav ravra xpf). \ airirov . . . 6fOir' av. Vesp. 725-6:
^ 7TOU (TO(f)OS r]V IXTTIS t(f)aO~KfV, TTp'lV OV d/JL(f)olv flvdov aKOlHTTJS, \ OVK (IV 8lKa(TalS.
EUR. Ion, 1335-6: IIY. Trap' f]fj.)v 8' ticXa/3' ovs f^w \oyovs. \ IQN. Xt'yotr
av tvvovs 8' ova-' (pels oar' av \fyrjs.
AESCHYL. Eum. 94: fv8oir' uv (sarcastic), <af], KUI Kad(v8ovo-a>v ri 8d;
Il8 : fiv^oir' uv (sarcastic), avrjp 8' o'i^frai (pfvy&v Trpdcro). Sept. 261 : Xt'ycur
av o)S ra^itrro, Kal TO^' (icropai.
HOM. II. 2, 250 : rc5 OVK av flao~i\r]as ava crrofj.' f^uiv dyoptvois. 9, 1^1 2 '.
(I 8e K(v"\pyos iKoiflfd' 'A^aiiKov, ovdap dpovpr/s, \ yanfipos Kfv fj.ot eoi.
444. av WITH THE OPTATIVE COMBINED WITH THE INDICATIVE.
The optative with uv is often used in combination with the indicative,
sometimes as a climax, giving; as it does, the warmth of personal convic-
tion.
DEM. 21, 189^ ovTf <f)vyoifji' av OVT' dpvoi'fiai rovvofj.a TOVTO. 191 : (yu> 8'
ccrK((pdtii . . . (prj/J-l KOVK av dpvr)0eir)v.
ISOC. 15. 260: tyu> 8' ov8fv av fi7TOip.i TOIOVTOV, XXa rals dXrjfffiais \prjcro-
fjiai TTtpl avrwv. 288' ov% OTrwy av f TTtrrXr] ^f lav, uXXa Kal o~vy\aipovo~L ralr
dcrwriat? avruiv.
AN DOC. 1,4- TToXXSi* uoi a7rayyf\\6vT(av art \iyoifv 01 ej^dpol cos tipa yu>
OVT' uv vnopf l.vaip.1 oixyo-opai re (fcfvywv.
PLATO, Gorg. 481 C: f]fj.u>v 6 /3to? dvaTfrpap.p.fvos av f'irj TUIV dvdpu)TTu>v
Kal Truvra TU evavTia irpaTTOfj.(v, cos eoiKev, f) a 8fi. Phileb. 16 B: ov fj.rjv tort
KaXXuoi; 68os ovS' av yevoiro.
THUC. 3, 13, 6: oi^Tf yap dirocrTi]<TfTai XXo? ra re ijpeTfpa Trpoo-yfvrjQ-fTat
nddoip.fv T' av 8fivu~fpa rj ol Trplv dovXevovTfs.
HlJT. 9, 1 1 1 '. ovTf . . . uv rot 8oir]v dvyartpa rrjv fp-'jv yrjfj.ai, ovrt (Ktivrj
TrXeOfa ^povov o-vvoiKifO-as.
AR. Ach. 403 : ov yap uv aTTf'X $01^', aXXa KO\^U> rfjv dvpav (44 2 )-
EUR. I. A. 310: ME. OVK av pf df ip.Tjv. TIP. ov8' eycoy' afp^fro/jiai. fr.
276: yvvalKfS fo-pfv ra fifv OKVO> viKu>p.eda, \ ra 8' OVK av rj^v dpaaos V7Tfp/3d-
Xotrd ns.
HOM. Od. 4, 347-8: OVK av e'yco yt aXXa Trapt^ finoip.1 TrapuK\t8i>v, ov8'
fj7rar/;cra).
II. 2, 158-61 : ovroj 8fj . . . 'Apytiot ffxv^nvrai fV fvpta V(i)Ta da\do~o~r)s, \
Ka8 8e Kfv ei>x<a\fiv Upidfj-ta Kal Tpaxri XITTOKV \ 'Apyetrjv 'H.\fvr)v ;
445. Tin: OTTATIVE WITH av IN QUESTIONS. The opta-
tive with av in the question expects the optative with av in the
answer. The speaker virtually answers himself, shows his own
opinion, or his own desire.
Tpuyois av cpc^ivOovs ; AR. Ach. 801 ; Would you eat pease? irws av
AN WITH OPTATIVE 179
a4>ixoi. VTO iroTf v9a 8i ; XF.N. Hell. 2, 3. 31 ; How could they ever get to the
right place? (=OVK av OK^IKOIVTO
ISAE-3,64: TJ uv tifitivov f) 6 irarijp /3ovX i/a-aiTo; (Oufoir <*/.)
PLATO, Gorg. 475 D-E : 8'aio av oui/ <ri/ p.a\\ov TO xdiciov icai TO alcr\iov
avrl TOV TJTTOV ; . . . <iXX' OVK av 8fai[jiT)v.
XEN. Conv. 3-6 ; X'X;$< <r ort *nt oi p(t\lrit>b(ii irdvTfs iiriOTavrai ravra TII
tTri) ; KOI rrias iiv, f<p>), Xf Xi'jdoi OKpoafUVOV ye avrutv oXiyou <ii/' iKiurrrjv t'lpfpHV ;
Cyr. 5. 1. 28 : av0p<aniv;j 6< yvwpy Ttf av f) (fxvyovTuv TU>V no\(p.i<av uiroTptnoi-
TO f) o7rX 7rapn8i5oiTa>i> oi*c *ii/ Xa/tj3uvo< ; Hell. 2, 3, 31 (see above).
HDT. 2, 57 T< V TPOTTW j; TTfXftay -yf wdpurrrjit] (fxavf/ (pdiyaiTO ;
AR. Ach. 797 : tJKtj 8' Hvtv Tt)s fjujTpos (<rdioitv uv; 80 1 (see above). Eq.
88: iro)S 8' av p.cdv<i>t> ^p^trroi' TI ftov\( IXTOIT' avrjp ; 91: oivov yap f v p o t s "i v
Tl TTpaKTlKU>T(pOl> ; 773- '3-4-
COM. Cratin. 2, 122: Trwy rtf nvroj/, TTWS Ttr at- | OTTO TOV ITOTOV iravo-fit,
TOV \iai> ITOTOV ;
EUR. I. T. 505 ' ov8' av TrdXti/ (ppdo~(ias rjns (o-Tt o~oi ; 5'3 : 'V "" T *
^tot <ppiio~ ins l)t> f'yu> 6i\a> ;
PlND. O. 2, 109-10: Kal Kt'ivos o<ra xupnar' uXXois fdrjKfv, \ ri'y tiv (ppdo-ai
SvvaiTo; [ov8fis.~\
HOM. Od. 4> 443 T ' r y*p f ' flvaklcp irapa KrfTtl Koipridf Irj ; 6, 57 : Trnjnra
<f)[\', OVK &v Sij /uoi f(poTT\io~o~fias diri]vrjv ( = t(p6TT\io~ov) ; 7> 22-3: 2) Ttnos
OVK av p.oi 86p.ov dvfpos rjyr/o-aio \ '\\KIVUOV ;
446. irws av WITH THE OPTATIVE TO EXPRESS A WISH. TTCO? av with
the optative is frequently found in the dramatic poets to express a wish.
Compare ttttnam in Latin.
iriis av l\u KQI <rc Tis"Epa>s |vvaYttYOi Xa^iiv ; AR. Ach. 991 ; HCKU could
an Eros (would that an Eros might} take and bring its together ? Utinam
me et te copulet amor aliquis ! w ya.la irarpis, iris av tv6dvoipi <roi; EUR.
[Rh.] 869; O fatherland, would I could die upon thy breast.
AR. Ach. 991 (see above). Eq. 460: TTW? av a-' firaiv(o-aip.tv ovrus
SxriTfp fjSofj.fo'da ; Vesp. 166: TTO>? av o~ diroKTe ivaifjii ; irws ; Siirf ^iot <0or.
EUR. Ale. 864: Trwr av oXoipav ; [Rh.] 869(566 above). Med. 97 : TTWJ
av 6\oip.av ;
SOPH. Ai. 388-91 : Trtoy av . . . ddvoifjLi KOVTOS ; O. C. I457~8: nu>s av,
(I Tit fVTOTTOS, | TOV TTUVr' (tplffTOV 8fVpO Qr)O~a IT opt) I ; C). R. 7^5 ' TV* **V fJ.0-
Xoi 8r)0' T)p."iv (V TUftd TTClXil/ ; PH. 53 1 " 2 ' 794~5 ' TWf 'iV (JfT* (fJLOV I TOV J(TOV
^pdj/OI/ Tpt<f)OlTf TTjvftf TTJV VOCTOV {
HOM. Od. 15, 195-6: TTWf KfV p.01 V7TH(T\op.(VOS Tf\t(THaS \ fi.vt)ov ffJLOVS
I1.6,28l-2: S>s Kt oi avdi I ya'ui \dvoi.
On the difference between TTWS av ov and TTWV av /ir/, see the chapter on
Negatives.
180 GREEK SYNTAX
447. OPTATIVE WITH ov ix DEPENDENT DISCOURSE. The
optative with civ is less frequently used in dependent discourse,
chiefly in relative, interrogative, and conditional sentences. In
these combinations, the optative with dv is often a semi-quota*-
tion or reference to a known or imagined state of mind.
eicao-ros TI vfiuv exi irpos 8 P<>vXoiTo av |xe irpa>Tov diroXoyctcrOai, ANDOC.
1,8; Each of yon /ins some point which he would wish me to meet first in
my defence. povXevofxevoi 6ijf3atoi oirws ov TTJV ^ycpoviav Xd(3oiev Tqs 'EXXd-
8os, XEN. Hell. 7, i, 33 ; The Thebans planning how they could (saying : irws
fi.v XoLpoiiiev ; how can we ?) gain tJic primacy of Greece, el |xev ovv aXXov? x T
oioTiaiv ov 8oiT]T avrovs (so. roils IITITOVS), . . . Kivois 8i8oT el fie'vToi T)|Aas av
POTJ Xo icr0e iropaerTaTas (idXicrra exeiv, T|(IIV avrovs Sore, XKN. Cvr. 4, 5, 47 ; If
you have others to whom you would give the horses, offer tJiem to t/iem ; if,
however, you would like most to have us as your stand-bys, give them to us.
For other examples, see Relative, Conditional, and Interrogative Sen-
tences.
448. ADHERESCENT av. Carefully to be distinguished from these
semi-quotations are those instances in which the av adheres to the leading
particle and yet the subjunctive is changed into the optative. This is
really anacoluthic and does not count.
TOVTOVS 8e eTijieXeicrOai TTJS irdXews, e'ws av (del. Dobr. ; av W.) ol vdjioi
reOeiev, AxDoc. i, 8 1 ; T/iese were to take charge of the citizens until the
laws should be made. (If dv goes with re9eiev : until stech time as in all like-
lihood the laws would be made.)
Axnoc. i, 8 1 (see above).
Ak. Eq. 1056 : /cat Kf yvvij (pepoi ii^dos, fTTfi Kfv avi-jp avaQfirf.
Examples will be given under the different categories.
449. edv, OTOV, ETC., WITH THE OPTATIVE. The particles which coa-
lesce with "iv, such as e<ii>, Srai>, om'trav, fndftuv, rarely forget their belong-
ings, and in good Greek the optative is more than suspicious.
450. OMISSION OF dv WITH THE OPTATIVE. THE PUKE OPTATIVE
AS A POTENTIAL. The pure optative (optative without m>) is sometimes
used in the early language as a potential, the negative being <w. The in-
stances cited, however, arc not all free from doubt, and outside of these
early examples all pure optatives used as potentials are more or less open
to suspicion. Sometimes av has been dropped by haplography, sometimes
there has been a confusion with other words, an u (AY) or a fi>y (AH), some-
times the liv is to be understood from a preceding passage, or anticipated
from a succeeding passage, sometimes euphony may have prompted the
POTENTIAL OP TAT II' E PUKE 181
omission, 1 although the Greeks generally are not very sensitive to the ca-
cophony of recurrent sounds, 7 or the ear may have been cheated, some-
times the syntax of the editors may have been at fault, and the optative
being equivalent to an imperative may be considered as an equivalent to
the optative with av* Many passages once freely cited have been cor-
rected by editors, sometimes unnecessarily, and the tendency is decidedly
towards the norm. Similar is the case of the omitted Kf v (), and there
are not a few passages in which the presence of a yt suggests a restoration
of the reular modal construction.
DlN. I, 66 : riaiv o(p0n\pols (KUCTTOS i>/icoj/ ri]v trarptaav i<rriav oixoS' dirf\Qii>v
I8(lv TO\fjLi'io-(ifv (TO\P.I']<T(I Blass, Bk. Turr.) ; I, 91 : ti p.(v ovv Vi 8d Ti]v
TroXii/ TIJS Arjuocrdivovs Trovrjpias Kal uTv\ias a.7TO\aveiv . . ., (TTtpKTfov fit] [(uv) fir]
BK ; (irj del. ! r. Bait.] TOIS (rvp.ftuivov(riv. 2, 3 irotnjpiav yap dpxop.(vr)v p.tv
KwXt<rat TH^a (TUX av ma l- Bk. Dobr., rec. Turr. Bl.) TIS KoXdfa
3. 19 : p-fTa 8( 8a>po8oKius Kai Trpo&ocrius KIU TU>V op.oiuv TOVTOIS KHKM
(ovSfpC av Bk. Dobr. Turr. Bl.) in'iXis o-udfirj.
LYCURG. 50- ^< (uv Bekker) ai(T)^vvdtif)V fiTr<av (rrtcpavov TIJS irarpiSos
fivai ras tKtivatv ^u^fis-. 144 : KOI ris dfa^.i/rja'dfls (uv avdp-vrjadfls Scheibe) . . .
<r a) (r ( i ( . . . ;
ISAE. 9, 5 ' ov8' (OVT* Bekk.) avros (av aiiTos Scheibe) (<ipvos ytvoiTO p.t-
H<ipTvpr)Tai Tf Vfuv. I I, 38 : fyo) yup ( f y<>> yup ''" Sell.) o> uvftpfs ITUVTUV o/xoXo-
yi](raifj,i tivai KaKtiTTBS,
LV'S. 5. 5 ovKtTi (TK^ovTai o TI ayaOov (av ayadov Sell.) tlpyafffitvot TOVS
8f(T77ors (Xtvdfpoi yevoivTo. 11,7- (yo> ovv 8f aifj.T)i> (leg. Sf^ni'^r/j/ uv) iru-
(ras 7ro/3f/3X;/C{Vat t) ToiavTr/v yvaifjLrjv Trtpt TOV iraTfpa (\(ti>. 19- 35 o/xoAoy^-
(Tfuiv (('>p.o\oyi')(T(iav uv Sch.).
AXTIPHON, I, I0: d 8e uirupvoi yiyvowro . . ., < 17 fta<ravos~> dvayicdfot
(uvayKii(i codd., dvayKafoi Bl. ex em. Steph. ; leg. uv dvayKa^oi) TU ytyovra
KaTTjyopdv. 1, ~S'- Kc *i y u p SiKaioTtpov . . . Kai npus Gfiav KUI irpos dvOpwnwv
yiyvoiTo (yiyvoiro <.uv> Blass) vfjilv. $ ^4 : fKtivov yup upiarTu (tipi<rr' uv Hi. J.
Bl.) TtvdttlVTO.
PLATO, Parmen. 145 A B : KOI dp^^v $rj, ws toiict, Km rt\tvTr)v KU\ ^('(n>v
?X<>i uv TO (v. "E^ot (uv to be supplied from the preceding). 148 \L : rrw
fiiv 8!) UTTTOIT' uv TO (v UVTOV re KU\ TO>V <7XXo>i/. ATTTOITO (/</.). Phsedo, 87
B C : (p.<>\ yup 8oK(l 6ftoiats ^iyr6ai roCra, axnrfp uv TIS . . . Xryoi . . . TfK/^/md/
8t Trap f \OITO . . . KU\ . . . dv(p(OT<pr) ... dnoKpivap.fvov 8t TIVOS ... otoiro.
(One uv suffices for four optatives in a very long sentence.) Rpb. 382 D:
ITllTfpOV 8lU TO fj.t] (18(VUI TU TTU\UIU d<pofJ,OlU>V UV TJffv8oiTO ! PfXoiOl/ p.tVT~ UV fir],
1 See A. J. P. xii, 387. AESCHYI.. Clio. 595. SOPH. Ant. 604-5. TiiKOti
125 : olici yap tictitjt: dvSpof vooi>, where edl. or yui> av t lei i n <;.
' l'iM)\K, 1. K. cxiv. Alt. Nub. 776: oiriuc djruaTpt^ut^ tit- d vn$ i KUIV cix
Still notice the rarity of compounds in di'tiv-.
* li. L. G. on I'l.ND. U. 3,45: (ctivot ili)v. \\ 10, 21-2: Qtu^ ti; | uiriip.uiv Ktap
1 82 GREEK SYNTAX
((prj. HOITJTTJS p.v fipa ^evS^r tv 6cu> OVK tvi. Ov u,oi SoKfi. 'AXXct 8t8iu>s roti?
('xdpovs TJsfvSoiro (av to be supplied from \l/(v8oiro above); Riv. 135 C:
Kai yap (Kel reKTOva p.(v av Trpiaio TTtvTf i) t /JLVUV aKpov, dp^irtKrova S ovS' av
p.vpiu>v 8pa^fj.ci}v oXryoi ye pr)v Kai fv Tratri rots "EXX^cri yiyvoiVTO (av to be
supplied from preceding).
XEN. An. 4. 6, 13 : SoKovptv 8' tiv p.oi ravrr] irpoanoiovp.fvoi TrporrflaXflv fpr/-
fjiorepca tiv rco aXXw opfi xp?)(rdai. p-tvoifv (av to be supplied from above) yap
avrov paXXov ddpooi ol TroXe'/^toi. Cyr. 2,4, 17: Trffj-^atfii "iv croi IKOVOVS imrtus
Kai TT^OVS . . . ovs crv Xn/3o)j/ (vdvs avion Kai avros 8e . . . TTt ipw pr^v p.fj Trpotro)
vfj-tov fivai. 5- I> 23- K( " <poj3oifir]v av avroiis Kin ai<r^vvoifjLTjv atroXnraiv ravra
(IKTj ClTTf^dflv.
AR. Eq. IO57 : aXX' OVK av p.a^((Tano ^fcrairo yap, d /xa^e'cratro.
EUR. Ale. 5 2 ' <OT* ovv on(as "A\Kr)OTis fs yrfpas p.6\oi ;
SOPH. Ant. 604-5 r f"'*'> ZeO, Svvacriv TIS dvftpuiv | vTTfpfiacria Acardcr^ot
(450, footnote l); O. C. 1 172 : <a\ ris TTOT' eVrtV, w y' tya> \^f^aip,i rt ;
AESCHVL. Ag. 620: OVK tad' onois \iaip.i ru \lsfv8tj KO\U. 1049: TT(i.6oi
av, (I neidoi' aTTf idoirjs 6' lVa>s. Cho. 1/2: OVK t(TTiv VO~TIS TT\rjv fvbs Kfi-
pairo viv. 595 a^^' vTrtpToXfjiov avftpos (ppovr;p.a rls Xe'yoi (45> footnote I) ;
P. V. 2912 1 OVK (CTTIV OTO) fi.loVfl p.oipaV VflfJiatfJ. 1] CTOl.
PlND. O. 3, 45 : ov viv 8iu>(o Kfivos eirjv (450, footnote 3). P. 10, 21-2 :
6fbs fir) I a7ri]p.u>v Ktap (ibid^). II, 50: dfodev epaifj.av KaXcav (fpaifiav is not
potential). N. 5, 20: viroo-KaTTToi is not potential.
THEOGN. 125 (450, footnote I). 1187-90: OVTIS airoiva 8i8ovs duvarov
<pvyoi (av to be supplied from what follows) oS fBapflav | Sva-rvx^v, fl p.f)
fJio'ip' eVi T(pp,a ftuXoi. | ovo~' av 8vo-(j)po(Tvvas | dvrjTus iivtjp Scopou j3ov\i>fj.tvos
Trpofpvyoi.
Ho.M. Od. 3, 231: /jfia 6(i>f y' (0e\u>v Kai TrjXoOev av8pa (rauxrai. 3 T 9 :
fXTrotro yt (K( Nauck, Cauer). 7,314: OIKOV 8e T' (Se K cod. Marcianus,
Cauer) e-yw *cat KTTjp.ara 8oir)v. 14. 1223 ^' TiS K fivov dv>}p d\a\rjp.(vos (\6a)v
| dyyfX\d)v TTfifTfif yvva'iKii re Kai (pi\ov v'uiv.
11.4,318-9: p.d\a p.(v TOI (" libri plurimi et optimi, Ktv duo, yt unus,"
Cauer) f'ya>v f0f\oip.i Kai avros | &)? tp.(v. 5- 33 *> v &v 7* (libri fere
omnes ; K' Heync, Naber, Cauer) av8pt <p poifv. 10, 246-7 : rovrov yt (moat-
voio Kai tK Ttvpbs aldofjifvoio | afjL(po} vo<Trrjo~aifM( v. 55^~7 pfia 0et>s y (di^tav
Kai dfjLfivovas, fj( irtp otSe, | ITTTTOVS 8a>pi]<raiT(u). 15,45- "urup rot Kai Kfiva
<ya> 7rapafj.v0T)<raiu,T]v. 197-8: Qvyaripfcrcnv yap T( Kai v'idm /jArfpoj/ ("TJ \
fKTrdy\nis (7rif(Tmv ('vio~o~f/jifv. If), 3-' ^ (*fv yap n KaKu>T(pnv uXXo
2O, 286: o ov 8uo y' (8vo K' Cauer) <u/8pe (pepoitv (= 5> 33)-
Subjunctive with av
451. The subjunctive with dv is not employed as a form of
independent statement in Attic prose. In dependent clauses it
is either a future or good for all time.
AX M'lTH SUBJUNCTIVE 183
452. SUBJUNCTIVE WITH v OR av AS A FORM OF INDEPENDENT
STATEMENT. The subjunctive with MV or <"/ is occasionally used in
HOMER as a form of independent statement. The negative is ov.
lyia 8 icev O.VTCX; ?Xwp,ai, HoM. II. i, 1 37 ; / will take it myself. OVK av
TOI xp^^HT) Kiflapw, 3, 54 ; Of no avail to thee shall the cithern be.
453- i. *("):
a. Present :
HOM. Od. I, 396: TU1V KtV Tig To8' ()(T)(TIV, f1Tf\ Qave StOf 'O8v(T<TfVt. 4,
692 : <7XXoi/ K' ('xdaiprjo-t ftpoT&v, it\\ov Kf (piXoirj. IO, 507 : TTJV Si Kf rot irvoiff
Bopiao <pfpr)criv. 17. 4 I 7~^ : r< f <r f XP') ^op.tvat KOI \o>'iov r)i irrp
II. I, 184 : tyu) 8( K' aya> Bpicrfji&a KaXXmupyov. Cf. 9, 7OI-2 : iXX' 7) rot
Kt'ivov niv (d<TO(j.ev, rj Kfv IT)<TIV | ^ Kf P'fvrj. 14, 235 : trfidtv fyui &f Kt TOI
(ISfti) (perf. = pres.) \dpiv. Cf. l8, 307-8: aXXa /i<iX' "ivrrpi | <TTt]<rop.ai, ij Kt
<pfpj)(ri fiiya KpaTos fj Kf <pepoip.r]v.
454. b. Aorist :
PlND. P. 4, 5'~3 ' Kfv fovSf o"i>v Tip.a 0fa)i> | vacrnv
Kt\atv(<p(<av 7r(&t(ai> | 8f(rir6Tai>. (Only example in Pindar. Semi-epic.)
HOM. Od. 4, 80 (possibly future). 388-9 : TOI/ y d iron arv Svvmo Xo^i/o-u-
fitvos \t\aft(<T0ai, | o? Ktv TOI fiTTi)(rii> oSot/. 391 : Kal di Kf TOI fiTrtjiri. Cf.
14. 183-4'- aXX' TI TOI Ktlvov [j.(i> (ii(TOfj.fi>, tj Kfv dXaty, | rj K( <j>vyn Kai Ktv ol
( W a Kpoi/tcov.
II. I, 137 *' ^ f Kf M 1 ) Scooxrti/, (yti) 8e Ktv avros Xco^iat. 3^4 *' ^* Kf
)(rii>, tyu> 8f Kfv avros fXeu/^tot. II,43'-3 : vi'lpupov i) 8oiotcriv (ir(vii
iSflO'iv . . . rj Ktv //w vno Bovpl Tvjrtls dnu dvpuif oXicrtrjjs. 16, 129: 8v-
ta 6d(T<rov, f'yu> Se Kt Xaoi/ dyt ipu> (may be a present). 24, 654-5 :
av f(iirot 'AytifjLffAvovi, Troifitvi \au>v, | Kai Kfv dvdfiXrjcris \IKTIOS vtKpoio
at (yivoiTo Cauer c. paucis codicibus).
455- 2. &,:
Ho.M.Od.4, 24O(=II, 328. 517. II. 2,488): OVK av tyta pvOfj(rop.ai. ov8'
ovofju'iva). 6, 221 : "ivrrjv 8' OVK uv tyu> yf X ot'iro-o/jin t (may be future).
II. I, 205: 175 U7rfpO7rX'i/<rt TU^' fiv nore 6v^>v oXf'tro"//. 3- 5-J- ^ K * IV
TOI xpaifTfjLij Kidapif. 11,387: OVK <iv rot xpai(T prjo-i. /Jtcij. 22,505: vlv 8
av TroXXa rrddji<Ti (pi\ov HTTO miTpus dftapTuv.
The aorist is the tense used in all the above examples, and all except
two are negative.
456. OMISSION OK av IN SUBJUNCTIVE DEPENDENT CLAUSES. Sub-
junctive dependent clauses, outside of the pure final srntenrr. regularly
take uv except in the older language. The omission of <1v is sometimes
184. GREEK SYNTAX
due to clerical error, sometimes perhaps to a sense of euphony, sometimes
to a survival of the older construction. See Final, Temporal, Conditional,
and Relative Sentences.
457. av WITH OTHER Moons. The imperative with Sv does not oc-
cur. When av is used with an infinitive, or participle, the clause must be
resolved by an indicative or an optative, according to the context.
oici (TV icdXXiov av Topyiov airo K p ivacr Oat ( = KaXXlov av airotcpivaio ) ;
PLATO, Gorg. 448 A. oiei Y*P olKeio-6' av en Tt]v8e TTJV irdXiv (=<OKIT' av
en tj8 -r] TroXis), | el JIT) 4>avepus T|[iu>v xnrepeix* TTJV x^Tpav ; AR. Eq. 1 175-6. opw
. . . Toirov (su/'jecf) . . . iroXXwv jiev eiraivcov Kai icaXwv irpa.ca>v yfpovra., iroOovvra 8^
TOV diu><5 av SwrjOeyra (=oms av SuvrjOciT)) SiaXex6>~]vai irepi avraiv, ISOC. 5,
109.
Further examples of civ with the Infinitive will be found under Object
Sentences with t/ie Accusative and Infinitive, and additional examples of av
with the Participle will be given under The Abridged Sentence.
458. av WITHOUT A VERB. The verb of av is sometimes to
be supplied from the context. So especially in the combina-
tions rd% av, MayJiap, Quite likely ; TTW? av; How could it ?
ras iricmi'|ias apa SiaXTjirreov . . .; rax" av (sc. SiaXTjirreov eirj), PLATO,
Politic. 258 B; The different sciences then are to be distinguished? In all
likelihood (= Of course), oi -y^p av . . . ev TOIS oxio-iv yyiYvoi<r9T]v. IIws Yap
av; Ibid, Pannen. 149 E.
DEM. 21, 199: TLS yiip (crriv ocrris . . . OVK tin . . . ptrpiov Trapfcr^fv tavrdv
. . . ; oiSfis vans OVK iiv (SC. irapi(T\fv}.
PLATO, Euthyd. 284 A : TT&JS- yap av, Legg. 629 A : rax av 1<ra>s. 658 A :
rdx "" ^9^ ^ '*"'* y"P '"" ' Parmen. 149 E (see above). Phileb. 23 D:
TUX av. Politic. 258 B (see above). Rpb. 353 C : *ci TTWS Kv, 369 A : TU^'
av. Soph. 237 C : Trwy yap av ; 255 C : r^' av. 257 D (id.), Theaet. 186 D :
Kal 7ro>y av ;
KN. An. I, 3, 6 : uts e/zoO ovv IUVTOS UTfrj av KO\ vp.fls (SC. irjTf) OVTUI rr)i/ yva>-
AR. Eq. 1251-2: ere (^' <"XXo$- TI? \aflu>v KfKTTjcrfTai, \ K\eTrrrjs p.tv OVK av
fjia\\ov, firvx'is ' s (parody of EUR. Ale. 181-2, quoted below). Vesp. 5 :
oi 8' otKirai piyKovcriv XX' OVK a v TT/JO TOV (SC. fpptyKOv). Pax, 907 : (iXX' oti<
a v (SC. TTtipt 8i ^cu), ft TL Trpo'iKa Trpocrayayflv a' tfifi.
EUR. Ale. l8l-2: (Tt b' a\\rj TIS yvvjj K(KTij(T(Tai, \ cruttypw p.fv OVK av
^uXXoc (sc. ovaa r) OVK av fir)), f VTVX^S 8' ttrcos-. Med. I I 53- ^i^ovs'vofiifovar*
OVCTTTfp (IV (SC. VOp.ifrl') TTOfTtS <T(6(V.
SOPH. LI. 364-5 : TTJS <T')S 8' OVK </>i TIUIJS rvxftf. \ ovb' av crv ((ptprjs), 1 o~(tt~
1 Jebb gives a choice between t'p'/^/c and iipa^.
POSITION OF AN (KEN) 185
(j)(>u>v y ov&a. Ph. II4~5 : ^E. OVK Tip' 6 Tripcruv, o>9 e'<pci<ri{eT*, tip e'yw; \ OA.
OUT' av (TV (SC. eu;9) Ktivotv x<op9 OUT' (Kflva <rov. Tr. 461-3 : KoCno> nt avruv (K
y ffjiov Xoyov KUKOV | rjviyKar' ouS' uvtifios ijSe r' ouS' uv (SC. fviyKacr') ti \ Kiipr*
ivraKtiTj TW (pi\t~iv.
Some of these ellipses have become mere formulae, such as ws <"v and
Ktiv, for which see Conditional and Concessive Sentences.
459. POSITION OF Sv AND *t(v) av and KC(V) are both post-
positive. Both are apt to combine with some leading modifier,
conjunction, relative, adverb, only certain monosyllabic particles,
such as (j.ev, &e, yap, T, being allowed to intervene, av some-
times goes so far as to coalesce sooner or later. So \ve find el
av (TJV, edv, dv\ ei Ke(v), or' av (later orav], ore K(V], Trplv av, b$ av,
09 Ke(v), Td% av, OVK av, oij fce(v). This tendency to combine with
some leading word sometimes removes both av and ice(v) to a
considerable distance from the verb to which they properly be-
lon.
460. uv [(")] a f ter te
irws ya.p avtv TOVTWV apt-rf) -yc'voir* av; PLATO, Meno, 78 E; \Vlty,
can there be virtue without those ? (438).
DKM. 3, 17 : el 8e TOUT' firotfi exaorof, fviKtav "iv (4 2 9)- 2O - '43 : yivoiro
yap av Kai TOVTO (439)- -' '89: ovTf (f)vyoi/j.' av our' apvovpat rofivopa rodro
(444)-
LV'S. 2O, 2: alptdtls VTTO TU>V (f)V\fTO>V, Ol ("iplfTTU SiayVOlfV UV TTf/Jl (T<f)W>
avT(i>v oTroIoi nvfS dcriv (439)-
PLATO, Apol. 22 B (431). Gorg. 469 C (442). 507 A : *m ^v o ye <r<a-
(fip<i>v ra Trpoa-r'jKoi'Ta irpurroi av KUI ntpl dfoits Ka\ rrtpi tlvdpiairtws (44 2 )- Meno,
78 E (see above). Phaedo, 63 B (429).
XEN. Cyr. 3,3, 70 (430). 8. i, 33 (430). Mem. i. 2, 1 1 : friyi/jx a) " 6 . . .
f3uirdai ToX/icii' ^t'otr' av OVK u\iyu>v (43^)- I, -. '7 : '""ws ovv ttirot TIS uv
npos TaOra (438). 4, 6, 13 (431).
THUG. 3, 13. 6: vrt yap airo(TTT]crfT(it i1\\ot ra Tf I'lptTffM irpotrytvyatTM
irudoifjLfv r av fttivoTtpa f/ ol nptv 8ov\fi>ovTfs (444^- 7> 7'- 3 (43 1 )-
Hl>T. 2, II : ya> piv yap t\irofi.ai yt Kin pvpiutv tiros ^iixTorjvni uv.
KUS titv SiJTa ptrii uv (SC. o NetXoy) (ino \uivn<: (43^)- 4' (438)- 9^ (437 1 -
Ak. Ach. 797 (445). -8oi (44$). Eq-9' : <nvov yap tvpott ~<v n irpuKTiKu-
Tpo^(445),- Nub. 854-5 (431). Av. 382(438). Lys. 97-8(436).
Euu. Ion, 1622 : n't KUKin 8', oxTTTfp irKJn/Ktirr', oCmrr' tu npafctinv "n- (44 2 '-
1. A. 1582 (430). Phocn.40I : nort piv trr' ?in<ip t\oc, iV oix (i\v "iv (431).
Soi'H. Ai. I 86 : rJKtn yap uv 6tia vocrov (44 2 )-
1 86 . GREEK SYNTAX
AESCHYL. P. V. 75$ : rj8oi' av o^p-ai T^vB' I8ovo~a o-vptyopdv (442). Sept.
375 (442).
PlND. O. 2, 2O: \ti0a 8f Tron/w avv tvo'aip.ovi yivoir' av (43^).
HOM. Od. I, 228 9 ' Vffj.(O~o~i'i o~aiTo K(vdv>)p | aio~^ea TroXX" opauiv.
II. 22, 253 eXot/it Acei/ 17 Kei/ a\oir)v (44 2 )-
461. a i' [(')] tf/frr Negatives :
TOS . . . TWV <nrou8ai<i>v 4>iXia<; ov8' av 6 iras alwv ta\eivj/eiv, I.SOC. [l], I ;
Not even eternity itself can obliterate the friendships of men of c/iaracter.
DEM. l8, 219' 6 fJifv ypd<pa)v OVK (iv (Trpfo-fifvcrtv, 6 8( Trpfo~jBfvcav OVK av
(ypafyfv (43 1 )- 22 5 " M^ rf TpOffSft p.r]8(is P*JT' av <fi]drj rrjfjLfpov prjdtjvai (430).
243: et TO KOI TO tTroirfa-fv avSpwrros, OVK av cnridavtv (429). 21, 191 (438).
ISOC. [l], I (see above). 15, 260: eycb 8' ov8(v av fiTroi/it TOLOVTOV (444).
. I, 4 ws apa tyu> OVT av virofj.flvai[i.i ol^i]<roiJ.ai Tf (ptvycov (444)-
, 5. 15 : e ^ J U P H^eis on ov8f\s av rjv croi 6? ... (/j.ov Kar(fj.aprv-
prjcrtv.
PLATO, Gorg. 491 E : ov8e\s OO-TIS OVK av yvoirj, on ov TOVTO Xf'yw. 492 B :
t] TTOJS OVK av a6\iot ytyovuTS tirjcrav; 57 A : ov yap av (Tco(ppovol TO. fj.i) npocr-
rjKovra irpdrr<av (442). Phaedr. 242 E (442). Phileb. 16 B: o v 8 ' a v yivoiro
(444)-
PHILOLAUS apud STOB. Eel. 1,454-6: "nreipa 8 p.wov ov KO ("trj (SC.TO.
(OVTO) (442).
XEN. An. I, 9, 19 : d 8e nva opcorj . . . 7rpoo~68ovs Troiovvra, ovdeva av 7ro>-
TroTe d(f)(i\(To, aXX' del TrXei'a) Trpoo-eSi'Sou (43 1 )- Hell. I, 7, 7 (43).
THUC. I, 9, 4 (437)- 3- 4 2 - 2 : 8u*<pfpfi 8' avTa>, d J3ov\6p.(vos TI alcrxpov 7m-
o~ai (V p.(v fiTTflv OVK av jyyeiroi jrtpi TOV /i?) /caXoO Svvacrdai, tv 8e Sia/3Xa)i> e*c-
TrX^at ai/ Tovy re avrtpovvras KUI TOVS aKovo-0/j.ivovs. 7, 55, 2 (43)-
HDT. 2, ii : OVK av x^'^^i foXTros- (439). 6,63(436). 7,162(442). 9,111
(444)-
AR. Ach. 403: ov yap av dneXdoi/j.', aXXa o\^-a) TIJV Gvpav (44 2 )- IO55 (44 2 ).
Eq. 1 276-7 (429). Nub. 1 1 9 (442). Lys. 1 29 (438).
EUR. I. A. 310 (444). I.T. 1007 : OVK av y(voip.rjv ffov re KU\ fir/rpos (povfvs
(438). fr. 276(444).
SOPH. Ph. 103 : OVK uv Xd/3otr (44 2 )- I l8 : ^a6u>v yap OVK av (ipvoinTjv TO
8pav.
Ap'SCHYL. Sept. 397 '. KI'KTUOV fJifv dv8pns OVTIV' av Tp('o-<up.' fyu> (44 2 )-
PlND. O. 2, 17-9* T ^ v ^^ 7T(irpayu(V(i)v . . . dnoirjTov ou8' (iv xpuvos . . . 8v-
vaiTO 6('p.tv tpycav Tt'Xoj (438).
HYMN. HOM. 4. '3 2 (>v P* v y' l P K( KflK ' roioi8 TIKOKV (439)-
HOM. Od. 4, 64: OV Kf KdKlli TOIOV<T$ T(KOKV (439)- 7& ' TfKVU (^i\',TJ TOl
Zrjv'i iJpoTJav OVK av TIS fpioi (43^). 240: OVK av tyta uvdi/o-ofjiai. ov8' dvof
(455)- 347-8 (444). 6, 221 (455). 13. 86-7 (439).
II. 3, 54: UVK uv rot, xpaio-p.;/ KiQupis (455)- 4. 22 3 *' / ^ > "v* av
ros/nox or AN (KEN) 187
Star '\yaptpvova SIov (439). 5, 85 (439). ii. 387 (455). 16,638-9: ov8' &v
. . . fyvo} (430).
462. c'ii' [()] after Interrogatives :
T(S yo-p iv ytvoiro Taurus fiavia |muv; IsAE. i. so; Why, what greater
madness can there be than this ?
ISAE. I, 20 (see above). 3, 64 : ris ftv tipdvov fj 6 irnrijp fjov\(i><T(iiTo (445) <'
ISOC. 5.64: Kairoi TIS av npo(Tf8i>Krja'(v vn dv8poi ovrta Tnntivws npdavros
dva<rrpn(}>ii<T((rdai TU rf/s 'E\\d8os npaypaTa (430);
L\"S. 1,45- T * < lt> ^ v /3ouXd/*ci>O (yv TOIOVTOV K'IV&VVOV tKiv&vvtvov, ft p.f] TO
/ TU>I> dSiKrjudrw ?)i> {in avrov r)8utr)fuvos ; I 2, 34 (439)- [- '5 (44 2 )-
PLATO, Gorg. 49' ^ I (ird TT^S uv filial fjLti)i> yivoiro (ivBpwiTos SovXtvw
XEN. Conv. 3. 6 (306). Cyr. 5. i. 28 (445). Hell. 2, 3, 31 (445).
HDT. 7. IO3 : *w? av fivvaiaro ^iXiot . . . f] mil ir(vraKi<Tp.vf}toi . . . crrparu
AK. Ach. 991 (446). Eq. 88 (445)- Av. 172: TI tiv wv n-otoi/zti/ (436);
173 : itoiav 8' av oiKia-atfjitv opvida Tro\tv (43^);
EUR. Ion, 543 (436). I. T. 513 : ap" <iv ri p.oi (ppiia-ftas Lv tyta ^<X&> (445);
SOPH. Ai. 430-1 : TIS "iv TTOT <ftd y KTf. (43o) ; Ph. 41-2 (442).
PlXD. O. 2, Iio: ri'y av typiitrai Svvairo (445) ;
SAPPHO, 62: ri Kf 6dp.(v (438);
HoM. Od. 4. 443 T ' ' y ( 'p *' tiva\lip mi pa KrjTfi Koi/j.Tjdtlr] (43^) ;
II. 9, 77 : Tl 's av riidf y7)0j]cr(itv ; IO, 303: TIS niv poi Tu8f (pyov VTTO-
\i(T(if v ;
463. or [(')] after a Participle:
SiaXtxOels ov fioi . . . <jp\tro diriuiv, PLATO, Conv. 217 ^ '< H C li'Otlld
have a talk with me and then he was ojf (431).
ANTIPHON, 5-62: yvkxrdds (iv dnf<TT('p(i /j.tv ('nf Ttjs Trnrpt'Soy, anfcrrfpfi
df avrov tfptav KTf.
PLATO, Conv. 217 B (see above).
XKN. Cyr. 4, 5,6 : T0 XotTroO ov8( j3ov\i>n(vos nv tipts paS/o>r TUJ> VVKTUI^
iroptvt'>n(vov (43)- 8, 1 , 33 *^<""' av avrovs i]yi)<Tu> TO> *>VTI df K<I\\OS <,"r;>/ (43)-
IIl)T. 7. 3^ *"> 8i(TTTt>Ta, xprjicras nv TI atv ftovXoturjv TV%UI>.
Al<. Eq. 1352-3' " T ' )V M' tr ^ ( ' t/ Xeyaiv | TUV ras Tpit'ipas (sc. \iyovra) napa-
dpupwv av aj^fTo.
Soi'H. Ant. 94 (55). O. K. 446 : trvBtis T' av tn<K nv (JXyt'i'iiiv n\toi>.
PlN I). P. IO, 62 : Tv\<i)v K(V (\pna\fav tr^tdoi (j>pnvTt8n Tnv nap itnftos*
HoM. Ocl. 4, 47 : ISovtra Kt 6v^i>v Idvdijs.
464. 'ii' [(r)] with any Leading J/<^////V/-, uiulcr which he. id arc
included copulative and disjunctive conjunctions.
1 88 GREEK SYNTAX
TO, (iev aXXa cruoTrai, ir<5XX' av e\uv eliretv, DEM. 3, 27 ; The rest I pass over
in silence, although 1 could say much.
DEM. I, I : ami TTO\\O>V av a> avSpts 'Adrjvaioi xprj^drtov v/j.ds (Xtcrdai vopi-
fct), ft KTf. 2, I I eVl 7ToXXa>J> fJLfV O.V TIS ISftV S) avSpfS ' A.dr)valoi SoKfl p.01 KTf.
3, 27 (see above). 18, 153- f ' P- fV "^^ M 1 ) ptTtyvaMrav (idiots ol Qrjftaloi . . .,
uxnrfp x f <-P-<*ppovs tiv drrav TOVTO TO Trpdyp.' els TTJV TTO\IV tlcrfirfO'f.
ISOC. II, 20: fv6vs av d-rroXoififda (442).
LVS. 3, 5 TroXv uv tpyov ftr] \tytiv (436). "] , l6 : fv yap av fl8fir)v (437)-
ANTIPHON, 4/33: SiKa/ws 8' av eVf^i/^et (429).
PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C : <pnv\oi yap civ . . . tlfv KTf. (437). Charm. 161
A-B : OVK "ipa (rw(ppo(rvvr) av t\rf atSco? (43^)- Gorg. 453 D: KaXws av (TOl
dnfKfKpiTo (429); 481 C: dvaTfTpapfjifvos av tirj (between participle and
copula, as often) (444)- 49 2 E: 01 \i6oi yap av ourco yt nal o't vfKpol fv8ai-
fj.nvi(TTaToi fltv. Hipparch. 229 B: TTUVTOIV av . . . i/Kov(ras (430). Phaedo,
76 E: uXXcos av (440). Politic. 264 C: ra^' /, as often (440). Theaet. 145
B : ev av f'xoi (436).
XEN. Cyr. 1,4, 28: a>pa av ftrj (442). 2, 2, 15: paov av (442). 7, 2, 25:
pi<rr' j/ /uot 8oKfts etKao-at roOro. Hell. 6, 4, 16: oXtyous- av et'Ses 1 (43)-
THUG. I, 38, 4 : f ' ro ' r ffXetoaw aptVHOvrfS ecrp.fi', roicrS' av p.6vois OVK
6pdo)S d-rrapfO-Koip-fv (43^). 2, 35, 2 : T(i^' av (43^). 6, 2, 4.
HDT. I,7O (437). I, 196: ol S' av . . . eXdpfiavov (431). 2,6: o?ra) av
(43^)- 3- I '9- d8f\(pf6s av aXXos ov8fvl rpoTrco ytvoiTO (442). 9>7'- "XXa
ravra /Ltef (an (pduv(f av f'i-rroifv (439)-
AR. Eq.4I3- fidrrfv y av (439)- Av. 815: "SndpTTjv yap uv dtifirjv (yu>
Tr/pf) TrdXtt (436); Lys. 81 : Kav, and so often (436). 252 : XXy yap <"v (440).
Ran. I O22 : nds av TIS dvf]p TjpdaQrj 8d'ios fivai (43)-
EUR. Andr. 85: TroXAas av tvpois p.r]^avds (43^)- H35- 8fivds 5' av
(iSes nvppixns (43)- H. F. 97 : r' av (44 2 )-
S()PH. Ph. 2O: Tax av (44 2 )- 290-1 : aiiTos av TiiXas | fl\v6p.rjv. 294-5:
Tavr' av . . . \ fp.r))(avu>p.r]v ftVa irvp av ov Tvaprjv (43 1 )-
PlND. O. 13, 103 : TUT' tiv (44 2 )- N. IO, 87 : r/uiav p.(v Kf irvfois yaias vnt-
Vfpdfv taiv (44 2 )-
SOLON, 36, 1-2 : o-vpp.apTvpoir) raOr' av . . . ^}Ti]p fj-fyiaTi] Saiuovatv 'OXti^t-
TTtCOV (436).
HOM. Od. I, 396: TU)V K(V TIS Tl')ft' (XrjtTlV (453)- 4- 39' *al ftf K TOl
(1irr)(j-i (454). 692: a\\ov /c' . . . (1\\nv K( (453)' 753- '/ y<'p Ktv (43^). 10,
84: (vda K(f) (430). 507: TI]V d( Kf (453). 14, 183-4: <iXX' r; rot Kt'ivov p.(V
(d(Tc>fj.(v, rj Ktv dXa>i/, | rj Kf <pvyi) Kai Ktv OL v-n-ffxr^'l X f ' l P a Kpoi/ij (454)- *9
598: tv6a Kf (442).
II. I, loo: TOT* Kfv (438). I, 137: fyo) fti Ktv avTos eXa>fxat (45 2 )- an d
so elsewhere with e'yw. 139: o fit Ktv (432). 205 : ni^' avtvoTt fiv^ov o\t(rtrj)
(455)- 271-2 : KtivHicri fi' av ov TIS \ TU>V, 01 vvv ftpoToi tio~iv firtxoovim, fj.axt~
OITO (436). 523: tfjioi &i Kf Tavra p.f\i'io-fTai (43 2 ). 2, 12; vvv yap Kfv
POSITION OF AN (KEN) 189
l6o - r 8t Ktv . . . XiVotfi/ (444)- 3- '3^ : TW 8< Kf vtKTj&avTt. (43 2 )- 4- 1/6:
*ut ice Tit iS' <Ym (43 2 )- 4-' : vtro K(V TaXatrifppova ntp dios flXfv (43O). 9.
57- V" r ^' " f *"' ' r '* ls ' *lr)t (44 2 )- 4'7 : to* 8' fii> . . . irapap.v8r)cratpr)v (442).
701-2 : tj Ktv . . . ") Kf (453)- 1 1. 433 ' >1 **v (454)- '3- 74' ' tv6tv o' <7/ (442).
1 8, 308 : "f K( . . . >; K( (453)- -- -53 : Xo/ *fi> fj Kf v AXoiqv (44 2 )- 55 : v\>v
8' av (455^- 24. 654-5 : air.'ic' &* ... | KOI KCP (454).
465. a r [()] with Verbs of Saying and Thinking :
ri xp 1 *) TOVS TOIOVTOVS irpoaSoKav av irouiv ( ^iroiovv av), cl (xi]Scis ^ir]v
. . . KivSwos ; DEM. 21,9.
LYCURG. 74: KOITOI olea-df "tv, ft ... TrdvTfs tfyvyuv, TOVTWV av TI ytvt(rdai
TU>V Ka\<i)v fpy<av.
DEM. 21,9 ( see above).
PLATO, Pli.iedo, 101 E: <rv f>\ ftrrrp d TWV <pt\o<rd(f)<i)V, oip.ni av if f'-yw
Xf'yw Trotols. Tlieaet. 164 13 : trvuftaivti <ipa, ov rty cm(TTt\p.tav iyivtro, (TI p.(fjLvrj-
fitvov niruv p.t] firt<rra(rdai . . ., o rtpus tfyafnev av tivm fl yiyvoiro. Tim. 26
B: tyw yiip, a p-tv x&(S i/xovira, OVK av 018' tt dwaipr/v atravTa tv pvi'jpij TTII\IV
ouv t
EN. An. 1 , 3, 6 : a-vv vp~iv p.iv av oipai tlvai ripins. 2, I, 12: oTrXa piv
olofJitda av KOI ri] ap(TT) xprjirOai. 2, 5. l6 : (ip.a av pot 8oK(ls K(ii
(ravTaj KUKOVOVS flvai. Cyr. 5. 4- ' - : tl . . . tiratBonoujtruii.^, OVK 018' av fl (KTTJ-
(Tii^rjv TTdiSd TOIUVTOV irtpl (p.(. (The hyperbaton of the av is due to the at-
traction of the verb oi'5(<i).)
THUG. 2, 70, 4 fv6fiiov yap av Kptirf)(rai r)y TrdXftos. 3-4-- - : ( v f-^v
dirt'iv OVK av TjytiTai irfpl TOV uf] KU\OV 8vvao~6ai (461). 7- 4- - : ^^ T V y 7 f
T]fJifp<iy T(WT7)S Ol'KtTl OlOfJifVOl *IV V(Wp.U\lj(Tai.
AR. Eq. 407-8: TOV '}(iv\iov r av oiofi.cn, yf'povTa irvpoTrtirtjv, | iicrBtvr'
iT)Trai(i)vi(rai KU\ liaK^t^dK^ov aval.
EUR. Ale. 48: \aftojv Iff- ov yap old' av d ndo-aipi <T(. Med. 941 I bvK
o?S' av (I TTfio-aifjLi, TTfipairdai 8e XP1-
466. Rare position of l\r in Rilatirc Subjunctive Sentences :
So- a ti>a IvjATravra irpdo-iii' av CKa<rrois ^, Tpixfj 8iaipci(r8w, 1'l.ATO, Legg.
848 A.
ANTIIMION, 5, 38: Kad' Lv ^vv;i av rtj, but this is changed by editors
tO Kitff &>v av etc.
PLATO, Legg. 739 C : "mov TO 7r<iX(u \tyop.fvov av ylyvrjrat. 848 A (see
above). 850 A: <j<r<a n\f'ov av r/. 955 ^ onortpa TO brj/jiotTiov iiv \uf)<T0al
ftov\iTai.
Ak. Ran. 258-60: XX<j p-r/v KiKpu^optadii y' | OTTOCTOI/ 17 (piipvy av ijpaiv \
Xavftavji.
For examples of the normal position ol dv in Temporal, Conditional,
190 GREEK SYNTAX
Concessive, and Relative Sentences, see Temporal, Conditional, Concessive,
and Relative Sentences.
467. REPETITION OF av AND KC(V). av is not unfrequently
repeated in the same clause, sometimes in order to resume a
distant av, sometimes for rhetorical emphasis, especially with
the negative or equivalent interrogative. KC(V) is also repeated,
though rarely, and both av and Ke(v) are occasionally found in
the same clause.
irotav TIV' ovv TJBiorT' av O!KOIT' av irdXiv ; AR. Av. 127 ; What manner of
city, then, should you like best to live in (436).?
LYCURG. 57 : * v TO ' IS TOTf Kaipols nal KOT' epyacriav fKTrXftv, TJVIKCI ovS' av fls
aa'dai ov8ev ov f^Tjrtjtrtv,
ISOC. 5. 7 1 : Tl 's 8* OVK av TCOV KOI [tfTpiais Xoyib/ie'vcov ravTas av (rot Trapai-
fif /iaXtora Trpoaipd(r()ai TCOV Trpd^ecov :
LYS. [20], I 5 : TTCOS av ovv OVK av 8(iva Trao^oi/ifv (442) ;
PLATO, Apol. 17 D- wcrTrep ovv av, fl ru> OVTI tvos fTiiy^avov u>v, ^vveyi-
TKfTf 8l]7TOV t'lV fJLOL. 3! A '. V/J.(IS 8' l(T<l)S TO.% (IV a\do}Jif VOl, SxTTTtp Ol VVOTO,-
fs eyeipofievoi, upovcravTfs av /J.t, TradufJLevoi 'Avvrca, pq8ia>s av diroKTetvaire.
XEN. ConV. 6, 2 (44 2 )- Cyr. 2, 3, 6 . yiyvdxrKut . . . on. t Ziv av fyu> raj e/iaj
an Trotija'a), OL> KpidfLtjv ovre av Trpcaros OVT( av SfVTfpos, oiaai 8' ov8' av
oy, I'o-cos 8' ovS' ov fivpiotrros. 5> - 2 3- Mem. i, 4, 14.
THUC. I, 36, 3 : Ppa^vTi'iTcp 8' av K60aXatw, rotr re ^v^naa-i. KOI KO^' fKacrrov,
rc58' av ^r) rrpofo'dai i]fj.us p.ddoiTf. 76, 4 : "AXoiiy y" ai/ o^i/ ol6p.fda ra qp.(T(pa
XajSopras Sti^tu av ^taXierra et rt fj.(Tpid^op.fv. 4> '8, 4- *"' eXa^iffr' of . . . V rw
evru^fic av /i(iXt(TT<t (caraX^oti/ro. 4, 114,4- 5' IO 5> 2 - 6, 10,4. II, 2.
HDT. 3. 35 8e(rifora, ovS' ai/ avrov eycoye SOK'CO TOI/ ^toi/ oilra) ai/ KaXwy ^ia-
Xfti. 7, 139' optovTfs av . . . o/ioXoya; av e^pfj<ravTO irpbs Stp^ta.
AR. Ach. 2147 ^ K HI/ '* J ^ f 0avXa>s av . . . ff<pvyev ov8' av \a(ppu>s
av ancrr\iaTo. Nub. u8. 840. Av. 1 27 (see above). Lys. 252-3 (440).
EUR. Ale. 72 : TroXX" av av Xt^ns ovdfv av TrXf'ov X/3oty. Andr. 934~5
OVK av (v y' ffiols ftofjuns \ /SXeTTOutr av avyas TnfjC fKapnovr' av \(^rj. Heracl.
721 '. <j)0tii>oLs 8' av OVK av rotfr8f cruv KfiVTrruiv ftf'uas. Ion, 625-6.
Soi'H. (). R. 446 (463)- fi'. 673 ' TTCOS av OVK av (v 8 IK// Qdvoifi av ;
PlND. N. 9, 34~5 Xpo/LU^) Kf v VTrafTTr/fwv ... | (Kplvas av Ktv8woi> u^fuis
avras.
I!<)M. Od. 4, 732-4 : '* T'V *V t ' ) Trv6t>p.r)v ravrrjv 68ov opuaivovra, | TO) Ke /LKiX'
n Ktv (peivf Ktn ttr<rvfuvos TTf/j 68010, | r}' K /xf TfBvrjKviav fin fj.fydpoi(riv e\(nr(i>.
5, 361 : </>// av /i('v Kf v. 6, 259: ("(f)p' av /'v K(f). 9, 334. rovs <"v Kf.
II. II, 187: o<i>// av /if'v Kfv. 2O2 (/V/.). 13, 127^8: as OVT' av Kfi'
*Aprjs ovdowro fj.fTt\du>v \ ovre K' '\drjvairj Xaotrcrdor. 24, 4J7 - trot 8 av tvtu
TTO/ITTOJ K(l' Kf AfXuroV A/jyoS IKOlfUIV.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Los Angeles
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.
QL RPR 5 1976
i376
CLSi
WO LD-URI
CL JUL251977
Form L!)-Sfrii's 1-14
Ml 8 T 331
HPT
/ IQQr
HJN 1 4 19%
1UW161986
f
3 1158
7421
A 001288819 j
